1 | Page DECONSTRUCTION VALUE ADDED STATEMENT WITH
Transcription
1 | Page DECONSTRUCTION VALUE ADDED STATEMENT WITH
DECONSTRUCTION VALUE ADDED STATEMENT WITH WISDOM JAVA "MEMAYU HAYUNING BAWANA": A PERSPECTIVE Riesanti Edie Wijaya Novrida Qudsi Lutfillah Yenni Mangoting Abstract Java Spiritualism is a local wisdom that colouring the javanese society lives. One of the Javenese local wisdom is the proverb called “Memayu Hayuning Bawono”. The sacred meaning of those proverb is the balancing universe to achieve the happiness and safety of mankind and the living things. In seeking balance, the javanese people should maintain the high moral standards. That is why using the “Memayu hayuning bawana” is needed to shift western cultural effects into the Eastern Culture, especially java. Pendahuluan Pembelajaran nilai-nilai lokal merupakan suatu hal yang menarik untuk dipelajari, khususnya bagi pengembangan akuntansi yang berbasis budaya lokal. Arti penting spiritualitas bagi akuntan dibidik oleh Sukoharsono (2008,h.5), dengan pernyataannya tentang kemampuan spiritual dalam memberi kekuatan bagi para akuntan dengan pengetahuan dan kesadaran dalam cara holistik, sehingga membantu mereka mencapai tujuan personal dan memperbaiki kehidupannya sendiri dan dengan pengetahuan akuntansi mereka. Pemahaman tentang akunsi konvensional merupakan suatu langkah awal bagi kita untuk mempelajari suatu konsep akuntansi. Namun, suatu yang pertama kali kita pelajari bukan berarti suatu yang selalu benar adanya. Ada suatu yang perlu ditelisik lebih lanjut tentang praktik akuntansi dengan kearifan lokal yang telah kita miliki dari sejak dahulu. Untuk itu, artikel ini berupaya memberikan paparan tentang ketidaksesuaian VAS konvensional dengan kearifan Jawa “Memayu Hayuning Bawana”, serta berupaya untuk membangun VAS berdasar “Memayu Hayuning Bawana”, karena masyarakat jawa mempresepsikan dunia berasal dari berbagai elemen yang saling berseberangan, yaitu panas dan dingin, gelap dan terang, sehingga keselarasan sangat dijunjung tinggi oleh masyarakat jawa (Kato, 2012) KAJIAN PUSTAKA diunduh dari: 1|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Akuntansi, Seni dan Kapitalisme Sebelum kita melangkah lebih jauh, tidak bijak rasanya apabila kita tidak memperhatikan definisi dari akuntansi yang setiap hari kita berkutat di dalamnya. Menurut AICPA (1941), accounting accounting is the art of recording, classifying, and summarising in a significant manner and in the term of money, transactions and events which are, in the part at least, of financial character and interpreting the result thereof. Apabila kita menilik awal dari definisi tersebut di atas. Ada hal yang menarik yang mangatakan bahwa akuntansi adalah sebuah seni. Sebenarnya, apakah yang kita pahami tentang seni dan bagaimanakah peran seni dalam mempengaruhi manusia terutama pembacanya dan berbagai pihak yang merasakan damapak dari keberadaan seni tersebut. Seni adalah aktivitas manusia yang di dalamnya mengandung kenyataan tersebut, bahwa sesepribadi dengan sadar lewat pertolongan symbol-simbol eksternal tertentu, dengan menyatakan perasaan yang pernah dialaminya depada pribadi lain dan bahwa pribadi lain tersebut lalu timbul oleh perasaan tersebut dan juga mengalaminya (Kartika, 2007 h.49). Sekarang coba kita perhatikan, apakah akuntansi yang didengungkan sebagai seni memiliki simbol-simbol eksternal tertentu. Davison dan Waren ( 2009) mengungkapkan bahwa akuntansi adalah segala tentang angka yang dikomunikasikan dalam tiga bahasa, yaitu: angka, kata dan tampilan visual. Namun dari ketiganya, tampilan visual merupakan suatu bahasa yang dominan dalam akuntansi. Lebih lanjut, mereka juga menegaskan bahwa artefak visual yang ditampilkan dalam akuntansi tersebut berpola seperti yang dipolakan oleh Pacioli yang merupakan sesuatu yang misterius, ambigu, dan subyektif, konsekuensiya sense of disorientation seringkali dialami sebelum artefak visual diumumkan sebagai "Tidak berjudul". Jadi dari situ, memang akuntansi tepat dikatakan sebagai suatu seni. Selanjutnya, mengapa seni itu hadir? Apa tujuan dari seni tersebut? Kartika (2007: h. 14) memaparkan bahwa menurut Teori Serba intelektual, tujuan seni adalah mengungkapkan kebenaran. Dimana teori ini mendasarkan pada filsafat Aristoteles, yaitu:keindahan adalah kebenaran, keindahan yang benar atau kejujuran. Kebenaran disini adalah bukanlah kebenaran alami atau social, tetapi “kebenaran seni” yaitu: suatu perwujudan dan bentuk diunduh dari: 2|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id khayalan (sensitive dan imaginative form). Menyitir dari paparan Kartika (2009), berarti apabila akuntansi adalah suatu seni, maka akuntansi juga bertujuan mengungkapkan kebenaran. Namun, yang harus tetap diingat, bahwa kebenaran yang ada di sini bukanlah kebenaran alami atau social, namun suatu perwujudan dan bentuk khayalan, seperti saat Caravaggio diminta melukis Santo Mateus, yang dia lukiskan seperti pekerja tua dan miskin, yang kenyataannya memang demikian, namun gereja tidak menerimanya karena tidak sesuai dengan konsep Gereja tentang sepribadi Santo, sehingga ia terpaksa melukis gambar sesuai dengan keinginan dari pihak gereja (Calne, 1991). Lebih lanjut, apakah akuntansi juga akan menganut suatu “kebenaran seni” seperti yang diungkapkan oleh Kartika (2009). Sebetulnya, kita bisa meminjam pernyataan yang dicetuskan oleh Calne (1991: h.290), dimana seni bisa dibuktikan salah (misalnya jika bertentangan dengan diri sendiri, self contradictory), namun juga tidak bisa dipastikan benar. Hal tersebut terjadi, karena setiap pribadi memiliki pandangan yang berbeda-beda, sehingga meninmbulkan bias pribadi. Hal tersebut mungkin pula terjadi pada akuntansi, dimana bentukan akuntansi konvensional saat ini mungkin benar adanya bagi pihak yang satu namun tidak untuk lain. Selanjutnya, seni (termasuk akuntansi) mempunyai mekanisme untuk bisa mempengaruhi para penikmatnya. Pertanyaan tentang bagaimana suatu seni tersebut bekerja mungkin dapat dijelaskan melalui Teori Pemancaran diri (Emphati). Menurut Viscer dalam Kartika (2009), Empati merupakan suatu pengalaman yang timbul akibat suatu peleburan antara perasaan (emosi) pengamat terhadap benda seni. Selanjutnya, peleburan perasaan yang mendalam menyebabkan jiwa (secara psikis) larut dalam kualita instrinsik dan ekstrinsik. Dengan demikian, seni berkemampuan memancarkan secara langsung dan jelas, dan dampak rasa tersebut bisa mendekati tingkat kesadaran yang tinggi seperti yang terjadi dengan ekstasi religious (Calne 1991). Lebih lanjut, Machlis dalam Calne (1991) menyatakan bahwa seni sangat terkait dengan medium kenikmatan-warna, bunyi, perunggu, pualam, kata, yang selanjutnya diolah menjadi suatu karya yang mampu merangsang akal budi dan emosi, menggetarkan daya khayal, dan mempertajam indera. Dengan demikian, kita bisa mengatakan bahwa seni bisa mendatangkan suatu sensasi yang luar biasa, yang mungkin diunduh dari: 3|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id keberadaannya menuntun kita melakukan sesuatu tanpa kita sendiri menyadarinya yang biasa disebut subliminal seduction dalam buku yang dituliskan Wilson Bryan Key (1973). Key (1973) melaporkan hasil studi yang dilakukannya terhadap para partisipan yang melihat dengan seksama iklan Gilbey’s Gin yang ditengarahi mempunyai pesan seksual tersembunyi yang melekat dari iklan mereka. Pesan tersembunyi tersbut dengan jelas kentara, namun akan kentara apabila partisipan membaca ice cube dalam gelas disamping botol gin. Lebih lanjut, Key juga menemukan bahwa para partisipan merasakan rangsangan seksual setelah melihat iklan tersebut. Apabila kita cermati, iklan sebenarnya juga dalam posisi yang sama dengan akuntansi yaitu sebuah seni. Berarti, akuntansi juga berpotensi sebagai media untuk terjadinya subliminal seduction. Seperti kita pahami, bahwa akuntansi konvensional yang biasa kita pelajari berasal dari Negara barat. Akuntansi mereka, yang merupakan seni, tentu bersifat unik dan dibuat untuk kebudayaan mereka sendiri (Calne, 1991). Selanjutnya, apakah kita pernah berfikir bahwa kita mempunyai kebudayaan yang sama dengan mereka, pahal kita seudah terkungkung mengikuti kehendak mereka dari saat kita belajar akuntasi sekarang? untuk pertama kali sampai Pastilah ada perbedaan di antara keduanya. Kebudayaan barat selalu mengedepankan dan mengidentifikasikan Aku (ego) manusia dengan ciptaan-Nya (rasio dan akal), sementara filsafat timur beranggapan bahwa dalam diri manusia terdapat sifat-sifat Illahi (Kartika, 2009). Adanya suatu prasangkan bahwa westernisasi memang merupakan suatu yang disengaja. Dimana menurut Huntington (1996), suatu modernisasi dibutuhkan, sehingga kebudayaan pribumi yang tidak dapat disandingkan harus ditanggalkan, dan masyarakat nantimya akan sebetulnya sepenuhnya terbaratkan agar mengikuti arus modernisasi. Dimana, secara tidak sadar kita telah terbujuk oleh suatu pesan tersembunyi yang mengatakan bahwa hanya dengan mengikuti mereka kita bisa berhasil. Kenapa kita mau saja melakukan itu? Kita terperdaya untuk melakukan apa yang mereka mau disebabkan oleh adanya kekuasaan. Lebih lanjut, Lebih lanjut, peneliti Foucouldian juga menunjukkan kemampuan akuntansi untuk dieratkan oleh perilaku berkuasa untuk mendisiplinkan dan mengendaliakan perilaku dalam cara yang halus dan tidak disadari (Funnell, 2007). Kekuasaan adalah kemampuan sesepribadi atau kelompok pribadi untuk mengubah perilaku pribadi lain atau kelompok lain, yang bisa dilakukan secara persuasive, koersif, atau dengan diunduh dari: 4|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id teguran, dengan menuntut adanya penngunaan kekuatan secara ekonomi, militer, institusional, demografis, politis, teknologis, social, atau melalui kekuatan lainnya (Huntington: 1998, h.128). Lebih dalam, mengapa mereka menggunakan akuntansi sebagai media untuk menancapkan kekuasaan mereka atas kita? Funnell (2007: h.23) menjelaskan bahwa akuntansi menginstitusionalkan hak beberapa pribadi untuk mengendalikan yang lainnya untuk menjelaskan tindakan mereka dengan serangkaian nilai, idealitas, perilaku yang diharapkan, seta apa yang disepakati dan tidak disepakati. Lebih lanjut, ia mengungkapkan bahwa akuntansi digunakan dalam masyarakat kapitalis sebagai suatu implementasi kekuatan dan dominasi untuk mempertahankan ketidaksamaan dan membuat hak istimewa yang dikritik oleh kaum anarkis, untuk menghindari kesempatan untuk pelunasan, untuk memperlemah eksistensi dan mempermalukan pesaing pada kapitalismen,Lebih lanjut, kemampuan akuntansi digunkan para kapialis untuk melegitimasi struktur kekuasaan yang ada untuk menekan buruh, untuk melanjutkan ketidakseimbangan antara kapital dan buruh. Akhirnya, akuntansi merupakan alat yang sangat persuasif yang mana hak properti diakui dan diproteksi. Dengan kaita lain, menurut Oehr dalam Zimmermann (2012), akuntansi menjalankan perannya sebagai enabling, apabila akuntansi ditekankan untuk meningkatkan efisiensi pasar dan menyediakan informasi untuk membuat kontrak yang efisien, sementara fungsi preserving bekerja apabila akuntansi berperan membagi income untuk para corporate constituencies dan balances interests Salah satu media yang dipergunakan para kapitalis adalah keberadaan double entry. Hubungan antara akuntansi dan kapitalisme seringkali dikenal dengan Sombart thesis, karena keberadaan akuntansi dalam hal ini double entry bookeeping memungkinkan para enterpreneur untuk merencanakan, mengerjakan, dan mengukur dampak aktivitas mereka dengan adanya pemisahaan antara pemilik dan bisnis sehingga bisnis bisa berkembang (Belkaoui, 1992). Lebih lanjut, kemampuan double entry ternyata tidak berhenti sampai di situ. Namun, double entry juga berkemampuan menentukan kekayaan bersih usaha mereka pada satu titik waktu, serta merupakan pintu pembuka bagi kapitalisme industri modern, karena dipersenjatai oleh kemampuannya dalam menghitung nilai bisnis dengan tepat, para merchant mengembangkan suatu badan hukum komersial untuk menyediakan daya prediksi dalam dunia tirani (Hood :2005, h.26). diunduh dari: 5|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Sekilas kita bertanya apa yang salah dengan kapitalisme, sehingga membuat banyak pihak luka hati olehnya. Kapitalisme adalah kekuatan dinamis yang konstan menyerang hubungan-hubungan social yang sepenuhnya konvesional, enggan menggantikan privelis yang diwarisi dengan berbagai stratifikasi baru berdasarkan ketrampilan dan pendidikan (Fukuyama: 1992, h. 445). Bila kita telusur lebih lanjut, ada tiga aspek yang dapat dikaitkan dengan kapitalisme (Chiapello, 2007, h. 278), antara lain: 1. Semangat kapitalisme didominasi oleh tiga ide, antara lain: acquisition, competition dan rationality. Tujuan dari semua aktivitas ekonomi tidak lagi merujuk pada “the living person”. 2. Sistem kapitalis dilandasi oleh inisiatif dan perubahan pribadi. 3. Teknologi kapitalis harus meyakinkan tingkat produktivitas tinggi. Leboh lanjut, sombart mengikuti pemikiran Marx yaitu non-paid labour sebagai sumber dari profit. Untuk itu, akuntansi yang ada dewasa ini tentu sarat dengan pesan-pesan kapitalisme. Harga yang harus dibayar atas pengadopsian pikiran kapitalis tentu tidak murah. Lebih lanjut, adanya semangat kapitalisme juga medorong pribadi untuk menimbun kekayaan mereka bahkan sampai mereka mati (Zhou, 1995). Adanya semangat kapitalisme ini semakin memperbesar kesenjangan sosial antara si happy minority ( karena kredit itu berlimpah-ruah dan barang-barang terbilang murah bagi mereka) dan para mayoritas yang memandang masa depan kelabu (Iyer, 2004). Dengan adanya semangat adanya semangat menimbun kekayaan, the living person akan semakin kikir dengan menempatkan diri mereka akan hidup lama di bumi, akibatnya mereka akan berupaya untuk terus menurus berupaya keras meningkatkan kekayaannya, tanpa mengindahkan adanya kepentingan pribadi kebanyakan. Untuk itu, tepatlah apa yang dituliskan Buchman (1975) dalam Funnel (2007) yaitu anarkisme menciptakan moralitas pasar seperti "moral anarchy" dimana egoisme menentukan semua hubungan, sehingga tidak tersedia ruang untuk menghormati satu dengan lainnya lainnya. Dengan melihat berbagai paparan di atas semakin memberikan suatu pencerahan pada kita subliminal seduction yang telah dilakukan akuntansi pada penikmatnya. Untuk lepas dari subliminal seduction tersebut, kita harus mengubah permainan yang berarti mengubah kaidah dasar yang menjadi landasan akuntansi konvensional ( Capra, 2003). Untuk itu, akuntansi dalam hal ini laporan keuangan yang sebenarnya disusun berdasarkan konsep stewardship diunduh dari: 6|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id (McCall, and Klay, 2009), seharusnya mampu mengakomodasi berbagai kepentingan informasi dari berbagai pihak yang bergantung pada informasi tersebut. Pernyataan di atas sebenarnya tidak terlalu asing bagi bangsa Indonesia khususnya suku Jawa dengan konsep “Memayu Hayuning Bawana” (selanjutnya disebut MHB). MHB sebenarnya suatu konsep yang mencerminkan spiritualitas Jawa yang sangat menarik untuk dikaji. Konsep tersebut mencerminkan bagaimana menjadi Pribadi Jawa yang sempurna menurut Konsep tersebut. Untuk itu, Akuntansi sebagai bentuk pertanggung-jawaban dari suatu kepengurusan seharusnya juga mengusung konsep tersebut. Namun sayang, Akuntansi sekarang merupakan akuntansi yang berbasis budaya Barat yang sarat dengan semangat kapitalisme. Untuk itu, artikel ini mencoba untuk melakukan perubahan dengan membawa angin segar MHB dalam Laporan Keuangan. Enterprise Theory dan Value Added Statement Laporan laba rugi merupakan suatu laporan yang sangat diperhatikan oleh para pemilik, walaupun Kam (1986) menuturkan bahwa laporan laba rugi bukan merupakan magnet yang bagi para pemilik dibandingkan dengan Neraca. Selanjutnya, ada baiknya kita melangkah untuk memperhatikan filosopy dibalik income statement, sebelum kita melihat kelemahan yang ditanggungnya. Bailey (1986: h. 3.) menuliskan beberapa filosofi dari income startement, antara lain: 1. penyajian corporate income harus dikembangkan untuk mendapatkan kemanfaatan maksimum untuk "non-insider" 2. Penekanan tersebut meletakkan tanggung-jawab bagi manajemen dan para akuntgan untuk melakukan analisis yang layak pada laporan untuk menunjukkan secara jelas laba bersih untuk tahun tersebut 3. laba bersih untuk tahun tertentu harus ditunjukkan setajam mungkin untuk membuat laporan bermanfaat untuk membentuk opini seperti efisiensi perusahaan, dan memungkinkan pembuatan keputusan yang mempengaruhi masa depan 4. Laporan laba rugi harus dipandang dalam lingkup kondisi ekonomi dalam tahun ia disajikan dan bookkeeping items yang merupakan bantalan dampak dari kondisi ekonomi seharusnya tidak dicantumkan dalam penentuan laba. diunduh dari: 7|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 5. Varietas praktik harus dikurangi, seperangkat prinsip akuntansi dikembangkan dan kriteria ditetapkan terhadap accounting judgment yang memungkinkan untuk diuji, akhirnya laporan keuangan pada perusahaan berbeda dapat dibandingkan dengan memuaskan Apabila kita menegok kembali filosofi pertama di atas. Laporan laba rugi diperuntukkan penyajian corporate income harus dikembangkan untuk mendapatkan kemanfaatan maksimum untuk "non-insider". Siapakah “non-insider” yang dimaksudkan di sana. Apakah Insider mencakup berbagai pihak berkepentingan selain para shareholder dan kreditor. Jawabannya adalah tentu tidak. Laporan laba rugi memang sengaja dibuat untuk kepentingan mereka (pemilik modal dan si empunya piutang). Perusahaan dianggap hidup sendiri. Namun, seiring berkembangnya waktu, timbullah suatu pemikiran yang mengganggap perusahaan bukan lagi dari kacamata mikro, namun lebih pada suatu enterprise, sehingga muncullah apa yang disebut dengan Enterprise theory yang merupakan suatu landasan bagi kemunculan sosial accounting. Enterprise theory masih dalam area aplikasi akuntansi yang menerima konsep dari large corporation sebagai "an institution in its own right"(Soujanen, 1954: p.393). Namun, Soujanen memandang bahwa konsep enterprise jauh lebih luas dibandingkan dengan sebuah entitas, karena enterprise berupaya untuk mencari peran perusahan dalam suatu masyarakat sementara konsep entitas dalam entity theory telah memisahkan perusahaan dalam masyarakat sebagai self-contained abstraction yang hadir berpisah dari sebagian komunitasnya. Dengan adanya enterprise theory mendorong para manajemen untuk tidak berfikir hanya untuk kepuasan para pemilik modal dan kreditor, namun jauh daripada itu. Mereka juga dituntut untuk memberikan kepuasan bagi berbagai pihak yang bergantung pada perusahaan mulai dari mulai shereholder, kreditor, pemerintah, pegawai, pelanggan. Seperti Entity theory dan Propriety Theory, Enterprise Theory juga memberikan suatu implikasi praktis berupa pencetusan Value Added Statement yang berupaya mengakomodir kepentingan berbagai pihak berkepentingan termasuk pegawai dan pemerintah. Suojanen (1954) mengungkapkan bahwa tujuan dari value added statement adalah untuk mengukur aliran dan pembagiannya antara para pihak berkepentingan dalam suatau perusahaan. selanjutnya, beliau menambahkan bahwa rerangka value added sebenarnya merupakan modifikasi prosedur akuntansi. Untuk lebih memberikan penjelasan, maka diunduh dari: 8|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Suojanen mengilustrasikan perbandingan value added statement dengan income statement conventional dalam tabel 1 dan tabel 2. Pada tabel 1 dan tabel 2 memiliki asumsi yang sama pada awal periode, yaitu sediaan dengan cost value $45,000 dan sales value senilai $500,000 dalam periode 0 (tidak ditunjukkan). Sedangkan pada tahun kedua,tidak ada penurunan atau peningkatan sediaan. Selanjutnya, dalam tahun ketiga, diasumsikan bahwa produksi tidak berbeda dengan dua tahun sebelumnya yaitu senilai $450,000 dalam cost, dan $500,000 pada selling price. Tabel 1: Value Added Statement Sumber: Suojanen (1954: p. 396). Tabel 2: Income Statement Sumber: Suojanen (1954: p. 397). METODA Pemaknaan Memayu Hayuning Bawana diunduh dari: 9|Page www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Kearifan Jawa MHB merupakan suatu pitutur yang luhur, sehingga memerlukan suatu penafsiran makna mendalam daripada sekadar menilik kata per kata. Untuk itu, banyak penafsiran yang muncul terkait dengan keberadaan MHB, diantaranya yang dikemukakan oleh Endraswara (2013), Koentjaraningrat (1984), Soesilo (2003). Pada artikel ini, penulis memilih untuk menggunakan penafsiran MHB versi Endraswara (2013), karena dirasa lebih sesuai dengan tema yang dibahas dalam artikel ini. Untuk itu, semua pemaknaan MHB dalam artikel ini merupakan buah penafsiran Endraswara (2003) yang digunakan oleh peneliti untuk menelusur dan melandasi suatu bentukan Value added Statement akan ditawarkan. Apabila ditelisir dari awal makna MHB kata per kata. Endraswara (2013) menuliskan: Memayu. Memayu bisa memiliki beragam pemaknaan mulai dari membuat hayu (cantik) sampai dengan payu (menaungi). Dalam konteks kosmos, memayu memiliki makna selalu menjaga dan memperhatikan keberadaan sedulur papat lima pancer. Saudara empat (papat) yang ada dalam tubuh kita ada pada Sanjawing wangon dan Slebelting wangon, yang mempunyai maksdud bahwa di dalam tubuh kita ada saudara gaib yang dapat dimintai tolong saat manusia mengalami kesulitan. Perhatian pribadi Jawa akan saudaranya tersebut diwujudkan dengan pemberian sajen atau sesaji. Lebih jauh, Keiklasan pengorbanan pribadi Jawa untuk saudaranya tersebut sebenarnya merupakan titik sentral dari suatu pengorbanan. Apabila pribadi Jawa telah melakukan sesembahan berupa sajen tersebut, mereka berkeyakinan telah melaksanakan MHB dalam tataran jagad kecil yang diartikan untuk menemukan keselamatan hidup. Keselamatan jagad kecil tidak terlepas dari adanya jagad besar yang merupakan alam semesta (gumelaring urip), yang didalamnya terdapat kontelasi kosmos, yaitu bapa aksasa dan ibu pertiwi. Keduanya merupakan suatu aktualisasi dari konsep Kun Fayakun. Selanjutnya, dalam konteks kosmologi kejawen, kun fayakun diartikan dimaknai sebagai sabda linuwih yang memancarkan manusia sperti anak panah yang lepas dari busurnya, yang tidak jelas arahnya. Untuk itu, manusia yang selalu memelihara kosmos yang akan paham “dunung” (sangkan paran), selanjutnya akan mengarahkan kepada konsep MHB yang bersumber pada Tuhan. Dengan demikian, Dunung berarti jagad gedhe, yaitu: kiblat papat lima pancer. Makna pancer itu sendiri mengandung pengertian untuk selalu berusaha mencari arah kiblat, mulai dari wiwitan, yang merupakan sumber hidup (purwo). diunduh dari: 10 | P a g e www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Bawana. Menurut kosmologi Jawa, Bawana adalah jagad ramai yang merupakan ladang untuk menanamkan kebaikan, agar kelak akan memanen hasil. Jagad rame inilkah yang merupakan realita hidup pribadi Jawa, dimana pada jagad tersebut ada suatu pertentangan batin antara untung dan rugi. Untuk itu, pribadi jawa seringkali melakukan ngelmu titen dan petung demi tercapinya kedamaian jagad rame. Hayu. Arti harafiah hayu berarti cantik. Namun ternyata, tidak demikian makna ayu dalam konteks ini, yang mungkin secara literlek ditafsirkan sebagai keindahan dunia. Namun, pemaknaan Hayu dalam konteks ini jauh lebih dalam yaitu tentang keselamatan dan kedamaian dunia manusia, dunia kemanusiaan, bukan alam kodrati dalam konteks lingkungan hidup. HASIL DAN PEMBAHASAN Evraert dan Riahi-Belkaoui (1988) berpendapat bahwa VAS merupakan suatu suplemen laporan laba rugi yang dengan cukup mudah dihitung dengan menyusun kembali laporan keuangan konvensional mengikuti pola yang ditetapkan. Statement tersebut mempunyai dapat dimaknai bahwa VAS hanyalah berganti baju saja, namun tubuh mereka masih merupakan tubuh Kapitalis. Selanjutnya, bagaimanakah kita memberikan suatu pencerahan pada perusahaan agar tidak hanya berganti baju, namun juga isinya. Seperti yang diungkapkan di atas. Semangat kapitalisme tidak sesuai dengan semangat adat ketimuran, khususnya Jawa. Apabila kita telusur lebih lanjut, item pertama yang muncul dalam VAS adalah inventori yang dinilai sebesar harga jualnya. Pada akuntansi konvensional, tentunya Perusahaan berkehendak untuk memperoleh laba yang tinggi yang bisa menggunakan cara: menurunkan biaya atau menaikkan penjualan dalam konteks ini adalah harga jual. Watak keserakahan dalam kapitalisme tidak sesuai dengan kearifan MHB. Kearifan MHB memberikan suatu tuntunan agar manusia jawa tidak bersikap menang sendiri. Untuk itu, MHB berupaya menuntun manusia Jawa untuk menyikapi hidup secara mendalam dan penuh laku untuk memangun kayenak tyasing sesama (Endraswara, 2013). sesama Kayenak Tyasing merupakan suatu cara untuk meraih MHB, karena membunyai makna untuk mendahulukan kebutuhan kolektif, dibandingkan kepentingan sendiri dengan tujuan diunduh dari: 11 | P a g e www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id terciptanya kesejahteraan umat. Selanjutnya apabila kita mencermati apakah selling price yang menjadi item awal dalam penyajian VAS juga telah memangku MHB? Tentu tidak, karena landasan penyajian masih sama berupa akuntansi konvensional. Lebih lanjut, ada suatu ungkapan Jawa yang masih diuri-uri dalam lingkungan Jawa yaitu: tuna sathak bathi sanak yang bermakna bahwa rugi materi tidak apa-apa, namun mendapatkan berkah persaudaraan. Ungkapan tersebut sebenarnya juga mengembang konsep MHB, karena mengandung makna memayu yang artinya mengayomi. Selanjutnya, harga jual menurut MHB adalah harga jual yang beragam dengan menerapkan suatu sistem subsidi, sehingga memungkinkan pihak lemah untuk bisa menikmati apa yang mereka butuhkan. Selanjutnya, apakah format VAS yang memberikan suatu aliran pada berbagai pihak di antaranya: buruh, pemerintah (pajak), pemilik dana, depresiasi, dan laba telah cukup mewakili spirit MHB? Menurut Maryono, menuangkan MHB dari aspek lingkungan, ekologi, dan sosial pada tujuh gatra berikut ini: 1. Hammamayu hayuning tirto (air) bermakna bahwa manusia Jawa seharusnya tetap menjaga kelestarian air, karena air merupakan sumber kehidupan bagi manusia, karena ketidakarifan dalam melestarikan air dapat membawa bencana. 2. Hamemayu hayuning wono (hutan) mempunyai makna bahwa manusia seharusnya juga menjaga kelestarian Hutan, kartena Hutan adalah paru-paru dunia. Dimana tanpa kehadiran Hutan, maka Ozon yang ada di atas kita akan semakin tipis 3. Hamemayu hayuning samodro (samudera) merupakan kearifan dalam menjaga samudra dan isinya. Manusia tidak sepantasnya melakukan eksploitasi besar-besaran, serta tidak selayaknya melakukan pengrusakan 4. Hammamayu hayuning howo (udara) mempunyai makna untuk memperbaiki kualitas udara 5. Hammamayu hayuning bantolo (tanah) memberikan arti untuk mengatur pola eksploitasi alam, serta menghindari dampak negatif akibat eksploitasi tersebut 6. Hammamayu hayuning budoyo mengandung arti tentang upaya untuk melestarikan suatu kebudayaan yang kita miliki 7. Hamemayu hayuning manungsa (manusia) bermakna memanusiakan manusia Dengan memperhatikan format VAS konvensional, penulis masih belum menemukan berbagai komponen di atas. Kenyataannya, perusahaan tidak bisa terlepas dari tujuah diunduh dari: 12 | P a g e www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id komponen di atas dalam melakukan kegiatan operasional mereka. Coba kita perhatikan, perusahaan tidak bisa lepas dari ketujuh komponen di atas. Perusahaan, sebenarnya juga mempunyai saudara yang seharusnya diperhatikan. Saudara perusahaan akan memberikan suatu pertolongan pada saat ia dalam keadaan terjepit. Dengan memangku konsep MHB, perusahaan juga sudah selayaknya memberikan suatu sesaji yang ikhlas demi tercapainya suatu keharmonisan. Perusahaan tidak sepantasnya hanya mengunggulkan salah satu dari aspek tanpa memperhatikan aspek yang lainnya. Setidaknya, konsep MHB memberikan pandangan adanya tujuh saudara yang patut diperhatikan oleh perusahaan. Gambar 1. Perusahaan dan Lingkungan Apabila diperhatikan, kearifan MHB sudah memberikan wejangan pada manusia untuk memberikan apa yang menjadi haknya dengan dasar aspek keadilan untuk mencapai keseimbangan antara jagad besar dan jagad kecil yang kita miliki. Untuk itu, penyusunan VAS versi MHB akan mengusulkan tujuh gatra agar dapat tercakup sebagai item yang menerima suatu aliran dari perusahaan. Gambar satu menunjukkan ketujuh dari gatra tersebut membutuhkan perhatian perusahaan. Lebih jauh, apabila kita perhatikan VAS konvensional, apakah kita melihat perusahaan telah melakukan keadilan bagi ketujuh saudara mereka? VAS konvensional hanya diunduh dari: 13 | P a g e www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id mementingkan saudara yang lain yaitu pemilik modal, kreditor, pemerintah dan karyawan. Namun, ketujuh saudara yang lain tidak diberikan sesaji yang ikhlas. Dengan demikian, VAS konvensional tidak adil dalam memberikan kontribusi. Untuk itu penulis berupaya untuk merancang VAS yang memangku konsep Memayu, Hayuning Bawana. Value Added Statement - MHB Barang yang dihasilkan pada: Harga Jual Normal Selisih untuk tyasing sesama [(Harga jual normal- Harga tyasing sesama ) *Qn] XXXXX XXXXX Less: Pembelian Barang dan jasa Harga Normal Selisih untuk tyasing sesama[(Harga beli normal- Harga tyasing sesama) *Qn] XXXXX XXXXX Total Value Added oleh Produksi [ (2) - (5) ] Tyasing sesama [ (3) + (6) ] Total Value Added XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Source of Value Added Gaji dan Upah Pajak Bunga Depresiasi Laba Hammamayu hayuning tirto Hamemayu hayuning wono Hamemayu hayuning samodro Hammamayu hayuning howo Hammamayu hayuning bantolo Hammamayu hayuning budoyo Hamemayu hayuning manungsa Karyenak Tyasing Sesama Total Value Added XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Pada bagan berikut ini Nampak bahwa value added disini mengusung nilai-nilai luhur MHB. Pada VAS konvensional masih sangat mengentarakan adanya dominasi dari ide kapitalisme, yaitu acquisition, competition dan rationality yang tidak merujuk pada “the living person” (Chiapello, 2007). Kenyataannya, tidak semua orang berkemampuan seperti yang diharapkan, normal, sehat, pintar, tampan/cantik, beruntung. Untuk itu, value added statement yang memangku MHB juga mempedulikan si the sad majority. Pada VAS yang memangku MHB menampakkan pada saat perusahaan melakukan penjualan, mereka juga diunduh dari: 14 | P a g e www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id harus mempedulikan pihak-pihak yang tidak berkemampuan membeli produk mereka dengan harga yang normal. Untuk itu, VAS yang memangku MHB memunculkan selisih tyasing sesame yang menunjukkan kepedulian perusahaan untuk membantu orang yang kurang berkemampuan baik dalam bentuk pemberian keringanan dan membeli bahan baku dengan harga yang lebih tinggi untuk kepentingan memangun karyenak tyasing sesama. Akun memangun karyenak tyasing sesame bertujuan untuk mengenakkan hati sesame (Endraswara, 2013), sehingga semua orang diharapkan akan meningkat penghidupannya baik pemasok lemah yang diberi insentif lebih dari biasanya agar mereka bisa kuat; perusahaan; dan customer lemah agar mampu membeli produk yang mereka butuhkan. Lebih lanjut, VAS yang memangku MHB juga memasukkan tujuh gatra lainnya berupa kontribusi terhadap , agar dapat tercakup sebagai item yang menerima suatu aliran dari perusahaan untuk hayuning tirto (air), hayuning wono, hayuning samodro, hayuning howo (udara), hayuning bantolo (tanah), hayuning budoyo hayuning manungsa. Dengan demikian, apabila semua perusahaan telah menerapakan dengan benar dan ikhlas VAS yang memangku MHB, maka kerusakan bumi yang kita tinggali ini akan semakin bagus, selaras, dan keseimbangan alam dan seisinya akan semakin terjaga. KESIMPULAN Kemampuan VAS konvensional merupakan suatu gebrakan dari Suojanen untuk memberikan suatu informasi kepada berbagai pihak yang berkepentingan. Semangat VAS konvensional telah cukup mewakili untuk budaya barat yang erat dengan semangat Kapitalisme. VAS konvensional dirasa belum menyentuh kearifan Jawa MHB. Untuk itu, VAS konvensional perlu dibongkar agar menyentuh dan larut dalam konsep MHB. DAFTAR RUJUKAN Belkaoui, Ahmed Riahi. 1992. Third edition. Accounting Theory. USA, Texas: Academic Press Limited, pp. 11-13. Bailey, George D. 1986. “The increasing significance of the income statement,” Journal of Accountancy (pre-1986); Jan 1948; 85, 000001: pp. 10-19 Capra, Fritjof. 2003. The Hidden Connections: A Science for Sustainable Living, London: Flamingo. Calne, Donald. 1991. Rationality and Human Behavior. New York: Vintage Book. diunduh dari: 15 | P a g e www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Chiapello, Eve, 2007, “Accounting and the birth of the notion of capitalism,” Critical Perspectives on Accounting 18 (2007): pp. 263–296. Davison, Jane and Warren, Samantha. 2009, “Imag[in]ing accounting and accountability,” Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, Vol. 22 No. 6, 2009: pp. 845-857. Endraswara, Suwardi. 2013. Memayu Hayuning Bawana: Laku Menuju Keselamatan dan Kebahagiaan Orang Jawa. Yogyakarta: Narasi Evraert, Serge;Riahi-Belkaoui, Ahmed, 1998. “Usefulness of value added reporting: A review and synthesis of the literature,” Managerial Finance; 1998; 24, 11; ProQuest: pp. 1-15. Fukuyama, Francis. 1992. The end History and The Last Man. Penguin Book. Funnell, Warwick, 2007, “Accounting and the Virtues of Anarchy,” The Australasian Accounting Business & Finance Journal, February 2007:. Vol. 1, No.1.pp.18-27 Hood, John. 2000.”Capitalism and the zero,” Ideas on Liberty; Dec 2000; 50, 12; ProQuest Research Library: pg. 23-27 Huntington, Samuel P. 1996. The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order. Penerjemah: M. Sadat Ismail. Yogyakarta: Penerbit Qalam. Iyer, Lars. 2004. "Capitalism and Religion," Journal for Cultural and Religious Theory," Vol. 5, No. 2: pp. 115-122. Tersedia pada laman: http://www.jcrt.org/archives/05.2/iyer.pdf Kartika, Dharsono Sony. 2007. Estetika. Bandung: Rekayasa Sains bandung. Kam, Vernon. 1986. Accounting Theory, Second Edition. Canada: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Kato, Hisanori 2012 “Local Civilization and Political Decency: Equilibrium and the Position of the Sultanate in Java,” Comparative Civilizations Review, Number 66, Spring 2012, hh. 45-57 Key, W.B. 1973. Subliminal Seduction. New York: Signet Oehr, Tim-Frederik dan Zimmermann, Jochen. 2012. “Accounting and the welfare state: The missing link,” Critical Perspectives on Accounting 23 (2012) :pp. 134– 152. Patria, Nezar dan Arief, Andi. 2009. Negara dan Hegemoni. Yogyakarta: Pustaka pelajar. diunduh dari: 16 | P a g e www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Maryono, Agus. Diakses pada tanggal 15 Mei 2013, pukul 2.55. Laman bisa diakses pada alamat: http://greatthinkers.pasca.ugm.ac.id/download/1304011950- Hammamayu%20Hayuning%20Bawono-demokrasi%20air.pdf McCall, Sam M, and Klay, William Earle. 2009, “Accountability Has Always Been the Cornerstone of Accounting,” The Journal of Government Financial Management; Fall 2009; 58, 3; pp. 52-58 Sukoharsono, Eko Ganis. 2008. “Religion, Spirituality, and Philosophy: How Do They Work For An Accounting World?” This Paper is presented at the 3rd Postgraduate Consortium in Accounting: Socio-Spiritual Accounting, September 2008, The Department of Accounting, The University of Brawijaya Zou, Heng-fu, 1995, “The spirit of capitalism and savings behavior.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization: Vol. 28: pp. 131-143. diunduh dari: 17 | P a g e www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Pengaruh Penilaian Tingkat Kesehatan Bank dengan RGEC terhadap Harga Saham (Sally Halawa, Djoko Sigit Sayogo, Eny Suprapti) Universitas Muhammadiyah Malang Abstract: The aim of this research is analyzing the influence between the risk base bank rating and RGEC measurements those are risk profile, good corporate governance, earning which had been done by proxy with ROA, and capital which had been done by proxy with CAR towards the stock prices which is measured with closing stock prices’ average in each month. The collected data were gathered from 21 banking companies which are listed in BEI. The analysis method used in this research is double linear regression and robust regression, using stata 10.0 as the analysis tool. The result of this research shows that simultaneously, risk profile, GCG, ROA, and CAR are influential towards the stock prices with determination coefficient 63.71%. Partially, the stock prices is influenced positively by risk profile and ROA, negatively influenced by GCG and CAR. Keywords: Bank, RGEC, Stock Prices, Risk Profile, Good Corporate Governance, ROA, CAR, Stata. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id A. Latar Belakang Investasi merupakan salah satu usaha yang dilakukan untuk meningkatkan nilai kekayaan, Fahmi (2011) mengungkapkan, investasi dapat didefinisikan sebagai bentuk pengelolaan dana guna memberikan keuntungan dengan cara menempatkan dana tersebut pada alokasi yang diperkirakan akan memberikan tambahan keuntungan. Secara garis besar alokasi dana tersebut dapat dilakukan di dua sektor yaitu investasi pada financial assets dan investasi pada real assets. Menurut Halim (2002) investasi pada financial assets dilakukan dipasar uang, misalnya berupa sertifikat deposito, commercial paper surat berharga pasar uang, dan lainnya. Atau dilakukan dipasar modal, misalnya berupa saham, obligasi, waran, opsi dan lainnya. Sedangkan investasi pada real assets diujudkan dalam bentuk pembelian asset produktif, pendirian pabrik, pembukaan pertambangan, pembukaan perkebunan dan lainnya. Pasar modal merupakan wadah investasi pada financial assets, salah satu produk pasar modal yang diminati oleh investor adalah saham. Penelitian Siegel (dalam Tandelilin, 2001), menemukan bahwa periode 1802-1990, return saham jauh melebihi return obligasi. Kelebihan return saham atas return obligasi disebut sebagai equity premium. Salah satu faktor yang menyebabkan terjadinya fenomena equity premium adalah adanya fakta bahwa risiko saham lebih tinggi dari risiko obligasi. Selain itu, Darmadji dan Hendy (2001) juga mengungkapkan bahwa saham dikenal dengan karakteristik high risk, high return. Artinya saham merupakan surat berharga yang memberikan peluang keuntungan tinggi namun juga berpotensi risiko tinggi. Risiko dapat terjadi karena harga saham yang berfluktuasi. Seiring dengan berfluktuasinya harga saham, maka saham juga dapat membuat pemodal mengalami kerugian besar dalam waktu singkat. Fluktuasi terjadi karena supply dan demand yang dilakukan oleh investor. Darmadji dan Hendy (2001) mengungkapkan, supply dan demand terjadi karena berbagai faktor, baik yang sifatnya spesifik atas saham (kinerja perusahaan dan industri dimana perusahaan tersebut bergerak), maupun faktor yang sifatnya makro seperti kondisi ekonomi negara, kondisi sosial-politik, maupun rumor-rumor yang berkembang. Karena berbagai faktor tersebut, investor dihadapi pada berbagai risiko yang mungkin akan timbul ketika berivestasi pada saham. Risiko dijelaskan oleh Darmadji dan Hendy (2006) diantaranya; tidak mendapat diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id dividen, capital loss, perusahaan bangkrut atau dilikuidasi, saham dikeluarkan dari bursa, dan saham dihentikan sementara. Sehingga untuk menghindari kerugian yang terjadi, dibutuhkan penilaian yang tepat untuk memperkecil risiko investasi saham. Di dunia perbankan, penilaian terhadap risiko telah diatur oleh Bank Indonesia dalam PBI No.13/1/2011 tentang Penilaian Tingkat Kesehatan Bank Umum dengan menggunakan pendekatan Risiko (Risk-based Bank Rating/RBBR) baik secara individual maupun secara konsolidasi. Penilaian Tingkat Kesehatan Bank secara individual mencakup penilaian terhadap faktor-faktor berikut: risk profile, GCG, earning, dan capital yang disingkat menjadi RGEC. Peraturan ini menggantikan peraturan penilaian tingkat kesehatan bank sebelumnya yang berlaku sejak 2004 dalam Peraturan Bank Indonesia No.6/10/PBI/2004 tentang Sistem Penilaian Tingkat Kesehatan Bank Umum dengan menggunakan penilaian CAMELS. Dengan adanya self assessment ini, bank dengan peringkat yang baik dapat memberikan sinyal (good news) kepada investor bahwa bank memiliki kinerja yang baik. Kinerja merupakan salah satu faktor fundamental yang diidentifikasikan dapat mempengaruhi harga saham (Fauzi dalam Wulandari et al, 2013), analisis fundamental ialah pendekatan yang didasarkan pada informasi-informasi yang diterbitkan oleh emiten maupun oleh administrator bursa efek (Halim, 2003), dengan demikian, informasi penilaian atas kesehatan bank tersebut dapat memberi sinyal dalam analisis fundamental yang dilakukan oleh investor, sehingga memicu terjadinya supply dan demand dan mempengaruhi harga saham perbankan. Dengan penilaian kinerja bank berdasarkan Risk-based Bank Rating/RBBR harapannya dapat mempermudah penilaian oleh investor mengurangi ketidakpastian dan memperkecil risiko sehingga menarik minat investor terhadap saham perbankan. Salah satu penilaian tersebut adalah risk profile, risk profile perlu dipertimbangkan oleh investor, karena dampak terjadinya risiko kerugian keuangan langsung, kerugian akibat risiko (risk loss) pada suatu bank dapat berdampak pada pemangku kepentingan (stakeholder) bank, yaitu pemegang saham, karyawan dan nasabah serta berdampak juga kepada perekonomian secara umum (Idroes, 2011). Oleh karena itu, penilaian risiko didalam perbankan menjadi hal yang perlu untuk diperhatikan. Penilaian risiko juga perlu didukung dengan pratik tata kelola yang baik. Karena Corporate Governancemerupakan konsep yang diajukan guna peningkatan kinerja perusahaan melalui supervisi atau monitoring kinerja manajemen serta menjamin diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id akuntabilitas manajemen terhadap stakeholder dengan mendasarkan pada kerangka peraturan (Nasution dalam Tjondro, 2011). Peningkatan kinerja dapat meningkatkan harga saham, Halim (2002) menyatakan bahwa harga saham dipengaruhi oleh kinerja perusahaan. Kinerja perusahaan dapat dinilai dengan analisis fundamental yang dilakukan oleh investor, sehingga penilaian GCG dapat mempengaruhi harga saham. Kinerja perusahaan dapat dilihat pada earning atau rentabilitas,yang merupakan faktor penting bagi investor untuk menentukan tingkat pengembalian yang akan diperoleh dimasa yang akan datang. Seperti yang dijelaskan oleh Tandelilin (2001) dari sudut pandang investor, salah satu indikator penting untuk menilai prospek perusahaan dimasa mendatang adalah dengan melihat sejauh mana pertumbuhan profitabilitas perusahaan. Indikator ini sangat penting diperhatikan untuk mengatahui sejauh mana investasi yang akan dilakukan dilakukan investor pada suatu perusahaan mampu memberikan return yang sesuai dengan tingkat yang disyaratkan investor. Selain itu, bank juga harus dapat menjaga keberlangsungan operasionalnya dengan modal yang cukup. Capital atau modal berperan dalam mengantisipasi kemungkinan risiko yang akan timbul, Taswan (2006) mengungkapkan, salah satu fungsi modal adalah melindungi deposan dengan menangkal semua kerugian usaha perbankan sebagai akibat salah satu atau kombinasi risiko usaha perbankan. Dengan modal yang memadai untuk mengantisipasi terjadinya risiko, dapat memberikan kepercayaan kepada investor akan kelangsungan oparasional perbankan, sehingga dapat mempengaruhi keputusan investasi. Berdasarkan kebutuhan investor akan informasi kinerja perusahaan sebelum berinvestasi, hal tersebut telah didukung oleh Bank Indonesia dengan dikeluarkannya Peraturan Bank Indonesia No.13/1/PBI/2011 tentang penilaian tingkat kesehatan bank dengan menggunakan indikator RGEC, sehingga penilaian dengan indikator RGEC tersebut dapat menjadi indikator dalam berinvetasi pada saham, dan kemungkinan mempengaruhi harga saham perbankan. Berdasarkan penjabaran diatas penulis tertarik untuk meneliti tentang “Pengaruh Penilaian Tingkat Kesehatan Bank dengan RGEC terhadap Harga Saham”. B. Landasan Teori dan Hipotesis 1. Landasan Teori a. Teori Sinyal diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Menurut Spence (dalam Conelly et al, 2011) signaling theory is fundamentally concerned with reducing information asymmetry between two parties (Spence, 2002). Hal tersebut dikarenakan different people know different things (Stiglitz dalam Conelly et al, 2011). Menurut Conelly et al (2011) signaling theory is useful for describing behavior when two parties (individuals or organizations) have access to different information. Typically, one party, the sender, must choose whether and how to communicate (or signal) that information, and the other party, the receiver, must choose how to interpret the signal. Setyawan (2012) mengungkapkan bahwa teori sinyal menggambarkan bagaimana seharusnya sebuah perusahaan memberikan sinyal kepada pengguna laporan keuangan. Perusahaan yang baik akan memberi sinyal yang jelas dan sangat bermanfaat untuk keputusan investasi, kredit dan keputusan sejenis. Sinyal yang diberikan dapat berupa good news maupun bad news. Sinyal baik dapat berupa kinerja perusahaan perbankan yang mengalami peningkatan dari tahun ke tahun, sedangkan yang kurang baik dapat berupa penurunan kinerja. Teori sinyal bertujuan untuk mengurangi adanya asimetri informasi yang terjadi antara pihak-pihak yang berkepentingan, seihngga sinyal yang diberikan oleh perusahaan berupa good news ataupun bad news dapat membantu pengambilan keputusan investasi. b. Efficient Market Hypotesis Fama (dalam Hartono, 2008) menyajikan tiga bentuk utama dari efesiensi pasar berdasarkan ketiga macam bentuk informasi, yaitu: 1) Efisiensi pasar bentuk lemah (weak form). Pasar dikatakan efisien dalam bentuk lemah jika harga-harga dari sekuritas tercermin secara penuh (fully reflect) informasi masa lalu. Informasi masa lalu ini merupakan informasi yang sudah terjadi. Bentuk efisiensi pasar lemah ini berkaitan dengan teori langkah acak (random walk theory) yang menyatakan bahwa data masa lalu tidak berhubungan dengan nilai sekarang. Jika pasar efisien bentuk lemah, maka nilai-nilai masa lalu tidak dapat digunakan untuk memprediksi harga sekarang. Ini berarti bahwa untuk pasar yang efisien bentuk lemah, investor tidak dapat menggunakan informasi masa lalu untuk diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id mendapatkan keuntungan yang tidak normal. 2) Efisiensi pasar bentuk setengah kuat (semistrong form). Pasar dikatakan efisien setengah kuat jika harga-harga sekuritas secara penuh mencerminkan (fully effect) semua informasi yang dipublikasikan (all publicly available information) termasuk informasi yang berada di laporanlaporan keuangan perusahaan emiten. 3) Efisiensi pasar bentuk kuat (strong form). Pasar dikatakan efisien dalam bentuk kuat jika harga-harga sekuritas secara penuh mencerminkan (fully reflect) semua informasi yang tersedia termasuk informasi yang privat. Jika pasar efisien dalam bentuk ini, maka tidak ada individual investor atau grup dari investor yang dapat memperoleh keuntungan tidak normal (abnormal return) karena mempunyai informasi privat. 2. Hipotesis a. Pengaruh Risk Profile terhadap Harga Saham Menurut Tandelilin (2001) investor adalah makhluk yang rasional. Investor yang rasional tentunya tidak akan menyukai ketidakpastian atau risiko. Investor yang mempunyai sikap enggan terhadap risiko seperti ini disebut sebagai riskaverse investors. Menurut Taswan (2006) yang membedakan risiko dan ketidakpastian sebenarnya terletak pada tersedianya informasi, sehingga informasi risiko sangat penting untuk diketahui oleh pemegang saham. Peraturan Bank Indonesia No.13/1/PBI/2011, mewajibkan bank memberikan informasi tentang profil risiko dengan skala peringkat yang terdiri dari; risiko peringkat 1 (sangat rendah), peringkat 2 (rendah), peringkat 3 (cukup tinggi), peringkat 4 (tinggi), dan peringkat 5 (sangat tinggi), yang berdasarkan penilaian terhadap risiko inheren dan kualitas penerapan manajemen risiko dalam operasional Bank terhadap 8 (delapan) jenis risiko yaitu; risiko kredit; risiko pasar; risiko likuiditas; risiko operasional;risiko hukum; risiko stratejik; risiko kepatuhan; dan risiko reputasi. Semakin rendah peringkat risiko menunjukkan baiknya kemampuan bank mengelola risiko, dengan begitu peringkat risiko yang rendah akan diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id meningkatkan harga saham, sehingga informasi peringkat risiko tersebut dapat dijadikan sinyal oleh investor sebelum melakukan keputusan investasi. Bedasarkan uraian tersebut dapat dirumuskan hipotesis yaitu: H1: Risk Profile Berpengaruh Negatif Terhadap Harga Saham b. Pengaruh Good Corporate Governance terhadap Harga Saham Tata kelola yang efektif mendorong bank untuk beroperasi dengan cara yang aman dan sehat serta menggunakan sumber daya yang lebih efisien. Tata kelola yang buruk dapat meningkatkan kemungkinan kegagalan sebuah bank (Greuning dan Sonja, 2009). Praktik tata kelola yang efektif merupakan salah satu prasyarat utama untuk meraih dan menjaga kepercayaan publik. Tata kelola perusahaan yang baik telah terbukti meningkatkan kinerja operasional dan mengurangi risiko penularan kesulitan keuangan. Selain mengurangi risiko tekanan internal, secara positif memengaruhi persepsi investor terhadap risiko dan kesiapan mereka untuk memberikan pendanaan (Greuning dan Sonja, 2009). Tata Kelola perbankan tercermin dalam peringkat penilaian tata kelola yang diterbitkan bank dalam laporan tata kelola perusahaan yang terdiri dari 5 peringkat yaitu; GCG peringkat 1 (sangat baik), peringkat 2 (baik), peringkat 3 (cukup baik), peringkat 4 (kurang baik), dan peringkat 5 (tidak baik), sesuai dengan ketentuan Bank Indonesia yang mana mewajibkan bank untuk melakukan penilaian atas peringkat GCG pada peraturan No.13/1/PBI/2011. Semakin rendah peringkat GCG mencerminkan semakin baik praktik tata kelola yang diterapkan oleh bank, kondisi ini dapat meningkatkan harga saham. Sehingga informasi penilaian GCG tersebut dapat dijadikan sinyal bagi investor dalam menilai tata kelola perbankan sebagai pertimbangan dalam analisis fundamental sebelum mengambil keputusan investasi. Bedasarkan uraian tersebut dapat dirumuskan hipotesis yaitu: H2: Peringkat Good Corporate Governance berpengaruh negatif terhadap harga saham c. Pengaruh Earning terhadap Harga Saham diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Menurut Greuning dan Sonja (2009) profitabilitas adalah indikator pengungkap posisi kompetitif sebuah bank di pasar perbankan dan kualitas manajemennya. Uji profitabilitas memfokuskan pada pengukuran kecukupan laba dengan membandingkan laba dengan item lain (Libby 2008). Analis harus memperkirakan kemampuan perusahaan memperoleh laba. Perusahaan hanya bisa membagikan dividen besar kalau perusahaan mampu menghasilkan laba besar (Husnan, 2003). ROA merupakan alat uji profitabilitas dengan membandingkan laba terhadap aset, banyak analis menganggap rasio pengembalian atas aset merupakan alat yang paling baik dalam mengukur kemampuan manajemen menggunakan aset secara efektif (Libby 2008). Sehingga semakin besar ROA menunjukkan semakin baik kemampuan bank dalam mengelola aset dalam menghasilkan laba, yang kemudian akan meningkatkan harga saham perbankan karena informasi laba tersebut erat kaitannya dengan perolehan dividen yang akan diterima oleh investor. Bedasarkan uraian tersebut dapat dirumuskan hipotesis yaitu: H3: ROA berpengaruh positif terhadap harga saham d. Pengaruh Capital terhadap Harga Saham Salah satu fungsi modal adalah melindungi deposan dengan menangkal semua kerugian usaha perbankan sebagai akibat salah satu atau kombinasi risiko usaha perbankan. Berdasarkan hal tersebut bank harus dapat bekerja pada tingkat efisiensi yang tinggi dan selalu berusaha menekan risiko, dan juga bank harus memiliki modal yang cukup dan sehat sebagai penggerak operasi bank (Taswan, 2006). Dengan modal yang cukup, bank dapat memberi kepercayaan kepada stakeholder akan kelangsungan operasionalnya. Menurut Siamat (1993), unsur kepercayaan ini diperlukan pula oleh pemilik saham bank dalam hal pengelolaan bank karena menyangkut kepentingan nilai atau harga saham bank yang dimilikinya. Karena itu tingkat kepercayaan ini sangat mempengaruhi harga saham bank yang bersangkutan disamping akan mempengaruhi kemampuan memperoleh tambahan modal baru. Sesuai dengan Surat Edaran Bank Indonesia No.13/24/DPNP Lampiran 2, rasio yang dapat digunakan untuk mengukur kecukupan modal terhadap risiko ialah CAR diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id (Capital Adequacy Ratio) dengan membagi modal dengan aset tertimbang menurut risiko. Kecukupan modal bank dapat menjamin keberlangsungan operasionalnya yang kemudian akan membentuk kepercayaan bagi investor bahwa bank telah mampu mengantisipasi kemungkinan risiko yang akan timbul sehingga meningkatkan harga saham, seperti yang diungkapkan Purwasih (2010) CAR tinggi berarti bank tersebut semakin solvable, bank memiliki modal yang cukup guna menjalankan usahanya sehingga akan meningkatkan keuntungan yang diperoleh sehingga akan terjadi kenaikan pada harga saham. Bedasarkan uraian tersebut dapat dirumuskan hipotesis yaitu: H4: CAR berpengaruh positif terhadap harga saham C. Metode Penelitian 1. Data dan Seleksi Sampel Penelitian ini menggunakan data sekunder berupa annual report dan laporan GCG yang diperoleh dari Indonesian Stock Exchange (IDX) ataupun website masingmasing perbankan. Populasi pada penelitian ini adalah seluruh perbankan yang terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia yang diseleksi menggunakan teknik purposive sampling dengan kriteria yaitu; (1) menerbitkan laporan keuangan pada tahun 2012 dan 2013, (2) melakukan pemeringkatan atas risk profile dan GCG pada tahun 2012 dan 2013, (3) harga saham tersedia pada tahun 2012 dan 2013. Total sampel pada penelitian ini adalah 21 perusahaan perbankan menggunakan data panel dengan dua tahun pengamatan sehingga total sampel adalah 42 perusahaan perbankan. 2. Model Penelitian Pengujian hipotesis yang digunakan pada penelitian ini adalah analisis regresi berganda menggunakan regresi robust untuk mengantisipasi adanya heteroskedastisitas dan menambah variabel dummy untuk mengeluarkan pengaruh waktu yang digunakan untuk mengetahui hubungan dan arah hubungan antara variabel dependen yaitu harga saham dengan variabel independen yang terdiri dari risk profile, GCG, ROA dan CAR dari perusahaan perbankan. Model persamaan regresi yang digunakan adalah sebagai diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id berikut: Harga Saham = Y = α + β1 X1 + β2 X2 + β3 X3 + β4 X4 + ɣ2013 + ε dimana: Y : Harga Saham α : Konstanta β1 : Koefesien Regresi Risk Profile β2 : Koefesien Regresi Good Corporate Governance β3 : Koefesien Regresi ROA β4 : Koefesien Regresi CAR X1 : Risk Profile X2 : Good Corporate Governance X3 : ROA X4 : CAR ɣ2013 : ε : Faktor Pengganggu Variabel Tahun 3. Definisi Operasional dan Pengukuran a. Harga Saham Harga pasar saham merupakan harga pada pasar riil, dan merupakan harga yang paling mudah ditentukan karena merupakan harga dari sesuatu saham pada pasar yang sedang berlangsung atau jika pasar ditutup, maka harga pasar adalah harga penutupannya (Anoraga dan Piji, 2003). Harga penutupan yang digunakan pada penelitian ini adalah rata-rata harga penutupan Bulan Januari hingga Desember pada tahun 2012 sampai dengan 2014. Rata − rata HS = HS Close (Januari + Februari + ⋯ + Desember) 12 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id b. Risk Profile (X1) Risk profile merupakan penilaian atas Risiko yang melekat pada kegiatan bisnis Bank, baik yang dapat dikuantifikasikan maupun yang tidak, yang berpotensi mempengaruhi posisi keuangan Bank (Surat Edaran Bank Umum Konvensional No.13/24/DPNP). Pengukuran risk profile yang digunakan dalam penelitian ini adalah fasilatas self assessment penilaian risiko berdasarkan matrik penetapan tingkat risiko yang telah ditetapkan oleh Bank Indonesia, hasil penilaian tersebut berupa peringkat sebagai berikut: Tabel 1 Peringkat Risiko Peringkat 1 2 3 4 5 c. Nilai Risiko Sangat Rendah Rendah Cukup Tinggi Tinggi Sangat Tinggi Good Corporate Governance (X2) Penilaian faktor GCG merupakan penilaian terhadap kualitas manajemen Bank atas pelaksanaan prinsip-prinsip GCG (Surat Edaran Bank Umum Konvensional No.13/24/DPNP). Pengukuran GCG pada penelitian ini adalah hasil self assessment GCG yang dilakukan perbankan, dimana hasil tersebut berupa peringkat sebagai berikut: Tabel2 Peringkat Good Corporate Governance Peringkat 1 2 3 4 5 Nilai GCG Sangat Baik Baik Cukup Baik Kurang Baik Tidak Baik diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id d. Earning (X3) Penilaian faktor Rentabilitas meliputi evaluasi terhadap kinerja Rentabilitas, sumber-sumber Rentabilitas, kesinambungan (sustainability) Rentabilitas, dan manajemen Rentabilitas (Surat Edaran Bank Umum Konvensional No.13/24/DPNP). Pengukuran atas variabel earning atau rentabilitas sesuai dengan matriks parameter/indikator penialaian faktor retabilitas dengan indikator kinerja bank dalam menghasilkan laba adalah Return On Asset (ROA) (Surat Edaran Bank Indonesia No.13/24/DPNP, lampiran II) dengan persamaan sebagai berikut: ROA = e. Laba sebelum pajak x 100% Rata − rata total aset Capital (X4) Penilaian atas faktor Permodalan meliputi evaluasi terhadap kecukupan Permodalan dan kecukupan pengelolaan Permodalan (Surat Edaran Bank Umum Konvensional No.13/24/DPNP). Pengukuran atas variabel capital atau pemodalan sesuai dengan matriks parameter/indikator penialaian faktor pemodalan dengan indikator kecukupan modal bank adalah Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) (Surat Edaran Bank Indonesia No.13/24/DPNP, lampiran II) dengan persamaan sebagai berikut: CAR = Total modal x 100% Aktiva tertimbang menurut risiko (ATMR) D. Hasil 1. Statistik Deskriptif Berdasarkan statistik deskriptif dengan dua tahun pengamatan pada Tabel 3, rata- rata harga saham penutupan adalah Rp 1986.653, dan standar deviasi yang lebih besar dari rata-rata yaitu Rp 2999.769, dengan harga saham penutupan terendah yaitu 84.42 dan tertinggi 11556.25. Rata-rata risk profile perbankan berada pada peringkat 2 (risiko rendah), dan peringkat terendah perbankan yaitu peringkat 1 (risiko sangat rendah) dan peringkat tertinggi pada peringkat 3 (risiko cukup tinggi). diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Tabel 3 Statistik Deskriptif Variabel Harga Saham Risk Profile GCG ROA CAR Obs 42 42 42 42 42 Mean Std. Des 1986.653 2999.769 1.97619 0.4124936 1.904762 0.6555401 2.380714 0.9621328 16.95762 2.983202 Min 84.42 1 1 0.98 11.43 Max 11556.25 3 4 5.15 26.56 Rata-rata GCG perbankan berada pada peringkat 2 menggambarkan penerapan GCG yang baik, peringkat terendah yaitu 1 menggambarkan penerapan GCG yang sangat baik, dan peringkat tertinggi yaitu peringkat 4 yang mengambarkan penerapan GCG yang kurang baik. Rata-rata ROA pada sampel perbankan adalah 23.81% dengan standar deviasi 9.62%, dan ROA terendah adalah 98% dan ROA tertinggi adalah 515%. Variabel CAR menunjukkan rata-rata yaitu 196.58% dengan standar deviasi 298.32, dan nilai terendah adalah 11.43 dan tertinggi 26.56, dimana seluruh perbankan telah memenuhi standar CAR yang ditetapkan Bank Indonesia sebesar 8%. 2. Hasil Regresi Linear Berganda Pengujian dilakukan dengan regresi linear berganda dengan regresi robust menggunakan alat analisis yaitu Stata. Hasil penelitian pada Tabel 4 menunjukkan nilai R Square sebesar 0,6371 atau 63.71% yang berarti kemampuan model menerangkan variabel independen terhadap variabel dependen sebesar 63.71% sedangkan sisanya sebesar 36.29% dipengaruhi oleh variabel lain. Berdasarkan Uji F menunjukkan nilai Prob F sebesar 0.000, lebih kecil dari signifikansi 5%, sehingga diketahui secara simultan Risk Profile, GCG, Earning dan Capital secara simultan mempengaruhi Harga Saham, maka dapat disimpulkan bahwa kesehatan bank dengan RGEC telah memberikan sinyal kepada investor dan menjadi pertimbangan dalam analisis fundamental yang dilakukan investor dalam melakukan keputusan membeli, menjual atau mempertahankan saham yang dimilikinya. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Persamaan Regresi: Harga Saham = 1149.177 + 1384.436 Risk – 1348.146 GCG + 2104.698 ROA – 262.918 CAR + 234.485 th2013 + ε Variabel (HS) _cons Risk GCG ROA CAR F (5, 36) Prob F R Square Keterangan HS Risk GCG ROA CAR a. Koef 1149.177 1384.436 -1348.146 2104.698 -262.198 Robuts Std. Err 1697.358 657.0689 658.1763 318.4337 93.02541 t Sig 2.11 -2.05 6.61 -2.83 0.042 0.048 0.000 0.008 9.50 0.0000 0.6371 Rata-rata harga saham penutupan Peringkat risk profile Peringkat good corporate governace Return on asset (laba sebelum pajak / rata-rata total aset) Capital adequacy ratio (total modal / ATMR) Pengaruh risk profile terhadap harga saham Hasil uji parsial harga saham terhadap risk profile yang diukur dengan peringkat risiko menunjukkan signifikansi sebesar 0.042 lebih kecil dari 0.05 dengan koefesien regresi positif Rp 1384.436, maka dapat disimpulkan bahwa Risk Profile berpengaruh positif terhadap harga saham, sehingga H1 ditolak, pengaruh ini menunjukkan hubungan yang searah, apabila peringkat risiko perbankan semakin tinggi, atau semakin mengarah ke angka 5, maka harga saham meningkat. Halim (2003) menyebutkan bahwa umumnya hubungan risk dan return bersifat linear, artinya semakin besar rate of risk maka semakin besar pula expected rate of return. Apabila dikaitkan dengan preferensi investor terhadap risiko, maka hasil penelitian menunjukkan bahwa investor lebih menyukai risiko (risk seeker). Hal tersebut dikarenakan apabila bank memperoleh peringkat dibawah rata-rata diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id perbankan, maka bank tersebut cendrung akan meningkatkan kinerjanya pada tahun berikutnya. Sehingga pengaruh ini telah menunjukkan bahwa informasi peringkat risiko yang dipublikasikan bank telah dapat memberi sinyal kepada investor. b. Pengaruh GCG terhadap harga saham Variabel GCG yang diukur dengan skala peringkat GCG menunjukkan signifikansi 0.048 lebih kecil dari signifikansi yang ditentukan, yaitu 0.05 dengan koefesien regresi yaitu -1.348.146,sehingga H2 diterima, pengaruh ini menunjukkan hubungan yang berlawanan arah, dimana bila peringkat GCG semakin rendah, maka harga saham semakin tinggi, hal ini dikarena kriteria peringkat GCG yang semakin rendah atau semakin mengarah ke angka 1, mengisyaratkan semakin baiknya penerapan praktik GCG oleh bank, semakin baiknya penerapan GCG pada bank akan meningkatkan kepercayaan investor terhadap saham perbankan. Hasil penelitian ini sesuai dengan pernyataan Greuning dan Sonja (2009) dimana tata kelola perusahaan yang baik telah terbukti meningkatkan kinerja operasional dan mengurangi risiko penularan kesulitan keuangan. Selain mengurangi risiko tekanan internal, secara positif memengaruhi persepsi investor terhadap risiko dan kesiapan mereka untuk memberikan pendanaan. Sehingga dapat disimpulkan bahwa penilaian peringkat GCG telah dapat memberikan sinyal kepada investor. c. Pengaruh ROA terhadap harga saham Variabel Earning yang diproksikan dengan ROA, berdasarkan tabel 4 menunjukkan signifikansi 0.000, lebih kecil dari signifikansi yang ditentukan, yaitu 0.05 dengan koefesien regresi 2104.698, sehingga H3 diterima, pengaruh ini menunjukkan bahwa hubungan searah, dimana apabila ROA mengalami peningkatan maka harga saham akan meningkat. Kemampuan dalam memaksimalkan laba bank tentu akan mempengaruhi besarnya keuntungan yang diperoleh oleh investor melalui deviden yang dibagikan oleh perusahaan, sehingga informasi rentabilitas ini mampu mempengaruhi pergerakan harga saham. Seperti yang diungkapkan oleh Husnan (2003) apabila kemampuan perusahaan untuk diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id menghasilkan laba meningkat, maka harga saham akan meningkat, hal ini sejalan dengan penelitian yang dilakukan oleh Ramdiani dan I Ketut (2013) yang menunjukkan bahwa ROA berpengaruh positif terhadap harga saham, ROA yang tinggi menunjukkan bahwa perusahaan mampu memperoleh laba dan mengendalikan seluruh biaya-biaya operasional dan non-operasional sehingga berpengaruh pada peningkatan harga saham perusahaan. Sehingga dapat disimpulkan bahwa informasi ROA dapat memberikan sinyal kepada d. Pengaruh CAR terhadap harga saham Variabel Capital yang diproksikan dengan CAR, berdasarkan tabel 4 menunjukkan signifikansi sebesar 0.008 lebih kecil dari signifikansi yang ditentukan yaitu 0.05 dan koefesien regresi yaitu -262.918, sehingga H4: ditolak, pengaruh ini menunjukkan bahwa terdapat hubungan yang berlawanan arah, apabila CAR mengalami peningkatan, maka harga saham akan menurun, hasil ini tidak sesuai dengan yang diungkapkan Purwasih (2010), CAR tinggi berarti bank tersebut semakin solvable, bank memiliki modal yang cukup guna menjalankan usahanya sehingga akan meningkatkan keuntungan yang diperoleh, dengan demikian akan terjadi kenaikan harga saham, hal ini dikarenakan Bank Indonesia telah mensyaratkan CAR minimal yaitu 8%, berdasarkan statistik deskriptif nilai CAR dari seluruh sampel adalah 11.43% diatas CAR minimal yang disyaratkan BI. Hal ini menunjukkan bahwa perbankan mampu menutupi kemungkinan kerugian yang timbul dari aset, meskipun demikian CAR yang terlalu tinggi menunjukkan terlalu banyak modal yang disediakan oleh bank, sehingga tingginya CAR direspon negatif oleh investor. Senada dengan penelitian Takarini dan Ukki (2013) yang berpendapat bahwa perusahaan perbankan yang memiliki CAR rendah belum tentu akan mengalami kebangkrutan, karena CAR tersebut sudah diatas ketetapan BI sebesar 8%. E. Kesimpulan Penelitian ini bertujuan untuk menganalisis pengaruh penilaian kesehatan bank dengan diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id RGEC trhadap Harga Saham pada bank yang terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia. Hasil pengujian dengan regresi linier berganda, menunjukkan bahwa variabel dependen yaitu harga saham secara simultan dipengaruhi oleh variabel independen yang terdiri dari risk profile, GCG, earning yang diproksikan ROA, dan capital yang diproksikan dengan CAR. Dan secara parsial risk profile berpengaruh positif terhadap harga saham, GCG berpengaruh negatif terhadap harga sahan ROA berpengaruh positif terhadap harga saham dan CAR berpengaruh negatif terhadap harga saham. Hasil tersebut menunjukkan bahwa penilaian kesehatan bank dengan RGEC telah dijadikan analisis fundamental oleh investor dalam melakukan keputusan investasi. Namun penelitian ini memiliki beberapa keterbatasan, diantaranya penelitian ini tidak menghitung secara keseluruhan komponen penilaian RGEC. Pada variabel risk profile dan GCG diukur menggunakan peringkat sedangkan erning dan capital diproksikan dengan salah satu indikator pada Surat Edaran Bank Umum Konvensional No.13/24/DPNP lampiran II, sehingga disarankan, untuk mempertimbangkan keseluruhan kompenen penilaian tingkat kesehatan bank agar hasil penelitian lebih akurat. Penelitian ini menggunakan regresi robust untuk mengantisipasi kemungkinan adanya heteroskedastisitas dan menggunakan dummy tahun untuk mengantisipasi adanya autokorelasi, sehingga disarankan bagi untuk peneliti dengan tema sejenis mempertimbangkan kemungkinan adanya heteroskedastisitas dan autokorelasi tersebut. Daftar Pustaka Anoraga, Panji dan Piji Pakarti. 2003. Pengantar Pasar Modal. Jakarta: Rineka Cipta. Bank Indonesia. 2004. Peraturan Bank Indonesia Nomor: 6/10/PBI/2004 tentang Sistem Penilaian Tingkat Kesehatan Bank Umum. Jakarta. Bank Indonesia. 2011. Peraturan Bank Indonesia Nomor: 13/1/PBI/2011 tentang Penilaian Tingkat Kesehatan Bank Umum. Jakarta. Bank Indonesia. 2011. Surat Edaran Bank Indonesia No.13/24/DPNP Tanggal 25 Oktober 2011 kepada Semua Bank Umum Konvensional di Indonesia. Jakarta. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Conelly, Brian L, et al. 2011. Signaling Theory: A Review and Assessment.Journal of Management SAGE. DOI: 10.1177/0149206310388419. Vol. 37 No. 1. Hal: 3967 Darmadji, Tjiptono dan Hendy M. Fakhruddin. 2001. Pasar Modal Indonesia. Jakarta: Salemba Empat. Fahmi, Irham. 2011. Manajemen Investasi Teori dan Soal Jawab. Jakarta: Salemba Empat. Greuning, Hennie van dan Sonja Brajovc Bratanivic. 2009. Analis Risiko Perbankan. Jakarta: Salemba Empat. Halim, Abdul. 2002. Analisis Invetasi. Jakarta: Salemba Empat. Hartono, Jogianto. 2008. Teori Portofolio dan Analisis Investasi. Yogyakarta: BPFEYogyakarta. Husnan, Suad. 2003. Dasar-dasar Teori Portofolio dan Analisis Investasi. Yogyakarta: Unit Penerbit dan Percetakan AMP YKPN. Idroes, Ferry.N. 2011. Manajemen Risiko Perbankan. Jakarta: Rajawali Pers. Libby, Robert, et al. 2008. Akuntansi Keuangan. Jakarta: Penerbit Offset. Purwasih, Ratna. 2010. Pengaruh Rasio CAMEL terhadap Perubahan Harga Saham Perusahaan Perbankan yang Go Public di Bursa Efek Indonesia (BEI) Tahun 2006-2008. Skripsi. Fakultas Ekonomi. Univeritas Diponegoro. Semanrang. Ramdiani, Ni Nyoman Ketut dan I Ketut Yadnyana. 2013. Pengaruh Good Corporate Governance dan Kinerja Keuangan pada Harga Saham Perbankan yang Terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia Tahun 2009-2011. E-Jurnal Akuntansi Udayana. ISSN: 2302-8556. Vol 2. No 1. http://ojs.unud.ac.id/index.php/Akuntansi/article/view/4316.20 Desember 2014. Setyawan, Aditya Wira Perdana. 2012. Pengaruh Komponen Risk Based Bank Rating terhadap Harga Saham Perusahaan Perbankan yang Go Public di Bursa Efek Indonesia (BEI) Tahun 2008-2011. Skripsi. Fakultas Ekonomika Dan Bisnis. Universitas Diponegoro. Semarang. Siamat, Dahlan. 1993. Manajemen Bank Umum. Jakarta : Intermedia. Takarini, Nurjanti dan Ukki Hayudanto Putra. 2013. Dampak Tingkat Kesehatan Bank terhadap Perubahan Harga Saham pada Perusahaan Perbankan yang Terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia (BEI). Jurnal NeO-Bis. Vol 7. Tandelilin, Eduardus. 2010. Portofolio dan Investasi Teori dan Aplikasi. Yogyakarta: Kanisius. Taswan. 2006. Manajemen Perbankan. Jogjakarta: UUP STIM YKPN. Tjondro, David dan R Wilopo. 2011. Pengaruh Good Corporate Governance (GCG) terhadap Profitabilitas dan Kinerja Saham Perusahaan Perbankan yang Tercatat di Bursa diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Efek Indonesia. Journal of Business and Banking. Vol 1. No 1. Hal 1-14. Wulandari, Yuliya et al. 2013. Pengaruh Camel terhadap Harga Saham Perusahaan Perbankan yang Terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia.http://repository.unri.ac.id/xmlui/handle/123456789/1616?show=full. 20 April 2015. www.idx.co.id diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id CONCURRENT 3 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Determinants of Social and Environmental Disclosure: a Review on Prior Research Arum Prastiwi Bambang Subroto Rosidi Nurkholis Introduction: Studies in the field of accounting information disclosure has been growing rapidly, with a topic that has shifted from mandatory disclosure to voluntary ones. Since Elkington introduced the concept of Triple Bottom Line in the 1980s and the stakeholders’ increasing demands for more holistic corporate responsibility (economic, social and environmental), more companies, then, perform activities of social and environmental responsibility. Companies have realized that social responsibility activities are future investments. By doing social responsibility, companies will be able to improve their public image, be easier to gain access to capital, maintain a quality resource and improve companies’ reputation in the stakeholders’ perspective. Deegan & Unerman (2006, p. 314) stated that 1990 was regarded as a milestone of initial attention for social responsibility and the development of research on CSR even though the study of social disclosure had been done long before the year. Fifka (2013) explained that in 1973, one of partners of Ernst & Ernst, Dennis Beresford, conducted a study of social disclosure at 500 big companies in America. Other researchers that also conducted research on social responsibility since twenty years ago were Parket & Eilbirt (1975), Belkaoui (1976), Hogner (1982) and Parker (1989). In the last 20 years, studies on social responsibility disclosure has been conducted in various settings in not only developed contries such as USA, Canada, New Zealand, Australia, UK and others (Belkaoui & Karpik, 1989; Cormier & Magnan, 1999; Hackston & Milne, 1996; Michelon, Pilonato, & Ricceri, 2014; Rupley, Brown, & Marshall, 2012) but also in developing countries such as Indonesia, Malaysia, India, Bangladesh, Thailand, Nigeria, Qatar and Africa (Adelopo, 2011; Chek, Mohamad, Yunus, & Norwani, 2013; Khan, Muttakin, & Siddiqiu, 2013; Pahuja, 2009; Rouf, 2010; Siregar & Bachtiar, 2010; Suttipun & Stanton, 2012). During the phase, information disclosure of social responsibility has undergoned good development in terms of theme, tradition to inform as well as media that is used. In terms of themes, at first, only accounting/financial information that was provided along with social responsibility activity. Then, information of enviromental responsibility activity was added. Since social and environmental responsibility activities are carried out for the company’s benefit in the future, the report often refers to as a sustainability report (Kolk, 2003). The development also occur in the tradition to inform. The information was previously reported by being embedded in the company's annual report because it was only considered as supplemental information. However, the information has now been presented more comprehensive and detailed by providing social and environmental responsibility reports or sustainability reports separately (stand-alone). This is in line with that stated by Idowu and Towler (2004) that although there were still many companies combined the report, but in the future they will make the report separately. Media to present the social and environmental responsibility information is also developing. Earlier, at the time of information technology has not been developed, especially in developing countries, companies submitted paper-based financial information. Today, internet (website) as a means of delivering information has been quite widely used, especially in western countries. The low use of the Internet as an information medium in the Asian country, according to Chapple and Moon (2005), due to the high cost connection and in some countries, internet is dominated by government telecommunications systems and its use is restricted. Research of CSR information disclosure on the internet (web) had been carried out by Chapple and Moon (2005); Moreno and Capriotti (2009); Goodman, Rolland, and O'Keefe Bazzoni (2009); Sobhani, Amran, and Zainuddin (2012); Perrigot, Oxibar, and Déjean (2012); Wanderley, Lucian, Farache, and de Sousa Filho (2008); Chambers, Chapple, Moon, and Sullivan (2003) and many more.diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Definition and theory of social and environmental disclosure According to Gamerschlag et al., (2011) CSR is regarded as a voluntary contribution of a company for the sustainability development that exceed legal requirements. Mathews (1995) stated that several other terms are commonly used to express corporate social responsibility (CSR) those are social disclosure, corporate social reporting and social accounting. Although some experts have defined CSR, it is actually not easy to define because: firstly, CSR is a concept that is widely discussed, valuable, complex and has an open application rules, secondly, CSR is a general term that often overlap and is synonymous with other terms used in business and public relations conception (Moon, Crane, & Matten, 2005), thirdly, CSR is a dynamic phenomenon (Carroll, 1999). Understanding of social responsibility concept is still often debatable. According to Jamali and Mirshak (2007), there are companies that have a narrow view assuming that CSR is responsibility of economic and law/legislation. In other words, a company basically has only two responsibilities those are to the welfare of the stockholders and abide by the rules that are relevant to the company. This view is also known as the classical view where the main function of the company was only as a provider of goods or services to maximize profits by abiding by the law and regulations. The other party has a wider view of the CSR. They believe that the company deliberately act according to the needs of its members and therefore bear the duty and obligation to follow the wishes of the stakeholders but limited to the company ability. Therefore, the duties and obligations of the company are wider regarding the economic, legal, ethical, moral and philanthropic responsibilities, and even more, the company should preserve the environment, develop communities, conserve resources and carry out social activities. In applied empirical research, apart from previous research, it also takes a theory as a basis to formulate hypotheses. Relating to social and environmental disclosure, according to Belkaoui and Karpik (1989), Gray, Kouhy, and Lavers (1995a) and A. Omran and M. El-Galfy (2014), there is no theory that can be universally applied to all situations and people. One theory only suits certain conditions and sometimes it requires a combination of two or more theories to explain a phenomenon. Theories that can be used to explain the relationship of factors that affect disclosure of social and environmental responsibility are derived from the Positive Accounting Theory (PAT), which are the agency theory and signaling theory, and the theory derived from the Political Economy Theory (PET), those are stakeholder theory and legitimacy theory. In addition, other theories that can be used are instutional theory and political cost theory. Although many theories can be used to explain the disclosure of CSR, but the most commonly used are the stakeholder theory, the legitimacy theory and agency theory (Bayoud, Kavanagh, & Slaughter, 2012; Reverte, 2009) Previous Research Various developments and changes in the accounting information disclosure are increasingly pushing the interests of researchers. Existing research findings has been traced in the form of literature study by several researchers including Adams (2002) that examines the factors affecting the width and the ethical nature of social and environmental reporting by doing interview to three British companies and four Germany companies. The result showed that companies’ social and ethical reporting were associated with the company characteristics (size, industry group,economic/financial performance), general contextual factors (the State of origin, media pressure, political, cultural, etc.) and internal context (head of the company's identity and existence of social reporting committee. T. M. Lee and Hutchison (2005) conducted a review of studies in accounting published in journalsabout factors that led the company disclose environmental information. These factors are grouped into five themes, namely law and regulations, legitimacy, public pressure and publicity, industry characteristic, rational analysis of cost-benefit relationship and the latter is the pressure of culture and attitude. Fifka (2013) mentioned that a large number of research paid special attention to the factors that affected the responsibility reporting of both internal and external factors. Synthesis of more than 40 countries (186 individual research results)proved that the social responsibilitydiunduh disclosure dari:was more associated with www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id company size, type of industry, financial performance, social and environmental performance and managerial attitude (internal factors). Besides, social responsibility information disclosure is also linked to external factors including the state and media pressure. Objectives and Reseach Methodology Eventhough the phenomenon of social and environmental responsibility disclosure has much been investigated but according to Fifka (2013) there are still opportunities to do further research. First, apart from voluntary nature that makes each company free to express this kind of information, there are lot of dimensions or factors that led the company to disclose information (internal and external). Second, existing research results provided evidence that diverse, so it has not obtained conclusive results. Based on the previous description, this study is designed, first, to conduct an overview of the existing empirical research; secondly, to describe the theory used by previous researchers to explain the relationship between social and environmental responsibility disclosure and influencing factors; Third, to analyze whether this disclosure determinants differ between groups of countries with different transparency culture. This study will be conducted based on 59 online published researches, obtained from Google Scholar, Elsevier, Emerald, ScienceDirect, EJS Ebsco and ProQuest database using keywords social disclosure, environmental disclosure and sustainability disclosure. The method used is research synthesis that is summarizing the results of empirical research has been conducted by previous researchers. Research procedures used in this study is based on Fifka (2013) with some differences: first, the study adds information about the theory used by previous researchers. Second, in this study, examined factors will be grouped into three factors related to the company characteristics, the governance attributes and those excluding the two (others), while Fifka split into two groups: internal and external factors. Third, the country classification is based on the work of Souissi and Khlif (2012) that classifies into two country groups by looking at the level of countries transparency culture: High Disclosure Environment (HDE) and countries with Low Disclosure Environment (LDE), while research conducted with data from two or more different countries in continental called Transcontinental group (Fifka, 2013). This classification is based on the assertion that differences in disclosure environment can impact on relationships hypothesized. Results and Discussion The result of this study is conducted by grouping countries into three groups. The first group is the country that has a High Disclosure Environment, those are US, UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, British,and Columbia. The countries often referred to as the Anglo-Saxon countries that are countries using English as the daily language (English speaking Countries). In the countries, the phenomenon of social and environmental responsibility was first developing and the disclosure level is higher than other countries (Gamble, Hsu, Kite, & Radtke, 1995; Guthrie & Parker, 1990). The second group, excluding the previous six countries, are mostly Asian countries (Indonesia, Malaysia, China India, Taiwan, Bangladesh, Arabic, etc.), Hong Kong and Europe (Germany). Transcontinental group consists of US and Japan (Jennifer Ho & Taylor, 2007), Europe & USA (Michelon et al., 2014), and the combined of 34 countries (Chih, Chih, & Chen, 2009). Another reason of the classification is that the Anglo-Saxon countries have an open nature and high attention to environmental and community issues (Hackston & Milne, 1996), whereas other countries, especially ASEAN countries are still reluctant to disclose such information because the issue is considered sensitive political and social issue (Craig & Diga, 1998). I. Theory of Social and Enviromental Responsibility Disclosure The discussion will begin with the theories that underlie the relationship between disclosure of social and environmental responsibility with its determinant. From the previous statement, it was mentioned that many theories that can be used to relate the level of social and environmental responsibility disclosure, consistent with Reverte (2009) and Bayoud et al (2012), only three theories are widely used, namely the stakeholder theory, the legitimacy theory and agency theory. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Stakeholder theory assumes that the existence of a company is determined by the stakeholders. The main focus of the stakeholder theory is how companies monitor and respond to the needs of stakeholders (Gray et al., 1995a). Barkemeyer (2007) stated that legitimacy theory has two strengths in explaining the context of social responsibility in developing countries. The first is the capability of the company to not only maximize profits, provide more insights of what the company motives to increase social responsibility; second, organizational legitimacy includescultural factors that isshaped pressure from different institutions in different contexts. Belkaoui & Karpik (1989) stated that agency theory viewed company as a contractual relationship between the various economic agents that act opportunistically in an efficient market. In this context, agency theory can be a rationalization for social responsibility disclosure. Social and environmental disclosure can also be useful in determining the evidence of debt contract, managerial compensation contracts or political cost. Eisenhardt (1989) stated that the agency theory provides a picture of the relationship between principal and agent, and will be better if it is combined with other theories (eg, institutional theory or equity theories). Table 1 shows the theory used by the researchers based on literature study to 59 previous research results. Overall, it appears that relationship between firm characteristics and governance and the social and environmental responsibility disclosure is based on stakeholder theory, the legitimacy theory and agency theory. However, since Guthrie & Parker (1989) and O'Dwyer (2002) stated that one theory is not enough in studying social reporting, some researchers use some other theories in their studies. a. High Disclosure Environment (HDE) In Table 1, it shows only 14 studies which used sample companies in the country from group HDE and there are three researchers who used a combination of theories in the studies. Among them are Galbreath (2010) who used employee justice perception theory, equity theory and signaling theory to provide evidence of the CSR benefit for the company. Table 1 Theory of Social and Environmental Disclosure High Disclosure Low Disclosure Transcontinental Environment Environment Number Number Number of % of % of % Articles Articles Articles Stakeholder Theory 1 7% 7 17% 1 25% Legitimacy Theory 4 29% 4 10% 1 25% Agency Theory 3 21% 7 17% 0 0% Political Cost Theory 0 0% 2 5% 0 0% Institutional theory 0 0% 0 0% 1 25% Signaling Theory 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% Mixed Theory 3 21% 7 17% 1 25% NA 3 21% 15 36% 0 0% HDE consist of 14 studies; LDE=42 studies; Transcontinental = 3 studies TOTAL Number of % Articles 9 15% 9 15% 10 17% 2 1 0 11 18 3% 2% 0% 18% 30% Giannarakis, Konteos, and Sariannidis (2014) used two theories together, namely Political Cost Theory and Legitimacy theory to examine the relationship of financial and governance factors on the disclosure of CSR. Bhattacharyya (2014) examined the relationship between social and environmental disclosure and its factors by using the legitimacy theory and resource base perspective. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Next is legitimacy theory. The theory assumes that organization should strive to ensure its operations comply with the limits and norms of the society. Studies that use this theory was as much as 4 studies or 29% (Cho, Guidry, Hageman, & Patten, 2012; Cho, Michelon, Patten, & Roberts, 2015; Cormier & Gordon, 2001; Michelon et al., 2014). The four researchers used legitimacy theory more as the basis for connecting multiple variables other than the variables inherent with firm governance and characteristics such as the company’s sensitivity to the GRI, market return and published news. Next is agency theory which stated that the conflict between the company and all stakeholders can be reduced by disclosing detailed information, including information about social responsibility and the environment. Studies using this theory were as much as 3 is or 21% that are Belkaoui and Karpik (1989); Rupley et al. (2012) and de Villiers, Naiker, and van Staden (2011). Whereas stakeholder theory is used by Roberts (1992). b. Low Disclosure Environment (LDE) Of the group of countries with low disclosure environment, 36% (15) researches do not clearly identify what theoretical basis used. In contrast to the group HDE, the LDE use more stakeholder theory and agency theory, with the same percentage of 17% or 7 studies. Next, 14% (6 studies) from all studies combined of more than one theory. The principle of stakeholder theory is that what company do including the wider scope of disclosure of social and environmental responsibility is to meet the stakeholders’ interests. Stakeholder theory was used in the studies of Bayoud et al. (2012); Chek et al. (2013); Ebiringa, Yadirichukwu, Chigbu, and Ogochukwu (2013); Huang and Kung (2010); D. Y. Lee (2013); X. Liu and Anbumozhi (2009); and Pahuja (2009). Studies that used agency theory were Arussi, Selamat, and Hanefah (2009); Dam and Scholtens (2013); Latridis (2013); G. Liu and Sun (2010); Said, Zainuddin, and Haron (2009); Said, Omar, and Nailah Abdullah (2013); and Soliman, Din, and Sakr (2012). While those using more than one theory together were Al-Shubiri, Al-abedallat, and Orabi (2012), who examined the determinants of financial and non-financial of CSR on the basis of agency theory and the political economy theory, Cormier, Magnan, and Van Velthoven (2005) used both legitimacy theory and stakeholder theory to examine the relationship of several external variables with the quality of environmental disclosure. Darus, Arshad, and Othman (2009) examined the relationship of governance attributes that were the institutional pressure and ownership structure with the CSR disclosure using institutional theory and agency theory; Ghazali (2007) used the legitimacy theory and political cost theory to examine the relationship between ownership structure with the CSR disclosure in Malaysia; Lu and Abeysekera (2014) tested the strength of stakeholder and corporate characteristics on environmental disclosure by using stakeholder theory and legitimacy theory and the last, Reverte (2009) combined three theories that were agency theory, the legitimacy theory and stakeholder theory to examine the determinants of companies’ CSR in Spain. c. Transcontinental This group only consists of three studies that used, first, institutional theory (Chih et al., 2009) to test the CSR determinants, second, stakeholder theory (Michelon & Parbonetti, 2012) in examining the effects of corporate governance towards sustainability disclosures in European and America companies, and third, Ho and Taylor (2007) used a combination of agency theory and the political cost theory to determine the effects of corporate governance on the sustainability disclosure. II. Determinants of social and environmental disclosures Table 2 shows the tabulation and summary of the determinants used in 59 studies. Based on the processed data, there are more than 40 types of explanatory factors (independent variables) that were used. Furthermore, researcher classified all these determinants into three groups: the corporate characteristics, corporate governance attributes and apart from the two (others). Due to the fact that the variety of independent variables were much, then five diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Tabel 2 Determinants of Social and Environmental Disclosure (SED) Authors Countries Examined Company Characteristics Corporate Governance Attributes Others HIGH DISCLOSURE ENVIRONMENT Belkaoui and Karpik (1989) US Bhattacharyya (2014) Australia Firm Size (+), Profitability (+), Leverage (0), Dividen (0), Firm Size (+); Profitability (0); Firm Age (0); Cho, Freedman, and US Patten (2012) Firm Size (0); Profitability (0); Leverage (0); Cho et al. (2015) US Firm Size (-); Year (+); Cormier and Magnan (1999) Kanada Firm Size (+); Leverage (-); Firm age (0); Cormier and Gordon (2001) Canada & British Columbia Profitability (0); Leverage (0); Social Performance (), Differential Return (0), Market Risk (0), Capital Intensity (0) Audit firm (0) Industry type: Chemical (0); Foresty&paper (0); Engineering (0); Transport (-); Mining (0); Industry Type (+); Environmental Perform.(+); Industry*Enviromental Performance (-); Capital Expend.Intensity (0) Environmentally Sensitive Industries/ESI (+); Year x Firm size (0); Year x ESI (0) Shareholder control Risk (+); (-); subsidiary (0); Cap market (+); Fines & Penalties Trading volume (+); (0); Accounting return (+); Orders to conform Market return (0); (0); Excess pollution Legal actions (0); industry (+); SEC (-); Oil, refineries, chemical industry (0); Steel, metal, mines indust. (-) Public Ownership ABIGOOD News (+), (+); ABIBAD News (+); Capital Market (0); Earn/Full-time employees (0); New Invest in FA (0); FA/Full Time diunduh dari: Employees (+); www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Galbreath (2010) Australia Firm Size (+); Firm Age (0); Employee turn (-); Customer satisfaction (+); Reputation (+) Giannarakis (2014) US Firm Size (+); Profitability (0); Leverage (0); CEO Duality (-); Board SIZE (+): Freq. of board meeting (0); Women on Board (0) Giannarakis et al (2014) US Leverage (0) CEO duality (0); Women on the board (0); Hackston & Milne (1996) New Zealand Firm Size (+); Profitability (0); Industry (+); Michelon et al (2014) UK Size (+); CSP (+); CSR report (+); Assurance (0); GRI Industry Environmental and Social sensitivity (+) Roberts (1992) US Leverage (+); Profitability (+); Firm Age (+); Firm Size (0) Manag. ownership (0); Industry Type: Staples (0); Consumer discretionary (0); Energy (-); Financial (0); Health care (0); Materials (+); Information tech (0); Telecomunication (0); Utility (-) Greenhouse gas emissions (+); Emission reduction initiative (+); Risk premium (0); Industry profile (0) Political act (+); Public affairs (+); Sponsor/foundation (+); Industry (+); diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Rupley et al (2012) US Firm Size (+); Profitability (0); Villiers et al (2011) US Firm Size (+); Firm age (+); Profitability (+); Leverage (0); Equipment age (+); Slack (+); Beta (0); Capital Expend. (0); Market to Book (0) LOW DISCLOSURE ENVIRONMENT Ahmad, et al (2003) Malaysia Firm Size (0); Leverage (-); Profitability (0); Akrout & Othman (2013) Al-Shubiri et al (2012) MENA (Arab Middle Eastern and North African) Amman Board indep (0); Board member serving for more than one board (+); CEO duality (0); ; Institutional ownership(0); Board Independence (+); CEO-chair duality (0); Dir. appointed after CEO (-); CEOdirector ownership (0); Insider-director own. (0); Outsiderdirector own. (0); Board size (+); Multiple director (0); Active CEOs (+); Law experts (+); Board tenure (0); CEO compensation (-); Governance commite (+); Institutional ownership (0); Media (+); Gender (0); Industry (0); CER report (+) ; Exist. of committe CSR (0) Audit firm (+); Effective tax rate (0); Member of environmentally sensitive (0) Business Culture (0); Internet penetration (0) Firm Size (+); Leverage (-); Profitability (+), Family ownership (0); Goverment ownership (0); Growth in Asset (+); Dividen (0); Firm Size (+); Firm Age (+); leverage (-) Individual ownership (0); Institutional ownership (0); Majority ownership (0); Shareholder (+); Advertising (0); Industry sensitivity (+); Industry ROA (+); Ind competition (0) diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Arussi, et al (2009) Malaysia Leverage (0); Profitability (0); Firm size (+); Bayoud et al (2012) Libya Bowrin (2013) Caribbean Firm Size (0); Firm Age (0); Profitability (0); Firm Size (+); Chauhan (2014) India Chek, et al (2013) Malaysia Cormier, et al (2005) German Dam & Scholtens (2013) Eropa Firm Size (+); Leverage (0); Profitability (-); Liquidity (+) Darus, et al (2009) Malaysia Firm Size (+); Profitability (+) Ebiringa, et al (2013) Esa & Ghazali (2012) Nigeria Firm Size (0); Profitability (+); Firm Size (0); Profitability (0); Leverage (+); Year (0) Malaysia Firm size (+), Profitability(-), Leverage(0), Sales (+) Size (+); Profitability (0); Leverage (0) Leverage (0); Fixed Assets Age (+); Firm Size (+); Existing of dominant personalities (0); Level of technology (+); Ethnicity CEO (+); Industry type (+) Proportion Independent directors (0); Organizational culture (+); National culture (0); Foreign influence (+); Importance Public Equity (0); Industry affiliation (+); Gender (0); Concentrated ownership (-); Foreign ownership (-); Risk (+); Capital market (0); Trading volume (+); Market return (0); Media exposure (+); SEC registrant (-) Hirschman-Herfindah ind.(-) Blockholder 5% (0); Blockholder 10% (-); blockholder 20% () Existence goverment regulation (+); Board interlock (0); Family ownership (-); Goverment ownership (+); Foreign ownership (0); Country (0) Independent Non Executive directors (-), diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Boardsize (+) Gamerschlag et al (2011) Jerman Gao, et al (2005) Hongkong Ghazali (2007) Malaysia Gunawan (2013) Indonesia Haji (2013) Malaysia Huang & Kung, (2010) Taiwan Huang (2010) Taiwan Firm size: LogTA (0); Log employ (+); Profitability (0); US Listed (+) Firm Size (+); Firm Size (+); Profitability (0); Freefloat (+), Industry type (+); Own. concentration (0); Director ownership (-); Goverment own. (+); Firm Size: Owners' influence Total Assets (+), (+) Total Sales (+), Market Cap. (+); Profitability: ROA (+), ROE (+), EPS (+); Firm Age (+); Solvency (0); Firm size (+); Independent nonProfitability (0); executive directors Leverage (0) (0); Board size (+); Board meetings (0); Own. concentration (0); Director Ownership (-); Government own. (+); Firm Size (+); Fines (+); Leverage (0); Blockholder own. Profitability (-) (-); Audit firm (+); Profitability (0); Firm size (+); Visibility (+), Industry type (0); Advertising (+); Inventory Turnover (0); Employees (+); Industry sensitivity (+); Export Ratio (0); R & D Intensity (0); Independent Board (0); Foreign ownership (+); Goverment own. (+); Institutional own. (+) Controlling stockholderdiunduh (0) dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Kansal, et al (2014) India Profitabilitybeginning (0); Profitabilitycurrent year (0); Firm Size (0); Firm Age(0) Firm size (+); Profitability (+); Leverage (0) Khan (2010) Bangladesh Khan (2013) Bangladesh Firm size (+); Firm age (+); Leverage (-); Profitability (+); Latridis (2013) Malaysia Profitability (+); Leverage (+); Firm size (+); Asset age (0); Lattemann, Fetscherin, Alon, Li, and Schneider (2009) China & India Firm size (+); Industry clasification (+); Social Reputation (+) Composition of non-executive directors (+); Composition of women directors (0); Foreign ownership (+); Management own. (-); Public ownership (+); Foreign ownership (+); Independent Board (+); CEO duality (0); Audit committee (+); Indep. board director (+); Indep. audit comm. (+); Audit Size (+); Exist. audit comm. (+); Management own. (+); Institutional own. (+); Environmental perform. (-); Environmental initiatives and awareness (+); Amount of debt or equity raised (+); Tobin's Q (+); Stock price volatility (-); Capital spending (+); Favour. media coverage (+); Beverage industry (+); Chemical industry (+); Food producer (+); Foresty and Paper (+); Minning (+); Changes mgt (+); Cross listed (+) CEO duality (-); Governance Outside board Environmental Index member (+); (+); Industry: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Manufacturing (+); Lee (2013) Korea Profitability (+); Firm age (-); Firm Size (+); Firm Size (+), Leverage (+) , Profitability (0), Li, Zhang, and Foo (2013) China Liu & Anbumozhi (2009) China Liu & Sun, (2010) China Lu & Abeysekera, (2014) China Muttakin and Khan (2014) Bangladesh Pahuja (2009) India Firm Size (+); Profitability (0); Leverage (0); Rahman, Zain, and Al-Haj (2011) Malaysia Reverte (2009) Spanyol Firm Size (+); Firm Age (0); Profitability (0); Leverage (0) Intl. Listing (+), Firm Size (+), Profitability (0), Firm size (+); Firm age (0); Profitability (0) Firm size (+); Profitability (+); MBV (-) Leverage (0);Firm Size (+); Profitability (+); Overseas listing (0) Firm Size (+); Profitability (+); Leverage (0); Firm Age(+); Marketing fee (+); R&D spending (+) Own. concentration (+), Government own. (0), Independent director (-) Government Power (+); Shareholder Power (0); Private control (-); Cash control (0); Private x cash control (+); Board independence (0); Board size (0) Goverment power (0); Shareholder power (-); Independent auditor (0); Member of a sensitive Industry (0), Economic Zoning (+), Family Ownership (-); Industry Types: Cement/Ceramic ind (0); Engineering industry (0); Food industry (-); Paper, Printing industry (-); Pharmacy industry (0); Other industry (+) Sector (+); Poluting ind (+); Foreign Association (0); Large business house (0); Ratio export (0); Environmental Perform. (+) Creditor Pressure (0); Place (0); Learning capacity (0); Industry membership (+); Own. concentration Media Exposure (+), (-), Industry diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id environmental Leverage (0) Said, et al (2013) Malaysia Firm Size (0) Said, Zainuddin & Haron (2009) Malaysia Firm Size (+), Profitability (0) Siregar & Bachtiar (2010) Indonesia Skouloudis, Jones, Malesios, and Evangelinos (2014) Soliman, et al (2012) Firm Size (+); Profitability (0); Leverage (0) Greece/Yunani Firm Size (+); Egypt Firm Age (+); Firm Size (+); Profitability (+); Leverage (+) sensitivity (+), Board size (0); Board indep (0); Chairman indep (+); Chairman age (+); CEO age (0); Chairman with finance background (0); CEO with finance background (0); Chairman with law background (0); CEO with law background (+); Female dir (0); Board of director with finance background (0); Board of director with law background (0); Board Size (+), Board Independent (0), CEO Duality (0), Audit Committee (+), Ownership concentration(+), Managerial ownership (0), Foreign ownership (0), Goverment ownership (+), Board size (+); Foreign ownership (0); Government Own. (-); Industry Types: Consumer Product (0); Industrial Product (+); Trading & services (0); Plantations (0); Construction (0); Technology (0); Internationalization (+); CSR initiative (+) Management own. (-); Institutional own. (+); Foreign diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id ownership (+); Suttipun & Stanton (2012) Uwalomwa (2011) Thailand Firm Size (+); Profitability (0) Ownership status Country of origin (0); (0); Nigeria Management own. (+) Yuan (2011) Cina Firm Size (+); Board Structure Industry type (+); Leverage (0); (0); Profitability (0); Majority ownership (0); Management own. (0); CEO duality (0) Note: (+) indicates positive and significant correlation between independent and dependent variables; (-) indicates positive and significant correlation; (0) indicates no correlation TRANSCONTINENTAL Chih, et al (2009) 34 countries Ho & Taylor, (2007) US & Japan Michelon & Parbonetti (2012) Europe & USA Profitability (+); Firm Size (+); Firm Size (+); Leverage (0); Liquidity (-); Profitability (-); Profitability (0); Firm Size (+); Leverage (0); Firm Age (0); Listing status (0); Competitiveness industry (-); Quality of Management Schools (+); Cooperation LaborEmploy Relation Index (+); Reg.-Equator Principles (+); Inflation rate (-); IPI (0); CCI (+) Industry Types (-); Country (+) Independent director (0); CEO duality (0); Community Influential member of board (+); Director in charge of csr (0); Board of director (0); Reputation (+); Market Risk (0); Country (0); CSR commite (0); diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id highest ranking on the use of variables was taken from each group, except for the corporate governance attributes group,taken seven highest variable because the group had the greatest variation of independent variable. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id From the results summarised in Table 3, for a group of Corporate Characteristics, it is known that the five highest variables are Firm Size, Profitability, Leverage, Firm Age and Listing Status. The second group, the corporate governance attributes, consists of CEO duality, Board Size, Board Independence, ownership concentration, managerial ownership, foreign ownership and government ownership. While the third group, other variables, consists of social/environmental concerned, industry types, social/environmental performance, industry sensitivity and media exposure. The following analysis is based on countries transparency culture. a. High Disclosure Environment (HDE) In the Anglo-Saxon countries, 12 studies used firm size variable and 75% of it confirmed positive relationship with the dependent variable (the social and environmental responsibility disclosure). The second variable is the profitability, out of 9 studies that examined the relationship of these variables, 33% proved the existence of a positive relationship, while 67% negatively related and unrelated. Next is leverage, with predictions of negative relationship with the disclosure level, which means that the higher the leverage, the lower the level of disclosure and from 8 researches, only 13% of the results supported the prediction. Firm age variable had been successfully demonstrated in five studies and 40% weresiginificant. The variable of corporate governance attributes was not widely used in the country group of HDE. Only 4 researchers examined the effect of CEO-duality and only 25% were able to prove significant results. Board size and board independencewere used in two studiesthatboth proved significant influence. Ownership attributes, managerial ownership and government ownership, were used by only one researcher and only government ownership were proved to be havepositive effect. There are five researchers that used other variables, first, the industry type variable and three studies or 60% proved significantly positive relationship. Social and environmental performance and industry sensitivity which each wastested in three studies. All three studies confirmed positive relationship of industry sensitivity variable, while only two studies could provide proof of positive relationship to social and environmental performance variable. b. Low Disclosure Environment (LDE) Research on the disclosure of social and environmental responsibility in a country with a low level of disclosure mostly used variables inherent to the companies’ internal conditions, those are characteristics and corporate governance. Firm size and profitability variable were widely used respectively by 41 and 34 research. 83% research proved significant effectoffirm size variable, but only 35% proved positive effect of profitability variables and a total of 56% research confirmed negative effect. This is presumably because many people still viewed that the activities of social and environmental responsibility was just a waste sinceit had no direct benefit to the company (Siregar & Bachtiar, 2010). Meanwhile, listing status variable that was only used in 4 studies but the results showed that 75% of them managed to prove a significant influence. This is because companies that do listings on more than one country have requirements to disclose more information, including information about social and environmental responsibility. Governance attributes that were widely used in the group of LDE countries were board independence and ownership concentration, and respectively only 23% and 40% research showed evidence of a significant effect. The results of studies indicated that the size of the board of directors proved to be influential (67% of the 6 studies), but independence level was not necessarily considered because the independent directors did not ensure better company's social and environmental responsibility. Government ownershipwas proved to increase the disclosure of social and environmental responsibility, proven from eight studies(63%)that showed significant positive results. The results of other variables did not differ from group of HDE country, industry type variables were statistically significant (all five studies were able to prove a significant effect). This indicated that the disclosure of social and environmental responsibility is mostly carried out dari: by companies that had high diunduh www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id environmental impacts such as mining, manufacturing and food-related companies. Media exposure/pressure and social/environmental concerned variable, although had not widely used (respectively 3 and 2 studies), but both were proven to affect disclosure level. c. Transcontinental Study using sample of countries of different culture was only able to prove that the disclosure of social and environmental responsibility was affected by the company size (3 results of study) and profitability even though only one of the three studies that prove the positive effect. Corporate governance attributes are not a concern in the transcontinental group, since only one study used this attribute and the result showed no significant results. Two studies used industry type variable and one research used social/environmental performance variable, but the results were not significant either. Conclusion and limitation From the overall review, it is known that no difference exists in in the use of the theory as a basis for the hypotheses formulation and conclusions among the three groups of countries (HDE, LDE and Transcontinental). This means that the same theory may be used in countries with low or high transparency culture and for study in the countries with different transparency culture. The widely used theories are stakeholder theory, legitimacy theory and agency theory. Since there is no a universal theory, then in doing research on this theme, researchers may use some theories simultaneously. There are slight differences in selection of explanatory/independent variables among the three groups of countries. Studies in LDE countries still used more variables inherent with the company (internal variables) namely company characteristics and governance. While studies in HDE countries and transcontinental were more oriented on variables other than those two variables. Overall, larger companies disclosed more social and environmental responsibility. In the globalization era where companies are increasingly developing its business by listing in more than one country, the companies are required to be more socially and environmentally responsible. Besides, the rapid development of information technology will make companies do more ethical activities. This study only used small samples of research results that were only published online and in English, so the results may not have been able to represent the phenomenon of the social and environmental responsibility disclosure globally. For further research, it is recommended to increase the number of samples, both published and unpublished, and if possible to include the results of a study written inother languages (nonEnglish), so that the results will be more representative. The review result suggests that the individual research on disclosure is not conclusive, thus it still requires a lot of research with similar themes to build a more robust theory. This study also used narrative review that makes it more subjective. Considering that the amount of research on the theme of social and environmental responsibility have been frequently carried out with variety of results, and to overcome the weaknesses of the individual studies, the meta analysis is very important to conduct to provide more comprehensive and objective results. Reference: A. Omran, M., & M. El-Galfy, A. (2014). Theoretical perspectives on corporate disclosure: a critical evaluation and literature survey. Asian Review of Accounting, 22(3), 257-286. Adams, C. A. (2002). Internal organisational factors influencing corporate social and ethical reporting: beyond current theorising. Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, 15(2), 223-250. Adelopo, I. (2011). Voluntary disclosure practices amongst listed companies in Nigeria. Advances in Accounting, Incorporating Advances in International Accounting, 27, 338-345. doi: 10.1016/j.adiac.2011.08.009 diunduh Al-Shubiri, F. N., Al-abedallat, A. Z., & Orabi, M. M. A. (2012). Financial and dari: Non Financial Determinants of www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id CSR. Journal of Knowledge Management, Economics and Information Technology(5). Arussi, A. S. A., Selamat, M. H., & Hanefah, M. M. (2009). Determinants of financial and environmental disclosures through the internet by Malaysian companies. Asian Review of Accounting, 17(1), 59-76. Barkemeyer, R. (2007). Legitimacy as a Key Driver and Determinant of CSR in Developing Countries. Paper presented at the Marie Curie Summer School on Earth System Governance, Amsterdam. Bayoud, N. S., Kavanagh, M., & Slaughter, G. (2012). Factors Influencing Levels of Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure by Libyan Firms: A Mixed Study. International Journal of Economics and Finance, 4(4). doi: 10.5539/ijef.v4n4p13 Belkaoui, A. (1976). The Impact of the Disclosure of the Environmental Effects of Organizational Behavior on the Market. Financial Management (Winter), 5(4), 26-31. Belkaoui, A., & Karpik, P. G. (1989). Determinant of the Corporate Decision to Disclose Social Information. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal, 2(1), 36-51. Bhattacharyya, A. (2014). Factors Associated with the Social and Environmental Reporting of Australian Companies. Australasian Accounting, Business and Finance Journal, 8(1), 25-50. Carroll, A. B. (1999). Corporate social responsibility evolution of a definitional construct. Business & society, 38(3), 268-295. Chambers, E., Chapple, W., Moon, J., & Sullivan, M. (2003). CSR in Asia: A seven country study of CSR website reporting. Chapple, W., & Moon, J. (2005). Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in Asia A Seven-Country Study of CSR Web Site Reporting. Business & society, 44(4), 415-441. Chek, I. T., Mohamad, Z. Z. B., Yunus, J. N., & Norwani, N. M. (2013). Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Disclosure in Consumer Products and Plantation Industry in Malaysia. American International Journal of Contemporary Research, 3(5). Chih, H.-L., Chih, H.-H., & Chen, T.-Y. (2009). On the Determinants of Corporate Social Responsibility: International Evidence on the Financial Industry Jounal of Business Ethics, 93, 115-135. doi: 10.1007/s10551-009-0186-x Cho, C. H., Freedman, M., & Patten, D. M. (2012). Corporate disclosure of environmental capital expenditures: A test of alternative theories. Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, 25(3), 486-507. Cho, C. H., Guidry, R. P., Hageman, A. M., & Patten, D. M. (2012). Do actions speak louder than words? An empirical investigation of corporate environmental reputation. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 37(1), 14-25. doi: 10.1016/j.aos.2011.12.001 Cho, C. H., Michelon, G., Patten, D. M., & Roberts, R. W. (2015). CSR Disclosure: The more things change...? Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, 28(1). Cormier, D., & Gordon, I. M. (2001). An examination of social and environmental reporting strategies. Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, 14(5), 587-617. Cormier, D., & Magnan, M. (1999). Corporate environmental disclosure strategies: determinants, costs and diunduh dari: benefits. Journal of Accounting, Auditing & Finance, 14(4), 429-451. www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Cormier, D., Magnan, M., & Van Velthoven, B. (2005). Environmental disclosure quality in large German companies: economic incentives, public pressures or institutional conditions? European Accounting Review, 14(1), 3-39. Craig, R., & Diga, J. (1998). Corporate accounting disclosure in ASEAN. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting, 9(3), 246-274. Dam, L., & Scholtens, B. (2013). Ownership concentration and CSR policy of European multinational enterprises. Journal of Business Ethics, 118(1), 117-126. Darus, F., Arshad, R., & Othman, S. (2009). Influence of Institusional Pressure and Ownership Structure on Corporate Social Disclosure. Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research in Business, 1(5), 123-150. de Villiers, C., Naiker, V., & van Staden, C. J. (2011). The effect of board characteristics on firm environmental performance. Journal of Management, 0149206311411506. Deegan, C., & Unerman, J. (2006). Financial Accounting Theory. New York: McGraw-Hill Education. Ebiringa, O. T., Yadirichukwu, E., Chigbu, E. E., & Ogochukwu, O. J. (2013). Effect of Firm Size and Profitability on Corporate Social Disclosure: The Nigerian Oil and Gas Sector in Focus. British Journal of Economics, Management & Trade, 3(4), 563-574. Eisenhardt, K. M. (1989). Agency Theory: An Assessment and Review. Academy of Management Review, 14(1), 57-74. Fifka, M. S. (2013). Corporate Responsibility Reporting and its Determinants in Comparative - a Review of the Empirical Literature and a Meta-analysis. Business Strategy and the Environment, 22, 1-35. Galbreath, J. (2010). How Does Corporate Social Responsibility benefit Firms? Evidence from Australia. European Business Review, 22(4), 411-431. doi: 10.1108/09555341011056186 Gamble, G. O., Hsu, K., Kite, D., & Radtke, R. R. (1995). Environmental disclosures in annual reports and 10Ks: An examination. Accounting Horizons, 9, 34-34. Gamerschlag, R., Moller, K., & Verbeeten, F. (2011). Determinants of Voluntary CSR Disclosure: Empirical Evidence from Germany. Review of Managerial Science, 5, 233-262. doi: 10.1007/s11846-010-0052-3 Ghazali, N. A. M. (2007). Ownership Structure and CSR Disclosure: some Malaysian Evidence. Corporate Governance, 7(3), 251-266. doi: 10.1108/14720700710756535 Giannarakis, G., Konteos, G., & Sariannidis, N. (2014). Financial, Governance and Environmental Determinants of Corporate Social Responsible Disclosure. Management Decision, 52(10), 1928-1951. doi: 10.1108/MD-05-2014-0296 Goodman, M., Rolland, D., & O'Keefe Bazzoni, J. (2009). Greening corporate identity: CSR online corporate identity reporting. Corporate Communications: An International Journal, 14(3), 249-263. Gray, R., Kouhy, R., & Lavers, S. (1995a). Corporate Social and Environmental Reporting : A Review of the Literature and A Longitudinal Study of UK Disclosure. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability diunduh dari: Journal, 8(2), 47-77. www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Guthrie, J., & Parker, L. D. (1989). Corporate Social Reporting: A Rebuttal Of Legitimacy Theory. Accounting and Business Research, 19(76), 343. Guthrie, J., & Parker, L. D. (1989). Corporate Social Reporting: a Rebuttal of Legitimacy Theory Accounting and Business Research, 9(76), 343-352. Guthrie, J., & Parker, L. D. (1990). Corporate social disclosure practice: a comparative international analysis. Hackston, D., & Milne, M. J. (1996). Some determinants of social and environmental disclosures in New Zealand companies. Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, 9(1), 77-108. Ho, L.-C. J., & Taylor, M. E. (2007). An Empirical Analysis of Triple Bottom‐Line Reporting and its Determinants: Evidence from the United States and Japan. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting, 18(2), 123-150. Hogner, R. H. (1982). Corporate Social Reporting: Eight Decades of Development at US Steel. Research in Corporate Performance, 4, 243-250. Huang, C.-l., & Kung, F.-h. (2010). Drivers of Environmental Disclosure and Stakeholder Expectation: Evidence from Taiwan. Journal of Business Ethics, 96(3), 435-451. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10551-010-0476-3 Idowu, S. O., & Towler, B. A. (2004). A comparative study of the contents of corporate social responsibility reports of UK companies. Management of Environmental Quality: An International Journal, 15(4), 420-437. Jamali, D., & Mirshak, R. (2007). Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)_Theory and Practice in a Developing Country Context. Journal of Business Ethics, 72, 243-262. doi: 10.1007/s10551-006-9168-4 Jennifer Ho, L. C., & Taylor, M. E. (2007). An Empirical Analysis of Triple Bottom‐Line Reporting and its Determinants: Evidence from the United States and Japan. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting, 18(2), 123-150. Khan, A., Muttakin, M. B., & Siddiqiu, J. (2013). Corporate Governance and Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure: Evidence from an Emerging Economy. Journal Business Ethics, 114, 207-223. doi: 10.1007/s10551-012-1336-0 Kolk, A. (2003). Trends in sustainability reporting by the Fortune Global 250. Business Strategy and the Environment, 12(5), 279-291. Latridis, G. E. (2013). Environmental disclosure quality: Evidence on environmental performance, corporate governance and value relevance. Emerging Markets Review, 14, 55-75. Lattemann, C., Fetscherin, M., Alon, I., Li, S., & Schneider, A. M. (2009). CSR communication intensity in Chinese and Indian multinational companies. Corporate Governance: An International Review, 17(4), 426-442. Lee, D. Y. (2013). Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure among Large Korean Companies. Australian Journal of Business and Management Research, 2(11), 1-14. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Lee, T. M., & Hutchison, P. D. (2005). The decision to disclose environmental information: A research review and agenda. Advances in Accounting, 21, 83-111. Li, Y., Zhang, J., & Foo, C.-T. (2013). Towards a theory of social responsibility reporting: Empirical analysis of 613 CSR reports by listed corporations in China. Chinese Management Studies, 7(4), 519-534. Liu, G., & Sun, J. (2010). Ultimate ownership structure and corporate disclosure quality: evidence from China. Managerial Finance, 36(5), 452-467. Liu, X., & Anbumozhi, V. (2009). Determinant factors of corporate environmental information disclosure: an empirical study of Chinese listed companies. Journal of Cleaner Production, 17(6), 593-600. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2008.10.001 Lu, Y., & Abeysekera, I. (2014). Stakeholders' power, corporate characteristics, and social and environmental disclosure: evidence from China. Journal of Cleaner Production, 64, 426-436. Mathews, M. R. (1995). Social and Environmental Accounting: A Practical Demonstration of Ethical Concern. Journal of Business Ethics, 14(6). Michelon, G., & Parbonetti, A. (2012). The effect of corporate governance on sustainability disclosure. Journal of Management & Governance, 16(3), 477-509. Michelon, G., Pilonato, S., & Ricceri, F. (2014). CSR reporting practices and the quality of disclosure: An empirical analysis. Critical Perspectives on Accounting. Moon, J., Crane, A., & Matten, D. (2005). Can corporations be citizens? Corporate citizenship as a metaphor for business participation in society. Business Ethics Quarterly, 429-453. Moreno, A., & Capriotti, P. (2009). Communicating CSR, Citizenship and sustainability on the web. Journal of Communication Management, 13(2), 157-175. Muttakin, M. B., & Khan, A. (2014). Determinants of corporate social disclosure: Empirical evidence from Bangladesh. Advances in Accounting, 30(1), 168-175. O'dwyer, B. (2002). Managerial perceptions of corporate social disclosure: An Irish story. Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, 15(3), 406-436. Pahuja, S. (2009). Relationship between environmental disclosures and corporate characteristics_a study of large manufacturing companies in India. Social Responsibility Journal, 5(2), 227-244. doi: 10.1108/17471110910964504 Parket, I. R., & Eilbirt, H. (1975). The practice of business social responsibility: the underlying factors. Business Horizons, 18(4), 5-10. doi: 10.1016/0007-6813(75)90019-1 Perrigot, R., Oxibar, B., & Déjean, F. (2012). Determinants of Corporate Social Disclosure in the Franchising Sector: Insights from French franchisors' websites. Available at SSRN 2005702. Rahman, N. H. W. A., Zain, M. M., & Al-Haj, N. H. Y. Y. (2011). CSR Disclosure and Its Determinants: Evidence from Malaysian Government Link Companies. Social Responsibility Journal, 7(2), 181-201. doi: 10.1108/17471111111141486 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Reverte, C. (2009). Determinants of Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure Ratings by Spanish Listed Firms. Journal of Business Ethics, 88, 351-366. doi: 10.1007/s10551-008-9968-9 Roberts, R. W. (1992). Determinants of corporate social responsibility disclosure: An application of stakeholder theory. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 17(6), 595-612. doi: 10.1016/03613682(92)90015-k Rouf, M. A. (2010). Corporate Characteristics, Governance Attributes and The Extent of Voluntary Disclosure in Bangladesh. Online Open Access Publishing platform for Management Research, from Integrated Publishing Association Rupley, K. H., Brown, D., & Marshall, R. S. (2012). Governance, media and the quality of environmental disclosure. Journal of Accounting and Public Policy, 31(6), 610-640. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jaccpubpol.2012.09.002 Said, R., Omar, N., & Nailah Abdullah, W. (2013). Empirical investigations on boards, business characteristics, human capital and environmental reporting. Social Responsibility Journal, 9(4), 534-553. Said, R., Zainuddin, Y. H., & Haron, H. (2009). The Relationship between Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure and Corporate Governance Characteristics in Malaysian Public Listed Companies Social Responsibility Journal, 5(2), 212-226. doi: 10.1108/17471110910964496 Siregar, S. V., & Bachtiar, Y. (2010). Corporate Social Reporting: empirical evidence from Indonesia Stock Exchange International Journal of Islamic and Middle Eastern Finance and Management, 3(3), 241252. Skouloudis, A., Jones, N., Malesios, C., & Evangelinos, K. (2014). Trends and determinants of corporate nonfinancial disclosure in Greece. Journal of Cleaner Production, 68(0), 174-188. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2013.12.048 Sobhani, F. A., Amran, A., & Zainuddin, Y. (2012). Sustainability disclosure in annual reports and websites: a study of the banking industry in Bangladesh. Journal of Cleaner Production, 23(1), 75-85. Soliman, M. M., Din, M. B. E., & Sakr, A. (2012). Ownership Structure and CSR: An Empirical Study of the Listed Companies in Egypt. The International Journal of Social Sciences, 5(1), 63-74. Souissi, M., & Khlif, H. (2012). Meta-analytic review of disclosure level and cost of equity capital. International Journal of Accounting & Information Management, 20(1), 49-62. Suttipun, M., & Stanton, P. (2012). Determinants of Environmental Disclosure in Thai Corporate Annual Reports. International Journal of Accounting and Financial Reporting, 2(1), 99-115. doi: 10.5296/ijafr.v2il.1458 Uwalomwa, U. (2011). An Examination of the Relationship between Management Ownership and CSR Disclosure: A Study of Selected Firms in Nigeria. Research Journal of Finance and Accounting, 2(6), 23-30. Wanderley, L. S. O., Lucian, R., Farache, F., & de Sousa Filho, J. M. (2008). CSR information disclosure on the web: a context-based approach analysing the influence of country of origin and industry sector. Journal of Business Ethics, 82(2), 369-378. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Yuan, Y. (2011). Research on the Influential Factors of CSR Information Disclosure. Management & Engineering, 2, 11-16. doi: 10.5503/J.ME.2011.02.003 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id SHOULD INDONESIA DO REDENOMINATION? ANALYSIS OF EFFECT OF INFLATION AND EXCHANGE RATE IN 25 COUNTRIES REDENOMINATION Ihtifazhudin Abadi Bowo, Chalimah, and Siti Yunitarini [email protected] , [email protected] , and [email protected] I. INTRODUCTION In the past 85 years, there were 50 countries that already do redenomination, and some of these countries there are successes and failures in the implementation of the redenomination. These problems often lead to inflation, interest rates, export-import, sanering misperceptions, money illution, implementation time, and the fundamentals of a country's economy, and as well it is possible that a few countries have done Redenomination due to the range of value exchange rate are still large if compared with international exchange rate (US dollars) (www.fiskal.depkeu.go.id). Does Indonesia have to do redenomination ?. This paper assesses that Indonesia needs to do redenomination, because is developing countries but has a less efficient currency among Asian countries. The right moment is when Indonesia will be in the global trade area who gathered in ASEAN, State Likewise Turkey, Romania, Poland and other countries that have done redenomination. Turkey did redenomination when will join the European regional countries as well as Romania. Layna Mosley's Research (2005) concluded that the redenomination can increase the credibility of countries experiencing high inflation and a decline in the value of the currency of a country despite the redenomination has real costs for short-term and long-term. Mosley stated that political factors (political variables) should not be overlooked. Political variables include: the government's time horizon, the governing party's ideology, the fractionalization of the government and Legislature, etc. It is therefore recommended that in doing redenomination should pay attention to the balance of the economic factors and political factors. Layna Mosley's Research (2005) concluded that the redenomination can increase countries credibility that experiencing high inflation and a decline currency value of country, despite the redenomination has real costs for short-term and long-term. Mosley stated that political factors (political variables) should not be overlooked. Political variables include: the government's time horizon, the governing party's ideology, the fractionalization of the government and Legislature, etc. It is therefore recommended that in doing redenomination should pay attention to the balance of the economic factors and political factors. Tongam Sihol Nababan's Research (2010) concluded that many aspects that affect and are affected by the redenomination, one of which is the socialization of the society in which a country do redenomination. Harryadin Mahardika, et all (2012) concluded that the respondents (consumers) agree that there redenomination of dollars. The relationship between X1 and Y indicates that ± 70% of respondents claimed to know redenomination and agreed to be implementation. While the relationship between X2 and Y indicates that the respondent was not affected when administered 2 reference price which is the price of the old currency and the new currency. Abeokuta and Ijebu Ode's Research (2013) on currency recalibration (redenomination and restructuring). The impact of currency restructuring policy in the context of macroeconomic implications for Nigeria significantly lower, probably not push inflation policy in an open economy. However redenomination has been very successful in stabilizing the macroeconomic environment, inflation is declining, stable exchange rate, fiscal restraint and prudence and rational policy credibility. The result however, indicates that the currency denomination of any kind is only possible in countries with high levels of output, which Nigeria has not been reached. Therefore, this paper recommends that, before the start of the currency restructuring policy, the government must put fiscal and monetary policies are appropriate to promote the production so as to improve the economic base of the nation's monetary sector sustainable. Ioana Duca's research (2005) shows that redenomination is a technical procedure reducing the nominal value of cash ensigns, which already held approximately 50 countries as part of economic reforms. Rediunduh dari: denomination does not change the substance of the national currency, but it is important because the www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id psychological impact, both nationally and internationally. re-denomination of the national currency should be done only when the following conditions are met: (1) Decrease in consolidated inflation. Low inflation rate, joined dropping-zero operation will increase the credibility of the national currency; (2) The positive results obtained significant other, proving the success of economic reform and restructuring (eg real terms increase in GDP). This has been demonstrated in most of the countries that put the process of re-denomination as a policy in inflation decreasing and effort to keep inflation under controlled margins. Safdari Mehdi and Motiee Reza’s Research (2012) shows that the value of the national currency in each country depends on many factors, including: The position in the global economy, efficiency and cost of government, political stability, law and justice to attract foreign capital, and the principles of international law. In the economy, the most important of elimination-zero application (redenomination) maintain the the national of currency value. The results of this study showed that the success rate associated with the implementation plan and the authorities, like many other projects. Of course in the end, correct and complete implementation of this project is to evaluate the economic benefits. The high inflation is to affect the redenomination, because with redenomination can be muted inflation than select options sanering, raise interest or taxes, or other policies that can be inflicted losses to the people. Currency exchange rates or exchange rate can influence the redenomination of the efficiency and public confidence in the domestic currency against the dollar and the euro. High interest rates can trigger other economic factors such as hyperinflation that the country will experience a financial crisis and to reduce the confidence of domestic currency for the people. Export-Import can affect the redenomination if the domestic of currency value in a country less gain influence / attention of other countries, including countries in the region. Misperception Sanering can affect the redenomination when creating community psychology paradigm for cutting currency so that people are reluctant to save and prefer gold than the domestic currency. Money illution could affect the redenomination when most people assume that the redenomination policy just drain the wealth of the people as well as sanering. Implementation time of the policy, this can affect the redenomination when preparing the application and implementation of the redenomination is not mature, and can cause a lot of harm. Economic fundamental factors of a country can affect the redenomination because redenomination successfully implemented when the fundamental factors in conditions that allow is good. Thus it can be stated that some of the factors that affect the redenomination include: Inflation, Exchange Rates, Interest rates, Export-Import, misperceptions sanering, money illution, implementation time, andEcomonic fundamental factors of a country. However, to be achieved through this research are: (1) To determine and analyze the effect of inflation on the redenomination, and (2) To determine and analyze the effect of exchange rate on the redenomination. II. RESEARCH FRAMEWORK 2.1. Redenomination Redenomination is simplifying denominations (fractional) currency into fractions less by reducing digits (zero) without reducing the currency value. The same thing simultaneously performed also in the good prices , so the purchasing power has not changed. Redenomination done when a stable macro-economic conditions, economic growth and inflation control. Redenomination well prepared and measured to the public is ready, so as not to cause turbulence in the community psychology. Redenomination is very different from the sanering, as in table 1 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 1: Redenomination difference with sanering PARAMETERS ACTION Goal REDENOMINATION Simplification denomination (fractional) currency into smaller denominations by eliminating / reducing the digit 0 (zero) without reducing the value of the currency. - Minimize and freshen transaction - Balance the regional economy by State SANERING Cutting the value of the currency denomination Reducing the amount of money in circulation MONEY VALUE OF GOODS EFFECT ON THE PRICE OF GOODS PURCHASING POWER LOSS Fix Reduce Effect (rounding a sharp upward price if not provided small currency denominations (cents) no effect Fix down no harm CONDITION WHEN DONE Stable macro economy, economic growth, and inflation controlled harm Macroeconomic instability, hyperinflation Suddenly and without preparation MOMENTUM Gradually, the proper preparation and OF DONE measurable * assembled from various sources 2.2. Inflation Inflation is a process of rising prices in general and continuous with regard to market mechanisms that can be caused by various factors, among others, increased private consumption, excess liquidity in the market which lead to the consumption or even speculation, to include also result the existence of the launch of distribution of goods. In other words, inflation is also a process of decline in currency values continuously. Inflation is the process of an event, not a high-low level of prices. That is, the perceived high price level is not necessarily indicate inflation. Inflation is an indicator to see the rate of change, and is considered to occur if the price increase takes place continuously and influence each other. The term inflation is also used to mean an increase in money supply which is sometimes seen as the cause of rising prices. (Brigham dan Houston, 2010) Inflation can be caused by two things, demand pull inflation and cost push inflation (Brigham dan Houston, 2010) Demand pull inflation occurs due to excessive total demand which is usually triggered by a flood of liquidity in the market resulting in high demand and trigger changes in the price level. The flood of liquidity in the market is also caused by many factors in addition to the main course of the Central Bank's ability to regulate the circulation of money, interest rate policy of the Central Bank, to the speculation that occurred in the financial industry sector. (Agus Sartono. R, 2010) Cost push inflation occurs due to the scarcity of production and / or also including the scarcity of distribution, although demand is generally no changes are improved significantly. Decreased production itself can result from a variety of things such as the existence of a technical problem at the source of production diunduh dari: (factories, plantations), natural disasters, weather, or the scarcity of raw materials to produce the production, www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id and speculation (hoarding), thus triggering the production relative scarcity in market. Likewise, the same thing can happen in the distribution, which in this case infrastructure factors play a very important role. Increased production costs can be caused two things, namely the rise in prices, for example, raw materials and an increase in salaries / wages, for example, civil servants salary increase will lead to private businesses to raise the price of goods (Agus Sartono. R, 2010). Inflation can also be classified according to the intensity, namely Moderate Low Inflation (inflation 1 digits) for example 1% to 9%, usually people still believe and have the purchasing power and also the currency value is still valuable. Galloping Inflation (two-digit inflation) for example 10% to 99%, where people began to doubt, purchasing power decreases, the currency value becomes increasingly declining. Hyper Inflation (high inflation of over 100%) is the process of rising prices very quickly, which causes the price level to two or more times in a short time period, circumstances like these people have no trust in the currency. Where the nominal value of money so worthless if this situation occurs, the government did Sanering is cutting of money value (Sadono Sukirno, 2002) Inflation has a positive and negative impact depending on severity on inflation. If inflation is lightweight, it has a positive effect in the sense that can stimulate the economy better, which increases national income and make people eager to work, saving and investment holding. Conversely, in times of severe inflation, which in the event of uncontrolled inflation, the state of the economy into chaos and felt sluggish economy. People are not excited about working, saving, or hold investments and production as prices are rising rapidly. The recipients of fixed income such as civil servants or private employees and workers will also be overwhelmed bore and offset the price so that their life is low and fell from time to time (Agus Sartono. R, 2010). 2.3. Exchange Rate Exchange rate is a number that indicating the exchange rate of the domestic currency against foreign currencies. There are two kinds of exchange rate system, the system of fixed exchange rates and a floating exchange rate system. The system of fixed exchange rates is where the exchange rate of each foreign currency locked in domestic currency amount, while the floating exchange rate system is where the exchange rate of each foreign currency is allowed to vary on a number of domestic currency. In a fixed exchange rate system, the Central Bank contribute a maximum of keeping its currency exchange rate that has not changed from par value specified. It is not easy to curb the exchange rate so as not change from par value set, let alone day-to-day-basis. Impose exchange rate to remain and not change to requires the Central Bank to provide a large amount of foreign exchange reserves. Therefore, the system of fixed exchange rates then tolerated by providing a space for the exchange rate to fluctuate from par value, but its fluctuation is limited just to the upper band and the lower band are determined by the Central Bank. If the exchange rate moves up to get out of the upper band of his or down to exit the lower band it, the Central Bank intervened in the foreign exchange market by selling foreign exchange to reduce the rate or buying to raise the rate. Central Bank can widen the upper interval limit-down by raising the upper limit and lose proportionately lower limit of the par value. For example, initially the rupiah exchange rate against the dollar (USD / $) is authorized by Central Bank to move plus 10% and minus 10% of the par value of Rp. 10,000. This means that Central Bank did not intervene in the foreign exchange market for the exchange rate USD / $ move between Rp. 11,000 (Rp. 10,000+ (Rp. 10.000x10%)) and Rp. 9,000 (Rp Rp. 10,000-(Rp. 10.000x10%)). Exchange rate system is called fixed exchang rate with winder bands. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Periodically, for example weekly or monthly, Central Bank may raise or lower the upper limit-down without changing the upper limit of the interval-bottom. For example, the exchange rate against the dollar (USD / $) was originally authorized by the bank engaged in the interval Rp. 10,000 / $ and Rp. 8,000 / $, then to Rp. 11,000 / $ and Rp. 9,000 / $, and converted to USD. 9,000 / $ and Rp. 7,000 / $, and so on. Exchange rate system is called crawling peg system, it is intended to exchange rate in line with the motion can be longterm trend. In a floating exchange rate system, where the exchange rate is determined by the market mechanism, Central Bank did not maximum contribute in the foreign exchange market. Central Bank did not intervene and act fully as in the fixed rate system. However, the market mechanism that the struggle between the demand and supply of foreign currency exchange rates, sometimes fluctuate push sharply or move illegally to become uncontrollable. By Central Bank, it is felt to interfere with the export-import and investment activities. Wildness exchange rate fluctuates within the framework of a floating exchange rate system finally invites Central Bank to minimum contribute and just make a smoothing of the exchange rate movements. The combination of a floating exchange rate system plus smoothing policy is called a dirty float. Thus fixed exchange rate with winder bands, crawling peg system, and a dirty float is three exchange system that sits between a fixed exchange rate system and a floating exchange rate system (Jose Rizal Joesoef, 2008). In the sometime. increasing money supply trigger increasing price, if prices are rising continuously and affect other commodity prices will lead to inflation. The high rate of inflation may affect the redenomination because redenomination is expected to relieve or suppress the high inflation rate which has been prepared carefully. Similarly, the exchange rate of a country who feel the nominal value of its currency is too large will do the efficiency by reducing the nominal value of its currency or domination (redenomination) to equate the country with other countries and regional countries. Based on the description above, the framework can be constructed as follows: Scheme 1: Research Framework Inflation (X1) Redenomination (Y) Exchange Rate (X2) III. METHODOLOGY 3.1. Research Object Objects in this study is redenomination who have done some parts of the country in the world, with state criteria as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Countries that have done Redenomination not Sanering. Countries that have inflation data in while doing Redenomination. Countries that have exchange rate data in while doing Redenomination. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Countries that have data for at least one of the points 2 or 3 in the year while doing Redenomination. 5. Countries that have data changes in the old currency into the new currency after redenomination. 6. State that has historical data on the implementation of the redenomination (if any and published). Based on the criteria of research that has been determined, then the countries sampled in this study are as follows shown in the following table Table 2 : Countries as Research Sample No. Countries as Research Sample 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Afghanistan Angola Argentina Azerbaijan Belarus Bolivia Brazil Bulgaria Congo, Dem, Rep. Croatia Georgia Israel Israel Redenomination implementation No. Year 2002 14 1999 15 1992 16 1992 17 2000 18 1987 19 1986 20 1999 21 1998 22 1994 23 1995 24 1980 25 1985 Countries as Research Sample Latvia Peru Peru Polandia Romania Russia Sudan Turki Uganda Ukraina Uruguay Iceland Redenomination implementation Year 1993 1985 1991 1995 2005 1998 1992 2005 1987 1996 1993 1981 3.2. Operationalization of Variables Related to the issues to be addressed in this study, it can be explained operational variables of this study is dependent and independent variable. a. Inflation Inflation measured by the Consumer Price Index / CPI (% per year). Inflation as measured by the consumer price index reflects the annual percentage change in the cost to the average consumer to obtain a basket of goods and services that can be fixed or changed at specified intervals, such as yearly. CPI= And than counting inflation rate by the formula; Inflation rate = Note: n is period b. Exchange Rate Exchange rate measured by the official exchange rate (LCU per US $, period average). Official exchange rate refers to the exchange rate determined by national authorities or the level specified in the exchange market legal sanctions. It is calculated as an annual average based on monthly averages (local currency units relative to the US dollar). c. Redenomination Redenomination measured using the index figure for the percentage change in nominal currency. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Figures index is a concept which can give you an idea of the changes in the variables of a period to the next period. Thus the index numbers can be interpreted as the comparative figures relative changes expressed in percentage (%) against another. Formula to find the percentage of redenomination by using the index number formula: Redenomination = 3.3 Analysis Method In this study used four classic assumption test, namely: normality test, heteroscedasticity, multicollinearity, and autocorrelation test. Test models using a goodness of fit with the One-Sample Kolmogorov-Smirnov test, R². Data analysis used multiple regression analysis, and t test (Ghozali, 2011). IV. FINDING AND DISCUSSION Table 4 : Inflation, Exchange rate, and Redenomination Countries as Redenomination % No. Research implementation Inflation Sample Year % exchange rate (local currency/ US $) 1 Afghanistan 2002 0 47,26 2 Angola 1999 248,20 2,79 3 Argentina 1992 40,24 0,99 4 Azerbaijan 1992 912 0,01 5 Belarus 2000 169 876,25 6 Bolivia 1987 14,6 2,05 7 Brazil 1986 147,1 0 8 Bulgaria 1999 2,6 1,84 9 Congo, Dem, Rep. 1998 29,1 1,61 units and Value new currency after the % Redenomination Redenomination (Duca Ioana, 2005) 1.000 Afgani = 1/1.000 x 100% 1 New Afgani = 0,1 1.000.000 1/1.000.000 x Kwanzas 100% Reajustado = 1 = 0,0001 Kwanza 10.000 Australes 1/10.000 x = 1 Peso 100% Convertible = 0,01 10 Soviet 1/10 x 100% Rubels = 10 = 1 Manat 1.000 Rubles 1/1.000 x 100% = 1 New Ruble = 0,1 1.000.000 Peso 1/1.000.000 x Bolivianos 100% = 1 Bolivianos = 0,0001 1.000 Cruzeiros 1/1.000 x 100% = 1 Cruzado = 0,1 1.000 Old Leva 1/1.000 x 100% = 1 New Leva = 0,1 100.000 New 1/100.000 x diunduh dari: Zaire 100% www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 10 Croatia 1994 107 6 11 Georgia 1995 162,70 0 12 Israel 1980 131 0,01 13 Israel 1985 304,6 1,18 14 Latvia 1993 109 0,68 15 Peru 1985 163,4 0 16 Peru 1991 409,5 0,77 17 Polandia 1995 28,1 2,42 18 Romania 2005 9 2,91 19 Russia 1998 27,7 9,71 20 Sudan 1992 117,6 0,1 21 Turki 2005 10,1 1,34 22 Uganda 1987 200 42,84 23 Ukraina 1996 80,3 1,83 24 Uruguay 1993 54,1 3,94 25 Iceland 1981 50,8 7,22 = 1 Franc = 0,001 Congolaise 1.000 Croation 1/1.000 x 100% Dinara = 1 Kuna = 0,1 1/1.000.000 x 1.000.000 100% Kuponi = 1 Lari = 0,0001 10 Pounds = 1 1/10 x 100% Sheqel = 10 1.000 Old 1/1.000 x 100% Sheqalim = 0,1 = 1 New Sheqel 100 Talonu = 1 1/100 x 100% Litas =1 1.000 Soles = 1 1/1.000 x 100% Inti = 0,1 1/1.000.000 x 1.000.000 Intis 100% = 1 New Sol = 0,0001 10.000 Old 1/10.000 x Zlotych = 1 New 100% Zloty = 0,01 1/10.000 x 10.000 Old Lei 100% = 1 New Leu = 0,01 1.000 Rubles = 1/1.000 x 100% 1 New Ruble = 0,1 10 Pounds = 1 1/10 x 100% Dinar = 10 1/1.000.000 x 1.000.000 Lirasi 100% = 1 New Lirasi = 0,0001 100 Shillings = 1/100 x 100% 1 New Shilling = 1 100.000 1/100.000 x Karbovanets = 1 100% Hryvnia = 0,001 1.000 New 1/1.000 x 100% Pesos = 1 Peso = 0,1 Uruguayo 100 Old Kronur 1/100 x 100% = 1 Krona =1 Various conditions of inflation in the countries sampled, grouped into four conditions as follows: 1. Light (<10%): Afghanistan, Bulgaria, and Romania. diunduh dari: and Turki. 2. Medium (10%-30%): Bolivia, Congo.Dem.Rep, Polandia, Russia, www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 3. Hight (30%-100%): Argentina, Ukraina, Uruguay, and Iceland. 4. Hyperinflation (>100%): Angola, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Brazil, Croatia, Georgia, Israel (’80 dan ‘85), Latvia, Peru (’85 dan ‘91), Sudan, and Uganda. The inflation of 4 conditions can be concluded that many countries do redenomination due to have hyperinflation, by doing redenomination expected inflation rate can be reduced. From the above data shows that redenomination is not just a matter of want to reduce inflation, but some countries do redenomination for want of domestic currency in parallel with the dollar and the euro. So that when the local currency demanded by the natives as well as the dollar or the euro will happen ratio will increase local currency per dollar or euro. Countries included in this case is Poland and some other countries, with redenominating zeros in the currency expected to be able to boost the efficiency and interest in the use of the local currency for the transaction of business or capital markets Four test classic assumptions, namely: normality test, heteroscedasticity, multicollinearity, autocorrelation, and the goodness of fit test, showed the following results: 1. The image histogram shows that the sample is Normal distribution for forming a bell curve, and the picture Normal P-P Plot shows that the Normal distribution sample for the points located around the line. 2. With the Prak Gleyser method graphical, indicates that the sample does not contain Heteroskidastity symptoms because sig.Inflasi value (0.241) and sig.Kurs (0,452), both showed greater than alpha (α = 0.05). 3. The Tolerance value of less than 10 (inflation and exchange rate = 1.000 = 1.000), showing no symptoms of Multicolinearity. 4. The Durbin-Watson value= 2.313, the number of independent variables (k) = 2 and samples number (n) = 25, then dL and dU value obtained with the help of DW table as follows: dL = 1.2063 and dU = 1.5495 . Then we find 4-dL (4 to 1.2063 = 2.7937) and 4-dU (4 to 1.5495 = 2.4505), and the result turned out to be the DW = 2.313 to 4-dU dU so the conclusion is no autocorrelation and decision received. 5. Asymp.Sig. (2-tailed) value = 0.052, indicating a greater than α = 0.05 indicates the suitability of the model in this study and the normal distribution. While coefficient of determination (R2) value of 0.247 or 24.7%. This means that redenomination (Y) is only able to contribute approximately 24.7% of the changes that occurred in inflation variable (X1) and Exchange rate (X2). 6. Regression coefficients and t-test can be seen in the following table: Table 4 : Regression Coefficients Standardized Coefficients Coefficients Model 1 B Std. Error (Constant) .248 .755 Inflasi .008 .003 .003 Kurs -.002 a. Dependent Variable: Redenominasi Beta t Sig. .329 .746 .489 2.640 .015 -.100 -.541 .594 a. t value of Inflation (X1) = 2,640 and sig. of 0.015 which is smaller than α (0.05), so Inflation (X1) significantly affects the redenomination (Y). b. t value (X2)of Exchange rate is -0.541 and sig. of 0.594 which is greater than α (0.05), so that the exchange rate (X2) effect but not significantly the redenomination (Y). diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id V. CONCLUSIONS AND SUGGESTIONS 5.1. Effect of Inflation on redenomination. Inflation significant effect on redenomination. It is not contrary to the application of the common redenomination or do some countries which are often the benchmark for many countries which do redenomination when hyperinflation hit the country. These results are consistent with Layna Mosley research (2005) which states that inflation significant effect on redenomination. The same thing also expressed by Ioana Duca (2005) also concluded that inflation significant effect and on redenomination 5.2. Effect of exchange rate on redenomination. Exchange rate not significant effect on redenomination. This is contrary to the application of the common redenomination or do some countries which are often the benchmark for many countries which do redenomination when feeling domestic currency exchange rate against the dollar getting away, and because the domestic currency or less desirable because it prefers to use dollars. So that residents and traders will not be keen to use the domestic currency and would prefer to trade the currency in the form of dollars or gold. Results were not in accordance with the results of Layna Mosley (2005) which states that not all countries do Redenomination due to high inflation rate just yet many countries that do redenomination of seeing the ratio of domestic currency against the dollar, so the exchange rate effect on redenomination. Safdari and Motiee Mehdi Reza (2012) also stated that in the economy, the most important of elimination-zero application (redenomination) maintain the national currency value. These results indicate that the effect on the redenomination of the national currency and the national economy. success rate associated with the implementation plan and the authorities, etc., It can be concluded that the exchange rate affects the redenomination. Judging from the data results of the calculation are three momentum redenomination of the unknown value of the exchange rate to be used in research that zeros in Brazil (1986), Georgia (1995), and Peru (1985). This is what may cause significant influence between the exchange rate of the redenomination 5.3. Inflation and exchange rate predictions in Indonesia on redenomination Indonesia currently has a fairly low inflation in the range of 6.4% in March 2015 and the exchange rate against the dollar is 12.877,24 per US $ in March 2015. Although the inflation rate in a low condition, but this is the right moment for Indonesia Redenomination because the domestic currency value against the dollar is too high and causes less public confidence in the rupiah. On the other hand Indonesia will join the global trade market with ASEAN or Asean Economic Community (AEC). Redenomination of the rupiah is expected to realize an efficient and attractive to domestic society than foreign currency. While the economy is stable and controllable as Indonesia's current situation, indeed it is the right time for the successful implementation of redenomination. VI. REFERENCES Abeokuta dan Ijebu Ode. 2013. Macroeconomic Implication of Currency Management in Nigeria: A Synthesis of the Literature. British Journal of Economics, Finance and Management Sciences, vol.8, no.1, June 2013: 12-28 Agus Sartono, R. 2010. Manajemen Keuangan Teori dan Aplikasi; Edisi Keempat, BPFE Yogyakarta, Yogyakarta, Cetakan Keempat. Brigham dan Houston, 2010. Dasar-dasar Manajemen Keuangan; Edisi Kesebelas, Salemba Empat, Jakarta. Duca, Ioana. 2005. The National Currency Re-Denomination Experience In Several Countries – A Comparative Analysis. Titu Maiorescu University Bucharest. Harryadin Mahardika, et all. 2012. Dampak Redenominasi Rupiah Terhadap Konsumen. UI. Depok Ghozali, Imam. 2011. Aplikasi Analisis Multivariate Dengan Program IMB SPSS diunduh dari: 19. Edisi Kelima. Badan www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro. Semarang. Jose Rizal Joesoef. 2008. Pasar Uang dan Pasar Valuta Asing. Jakarta: Salemba Empat. Mosley, Layna. 2005. Dropping Zero, Gaining Credibility? Currency Redenominasi in Developing Nations. Dept. Political Science. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, USA. Sadono Sukirno. 2002. Pengantar Teori Makroekonomi. Edisi Kedua. Jakarta: PT RajaGrafindo Persada. Safdari Mehdi dan Motiee Reza. 2012. An investigating Zeros Elimination of the National Currency and Its Effect on National Economy (Case study in Iran)”. Pelagia ResearchLibrary, European Journal of Experimental Biology, Vol. 2 (4):1137-1143 Tongam Sihol Nababan. 2010. Redenominasi Mata Uang: Isu Panas Bagi Rupiah. Volume II. UHN. Medan diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The Effect of Environmental Performance and Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure to Corporate Financial Performance Yessica Natalia Imam Subekti Faculty of Economic and Business, Brawijaya University 1. INTRODUCTION In this globalization and technological advance era, competition among business sectors is being more rigorous. For go-public companies, the competition does not only occur between the same industrial sectors, but also occurs in the inter-industry sectors. During the year of 2013, Indonesian manufacturing industries fell in line with the rising of crude oil prices and the depreciation of rupiah against the U.S. dollar (Tirani, 2013). Economic crisis in Europe and USA also gave negative impacts to Indonesian manufacturing companies. In facing the threat of crisis in Europe and USA, Indonesian Ministry of Industry has set three priority steps to encourage the growth of the national manufacturing industry and one of those steps is maintaining the increase in domestic investment. Many companies often violate the principles of profit maximization to get funding and attract investors such as low environmental management, poor environmental performance, and lack of interest in social aspects. To date, a company is an organization that is expected to give a lot positive impacts to the society and consideration about surrounding environmental sustainability. The positive impacts that can be given by the companies are opening job opportunities, reducing the number of unemployment, increasing amount of GDP, producing consumer goods or services, and resource relocation. However, people realize that many negative social impacts are caused by companies. Then the public is demanding that company can pay attention and take action to the social impact caused by its production activities. Public sue the companies on the negative impacts that become worse and uncontrollable such as pollution, poisoning, noise, discrimination, coercion, authoritarianism, and unclean food production. People want the impacts to be controlled because the social impact on people's lives is huge. Based on this phenomenon, accounting science experienced some development. So far, accounting only provide information about the activities of the company to the third parties (stockholders and bondholders) which has direct contribution to the company, while other parties are often neglected. By the existence of these demands, now accounting summarizes information not only about the company's relationship with the third parties, but also with the environment. The concept of environmental accounting is already started to develop since 1970s in Europe (Almilia and Wijayanto, 2007). More recently, there has been a belief held by many people that modern businesses have a responsibility to society that extends beyond the stockholders or investors in the firm. They believe that business exists for more than profits (or economic goals), with the public expecting something else from business. As a result, the original concept of social responsibility involving the maximization of profits has been modified. Not only profits have to be made, but also the social aspect has to be considered. The environmental issues nowadays are being a concern by the government, consumers, and investors. To complete the rules that are already exist, the government of Indonesia through the Ministry of Environment established Performance Rating Program in Environmental Management (PROPER), which has implemented since 1995 in the field of environmental impact management to improve the company's role in environmental conservation program. Company's environmental performance is measured using colors ranging from the best to the worst; gold; green; blue; red; and black. Then it would be easy for the society to determine how the level of structuring corporate environmental performance is. The research conducted by Pfleiger et al (2005) showed that the efforts of environmental conservation by the company would bring a number of benefits, including the interest of shareholders and stakeholders of the company's profits due to environmental management that is responsible ondari: the public’s perception. Other diunduh www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id results indicate that the good environmental management can avoid claims of society and government as well as improve the quality of product which on ultimately will be able to increase the company’s financial profit. Public, as one component of stakeholders also wants to know how big the impact of the company's activities for the society. For that, the company is required to provide information about the performance to the public. Some forms of media can be used by companies to present environmental reports, one of them is Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) report. The rules about the implementation of CSR have been defined in the UU no. 40 of 2007, which stated that if the company carries on business in the field or in connection with the resources, it required to carry out social or environmental responsibility. If not it will be subjected to sanctions in accordance with laws and regulations. Law no. 25 of 2007 about Investment stated that every investor must carry out corporate social responsibility and obligation to preserve the environment. Companies consider CSR not only as the form of cost, but also as an investment to improve the image of the company, can ensure the sustainability, and corporate facilities in contribute to the social, economic, and a better environment for communities around the company to be looked legitimate among stakeholders. Current global trend is the inclusion of the company that began implementing CSR in capital market activity. For example, New York Stock Exchange has the Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) for the share of a company that has a value of corporate sustainability categorized by one of the criteria is the implementation of CSR. This study tries to examine the influence of environmental performance and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Disclosure to corporate financial performance by using data from basic industry and chemical companies listed in IDX and join PROPER program over the period of 2010-2012. Corporate Social Responsibility disclosure is measured using Global Reporting Initiative Index and corporate financial performance using stocks expected return. This study also added some control variables that are earnings per share, book value per share, and cash flow of operating per share. 2. LITERATURE REVIEW AND HYPOTHESIS DEVELOPMENT The purpose of this supplementary report is to provide additional information regarding to the company’s activities as well as a mean to give signal to stakeholders about other matters, such as providing the signal about the company's concern for the environment. These signals are expected to be positively accepted by the market so it can affect company market performance that is reflected on company stock price. Thus, signaling theory emphasizes that the company will likely present more complete information to gain a better reputation than companies that do not disclose, which eventually will attract investors. Based on ISO 14001, environmental performance is all about how well an organization manages the environmental aspects of its activities, products, and services and the impact they have on the environment. In Indonesia, environmental performance can be measured by PROPER (Performance Rating Program in Environmental Management). The program aims to encourage companies adhere to environmental regulations and achieve environmental advantages (environmental excellence) through the integration of the principles of development sustainable production processes and services, with the implementation of environmental management systems, 4R, energy efficiency, resource conservation and ethical business conduct and responsible to the community through community development programs. PROPER assessment data sources mainly come from self-monitoring data that are undertaken by the company in accordance with applicable regulations. The technical team assessing the data based on the self-monitoring by checking the documents of accredited laboratory test results. The self-monitoring data will be verified by the technical team as a function of check-recheck the data self-monitoring company. The ranking in the PROPER range in gold, green, blue, red, and black (from the best to the worst). Corporate social responsibility means that a corporation should be held accountable for any of its actions that affect people, their communities, and their environment (Post, Lawrence, and Weber, 2002). Many of today’s corporate executives see themselves as steward, or trustees, who act in the general public interest. diunduh dari: Post et al. (2002) also stated that although the companies are privatelywww.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id owned and try to make profits for the stakeholders, business leaders who follow the stewardship principle believe they have an obligation to see that everyone, particularly those in need benefits from their firms actions. The guideline that most widely used as a foundation in CSR reporting is GRI (Global Reporting Initiative). GRI established in New York in 1997 and now is centered in Amsterdam. It is a network-based organization that has pioneered the development of the world, most use of sustainability reporting framework and is committed to its continuous improvement and application in around the world (www.globalreporting.org). Based on Global Reporting Initiative (2013), the indicators contained in the GRI are economic performance indicators, environmental performance indicators, labor practice performance indicators, human rights performance indicators, social performance indicators, and product responsibility performance indicators. 2.1 The Effect of Environmental Performance to Corporate Financial Performance Some researches indicate that environmental performance will affect corporate financial performance. Suratno, et al. (2006) found that there is a significant effect of environmental performance towards financial performance. It is explained that environmental performance of the company give an effect to corporate financial performance. Based on legitimacy theory, the company continues striving to ensure that they operate within framework and norms that exists in the community or environment where the company is, where they are trying to ensure that their activities are accepted by external parties as a “valid” (Deegan, Rankin, and Tobin, 2002). Company uses their annual report to describe the impression of environmental and financial responsibility, so they can be accepted by the public. With the acceptance of the public, it is expected to attract more investors that can increase company’s value and profit. This provides an explanation that corporate financial performance gives an effect on corporate financial performance. Thus, the first research hypothesis in this study is: H1: Environmental Performance has positive impact towards Corporate Financial Performance. 2.2 The Effect of Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure to Corporate Financial Performance Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure is a method by which the management will be able to interact with the community widely, to influence public perception to an organization or company. Therefore, company should disclose environmental information and quality so the company can be categorized as having good environmental performance. Company is expected to get social legitimacy and maximize their financial strength in a long-term period by implementing CSR. The disclosure of CSR will be listed in annual report so public and market agents will determine the company’s performance. Based on stakeholder theory, company is not an entity that only operates for its own sake, but also must provide benefits for stakeholders (Ghozali and Chariri, 2007). To provide benefits for stakeholders, company can implement various strategies such as environmental conservations, labor assurance, increasing product quality and safety, etc. All of those strategies are included in Corporate Social Responsibility elements. The relationship between CSR Disclosure and Corporate Financial Performance also can be linked with signaling theory that gives a signal about company performance and activities to the society. The information contained in annual report have an important role in capital market, either for investors individually or market as a whole. Thus, the second hypothesis for this study is: H2: Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure has positive impact on Corporate Financial Performance. 3. RESEARCH METHOD 3.1. Population and Sample The population in this research is manufacturing companies engaged in basic industry and chemical diunduh dari: sector that listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange over 2010-2012. Based on IDX Factbook 2010-2012, companies www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id that listed in year 2010 are 58 companies, in year 2011 are 59 companies, while in year 2012 are 60 companies. Total of basic industry and chemical companies listed in IDX over 2010-2012 are 177 companies. The selection of the study is based on several criteria related to variables research that will be discussed. The research object in this research is chosen by using judgment sampling, which is one form of nonprobability sampling method. There are 55 samples that fulfill the criteria of variables research. The summary of observation samples are presented below. Table 1 The Result of Sample Selection Process Description The number of observation research (firm year) Number of basic industry and chemical companies listed in IDX over period 2010-2012 177 Criteria: - Companies that do not join PROPER program over (118) 2010-2012 - Companies that do not publish annual report yet (4) Total samples 55 3.2. Type and Source of Research Data Type of data used in this research is secondary data, in the form of company annual report, which is obtained from company’s official website. Other data such as stock prices, dividend, earnings per share, book value per share, and cash flow of operating per share were obtained from the official website of IDX (www.idx.co.id), Indonesian Capital Markets Database from IDX Corner (pojok BEI) of Economic and Business Faculty Brawijaya University Malang, and official websites of each sample company. Corporate Social Responsibility disclosure data were obtained from annual report of each company. While environmental performance data were obtained from database from Indonesian Ministry of Environment. Operational Definition and Variable Measurement Variables used in this research are Environmental Performance (EP) and Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure (CSRD) as independent variables. Researcher also use some control variables that are Earnings per Share (EPS), Book Value per Share (BVS), and Cash Flow of Operating per Share (CFOS). While Corporate Financial Performance (CFP) used as dependent variable. 3.3.1. Environmental Performance (EP) Environmental performance is measured from the achievements of the company to follow the PROPER program. PROPER program is one of the efforts made by the Ministry of Environment to encourage corporate structuring in environmental management through information instruments. The ranking system also included the rating companies in five colors that are: Table 2 PROPER Ranking Criteria Ranking Score Explanation Gold 5 Environmental excellent is shown consistently in the production process and/or services, implementing ethical business and responsible to the community. Green 4 Environmental management has conducted more than that is required by the regulation (beyond compliance) through the efforts of the 4Rs (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Recovery), and the efforts of social diunduh dari: responsibility (CSR / ComDev). www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Blue 3 Environmental management has made efforts required in accordance with the provisions or regulations. Red 2 There is environmental management efforts, but only partially achieve the appropriate results with the requirements stipulated in legislation. Black 1 There is no environmental management effort, intentionally no attempt of environmental management as required, as well as the potential to pollute environment. Source: Environment Minister Regulation No 5 year 2011 about Performance Rating Program Ranking in Environmental Management 3.3.2. Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure (CSRD) CSR disclosure in this study is the proxy use ICSR (Index Corporate Social Responsibility) based on the Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) obtained from www.globalreporting.org. Based on GRI 2013, there are three focus of disclosures, that are economic, environmental, and social as a basic for sustainability reporting. The indicators of GRI are economic performance indicator (9 items), environmental performance indicator (34 items), labor performance indicator (16 items), human rights performance indicator (12 items), social performance indicator (11 items), and product performance indicator (9 items). From those 91 items of indicators, a checklist has been made based on Indonesian Capital Market Supervisory Agency (Bapepam) No. VIII.G.2 (1996) to cover certain categories that correspond to data distribution of companies in Indonesia, the total amounted to 79 items of indicators. Thus, Corporate Social Responsibility Index (CSRI) formula is: Where: CSDI : Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure Index of company j nj : number of item to company j, total nj = 79 Xij : 1 = if item i was disclosed; 0 = if item i was not disclosed. Thus, 0 < CSDIj < 1 3.3.3. Corporate Financial Performance (CFP) In financial performance that measured by the market performance, financial performance can be seen from stock’s expected return. Based on the publication of Simon Fraser University and Swarthmore College Computer Society, financial performance scale that is measured by stock’s expected return has a formula as follows: Financial Performance Scale = Capital Gain (Loss) + Dividend Yield of year t = ( P1 – P 0 ) + Div P0 P0 ( P1 – P0 ) + Div P0 Where: P1 = stock price at 31 March of year t + 1 P0 = stock price at 31 March of year t Div = dividend distributed in year t + 1 = According to the efficient market hypothesis, efficient marketdiunduh is a market dari: in which the values of all assets and securities at any instant in time fully reflect all available public information (Keown, Martin, Petty, www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id and Scott, 2002). Company gives publicly information to stakeholders in the form of financial and annual report periodically. The regulation of Indonesian Capital Market Supervisory Agency (Bapepam) No.36/PM/2003 stated that the declaration of financial statements accompanied by an accountant's report to the prevalent opinion must be submitted to Indonesian Capital Market Supervisory Agency (Bapepam) no later than the end of the third month (90 days) after the date of annual financial statements. That is why the stock price (P1) used in this research is derived from the stock price at March 31 on the next one year of calculated CFP. Then, the dividend used is obtained from the value of dividend distributed in year t+1 because it represent how much the company’s profit on the previous year (year t). 3.3.4. Control Variables Control variables in this research are as follow: a. Earnings per Share (EPS) Earnings per share (EPS) is probably the most widely available and commonly used corporate performance statistic for publicly traded firms (White, Shandi, and Fried, 2003). EPS reflects the portion of a company's profit allocated to each outstanding share of common stock. Earnings per share serves as an indicator of a company's profitability. Growth level of EPS is based on the ability of company to gain profit. Based on White et al. (2003), there are two types of earnings per share calculation, simple capital structure and complex capital structure. For firms that have only common shares, the computation of EPS is relatively straightforward. Meanwhile, for companies who have capital structures include options and convertible securities (preferred shares and debt) are said to have complex capital structures. These firms must recognize the potential effect on EPS upon conversion of those securities if such a conversion will result in dilution (lowering) of EPS. Basic EPS calculation is: b. Book Value per Share (BVS) White et al. (2003) stated that book value per share represents the equity of the firm (common equity less preferred shares at liquidation value) on a per-share basis (number of shares outstanding at balance sheet date) and is sometimes used as a benchmark for comparisons with the market price per share. Book value per share data of this research is obtained from Indonesian Capital Market Directory (ICMD). The calculation of book value per share is: c. Cash Flow of Operating per Share (CFOS) The statement of cash flows reports cash receipt and cash payments by operating, financing, and investing activities, which are the primary business activities of a company (Subramanyam and Wild, 2009). Operating cash flow refers to the cash flow that results from the firm’s day-to-day activities of producing and selling. Operating cash flow is an important number because it can reflect on a very basic level, whether or not a firm’s cash inflows from its business operations are sufficient to cover its everyday cash outflows. Calculation of operating cash flow is derived from revenues minus cost. Depreciation is not included because it is not a cash outflow. Interest is also not included because it is a financing expense. Meanwhile, tax is included because tax are paid in cash. Then, it should be divided by the number of shares outstanding to get the value of cash flow operating per share (CFOS). Data of operating cash flow and number of shares outstanding are obtained from company’s annual report and Indonesian Capital Market Directory. Based on Subramanyam et diunduh dari: al. (2009), cash flow from operating activities per share is described below: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Cash Flow from Operating Activities = Per Share (CFOS) cash flow from operating activities number of shares outstanding 3.4. Data Analysis Method Software application that is used to analyze data in this research is SPSS version 19. Analysis data technique used in this research is multiple regression analysis. Regression analysis, measuring the strength of the relationship between two or more variables, as well as showing the direction of the relationship between dependent variable and independent variable (Ghozali, 2006). There is one statistic model in this research that will described below: CFP = β0 + β1EP + β2CSRD + β3EPS + β4BVS + β5CFOS + e Where: CFP = Corporate Financial Performance EP = Environmental Performance (PROPER) CSRD = Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure EPS = Earnings Per Share BVS = Book Value per Share CFOS = Cash Flow of Operating per Share β 0 = Constanta β 1, …, β 5 = Coefficient of each variable e = Error 4. RESULT AND ANALYSIS 4.1. Descriptive Statistic Test The following table presents the descriptive statistics from the company sample. Table 3 Descriptive Statistics Variables & Data Minimum Maximum Mean Corporate Financial Performance (CFP) P1 P0 Div Environmental Performance (EP) Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure (CSRD) Earnings Per Share (EPS) Book Value per Share (BVS) Cash Flow of Operating per Share (CFOS) 0.09 1.98 0.6988 Standard Deviation 0.40794 7 7 0.90 1 153 137 3.30 5 44.02 40.61 2.0266 3.31 37.174 32.689 0.68471 0.814 0.10 0.42 0.2347 0.08373 0.01 5.76 0.32 35.96 75.24 3.19 12.3406 32.8453 2.1062 10.14351 19.89992 0.77607 The result of descriptive statistic on table 4.1 above, showed the minimum, maximum, mean, and standard deviation of each dependent and independent variables in this research. Some variables except Environmental Performance (EP) and Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure (CSRD) have been transformed because it has not met any of the classic assumption tests. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The independent variable, Corporate Financial Performance (CFP) has a range value from 0.09 to 1.98. Based on the observation of Basic Industry and Chemical Company samples, PT Sumalindo Lestari Jaya in year 2011 has the lowest number of CFP that is 0.09. Meanwhile, the company with the highest number of CFP is PT Surya Toto Indonesia in 2010 with the value of 1.98. The average value of CFP from sample companies is 0.6988 and it standard deviation is 0.40794. The components of CFP are stock price (P1 and P0) and dividend distributed (Div). The lowest value of P1 is 7, which is owned by PT Kertas Basuki Rahmat in 2012. PT Indocement Tunggal Prakarsa in 2012 has the highest value of P1 which is 153. While the lowest value of P0 is 7 by PT Arwana Keramik in 2010 and the highest value of P0 is owned by PT Indocement Tunggal Prakarsa in 2012. Among the sample companies, PT Suparma in 2011 has the lowest dividend value and the highest dividend value is owned by PT Surya Toto Indonesia in 2011 and 2012. On Environmental Performance variable, it is showed that the range of value is 1 to 5. The score 1 is given to PROPER companies that got the black ranking, while score 5 is given to companies that got gold ranking. From descriptive test above, it is showed that the average of EP is 3.31 and it standard deviation is 0.814. It means that most of sample companies got blue ranking in the PROPER rating program. The variable of Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure (CSRD) showed that the lowest score for CSR Disclosure is 0.10 by PT Citra Tubindo in year 2010, PT Indah Kiat Pulp and Paper in 2011, and PT Fajar Surya Wisesa in 2011. It means that those sample company only implemented 8 out of 79 Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure Index by Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI). Then, the highest score is 0.42 by PT Holcim Indonesia in year 2010 and 2012. The average score of CSRD is 0.2347 with standard deviation of 0.08373. It seems that the disclosure of Corporate Social Responsibility in annual report of Basic Industry and Chemical Company listed in IDX over 2010-2012 is still low. It is because the report of Corporate Social Responsibility is a voluntary action, so those companies do not focus on Corporate Social activities on annual report. On Earnings per Share (EPS) variable, PT Toba Pulp Lestari in 2011 has the lowest value that is 0.01, while PT Indocement Tunggal Prakarsa in 2012 has the 35.96 that is the highest value for EPS variable. The average value for EPS is 12.3406 and it standard deviation is 0.14351. It seems that the earnings per share value of Basic Industry and Chemical companies in Indonesia over 2010-2012 has a varied range. There are some companies that had relatively small value of earnings per share. The variable of Book Value per Share (BVS) showed that the lowest value is 5.76 by PT Sumalindo Lestari Jaya in 2011. Otherwise, PT Asahimas Flat Glass in 2012 has the highest score of BVS that is 75.24. Book Value per Share of sampling companies has the average score of 32.8453 and standard deviation of 19.89992. It can be seen that basic industry and chemical companies in Indonesia that joined PROPER program over 2010-2012 have BVS value in quite wide range. Most of sample companies have BVS value that are still much lower than PT Asahimas Flat Glass in 2012. On Cash Flow of Operating per Share (CFOS) variable, PT Surya Agung Kertas in 2012 had the smallest value that is 0.32 while PT Indocement Tunggal Prakarsa in 2012 had the highest value of CFOS that is 3.19. Otherwise, the sample companies have average CFOS value of 2.1062 with standard deviation of 0.77607. The data above showed that sample companies have CFOS values that are not too low or higher than average value. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 4.2. Results of Hypothesis Tests and Discussion Hypothesis testing of this study use Multiple regression analysis. Result of the analysis is showed at Table 4 as follows. Table 4 The Result of Multiple Regression Test Variables Coefficient t value Significance F value Adjusted R2 Constant (a) 3.043 3.709 .001 5.620 0.328 Environmental -0.417 -2.969 .005 Performance (EP) Corporate Social 2.094 2.964 .005 Responsibility Disclosure (CSRD) Earnings Per Share (EPS) 0.039 2.221 .032 Book Value per Share .000 -1.879 .068 (BVS) Cash Flow of Operating .000 -0.473 .639 per Share (CFOS) The coefficient value of Environmental Performance (EP) is -0.417 and significant at 1 percent. It means that H1 (Environmental Performance has positive impact to Corporate Social Responsibility) is not supported. Moreover, Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure (CSRD) coefficient value is 2.094 and significant at 1 percent. This result supports H2 that state that Corporate Social Responsibility Disclosure has positive effect on Corporate Financial Performance. This result shows a contradictory phenomenon with the existing legitimacy theory where good environmental performance is not an indicator of good financial performance. Based on theory of legitimacy, a company with high environmental performance should have a good effect to the surrounding community and the investors. In developed country, such as Indonesia, public and society have not considered about the importance of green product and green company yet. The awareness of environmental preservation is still low. From the perspective of the company itself, the allocation of funds for environmental conservation will bring some additional expenses for the company. It will automatically reduce the company’s profit. Then, the reduction of the company’s profit will affect the investors’ decision making. Investors as one of the most instrumental part of the company should be more concern about the sustainability aspect of the company. Sustainability aspect is not only come from the financial one, but also about how the company can manage and preserve its surrounding society and environment. Based on this research result, most investors of manufacturing companies in Indonesia still not consider about this thing. This phenomenon is allegedly because there are other variables that used by Indonesian market actors or investors in determining the investment portfolio in basic industry and chemical company, for example financial ratio, company size, or category of investment whether the company is investing in domestic or foreign direct investment (FDI). Government should do more courage to promote the real purpose of PROPER program so it would not be a useless reputation program. From this study result, it can be seen that investors did not consider PROPER rating that is acquired by the company. This resulted in the absence of a significant positive relationship between environmental performance and financial performance of a company. Nowadays, the investors still more concern about how the company can gain profit than its environmental management. Corporate Social Responsibility is a concept applied by the company as their social responsibility for not only the shareholder but also the stakeholder and related society to emphasize moral and ethic principles. diunduh review dari: from society and get the Corporate Social Responsibility becomes a strategy that is used to get positive www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id best result for the company itself. In its development, Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is defined as a concept that has roles in the growth of a company. The growth of a company reported on the financial statements that reflect the company’s performance. The annual report gives information about the financial and non-financial performance of a company to show the responsibility and transparency to stakeholders such as investors and shareholders. This disclosure is intended to give a good image performance among the company’s stakeholders. Information published can be used as an announcement to give a signal to investors in investment decisions making. Based on the signaling theory, the purpose of this supplementary report is to provide additional information regarding to company activities as well as a mean to give signal to stakeholders about other matters, such as provide signal about the company's concern for the environment. From the sample companies, it can be seen that all of them have already disclose the report of Corporate Social Responsibility but still in unorganized structure or have not followed some reporting standard yet. The guideline that most widely used as a foundation in CSR reporting is GRI (Global Reporting Initiative). It is not only explained the environmental activity of the company, but also the indicators of labor, human rights, product safety, social, and economic performance. Thus, it will be better for the company to improve and increase the quality of its CSR disclosure. The result test of hypothesis 2 supported the previous research of Bayoud (2012), Suratno (2006), Waal (2010), and Fitriyani (2012) that already found a significant correlation between CSRD and financial performance of a company. Company that disclosed its Corporate Social Responsibility in its annual report can attract the investors and stakeholders. When the investors read the disclosure of company’s CSR activity, it will affect their decision to hold their stocks and it will attract new investors. Thus, the high number of company’s profitability will increase the company’s financial performance. 5. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS This study found that environmental performance affects negatively to corporate financial performance. It is not surprising to see that in a developing country, such as Indonesia, environmental performance is not associated with financial performance. More environmental friendly products or services that usually bring higher price are not in favor of most Indonesian consumers. From the perspective of the company itself, funds allocation for environmental preservation will generate some additional expenses and not likely to have effect on better financial performance. Government should do more courage to promote the importance of environmental performance trough PROPER program. Thus, the investors will more consider about the environmental management of the company. This study found evidence that Corporate Social Responsibility disclosure has a positive effect to corporate financial performance. This eviedence supports the stakeholder theory which stated that social responsibility disclosure aims to show the public about what are social activities that already done by the company and its impact to society. It also supports the signaling theory where good information or announcement from the company can be a good signal for the stakeholders especially the investors. When the investors read the disclosure of company’s CSR activity, it will affect their decision to hold their stocks and it will attract new investors. Thus, the high number of company’s profitability will increase the company’s financial performance. That is why, it is better for the companies in Indonesia to keep improving the quality of its CSR disclosure. There are several limitations to this research, which need to be disclosed so that similar studies can be better in the future. The limitations are first, the sampling companies of this research are limited only of Basic Industry and Chemical Companies. Second, this research was conducted by the method of content analysis, which was conducted by reviewing the information contained in the annual report and it greatly affect the level assessment of Corporate Social Responsibility disclosure. The checking of Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) disclosure items are done manually and allows errors in the performance appraisal process. Third limitation is Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Index is actually more suitable for used in sustainability report. Because not all of the sampling companies in Indonesia have already published its diunduh sustainability dari: report, this research used www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Corporate Social Responsibility report that is stated in company’s annual report. Based on these research limitations, there are some suggestions can be given by the researcher. It is advisable to conduct another research in the future by adding sample, for examples oil and gas industry companies that its environmental disclosure is regulated in PSAK. Then, next research can use another method that is more detail to avoid the occurrence of bias and do not have high level of subjectivity. This research used a standard index that is not necessarily in accordance with the conditions of extensive disclosures in Indonesia, so it is necessary to use a standard that can represent the broad disclosure of companies in Indonesia. Besides that, next research can be conducted with extending the observation period so that the amount of sample is also much more. It can improve the data distribution better. REFERENCES Almilia, L. S. and Wijayanto, D. (2007). Pengaruh environmental performance dan environmental disclosure terhadap economic performance. Proceedings The 1st Accounting Conference. Depok. Al-Tuwaijri, S.A., Christensen, T.E. dan Hughes II, K.E. (2004). The Relations among environmental disclosure, environmental performance, and economic performance: a simultaneous equations approach. Accounting, Organizations and Society Journal. Vol. 29. pp.447-471. Badan Pelaksana Pasar Modal. (1996). Keputusan Ketua Bapepam and LK No. KEP-38/PM/1996 dated January 1996 about Annual Reporting, Regulation No. VIII.G.2, 1996. Badan Pelaksana Pasar Modal. (2003). Keputusan Ketua Bapepam and LK No. KEP-36/PM/2003 dated September 2003 about Obligation of Submitting Periodic Financial Report No. X.K.2, 2003 Bayoud, N.S.M. (2012). Corporate social responsibility disclosure and organizational performance: the case of Libya. Dissertation. Australia: University of Southern Queensland. Deegan, C., Rankin, M. and Tobin, J. (2002), An Examination of the Corporate Social and Environmental Disclosures of BHP from 1983-1997: A Test of Legitimacy Theory. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal, Vol 15. Fitriyani. (2012). Keterkaitan kinerja lingkungan, pengungkapan Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) dan kinerja finansial. Minor Thesis. Semarang: FE-UNDIP. Foreign Affairs and Trade International Canada. (2013). Corporate social responsibility. http://www.international.gc.ca/trade-agreements-accords-commerciaux/ds/csr.aspx. (Retrieved June 9, 2013). Fuad, M., Christine, H., Nurlela, Sugiarto, and Paulus, Y.E.F. (2006). Pengantar bisnis. Jakarta: Gramedia. Global Reporting Initiative. (2013). Sustainability Reporting Guidelines: Reporting Principles and Standard Disclosures. www.globalreporting.org. Ghozali, I. (2006). Aplikasi analisis multivarite dengan SPSS. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro. Ghozali, I. (2011). Aplikasi analisis multivariate dengan program IBM SPSS 19. Semarang : Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro. Ghozali, I. and Chariri, A. (2007). Teori akuntansi. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Godfrey, Jayne et al. (2010). Accounting theory. Australia: John Wiley. Harrington, Diana and Wilson, B. (1989). Corporate financial analysis. Illinois: Dow Jones-Irwin. Hossain, M., Perera, B. and Rahman, R. (1995). Voluntary disclosure in the annual reports of New Zealand companies, Journal of International Financial Management and Accounting, Vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 69-87. Ikatan Akuntan Indonesia. (2011). Standar Akuntansi Keuangan (SAK) No.1 (revision of 2004). Jakarta: Salemba Empat. Indrawan, D. (2011). Pengaruh Corporate Social Responsibility terhadap kinerja perusahaan. Minor Thesis. Semarang: FE-UNDIP. Investopedia. (2013). Financial performance. http://www.investopedia.com/ terms/f/financialperformance.asp. (Retrieved June 12,2013). Jensen, M. and Meckling, W. (1976). Theory of the firm: Managerial behavior, agency costs and ownership structure. USA: University of Rochester. Jordan, R. W. (2003). Fundamentals of corporate finance. Singapore: The Mc-Graw. Keown, A., Martin, J., Petty, J., and Scott, D. (2002). Financial Management Principles and Applications. USA: Prentice Hall. Martono and Harjito,A. (2008). Manajemen Keuangan. Yogyakarta: EKONISIA. Minister of Environment Republic of Indonesia. (2012a). Keputusan Menteri Lingkungan Hidup Republik Indonesia No.237 th.2012 tentang hasil penilaian peringkat kinerja perusahaan dalam pengelolaan lingkungan hidup tahun 2011-2012. Jakarta: MLH. Minister of Environment Republic of Indonesia. (2011). PROPER Press Release 2011. Jakarta: MLH. Minister of Environment Republic of Indonesia. (2012b). PROPER Press Release 2012. Jakarta: MLH. Pflieger,J., Matthias,F., Thilo,K., and Peter,E. (2005). The contribution of life cycle assessment to global sustainability reporting of Organization. Management of Environmental Quality Journal, Vol. 16, No. 2, pp 167-179. Post, J., Lawrence, A., and Weber, J. (2002). Business and society: corporate strategy, public policy, ethics. United States: McGraw-Hill. Priyatno, Duwi. (2013). Analisis Korelasi, Regresi, dan Multivariate dengan SPSS. Yogyakarta: Gava Media. Rahmawati, A. (2012). Pengaruh kinerja lingkungan terhadap financial corporate performance dengan corporate social responsibility disclosure sebagai variabel intervening. Minor Thesis. Semarang: FEUNDIP. Sarumpaet, Susi. (2005). The Relationship Between Environmental Performance and Financial Performance of Indonesian Companies. Jurnal Akuntansi & Keuangan, Vol. 7, No.2, pp 89-98. Surabaya: Universitas Kristen Petra. Schroeder, R., Clark, M., and Cathey, J. (2011). Financial accounting theory and analysis. USA: Wiley. Sembiring, E. (2003). Pengaruh Karakteristik Perusahaan terhadap Pengungkapan diunduh dari: Tanggung Jawab Sosial. www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro. Shocker, A.D. and Sethi, S.P. (1974). An approach to incorporating social preferences in developing corporate action strategies in the unstable ground: corporate social policy in a dynamic society. Los Angeles: Melville Publishing. Simon Fraser University. (n.d). Security analysis and portfolio management. Lecture Published PDF. Retrieving from http://www.sfu.ca/poitras/html. Subramanyam, K.R. and Wild, J. J. (2009). Financial Statement Analysis. United States: McGraw-Hill. Suratno, Darsono, and Maimunah,S. (2006). Pengaruh environmental performance terhadap environmental disclosure dan economic performance: studi empiris pada perusahaan manufaktur yang terdaftar di Bursa Efek Jakarta periode 2001-2004. SNA IX Padang. Padang. Swarthmore College Computer Society. (2001). Finance. Lecture Published PDF. Retrieved from www.sccs.swarthmore.edu/users/02/rebecca/html. Tilling, M. V. (2004). Refinements to Legitimacy Theory in Social and Environmental Accounting. South Australia: Flinders University. Tirani, E. (2013). Industri Manufaktur Indonesia Melemah. http://www.metrotvnews.com. (Retrieved October 3, 2013). Verrecchia, R. (1983). Discretionary disclosure. USA: University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Vincent, Olusegun. (2011). Environmental sustainability conduct and corporate performance in extractive sector. Doctoral Symposium. London: Brunel Business School. Wall, Marjolein van der. (2010). The influence of corporate social performance on corporate financial performance in SMEs. Thesis. The Hague: Tilburg University. Weston, J. F., and Brigham, E.F. (1993). Essentials of managerial finance. New York: The Dryden Press. White, G., Shandi, A., and Fried, D. (2003). The analysis and use of financial statements. USA: Willey. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Foreign Ownership Effect to Corporate Social Responsibility and Market Performance Putu Wenny Saitri ([email protected]) Universitas Mahasaraswati Introduction Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) has evolved into a important issue in the last decade. CSR is the claim that the company not only operates for the benefit of the shareholders, but also for the welfare of the stakeholders in business practices, which are, workers, local communities, government, NGOs, consumers, and the environment (Dahlia and Siregar, 2004). CSR disclosure practices in Indonesia have been done voluntarily in the previous years. Now, CSR has evolved into an important strategy for the company and should not be regarded as a burden, but an opportunity for the company to do the best for all parties, along with changes in the structure of society and the environment. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) defined CSR The responsibility of an organization for the impacts of its decision and activities on society and the environment, through transparency and ethical behavior that Contribute to sustainable development ,including health and welfare of society, Takes into account the expectation of stakeholders, in compliance with applicable law and consistent with international norms of behavior, and integrated throughout the organization and practices in its relationship. CSR has been regulated by the Indonesian Government with the Law No. 25 of 2007 on Investment and Law No. 40 of 2007 on Corporation, which regulates company’s responsibility to implement CSR. The company is expected to gain social legitimacy and maximize its profits in the long term through the implementation of CSR. The company use annual report to convince people that it has been operated in accordance with people’s pretension. For investors who have a long-term investment horizon, CSR report is used as a source to determine investment decisions. A company that has a high commitment to the implementation of CSR will be appreciated by public so the company’s reputation will be increase. A good reputation will make it easier to the company to run its business, which in turn will improve its market performance that will be reflected in the increase of its stock price. A multinational company or a company with foreign ownership has seen many advantages that can be taken by its shareholders, typically based on the home market (operation’s market) which can provide a longterm existence (Suchman, 1995 in Barkemeyer 2007). A foreign ownership has believed will increase CSR activity or the number of CSR activity disclosed in company’s annual report. CSR disclosure by a multinational company usually focused on social issues, such as human rights, education, employment, and environmental issues (Machmud and Djackman, 2008). Therefore, multinational companies tend to disclose more CSR information than non-multinational company (Cahyono and Yuyetta 2009). The extent of CSR information disclosed in annual report, will affect the company performance which will shown by the increase of its stock price. This research is based on previous research by Cahyono and Yuyetta (2009), which investigate the influence of CSR disclosure on market performance with foreign ownership as a moderating variable. Relatively little research has examined the effect of foreign ownership on influence of CSR to market performance has motivated to do this research. Foreign ownership is a number of shares of Indonesia’s company that held by foreign parties either by individual or organizations (Rustiarini 2011). As we known, European countries are very concerned with issues of social, such as human rights, education, labor, and the environment, like greenhouse effect, illegal logging, and water pollution. It makes multinational companies began to change their behavior in their operation in order to maintain the legitimacy and the reputation of the company (Fauzi, 2006). Therefore, the bigger amount of foreign ownership diunduhwill dari:make a bigger pressure to www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id disclose CSR information, and the number of CSR disclosure will give company a good reputation which will increase its market performance. THEORY DEVELOPMENT Stakeholder Theory Stakeholder is a group or individual that has interest in the company and could affect or be affected by the activities of the company. Stakeholders are classified as stockholders, creditors, employee, customers, suppliers, communities, and the government. Ansoff (1965) in Chan et al., (2010) used stakeholder theory to define the objectives of the organization, with one of the major objectives being to balance the conflicting demands of the firm’s various stakeholders. One way to manage the company on good relationship with its stakeholder is by implementing and disclosing CSR activities. Trough CSR disclosure, a company shows its concern for all parties who is affected by the company activity. An effective and sustainable CSR activity will show the company commitment to involve the community welfare. Therefore, this commitment is expected to increase company’s positive image and public will appreciate it by the increasing of company stock price. Legitimacy Theory Central to organizational legitimacy is the notion of a social contract. An organization exists and can use community resources when society considers that the organization is legitimate Holder-Webb et al. (2009) in Chan et al (2010). Legitimacy theory focused on contract between company and the community. The company has a contract to perform its activities based on the value of justice and how company respond to various group interests to legitimate company’s activity (Tilt 1994 in Hanifa 2005). Legitimacy theory relies on the assumption that managers will adopt strategies to demonstrate to society that the organization is attempting to comply with society’s expectations. As a society’s values change over time, organizations have to continuously demonstrate that their operations are legitimate and that they are good corporate citizens (Chan et al, 2010). CSR could be a way to show that company has done its business in a legitimate manner. By disclosing CSR information, organizations ensure community that their business is not only focused on their economic welfare, but also involve in increasing the social welfare. CSR Disclosure The regulation concerning CSR in Indonesia is regulated in Law No 25 of 2007 on Capital Investment and Law No 40 0f 2007 on Limited Liability Companies which require the company to conduct CSR activities. This regulation is aimed to ensure company to conduct social and environmental responsibility which is harmonious and balanced with the surroundings and the local society according to the values, norms and culture of that society. ISO (International Standardized Organizations) 26000 has defined CSR as the responsibility of an organization for the impacts of its decision and activities on society and the environment, through transparency and ethical behavior that Contribute to sustainable development ,including health and welfare of society, takes into account the expectation of stakeholders, is in compliance with applicable law and consistent with international norms of behavior, and Is integrated throughout the organization and practices in its relationship. CSR may be considered as a tool and way of doing business towards sustainable development. CSR is a good way of doing business strategically & profitably. Hence, legitimacy and stakeholder theory provide a potential theoretical framework to explain the need of CSR information to keep the good relation between company and its environment. If companies don’t deem the community expectation to create a harmonious and balance environment, then company will lose people trust and people will react by doing thing that could threat the company business. CSR is way for a company to maintain its legitimacy and its relationship with community and environment. CSR and Market Performance diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Stakeholder theory has explained that company should be balanced the stakeholder’s various interest. They are expected to show that they not only focusing on maximizing their profit, but also maximizing the social and environment welfare. The company tends to include certain information in the annual report to meet the objective of their stakeholder. CSR is one of information which is considered to meet the needs of information about its concern for its stakeholder. CSR reporting includes some information economic policy, environmental, social, customer’s relation, and employment. By disclosing more CSR information, a company hopes to attract attention and expecting a positive response from public and investors. The positive response will reflect in the increase in company stock price. Almilia and Wijayanto (2007) in Dahlia and Siregar (2008) states that investor will give a positive respond to a company with a good environmental performance by the increasing of stock price fluctuation through periods. Otherwise, a company with a poor environmental performance will rise investor’s doubt and give a negative respond by the decreasing of stock price fluctuation through periods. Dahlia and Siregar (2008) find the effect of CSR toward financial performance, and no effect of CSR toward market performance. Balbanis et., al (1998) in Dahlia (2008) find that stock market reaction to company financial performance that disclose CSR disclosure is negative. Lang and Lundholm (1993) find that a higher level of CSR disclosure has a positive association on market performance. Alexander and Buchholz (1978) didn’t find any significant relation between social disclosure and market performance. Fiori, et al (2007) finds that CSR doesn’t have a significant effect between social disclosure and company stock price. Flammer (2012) found the positive stock market reaction to eco-friendly Company, and negative stock market reaction to ecoharmful company. The extent of CSR information will show how company concern about the sustainability of social n environment welfare. This awareness will ensure public that the company has been conducting business activity which is not only give benefit to company but also give a positive impact to their social environment surrounding. Once public find that company has fulfilled the social and environment welfare, they will give a positive response about company activity in return. Public’s positive response will increase along with the increasing of company stock price over periods. Based on the explanation, the hypothesis 1 stated as follows: H1 = CSR has a positive effect toward company’s market performance CSR, Foreign Ownership and Market Performance Foreign ownership is a number of shares of Indonesia’s company that held by foreign parties either by individual or organizations (Rustiarini 2011). Desender, et al (2008) finds that foreign ownership has a positive effect on stock price performance, especially on crisis period. This indicates that public will have more expectation on multinational company, because the investor of multinational company usually comes from Europe or US which has a better economic system than national company. A company with high number of foreign ownership, particularly European or United States stockholder, is considered to have a higher concern for the environment. As known, European countries are very concerned with social issue, e.g., human rights, education, employment, and environment as greenhouse effect, illegal logging, and water pollution. It makes multinational companies began to change their behavior in operation in order to maintain the legitimacy and reputation of the company (Fauzi, 2006). In order to maintain its legitimacy, the company will use CSR disclosure to provide assurance that they not only focused on economic performance but also concern about social and environment sustainability. Tanimoto and Suzuki (2005) find that foreign ownership in public companies in Japan became a trigger for the adoption of GRI in disclosing CSR. CSR disclosure can be a favorable element for corporate strategy, contributing the risk management and maintaining relationship that can provide long-term benefit for the company (Heal and Garrer, 2004 in Sucahyo,2009 ). Therefore, a multinational company will have a better CSR report that a national company. By disclosing more information about CSR, the diunduh companydari: is expected to get a positive www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id respond from investor and public. This positive respond will be shown in the rising of their stock price. Based on the explanation, the hypothesis 1 stated as follows: H2 = Foreign ownership a moderating effect toward relationship of CSR and Market performance Research Method The companies selected to test this research were taken from all companies traded on Indonesia Stock Exchange from 2011-2013. This research use purposive sampling method to select research sample. Companies without SRI-Kehati rankings from 2011-2013 were excluded from the sample. Companies with no foreign ownership were excluded from the sample. This left a final sample of 17 companies. Independent variable of this research is CSR. CSR disclosure has been defined in a number of ways. This research used CSRI based on ISO 26000, as ISO 26000 can be used to all type of organization. ISO 26000 included 40 disclosure items, every CSRI items disclosed will be scored as 1, and will be scored 0 if it not disclosed. Each item will be summed to obtain the overall score of the company. Dependent variable of this research is market performance. Market performance is measured in term of company’s closing stock price on each period. This research assumed that stock price describes company information and market appreciation to company performance on certain period. This research used foreign ownership as a moderating variable. Foreign ownership is defined as a number of shares of Indonesia’s company that held by foreign parties either by individual or organizations. Foreign ownership is measured by foreign ownership percentage in the company. This research used ordinary least square to test hypothesis 1 and moderated regression analysis to test the moderation effect on hypothesis 1. Following is the research equation: MP = α + β1CSRI + ........................................................................................... (1) where : MP = market performance CSRI = Corporate Social Responsibility Index α = constant β1 = regression coeficient = standard error MP = α + β1CSRI+ β2FO + β3CSRI*FO + ....................................................... (2) where : MP = market performance CSRI = Corporate Social Responsibility Index FO = foreign ownership α = constant β1, β2, β3 = regression coeficient = standard error Results and Discussion Classical assumption for regression model has been conduct to this research model such as autocorrelation, multicollinearity, normality, and heteroscedasticity. Normality test show this research data has a normal distribution with a significance level above 0.05. Multicollinearity between the variables did not appear to be a problem, as the result show tolerance value more than 10% and VIF is less than 10. Heteroscedasticity also did not appear to be a problem in this research as the results show the signifinance level above 5%. Autocorrelation test show there is no autocorrelation problem in this research which shown by the Durbin-Watson value 1.938 which between DU<DW<4-DU, or 1.6754<1.938<2.3246. The SPSS results for the first research model using linear regression shown adjusted R 2 value 0,182 and F at significance level 0,004. This result show that the regression diunduh model can dari:be used to predict market www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id performance but CSR has no significance effect to maarket perfomance. Second research model examination show adjusted R2 value 0.407 with F significance level at 0.003. Hypothesis Testing 1) Hypothesis 1 This first hypothesis testing found no significant effect between CSR toward market performance. This result show that stakeholder hasn’t affected by company CSR disclosure even the company show a great attention on CSR activities. This finding support earlier studies by : Fiori, et al (2007), Dahlia and Siregar (2008) which found that CSR disclosure has no effect to company market performance (stock price). Fiori, et al (2007) note some possible explanation of these finding : a). CSR is a relatively new issue in Italy, and most investors have a low degree of perception of the matter; b) The quality of disclosure for CSR is not easily measurable; there is a lack of general accepted principles and most firms use CSR disclosure as an additional instrument of advertising, avoiding to give relevant information; c) Most investors are short-term oriented while CSR’s impact is mostly in the medium-long term. Even CSR is not a new issue in Indonesia and government has regulated the CSR disclosure, this result indicates that CSR disclosure hasn’t become the main reason for investment decision. It shows that investor and stakeholder perceive CSR activity as a obligation to fulfill government regulation and not as an action to balance the stakeholder interest, or an action to maintain company sustainability. Therefore, hypothesis 1 is rejected. 2) Hypothesis 2 Based on Moderated Regression Analysis (MRA), foreign ownership don’t have a significance moderation effect toward the effect of CSR to market performance which was also recorded by Cahyono and Yuyetta (2009). This indicate that foreign ownership is considered not affect the extent of CSR activity. Sample of this research using companies that included in Sri-Kehati Index, which rank companies based on their social and environmental activity. However, the rank or index that company received hasn’t become the investor base to make investment decision. Therefore, the number of foreign ownership and the extent of CSR information disclosed in annual report has no effect of company stock price. This probably because, the investor and stakeholder only focused on financial performance, and consider CSR as an expenses which will decrease their profitability. In addition, investor and stakeholder probably consider the disclosure of CSR activity is only to meet the obligation of the government regulation and not think its as a strategy to maintain the company good relation with their stakeholder which can increase company profit in the future. Therefore, the hypothesis 2 is rejected. Conclusion, Limitations, and Suggestions for Further Research The purpose of this study is to examine the influence of CSR towards market performance and the effect of foreign ownership as a moderated variable on the influence of CSR toward market performance. This research was particularly interested in examining the foreign ownership, as this variable does not frequently appear to have been included in prior csr disclosure influence studies. The analysis of 2011-2013 annual report of 17 listed companies which included in Sri-Kehati Index indicates that CSR has no significance influence to market performance and foreign ownership has no moderated effect toward relationship of CSR to market performance. Having said that, it is important to acknowledge that adjusted R2 indicates that only 40% of the variation in the stock price fluctuation between the companies in our sample can be explained by the independent variables which examined. It is hoped that the finding from this study will contribute to the CSR literature and will contribute to various stakeholder. For example, investor is hoped to be more aware and more concider about the CSR disclosure. It has been noted, that several investor assume CSR only as a promotion or an expense which can decrease their short-term profit, whereas, CSR should be consider as a strategy to maintain company sustainability which also can provide long-term profit. This study failed to show diunduh dari:that the number of foreign www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id ownership could affect the number of CSR disclosure and also effect the market performance. This indicate that foreign investor didn’t think CSR as a big issue that should be considered to be conducted or disclosed in the annual report. This study has several limitations. First, CSR information is drawn from company annual report which has a possibility that company did not describe it in detail. Second, this study only use a small number of sample, which only 17 companies, and only examined 2011-2013 annual report disclosure, and may not be generalisable across other periods and countries. Third, this study has an subjectivity in determining CSR disclosure index. There are a number of other areas that future research could also usefully explore. First, further research could explore other factor not examined in this study and could possibly has a moderating effect toward the influence of CSR to market performance. For example, corporate governance, ownership structure, etc. Second, this study only examined CSR information that disclosed on company annual report. Further research could examine other source of information, for example company website, or newspaper publication. References Alexander, G & Buchhloz, RA 1978. “Corporate Social Responsibility and Stock Market Performance”. Academy of Management Journal. Vol. 21. No.3 (Sep), pp.479-486 Barkemeyer, Ralf. 2007. “Legitimacy as a Key Driver and Determinant of CSR in Developing Countries”. Paper for 2007 Marie Curie Summer School on Earth System Governance, 28 May-06 June 2007, Amsterdam. Cahyono, B & Yuyetta, E.N.A 2009, ‘ Pengaruh Corporate Social Responsibility Terhadap Kinerja Perusahaan Dengan Kepemilikan Asing Sebagai Variabel Moderating (Studi Empiris pada Perusahaan Manufaktur Yang Terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia)’. Chan. C. M., Watson. J and Woodliff. D 2004. “CSR Disclosure and Corporate Governance Quality: Australian Evidence”. Dahlia, L & Siregar, SV 2008. “Pengaruh Corporate Social Responsibility Terhadap Kinerja pasar (Studi Empiris Pada Perusahaan Yang Tercatat Di Bursa Efek Indonesia Pada Tahun 2005 dan 2006)”. Simposium Nasional Akuntansi (SNA) XI. Pontianak, 22-25 Juli 2008. Desender, KA, Cestona, MAG, Cladera, RC 2008 Stock price performance and ownership structure during periods of stock market crisis: the Spanish case http://demo.uib.es/ Fauzi, H. 2006. “Corporate Social and Environment Perfomance: A Comparative Study Between Indonesian Companies and Multinational Companies (MNCs) Operating In Indonesia”. Jurnal Akuntansi dan Bisnis, Vol.6, No.1, Februari 2006, pp 87-100. Fiori. G., Donato.F.and Izzo M.F 2007. “Corporate social responsibility and firms performance, an analysis Italian listed companies”. Retrieved from http://www.ssrn.com Flammer, C 2012, Corporate Social Responsibility and Stock Prices: The Environmental Awareness of Shareholders. Retrieved From http://corporate-sustainability.org// Haniffa, R.M., & Cooke, TE 2005.” The Impact of Culture and Governance on Corporate Social Reporting”. Journal of Accounting and Public Policy. Vol.24, pp. 391-430 Lang, M & Lundholm, R 1993. “Cross-sectional determinants of analysts ratings of corporate Disclosures”. Journal of Accounting Research 31, pp.246–271. Lang, M & Lundholm, R 1996. Corporate disclosure policy and analyst behavior. The Accounting Review 71, pp.467–493. Machmud. N & Djackman, C.D. 2008. “Pengaruh Kepemilikan Terhadap Luas Pengungkapan Tanggung Jawab Sosial (CSR Disclosure) Pada Laporan Tahunan Perusahaan : Studi Empiris Pada Perusahaan Publik Yang Tercatat Di Bursa Efek Indonesia Tahun 2006”. Disampaikan pada Simposium Nasional Akuntansi (SNA) XI. Pontianak, 22-25 Juli 2008. Rustiarini. NW 2010. “Pengaruh STruktur Kepemilikan Saham Pada Pengungkapan Corporate Social Responsibility”. Jurnal Ilmiah Akuntansi dan Bisnis, vol 6 no 1 januari diunduh 2011 dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Tanimoto, K & Suzuki, K 2005.”Corporate Social Responsibility in Japan:Analyzing the Participating Companies in Global Reporting Initiative”.Working Paper 208,Japan. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Appendix 1 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 CSR DISCLOSURE ITEM Disclosure Item Organizational Governance Decision making processes and structures /Corporate governance Ethical behaviour/code of ethics Respect for stakeholders interests Respect for the rule of law Labour Practice Employment and employment relationships Conditions of work and social protection Social dialogue Health and safety at work Human development and training in the workplace Fair operating practices Anti-corruption Responsible political involvement Fair competition Promoting social responsibility in the value chain Respect for property rights Consumer issues Fair marketing, factual and unbiased information and fair contractual practices Protecting consumers' health and safety Sustainable consumption Consumer service, support, and complaint and dispute resolution Consumer data protection and privacy Access to essential services Education and awareness Community involvement and development Community involvement Education and culture Employment creation and skills development Technology development and access Wealth and income creation Health Social investment Human rights Due diligence Human rights risk situations Avoidance of complicity Resolving grievances Discrimination and vulnerable groups Civil and political rights diunduh dari: Economic, social and cultural rights www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 36 37 38 39 40 Fundamental principles and rights at work The environment Prevention of pollution Sustainable resource use Climate change mitigation and adaptation Protection of the environment, biodiversity and restoration of natural habitats Appendix 2 Descriptive Statistics Descriptive Statistics N MP FO CSRI Valid N (listwise) 51 51 51 Minimu Maximu m m 1030 74000 .20 .98 .51 1.00 Mean 9717.16 .6982 .8082 Std. Deviation 11670.469 .21533 .15547 51 Classical Assumption Normality Test One-Sample Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test N Mean Normal Parameters(a,b) Most Extreme Differences Std. Deviation Unstandardi zed Residual 51 .0000000 11579.9584 0863 Absolute .261 Positive .261 Negative -.221 Kolmogorov-Smirnov Z Asymp. Sig. (2-tailed) a Test distribution is Normal. b Calculated from data. Autocorrelation Model Summary(b) 1.866 .149 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Std. Error Mode Adjusted of the l R R Square R Square Estimate 1 .124(a) .015 -.047 11943.815 a Predictors: (Constant), CSRIxFO, CSRI, FO b Dependent Variable: MP DurbinWatson 1.938 Multicollinearity Coefficients(a) Mode l Collinearity Statistics Toleranc e VIF 1 (Constant ) FO .228 CSRI .536 CSRIxF .208 O a Dependent Variable: MP 4.945 1.672 4.972 Heteroscedasticity Coefficients(a) Unstandardized Coefficients Mode B l 1 (Constant 47356.6 ) 10 FO 47620.8 94 CSRI 46013.4 11 54696.8 CSRIxF 33 Std. Error 30664.5 98 Standardized Coefficients Beta t Sig. B Std. Error 1.544 .129 39201.4 02 -1.153 -1.215 .231 35391.7 59 -.804 -1.300 .200 45834.3 67 1.183 1.193 diunduh .239 dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id O a Dependent Variable: absUt Hypothesis 1 Variables Entered/Removed(b) Mode Variables Variables l Entered Removed Method 1 CSRI(a) . Enter a All requested variables entered. b Dependent Variable: MP Model Summary Mode Adjusted l R R Square R Square 1 .047(a) .002 .182 a Predictors: (Constant), CSRI Std. Error of the Estimate 11776.032 ANOVA(b) Mode l 1 Regressio n Sum of Squares 1492058 6.300 Mean df Square 14920586.3 1 00 Residual 6795071 617.023 49 Total 6809992 203.324 50 F Sig. 5.108 .004(a) 138674930. 960 a Predictors: (Constant), CSRI b Dependent Variable: MP diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Coefficients(a) Unstandardized Coefficients Mode B l 1 (Constant 12556.7 ) 64 CSRI 3513.66 2 a Dependent Variable: MP Standardized Coefficients Std. Error 8812.58 1 Beta 10711.8 88 -.047 t Sig. B Std. Error 1.425 .000 -.328 .744 Hypothesis 2 Regression Variables Entered/Removed(b) Mode Variables Variables l Entered Removed Method 1 csrixfo, CSRI, . Enter FO(a) a All requested variables entered. b Dependent Variable: MP Model Summary Std. Error Mode Adjusted of the l R R Square R Square Estimate 1 .124(a) .015 .407 11943.815 a Predictors: (Constant), CSRIxFO, CSRI, FO ANOVA(b) Mode l 1 Regressio n Sum of Squares 105220366. 038 Mean df Square 35073455.3 3 46 Residual 670477183 7.286 47 Total 680999220 3.324 50 a Predictors: (Constant), CSRIxFO, CSRI, FO F 17.246 Sig. .003(a) 142654719. 942 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id b Dependent Variable: MP Coefficients(a) Unstandardized Coefficients Mode B l 1 (Constant 18859.6 ) 77 Std. Error 40676.4 55 CSRI 15647.6 08 46947.0 14 FO 10018.6 70 CSRIxF O 18875.2 93 Standardized Coefficients Beta t Sig. B Std. Error .464 .000 .208 .333 .740 52000.4 88 .185 .193 .848 60799.0 87 .311 .310 .758 a Dependent Variable: MP diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM MANAGEMENT, STRATEGY, INNOVATION AND THE INFLUENCE TO OPERATING PERFORMANCE OF COMPANY MANUFACTURING OF INDONESIA : ENTERING THE FREE TRADE ERA Ratna A.ZR ,Harry Prabowo ,Tresno Ekajaya Jakarta State University Introduction Entering the era of the free market and competition many challenges to be overcome by the business world, where challenges become more and more complex. It is characterized by environmental progress because of changes in information technology that are becoming more advanced and the company demanding sensibility particularly in terms of performance to respond to changes in is going to happen, so that the company can remain in existence in domains of competition. The Survival and growth of a company dependent on information system management accounting (Mulyadi in Pamungkas, 2008).Management will be greatly helped by the use of information a good accounting and will help the management in the decision-making that is effective. So as to minimize of uncertainty and reduce the risk in choosing alternative.This Research Used accounting information system management, strategy, innovation as indepedent variable, and the operating performance of company as dependent variable. Place in this research are areas of Jakarta with the object of this research is a manufacturing company located in Jakarta. Respondents who answered the questionnaire instrument is a person who works in the company's operations section, both managers and staff. Long research that authors did was December 2014 until January 2015. The method analysis that have been used for this research are multiple linear regression the next test is done on the research of multiple linear regression analysis. Multiple linear regression analysis was conducted to look at the ability of the independent variables the dependent variable in explaining. Multiple linear regression analysis was carried out with SIAM (X 1), ST (X 2), and IN (X 3) as free as well as variable (Y) as a variable dependent. As for the regression formula is as follows: Y= + 1SIAM + 2ST + 3IN+ e Multiple regression test can be seen based on table 5. Based on the results of the regression analysis that has been done is obtained the following results: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 5 Multiple Linear Regression Analysist Coefficientsa Unstandardized Coefficients Model 1 (Constan t) B Std. Error Standardize d Coefficient s Beta Collinearity Statistics t Toleranc Sig. e VIF -3.728 3.816 -.977 .335 SIAM (X1) .339 .149 .251 2.27 .029 7 .483 2.072 ST (X2) .476 .137 .346 2.893 IN (X3) .313 .130 .452 3.46 .001 9 .287 2.40 .022 5 .412 2.427 a. Dependent Variable: KOP (Y) From the table above can be seen that the coefficients the regression coefficient for variables 0,339 accounting information system management, strategy of 0,476, for variables 0,313 of innovation, then multiple linear regression equation can be formulated as follows: Y= + SIAM + ST + IN+ e Description : Y = Operating Performance of Comany (Y) SIAM = Accounting Information System Management (X1) ST = Strategy (X2) IN = Innovation(X3) e = Error Based on table 5, for multiple regression test can be explained as follows: a. The coefficient of accounting information system management (X1) is 0,339. Views from multiple regression test results in table 5, show that each increase of 1 unit of accounting information system management variable will increase the probability of operational performance of the company. Vice versa, if other independent variable value is fixed and the value of accounting information system management experienced a decline of 1 unit, then the value of the variable performance of the company's operations will be decreased by 0,339 units. In this case the effect of the independent variable X1 is directly proportional to the increasing Mean Y. X1, the value of Y will also progressively increased, so did the opposite. b. The coefficient of strategy (X2) is 0.476. Views from multiple regression test results in table 5, shows that every increase of 1 unit of the variable, then the Strategy will increase the probability of operational diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id performance of the company. Vice versa, if other independent variable value is fixed and the value of the strategy has decreased 1 unit, then the value of the variable Operational performance of the company will experience a decrease of 0,476 units. In this case the effect of the independent variable X2 is directly proportional to the increasing Mean Y. X2, then the value of Y will also progressively increased, so did the opposite. c. The coefficient of innovation (X3) is 0,313. Seen from the results of the regression test results in table 5, shows that every increase of 1 unit of variables innovation, will increase the probability of operational performance of the company. Vice versa, if the independent variable of another fixed value decreased 1 unit of innovation, the value of the variable operating performance of company will be decreased by 0,313 unit. In this case the effect of the independent variable X3 is directly proportional to the increasing Mean Y. X3, then the value of Y will also progressively increased, so did the opposite. Conclusions and Recommendations Based on the results of this research can conclude that: 1. Accounting information system management positive influence on the operating performance of the company .The results of this research as empirically prove that the better accounting information system management in the company it will increase the probability of operating performance of the company. 2. Strategy positive influence on the operating performance of the company .The results of this research as empirically prove that the better strategy in the company it will increase the probability of operating performance of the company. 3. Innovation positive influence on the operating performance of the company .The results of this research as empirically prove that the better innovation in the company it will increase the probability of operating performance of the company. It is recommended to researchers subsequent to extend by adding the existing departments in the manufacturing company as a subject of research, namely the financial, Human Resource, and more. In addition, to further research we recommend that you use independent variables plus or more markedly by including aspects such as decentralization, Total Quality Management (TQM), Operational Auditing or Accounting Professional Ethics. Bibliography Ahmad, K. (2007). AkuntansiManajemen. Jakarta: PT. Raja GrafindoPersada. Ancok, D. (2012). KepemimpinandanInovasi.Jakarta :Erlangga. Dirgantoro, C. (2004). ManajemenStratejik. Jakarta: PT. Grasindo. Fahmi, I. (2010). ManajemenKinerja. Bandung: Alfabeta. Ghozali, I. (2011). AplikasiAnalisis UniversitasDiponegoro. Multivariate Dengan Program SPSS. Semarang: BP Halwani, H. (2005). EkonomiInternasionaldanGlobalisasiEkonomi. Bogor Selatan: Graha Indonesia. Hansen &Mowen.(2005). Management Accounting. Jakarta: SalembaEmpat. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Kodrat, D. S. (2009).ManajemenStrategi. Yogyakarta: GrahaIlmu. Mangkunegara, A. P. (2005). EvaluasiKinerja. Bandung: RefikaAditama. Manurung, L. (2010). StrategidanInovasi Model BisnisMeningkatkanKinerja Usaha. Jakarta: PT. Elex Media Komputindo. Samryn, L. M. (2011). PengantarAkuntansi. Jakarta: Rajawali Pers. Simanjuntak, P. J. (2005). ManajemendanEvaluasiKinerja. LembagaPenerbitFakultasEkonomiUniversitas Indonesia. Jakarta: Sudarmanto.(2009). KinerjadanPengembanganKompetensi. Yogyakarta: PustakaPelajar. Sugiyono.(2007). Alfabeta. MetodePenelitianPendidikanPendekatanKuantitatif, Kualitatif, dan R&D. Bandung: Supratikno, H. (2006). ManajemenKinerjaUntukMenciptakanKeunggulanBersaing. Yogyakarta: GrahaIlmu. Tika, P. (2006). BudayaOrganisasidanPeningkatanKinerja Perusahaan. Jakarta: PT. BumiAksara. Umar, H. (2005). EvaluasiKinerja Perusahaan. Jakarta: GramediaPustakaUtama. Umar, H. (2010). DesainPenelitianManajemenStrategik. Jakarta: Rajawali Pers. Wibowo.(2013). ManajemenKinerja. Jakarta: Rajawali Pers. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Carbon Emission Disclosure Practices after Mandatory Disclosure Policy: an Empirical Evidence from Public Listed Companies in Indonesia by Rizal Yaya, Sigit Arie Wibowo, Ulvaturrahmah and Aras Halim Bernas1 Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta Introduction A report published by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) stated that the climate is changing across the Earth and that this is largely a result of human activities. This can be observed in the atmosphere, land, oceans and cryosphere. It was said that the atmospheric concentrations of important greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), and nitrous oxide (N2O) have increased over the last few centuries starting from industrial age in 1750 and continued with business and industry development (IPCC, 2013). According to Whitmarsh (2005), these increases have reduced the earth’s ability to maintain its stable temperature. Responding to this matter, a number of actions have been initiated by governments and nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) across the world to urge firms to reduce carbon emissions. Kolk and Pinkse (2009) noted that the Kyoto Protocol and the European Union Emission Trading Scheme are two notable actions to reduce the emissions. Following the Kyoto Protocol, many countries then ratified the treaty and imposed a number of policies as follow up. National policies in relation to carbon emission reduction include policies on natural resources utilization and on reporting on what has been achieved. For the regulated companies, those policies can be classified into either voluntarily or mandatory. Prior to signing the Kyoto Protocol in 2004, Indonesia Government had few policies to reduce global warming and they were focused only on oil and gas sector. After signing the protocol, the Indonesian Government issued a new Limited Company Act (UU no. 40 year 2007) where it is compulsory for any company which operates in the area related to natural resources to undertake social and environmental responsibility activities. This act was then followed by the Decree of the Ministry of National Owned Companies no 05/MBU/2007 on Partnerships in Environmental Development. Later in 2012, the Indonesian Government issued a Government Regulation (PP no. 47 year 2012) on social and environmental responsibility. This is the first regulation in Indonesia which mandated limited companies to plan and allocate budget related to their social and environment responsibilities, in Shareholders General Assembly. The regulation also requires the companies to report their social and environment activities in their company annual report. By having this law, it is expected that the role of companies in Indonesia in enhancing environmental sustainability will increase and the quality of social and environmental reporting will improve. This study aims at evaluating the effect of the new mandatory regulation on Indonesian environmental disclosure practices. Although the regulation has been introduced onlyrecently, it is relevant to seek first indications of the effects. Literature Review In accounting literature, studies on environmental disclosures are based on legitimacy theory (Gray et al., 1995; Deegan, 2002). Guthrie and Parker (1989) said that disclosure practice is a response to economic, social and political pressures surrounding companies and to legitimise corporate existence and behaviours. In diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 1 Korespondensi bisa dilakukan dengan Dr. Rizal Yaya melalui email [email protected] atau [email protected] this context, legitimacy is defined as ‘a condition or status which exists when an entity’s value system is congruent with the value system of the large social system of which the entity is a part’ (Lindblom, 1994). Choi et al (2013) linked the legitimacy theory to the social contract concept,that a social contract would exist between organisations and individual society members where the society offers organisations legal rights and authority to access resources needed i.e. natural and human resources. Then, in order to have access to the resources needed, organisations ‘must continuously seek to comply’ with the community expectations to ensure their operations ‘remain legitimate’ (Mathews, 1993). Lindblom (1994) said that legitimacy is dynamic and subject to change in time and place. Therefore, what was perceived acceptable in the past may no longer be legitimate in the present. This may result in a disparity or legitimacy gap between the public expectations about how organisations should behave and the perception on how organisations do act. In order to be legitimate, organisations will try to reduce the gap by changing the public perceptions through social and environmental disclosures. Changing regulation is an expression of changing public expectations, where according to legitimacy theory, companies will behave in accordance with the regulation and will communicate to the public how they conform to the regulations to remain legitimate. When they fail to meet the new regulation, companies may face a legitimacy gap which in turn may affect their access to the resources needed. A study by Choi et al (2013) comparing disclosures before and after issuance of mandatory reporting regulation, showed significant increase in disclosure practices in Australia after the issuance of the mandatory policy. They reported that the overall carbon disclosure score had increased significantly. Among 100 large companies in their study, 42% were reported providing information on environmental factors including carbon emissions in 2006 and the percentage increased to 67% in 2008. The study also found that larger firms with higher visibility tend disclose more comprehensive information. They confirm that this increase relates to the legislation of the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act (the NGER Act) in 2007 and that this was consistent with legitimacy theory. Approaches for reporting environmental disclosure have been championed by the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), a non-profit organization that promotes economic sustainability (GRI, 2011). It produces one of the world's most prevalent standards for sustainability reporting also known as ecological footprint reporting, environmental social governance (ESG) reporting, triple bottom line (TBL) reporting, and corporate social responsibility (CSR) reporting (GRI, 2013a). GRI seeks to make sustainability reporting by all organizations as routine as, and comparable to, financial reporting (Dragonmir, 2009). Environmental disclosure in Indonesia has been studied by a number of researchers when the policy had a voluntarily basis. In their study, Djajadikerta and Triresaksani (2012) said that the practice of Corporate Social Environmental Disclosure (CDES) in Indonesia is still at an early stage. It seems that most of the companies still have a lack of understanding about CSED and the main reason for their disclosure is to gain societal recognition of the adequacy of their social behavior. Bachtiar et al’s (2010) investigation on the effect of CSR reporting on firm future performance, showed that there was little evidence of positive impact of CSR on future performance. Having a changed regulation context, the issuance of mandatory disclosure regulation of PP 47 year 2012 may affect companies in disclosing their environmental related activities. Research Method A purposive sampling method was applied to investigate the extent to which the new regulation affects environmental disclosure practices. Based on this method, a set of criteria to select the sample was used: (1) companies listed in Indonesian capital market; (2) categorised under non-financial and services sectors eg. diunduh dari: real estate and building agriculture; mining; basic industry; miscellaneous; consumer good; property, www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id construction; and infrastructure, utilities & transportation; (3) publishing annual reports in 2011 and 2012; (4) disclosing environmental information in their annual reports or stand-alone environmental/ sustainability report during 2011-2012. There were 269 companies listed in Indonesian capital market and categorised under nonfinancial and services sectors. About 204 of them published annual reports in 2011 and 2012 and 32 companies were found Disclosing social and environmental information. Information disclosure is categorised under two reporting classifications: Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and Carbon Emission. GRI is used as it covers a wide elements of environmental aspects, meanwhile, Carbon Emission is used as it focuses on the greenhouse gas. Table 1 provides summary of variables used to represent the degree of environmental information disclosure. These variables were then analysed by using paired sample t-test to see whether there is a significant difference in company disclosure practices before and after the issuance PP 47 year 2012. For all variables, it is hypothesised that there is a significant difference that more information is disclosed after the issuance of the mandatory regulation. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 1: Variables used to represent the degree of environmental information disclosure Reporting method Detailed variable GRI index Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Carbon Emission (CE) GRI number of words GRI percentage to total disclosure CE number of words CE percentage to total disclosure Measurement Ratio of the sum of index covered by the report to total sum of index in the GRI reporting method Number of words used to report environmental information based on GRI. Percentage of words used to report environmental information based on GRI as to the total words in company report. Number of words used to report environmental information based on CE. Percentage of words used to report environmental information based on CE as to the total words in company report. Additional analysis was undertaken to see in which types of company the new regulation worked well to improve their environmental information disclosures. This was based on previous studies which found that types of ownership (private or government ownership) and types of industry were significantly affect the degree of company environmental information disclosure. Findings Table 2 shows the percentage of companies disclosing GRI and Carbon Emission in 2011 and 2012. It is shown that more companies follow GRI reporting method than CE in both years. For GRI reporting method, there were 32 out of 269 companies (11,90%) meanwhile for CE only 23 (8.55%). Based on GRI approach, the Table shows that mining was the industry with the highest percentage of companies disclosing environmental information (38.71%) followed by agriculture (27.78%), and the lowest percentage of companies disclosing environmental were miscellaneous, consumer goods and property. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 2: Percentage of companies disclosing GRI and Carbon Emission in 2011 and 2012 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Sector Agriculture Mining Basic Industry Miscellaneous Consumer Goods Property, Real Estate and Building Construction Infrastructure, Utilities & Transportation TOTAL Total population Number of companies disclosing GRI 2011 and 2012 % of companies disclosing GRI 2011 and 2012 18 31 61 40 5 12 8 1 27,78% 38,71% 13,11% 2,50% Number of companies disclosing Carbon Emission 2011 and 2012 2 10 8 0 33 1 3,03% 1 47 0 0,00% 39 269 5 32 12,82% 11,90% % of companies disclosing Carbon Emission 2011 and 2012 11,11% 32,26% 13,11% 0,00% 3,03% 0,00% 2 23 5,13% 8,55% These 32 companies were classified further based on their type of ownerships and characteristics of carbon emission. Among the 32 companies, seven companies were classified as state owned companies (PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara, PT. Batubara Bukit Asam, PT. Antam, PT. Timah, PT Garuda Indonesia, PT. Semen Gresik dan PT. Telkom) and the rests were private owned companies. Based on their characteristics of carbon emission, six companies were classified as potensial high carbon emission. These companies comes from those under agriculture sector and telecommunication subsector. Meanwhile, other companies were classified as highest carbon emission. Table 3 shows means for level of disclosures between 2011, the year before the mandatory regulation, and 2012 the year when the mandatory disclosure regulation was imposed. For the 32 companies in this study, environmental disclosures increased in all indicators. Table 3: Mean for level of environmental disclosure year 2011 and 2012 Indicators for level of disclosure Mean for Mean For 32 for 7 companies companies Year disclosing owned by environmental Indonesian report Government GRI index 2011 2012 .54 .60 .83 .89 Mean Mean for 6 Mean for 26 companies for 25 companies under companies under industry owned by industry with with private highest potential sector carbon high carbon emission emission .46 .47 .56 diunduh dari: .52 .47 .63 www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Indicators for level of disclosure GRI number of words GRI percentage to total disclosure CE number of words CE percentage to total disclosure Mean for Mean For 32 for 7 companies companies Year disclosing owned by environmental Indonesian report Government Mean for 25 companies owned by private sector Mean Mean for 6 for 26 companies companies under under industry industry with with highest potential carbon high carbon emission emission 1174.50 1820.73 1166.17 2110.04 5.00 8.48 2011 2012 2011 1699.56 1933.06 7.83 2777.86 3564.00 8.14 1397.64 1476.40 7.74 2012 8.54 11.86 7.61 7.00 8.90 2011 2012 2011 462.38 616.47 2.06 1036.14 1330.71 3.06 301.72 416.48 1.78 377.33 250.50 1.73 482.00 700.92 2.13 2012 2.74 4.71 2.19 1.40 3.05 This pattern is quite similar with the means for companies owned by Indonesian Government and companies under industries with the highest carbon emission. On the other hand, different pattern appeared in the group of companies owned by private sector and the group of companies under industries with potential high carbon emission. Under the group of companies owned by private sector, there was a decrease in the percentage of GRI based disclosures to total company’s disclosure. Meanwhile within companies under industries with potential high carbon emission, decreases occurred in three indicators (GRI number of words, CE number of words and CE percentage to total disclosure). Table 4 shows paired sample t-test for level of environmental disclosure in the year before mandatory regulation and in the year when mandatory regulation was imposed. For the 32 companies in this study, one indicator (CE number of words) was significantly different at 5% and the indicator of CE percentage to total disclosure was significantly different at 10%. Based on ownership classification, in the group of companies owned by Indonesian Goverment and three indicators (GRI number of words, GRI percentage to total disclosure and CE number of words) were significantly different at 10%. For the group of companies owned by private sector, no indicator was significantly different. In terms of industrial classification, in the group of companies under industries with the highest carbon emission, two indicators (CE number of words and CE percentage to total disclosure) were significantly different at 5% and one (GRI index) was significantly different at 10%. In contrast, no significant difference in all indicators for companies under industries with potential high carbon emission. Table 4: Paired sample t-test for level of environmental disclosure year 2011 and 2012 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Indicators for level of disclosure GRI index GRI number of words GRI percentage to total disclosure CE number of words CE percentage to total disclosure Sig. (2-tailed) For 32 companies disclosing environmental report .201 .230 .547 .040** .095* Sig. (2tailed) for 7 companies owned by Indonesian Government .586 .054* .081* .068* .586 .262 Sig. (2tailed) for 6 companies under industries with potential high carbon emission 1.000 .723 .978 .213 .927 .499 .754 .192 .359 .011** .376 .699 .049** Sig. (2tailed) For 25 companies owned by private sector Sig. (2tailed) for 26 companies under industries with the highest carbon emission .093* This indicates that PP no 47 year 2012 has increased the practice of environmental disclosure in Indonesia in its first year of issuance. This can be seen from the increase of means in all investigated indicators (Table 5). However, the effect varies among the groups of companies. Consistent increases are shown by group of companies owned by the Government and the group of companies under industries with the highest carbon emission. Within these groups, more environmental indicators are significantly increased than in other groups of companies. This finding supports legitimacy theory of disclosures where public expectations on companies change through the issuance of mandatory policy to perform and to disclose its environmental responsibility, the company will take it into consideration by disclosing more information to remain legitimate. In this case, companies owned by government and companies under industries with the highest carbon emission were more responsive. Conclusion, limitations and suggestions for future research This study supports legitimacy theory of disclosures where public expectations on companies change through the issuance of mandatory policy to perform and to disclose its environmental responsibility, the company will take it into consideration by disclosing more information to remain legitimate. In this case, companies owned by government and companies with companies under industries with the highest carbon emission were more responsive. There are several limitations in this study. First, the scope and number of sample firms were limited to only 32 companies listed on the Indonesian stock exchanges. Therefore, the result of this study is limited to the Indonesian context and cannot be generalised into other context. Second, it only covers two years (2011 and 2012) before and after adopting PP 47/2012. Pertaining to the limitations explained above, this study suggests several considerations to be taken for future research: first, the same research should be repeated in future years, so that longer time series analysis can be used and longer-term effects from the new policy can be observed; second, to use variety of alternative reporting media used by e.g., a company’s webpage, a corporate brochure, a conference call, or a press release, and third conducting interviews with relevant respondents. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id References Choi B., Lee D. and Psaros J., (2013). An analysis of Australian company carbon emission disclosure. Pasific Accounting review, Vol 25 No. 1, pp. 58-79. Choi E., Heshmati A, and Cho Y. (2010). An empirical study of the relationships between CO2 emissions, economics growth and openness. IZA Discussion Paper No. 5304. Deegan, C. (2002), The legitimising effect of social and environmental disclosures: a theoretical foundation, Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, Vol. 15 No. 3, pp. 282-311. Djajadikerta G.H., and Trireksani T. (2012). Corporate social and environmental disclosure by indonesian listed companies on their corporate web sites. Journal of Applied Accounting Research Vol. 13 No. 1 pp. 21-26. Dragomir VD., (2010). Environmental sensitive disclosure and financial performance in a European setting. Journal of accounting and organization change Vol. 6 No. 3, pp 359-388. Global Reporting Initiative (2011). Sustainability reporting guidelines version 3.1. World commissions on environment development our common future. Oxford; Oxford University Press. United Kingdom. Global Reporting Initiative (2013). Maps of Global Industry Clasification Standard (GICS) to proposed GRI Business Activity Groups. URL: http://www.globalreporting.org/reporting/sector-guidance/topic research/pages/defoult.aspx. Accessed: 06 Jan 2014. Gray, R., Kouhy, R. and Lavers, S. (1995), Corporate social and environmental reporting, Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, Vol. 8 No. 2, pp. 47-77. Guthrie, J. and Parker, L.D. (1989), Corporate social reporting: a rebuttal of legitimacy theory, Accounting & Business Research, Vol. 9 No. 76, pp. 343-352. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), (2013). Introduction. United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge. Kolk, A. and Pinkse, J. (2009). Business and climate change: key challenges in the face of policy uncertainty and economic recession, Management Online Review, May, pp. 1-9. Lindblom, C.K. (1994), The implications of organizational legitimacy for corporate social performance and disclosure, Paper presented at the Critical Perspectives on Accounting Conference, New York. Mathews, M.R. (1993), Socially Responsible Accounting. Chapman & Hall, London. Siregar V.S and Bachtiar Y., (2010). Corporate social reporting: empirical evidence from Indonesia Stock Exchange. International Journal of Islamic and Middle Eastren Finance and Management Vol. 3 No. 3 pp 241-252. United Nations Research Institute for Social Development (UNRISD) (1994). Environmental Degradation and Social Integration. Word Summit for Social Development. UNRISD Briefing diunduh dari:Paper No. 3. www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Withmarsh., L.A., (2005). A study of public understanding of and response to climate change in the south of England. Dissertation. Department of Psychology, University of Bath.United Kingdom. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Why do board members get excess compensation? 1. Introduction Director compensation is structured in a way that provides incentives to monitor executives (Andreas et al., 2012), but excessive compensation may be symptomatic of an environment of cronyism where the board of directors does not protect shareholder interests (Brick et al., 2006). Directors' compensation rose nearly 45% over the period 1998-2004 for Fortune 500 firms compared to roughly a 16% increase in the consumer price index (Farrell et al., 2008). This present study's starting point is the observation that firms pay excess compensation to the boards of directors and supervisors. Using a sample of firms listed on the Taiwan Weighted Stock Exchange (TWSE) over the period 1999-2008, this paper finds that the mean value of excess compensation is NT$4.75 million, with 53.21% of the firms paying excess compensation to the boards. Around 8% of the excess compensation is greater than NT$20 million. This study further notes that 13.72% of the board of directors and supervisors are overpaid by more than 50%. While many market observers believe that board members entrench themselves and are overpaid, this paper examines what impact they have on shareholder wealth and whether excess compensation is a totally bad deed. Murphy (1999) points out that most large firms set compensation by looking at the compensation of peer group executives. Although compensation is usually set close to the market level, directors may consider their own interests and not those of the shareholders to whom they are legally bound to represent (Certo et al., 2008). Jensen (1993) argues that boards of directors often fail to effectively monitor firm management. The board may not effectively monitor executive performance, because the board culture inhibits constructive criticism and because informational asymmetry problems exist between management and the board (Brick et al., 2006). The underlying premise of this study is that firms seek to maximize firm value, and an optimal board compensation policy is one aspect of this process. Thus, if the directors and supervisors are selected to solve the agency problem - that is, the agency problem between managers and shareholders - then a board compensation policy should be designed to reduce the agency costs. Benchmarking is not only an efficient way to determine the reservation wage (Holmstrom and Kaplan, 2003), but also a required part of the compensation scheme (Bizjak et al., 2008). Firms use benchmarking to retain valuable human capital (Bizjak et al., 2008). If firms reward the directors and supervisors in order to retain their valuable human capital, then excess compensation is expected to be positively related to future firm performance. This paper confirms the conjecture that the board of directors and supervisors is rewarded for future performance. The results herein show that an increase in NT dollar excess pay by one standard deviation leads raw stock returns and market-adjusted returns in the next two years to increase by approximately 2.82% and 0.03%, respectively. If the board is overpaid by 50%, then raw stock returns and market-adjusted returns in the next two years will increase by approximately 1.29% and 0.01%, respectively. Additional analyses indicate that the results are quite robust to control variables, excess compensation and diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id performance measures, and outliers. This paper provides a robust positive effect of excess compensation on future firm performance. This paper contributes to the current debate on director compensation policy and proves that excess pay may not be all that bad. A board's compensation may not be structured based on the current contribution of the directors and supervisors. Contrary to criticism that directors and supervisors with excess compensation are often passive and ineffective in monitoring executives, this paper links the relationship between board excess compensation and future firm performance and finds that directors and supervisors are rewarded for future success. This paper proceeds as follows. Section 2 develops the hypotheses. Section 3 presents an overview of the data sources, the excess compensation measures, and descriptive evidence. Section 4 presents econometric evidence, and Section 5 concludes. 2. Literature review and hypotheses As delegated monitors of corporate management, board members act as shareholders' agents (Bryan et al., 2000). Linn and Park (2005) suggest that board compensation policy is designed to: (1) attract directors whose marginal productivity interacts with the investment opportunities of the firm to produce the maximal gain, and (2) mitigate agency problems. Crutchley and Minnick (2012) use shareholder lawsuits against boards of directors as an example of a breakdown in the agency relationship and conclude that high incentive pay increases the likelihood of a lawsuit. Contrary to their result, Feng et al. (2007) find that REITs (real estate investment trusts) that pay higher equity-based compensation to their board members are associated with higher financial performance. Benchmarking represents an efficient way to determine the reservation wage (Holmstrom and Kaplan, 2003) and is a necessary input to the compensation process (Bizjak et al., 2008). Firms gauge the market wage for their executives when a CEO's outside opportunities are correlated with market- and industry-wide factors (Oyer, 2004). Excess compensation may indicate an increasing agency costs. Brick et al. (2006) find that excessive compensation may be a symptom of an environment of cronyism where board members and management do not protect shareholder interests. Farrell et al. (2008) argue that the magnitude of adjustments towards the market wage level is symmetric, however, the timing is not. Bizjak et al. (2008) suggest that benchmarking is a practical and efficient mechanism used to gauge the market wage necessary to retain valuable human capital. Thus, excess compensation may reflect the intention of retaining valuable directors and supervisors. If the board of directors and supervisors is rewarded for future success, then excess compensation should be positively associated with future firm performance. Therefore, I propose a hypothesis that if firms reward directors and supervisors for their future performance beforehand in order to retain their valuable human capital, then board excess compensation is positively associated with future firm performance. 3. Data and sample This study's sample construction begins with firms listed on the TWSE over the period 1999-2008. To test whether the directors and supervisors deserve excess compensation, I collect stock return measures, including raw returns and market-adjusted returns, compensation, and accounting data from the Taiwan Economic Journal (TEJ) database and limit the sample to non-financial firms. To better utilize the econometric methods, observations with missing data on a firm's compensation to directors and supervisors and stock returns are deleted. Firms with insufficient data to compute board compensation are also excluded. The final sample comprises 4,965 firm-year observations for 656 firms. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 3.1. Measures of excess compensation Total Comp is the sum of compensation to the board of directors and supervisors. Table 1 shows that board size decreases a little by 2.25%, but Total Comp increases by 51.74% from 1999 to 2008. Although the rapid growth of net profit after tax may explain part of the reason for the increase in Total Comp, compensation may vary with firm size and other firm performance measures. Therefore, I construct a measure of excess compensation. PLACE Table 1 HERE I measure excess compensation as actual compensation minus expected compensation. The benchmark model for expected compensation follows prior research in this area (Core et al., 2008, Ryan and Wiggins, 2004, Smith Jr. and Watts, 1992, Murphy, 1999) and is obtained by regressing the natural logarithm of compensation on proxies for economic determinants of compensation, such as board size, firm size, growth opportunities, stock return, accounting return, and industry controls: ln(Total Compit) = a + xttfi + stt, (1) where xu consists of ln(board size)tt, ln(total assets)it-i, market-to-booktt-i, market-adjusted returntt1, market-adjusted returntt-i, ROAtt, ROAtt-i, and industry dummies. I estimate Equation (1) using annual cross-sectional OLS. For brevity, Table 2 presents the results of a pooled cross-section, time-series estimation of Equation (1) including industry dummies and fixed effect for year. Consistent with prior research, the compensation measure exhibits the expected positive associations with board size, firm size, stock returns, and accounting returns. The negative coefficient on market-to-book ratio shows that high-valued firms provide higher compensation to directors and supervisors. Some industries (for example, cement, auto, biotechnology and medicine, computer and peripherals, communication network, and electronic channel) provide high compensation, while some industries (for example, plastics, paper, iron and steel, building material and construction, shipping, and tourism) provide relatively low compensation. The coefficient estimates for the annual regressions are similar to those reported in Table 2. The adjusted R-square for the annual regression increased from 36.01% in 1998 to 50.97% in 2008 and reached the peak at 57.49% in 2006. This indicates that these firm characteristics capture the variation of compensation properly. PLACE Table 2 HERE I estimate expected compensation by exponentiating the expected value of Equation (1). I compute Excess Comp by estimating expected compensation and substracting it from actual compensation: Excess Compit = Actual compensationit - Expexted compensationit. (2) I also compute %Excess Comp as: %Excess Compit = ln(Actual compensationit)-ln(Expexted compensationit) . (3) Excess Comp measures the NT dollar excess pay, while %Excess Comp measures excess pay relative to the benchmark. For example, if the directors and supervisors have total compensation of NT$22 million and expected compensation of NT$13 million, the Excess Comp will be NT$9 million and %Excess Comp will be 52.61%. In other words, the board of directors and supervisors is overpaid by 52.61%. 1 Market-adjusted return is computed as a firm's stock return minus the market return. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Panel B of Table 1 shows the trend in excess compensation. The percentage of positive Excess Comp is higher than 45% for each sample year. It increased from 45.13% in 1999 to 51.79% in 2008. More than half of the firms overpay their boards than the benchmark. Specifically, 36% to 41% of the boards are overpaid by more than 20%, and 16% to 21% of the boards are overpaid by more than 50% during the period of 1999 to 2008. Figure 1 provides the distribution of excess compensation. It shows that the deviation from expected compensation is skewed to the positive. About 53.21% of the observations show positive Excess Comp. Around 8% of Excess Comp is higher than NT$20 million, and 13.72% of the board of directors and supervisors are overpaid by more than 50%. Figure 2 presents the trend of mean, maximum, and minimum of the Excess Comp by year and shows that the range of Excess Comp varies. The ranges were relatively small in 1999, 2000, 2002, and 2005 and were relatively large in 2001, 2003, 2007, and 2008. From the line of the mean value, Excess Comp moves like a four-year cycle pattern, with valleys in 1999, 2002, and 2005 and peaks in 2001, 2003, and 2007. PLACE Figures 1 and 2 HERE 3.2. Methods To test the influence of excess compensation on future firm performance, Equation (4) estimates the fixed effect regression using excess compensation measures at time t-1 and t-2 as the independent variables, respectively. Performanceit = a0 + a1excess compensationit_ + a2 ln(board size)tt + a3percentage of independent directorstt + a4ROAit_ (4) + a5 ln(assets)it + a6debt ratiotit + a7managerial ownershipit + a8growth rate of sales.jt + a9 foreign institutional ownershipit + sit The model controls factors influencing the performance level, such as current board size, percentage of independent directors, previous return on assets, firm size, debt ratio, managerial ownership, growth rate of sales, and foreign institutional ownership. 3.3. Summary statistics Table 3 presents summary statistics for compensation measures, stock returns, and firm characteristics. The average stock returns are negative during the study period. The average and median raw returns are -5.15% and -1.85%, respectively. The mean and median values of market-adjusted returns are -0.01% and -0.02%, respectively. The mean Total Comp is NT$21.61 million. The mean and median Excess Comp are NT$4.75 million and NT$427,600, respectively. The value of Excess Comp varies a lot with a high standard deviation of NT$29.73 million. The mean %Excess Comp is very close to zero, and its median value is 0.04. PLACE Table 3 HERE The correlation matrix in Table 4 advances some initial guesses about the correlation between excess compensation and stock returns. The results barely show any significant correlation between excess compensation and stock returns. However, the excess compensation measures are positively correlated with managerial ownership and foreign institutional ownership, and are negatively correlated with the percentage of independent directors. The absolute values of the correlation coefficients between variables in the regression model are all smaller than 0.41. Multicollinearity may not be a concern in the multivariate analysis. PLACE Table 4 HERE diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 4. Rewarding future performance 4.1. The effect of excess compensation on future stock returns Table 5 presents the estimated result of Equation (4). The effect of excess compensation in the past one year on firm performance is unclear. None of the coefficients on excess compensation measures in year t-1 (models (1), (2), (5), and (6)) are significant. However, I find a convincing positive effect of excess compensation in the past two years on firm performance. The coefficients on the excess compensation measures in year t-2 (models (3), (4), (7), and (8)) are significantly positive on stock returns. The result indicates that the board of directors and supervisors is rewarded for future performance. PLACE Table 5 HERE To see the economic significance of the results, an increase in Excess Comp by one standard deviation (using Table 3, this is an increase in Excess Comp of NT$29,730,950) leads raw stock returns and market-adjusted returns in the next two years to increase by approximately 2.82% and 0.03%, respectively. If the board of directors and supervisors is overpaid by 67.58% (the standard deviation of %Excess Comp) relative to the benchmark, then raw stock returns and market-adjusted returns in the next two years will increase by approximately 1.75% and 0.02%, respectively. I also add additional control variables - tax rate and free cash flow - that might be related to stock returns. Adding these variables does not affect the results and only adds limited explanatory power to the regression. The results support the point that firms reward directors and supervisors for their future contributions. 4.2. Alternative Performance Measures Additional robustness checks consider whether the results are sensitive to the stock returns measures. First, I estimate Jensen's alpha based on the CAPM as follows: (5) r r a (r r ) S n - ft = U + PMKTi mt - ft + U where rit presents the daily returns for firm i at time t, rft is the daily-scaled risk-free rate, rmt shows the daily returns of the value-weighted equity market index, and aii is Jensen's alpha for firm i. Second, I estimate the Fama-French three factor model including market, size, and book-to-market factors as follows: (6) where a3i is the three-factor-adjusted return for firm i. Here, ai and a3 are used to re-estimate Equation (4). Table 6 presents the results using ai and a3 as returns measures, and the results are qualitatively similar to the previous findings. Excess compensation sustains a positive impact on future stock returns. An increase in Excess Comp by one standard deviation leads both Jensen's alpha and three-factor-adjusted returns in the next two years to increase by approximately 0.01%. I also consider the situation when actual compensation deviates much from expected compensation. I keep the value of %Excess Comp when it is higher than 100%, and zero otherwise. Using the new variable instead of %Excess Comp, the result remains the same. PLACE Table 6 HERE I already find that excess compensation in the previous one year does not influence the stock return. I also estimate the effect of excess compensation on the contemporaneous stock returns using raw returns, market-adjusted returns, Jensen's alpha, and three-factor-adjusted returns. In unreported regressions, the coefficients on excess compensation are all insignificant. The results confirm that a board of directors and supervisors is not rewarded for present firm performance, but rather for future firm performance. 4.3. Outliers diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id To address the problems associated with outliers in the data, I estimate the median regression model using the least absolute deviation criterion (instead of the least squares used in Table 5 and Table 6), which is less sensitive to outliers (Coles et al., 2008, Gompers et al., 2003). The coefficients on excess compensation are still significantly positive. Additional analyses indicate that the results are quite robust to control variables, performance measures, and the outliers. In sum, the results provide a robust positive relationship between excess compensation and future firm performance. 4.4. Board risk-taking To examine whether excess compensation to the directors and supervisors change their risk-taking, this paper also considers the effect of excess compensation on the volatility of firm performance. Similar to Adams et al. (2005), I define the within-firm, over-time volatility in stock performance as the standard deviation of monthly stock returns, market-adjusted monthly stock returns, Jensen's alpha, and three-factor-adjusted returns over the sample period. I also define the within-firm, over-time volatility in accounting performance and growth opportunity as the standard deviation of the industry-adjusted return on assets and market-to-book ratio over the sample period, respectively. This paper follows the model that (Cheng, 2008) uses to examine the variability of corporate performance, whereby the model controls board size, percentage of independent directors, return on assets, return on assets in the previous year, firm size, debt ratio, managerial ownership, firm age, advertisement expenditure to sales, and R&D expenditure to sales. Volatilityi =(0 + (1excess compensationi + f32ln(board size)i + (3percentage of independent directorst + (4return on assetst + (return on assets in the previous yeart + (6ln(assets)i + (7debt ratiot + (8managerial ownershipt + (9ln(age)t ^7) + p10advertisement expenditure to salesi + (nR & D expenditure to salest + si All independent variables are averaged over the sample period. I estimate the cross-sectional OLS regression model of the volatility of firm performance as a function of excess compensation. In an unreported regression, only the coefficient on Excess Comp (-8.84E-08, t = -1.77) is significant at the 10% level, but the magnitude is relatively small. The results barely show any significant correlation between %Excess Comp and variability of firm performance. The finding indicates that excess compensation may not affact the risk-taking of the board of directors and supervisors, and thus shows limited impact on the volatility of firm performance. 5. Conclusion This paper uses firm-level panel data of TWSE-listed firms over the period 1999-2008 and measures excess compensation of the boards of directors and supervisors, denoting the NT dollar excess pay and excess pay relative to the benchmark. In line with the point of Bizjak et al. (2008), this paper finds a positive relationship between excess compensation and future firm performance. The result indicates that excess compensation given to directors and supervisors may not be all that bad. Firms reward directors and supervisors for their valuable human capital, and the shareholders benefit from such excess compensation as well. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id References ADAMS, R. B., ALMEIDA, H. & FERREIRA, D. 2005. Powerful CEOs and Their Impact on Corporate diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Performance. Review of Financial Studies, 18, 1403-1432. ANDREAS, J. M., RAPP, M. S. & WOLFF, M. 2012. Determinants of director compensation in two-tier systems: evidence from German panel data. Review of Managerial Science, 6, 33-79. BIZJAK, J. M., LEMMON, M. L. & NAVEEN, L. 2008. Does the Use of Peer Groups Contribute to Higher Pay and Less Efficient Compensation? Journal of Financial Economics, 90, 152-168. BRICK, I. E., PALMON, O. & WALD, J. K. 2006. CEO Compensation, Director Compensation, and Firm Performance: Evidence of Cronyism? Journal of Corporate Finance, 12, 403-423. BRYAN, S. H., HWANG, L.-S., KLEIN, A. & LILIEN, S. 2000. Compensation of Outside Directors: An Empirical Analysis of Economic Determinants. SSRN eLibrary. CERTO, S. T., DALTON, C. M., DALTON, D. R. & LESTER, R. H. 2008. Boards of Directors' Self Interest: Expanding for Pay in Corporate Acquisitions? Journal of Business Ethics, 77, 219-230. CHENG, S. 2008. Board Size and the Variability of Corporate Performance. Journal of Financial Economics, 87, 157-176. COLES, J. L., DANIEL, N. D. & NAVEEN, L. 2008. Boards: Does One Size Fit All? Journal of Financial Economics, 87, 329-356. CORE, J. E., GUAY, W. & LARCKER, D. F. 2008. The power of the pen and executive compensation. Journal of Financial Economics, 88, 1-25. CRUTCHLEY, C. E. & MINNICK, K. 2012. Cash versus incentive compensation: Lawsuits and director pay. Journal of Business Research, 65, 907-913. FARRELL, K. A., FRIESEN, G. C. & HERSCH, P. L. 2008. How Do Firms Adjust Director Compensation? Journal of Corporate Finance, 14, 153-162. FENG, Z., GHOSH, C. & SIRMANS, C. F. 2007. Director compensation and CEO bargaining power in REITs. Journal of Real Estate Finance and Economics, 35, 225-251. GOMPERS, P., ISHII, J. & METRICK, A. 2003. Corporate Governance and Equity Prices. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118, 107-156. HOLMSTROM, B. & KAPLAN, S. N. 2003. The state of U.S. corporate governance: What's right and what's wrong? Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 15, 8-20. JENSEN, M. C. 1993. The Modern Industrial Revolution, Exit, and the Failure of Internal Control Systems. Journal of Finance, 48, 831-880. LINN, S. C. & PARK, D. 2005. Outside Director Compensation Policy and the Investment Opportunity Set. Journal of Corporate Finance, 11, 680-715. MURPHY, K. J. 1999. Executive compensation. Handbook of Labor Economics 3. Ashenfelter, O., Card, D. ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier. OYER, P. 2004. Why Do Firms Use Incentives That Have No Incentive Effects? Journal of Finance, 59, 1619-1650. RYAN, H. E. & WIGGINS, R. A. 2004. Who is in whose pocket? Director compensation, board independence, and barriers to effective monitoring. Journal of Financial Economics, 73, 497-524. SMITH JR., C. W. & WATTS, R. L. 1992. The investment opportunity set and corporate financing, dividend, and compensation policies. Journal of Financial Economics, 32, 263-292. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 1 Trend in compensation and related firm characteristics diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Panel A: Total compensation and firm characteristics Board Total Comp t size t Year N Value % Change Value 1999 2000 2001 390 433 478 14,473 16,761 19,900 2002 2003 2004 541 580 602 2005 2006 2007 622 646 643 2008 392 % Change from 16% 19% 9.84 9.70 9.72 14,624 18,028 20,632 -27% 23% 14% 20,484 29,094 33,892 21,961 51.74% Net profit t-i % Change Value -1.43% 0.21% 497,041 663,386 1,061,164 33% 60% 9.77 9.77 9.75 0.49% 0.06% -0.22% 317,582 560,980 1,045,043 -70% 77% 86% -1% 42% 16% 9.69 9.75 9.75 -0.64% 0.68% -0.06% 1,542,079 1,223,156 1,429,869 48% -21% 17% -35% 9.62 -2.25% -1.33% 1,953,166 292.96% 37% 1999 to 2008 Panel B: Excess compensation Positiv Positive e %Excess Comp Year Excess Comp t t 1999 45.13% 56.05% 2000 45.96% 52.93% 2001 48.54% 53.58% 2002 46.21% 51.76% %Excess Comp t > 20% 41.08% 40.43% 37.64% 36.23% 20.06% 19.95% 20.09% 17.18% 2003 2004 38.26% 40.03% 20.15% 19.42% 49.66% 51.16% % Change 53.23% 52.92% %Excess Comp t > 50% 2005 50.16% 51.66% 39.90% 21.03% 2006 52.32% 54.08% 38.72% 21.44% 2007 53.65% 55.29% 38.30% 19.71% 2008 51.79% 53.26% 35.51% 16.19% The sample contains firms listed on the TWSE over the period 1999-2008. N is the sample size for that year. Panel A shows the trend in total compensation and firm characteristics. Total Comp (in NT$1000s) is the sample mean total compensation to the board of directors and supervisors. Board size is the number of directors and supervisors on the board. Net profit t-i (in NT$1000s) is the net profit after tax for year t-1. % Change is the percentage change of the variable from the previous year. Panel B shows the trend in excess compensation. Positive Excess Comp t and Positive %Excess Comp t are the percentage of positive Excess Comp and the percentage of positive %Excess Comp of the number of the firms, respectively. %Excess Comp t > 20% and %Excess Comp t > 50% are the percentage of the number of the firms that overpay the board members by 20% and 50%, respectively. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 2 Regression for total compensation Dependent Variable Constant Ln(Total Comp t) Coefficient t-statistics 1.95 12.81 *** 0.57 0.37 -0.04 15.37 *** 41.49 *** -2.12 ** Market-adjusted returns t Market-adjusted returns t-1 ROA t 0.02 0.05 1.65 0.59 1.87 * 7.76 *** ROA t-1 2.98 14.46 *** Ln(board size) t Ln(total assets) t-1 Market-to-book ratio t-1 Industry dummies Adjusted R-squared F-statistic No. of firms No. of obs. Included 0.50 118.76 *** 656 4,965 The sample consists of 4,965 observations for firms listed on the TWSE over the period 1999-2008. This table presents the results of a pooled cross-section, time-series regression including industry dummies and fixed effect for year. The dependent variable is the natural logarithm of total compensation to the board of directors and supervisors at time t. The independent variables include the natural logarithm of board size at time t, the natural logarithm of total assets at time t-1, market-to-book ratio at time t-1, market-adjusted returns at time t and t-1, ROA at time t and t-1, and industry dummies. Market-adjusted return is computed as a firm's stock return minus the market return. Values of t-statistics are based on White (1980) heteroskedasticity robust standard errors. ***, **, and * indicate statistical significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels, respectively. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 3 Summary statistics Variables Mean Total Comp (in NT$1000s) 21,614.35 Expected Comp (in NT$1000s) Excess Comp (in NT$1000s) %Excess Comp (in %) 12,583.28 4,752.01 0.00 Median 11,575.0 11,687.40 3 427.60 4.27 Std. dev. 37,384.1 3 2.10 29,730.9 67.585 Min 577.68 243,426.50 -525.42 0.00 Raw returns -5.15 -1.85 53.28 -286.10 Market-adjusted returns Jensen's alpha Three-factor-adjusted returns -0.01 -0.04 -0.01 -0.02 0.03 0.05 0.46 7.04 7.09 -2.78 -562.08 -562.08 ROA Market-to-book ratio Ln(total assets) 0.09 1.32 15.79 0.08 1.07 15.62 0.09 0.89 1.28 -0.92 0.29 12.58 Ln(board size) Percentage of independent directors Managerial ownership 9.74 0.05 0.02 9.00 0.00 0.00 3.20 0.09 0.03 1.00 0.00 0.00 Foreign institutional ownership Growth rate of sales Total debt/Assets 0.07 0.36 0.44 0.02 0.21 0.45 0.12 1.17 0.17 0.00 -0.98 0.02 Max Obs . 753,995.0 5,32 290,154.80 74,98 620,943.34 24,98 217.760 24,96 5 207.94 5,70 1 2.22 5,32 7 7.16 6,39 63.85 26,39 2 0.56 5,32 5 18.56 5,32 20.59 75,32 31.00 75,32 74,75 84,75 0.71 84,68 44.02 44,75 0.99 84,75 8 0.43 0.34 This table shows the summary statistics of the variables. The sample contains firms listed on the TWSE over the period 1999-2008. All data are from Taiwan Economic Journal (TEJ). Total Comp (in NT$1000s) is the sum of compensation to the board of directors and supervisors. Expected Comp (in NT$1000s) is the expected compensation obtained by exponentiating the expected value of the model which regresses the natural logarithm of total compensation to the board of directors and supervisors on proxies for economic determinants of compensation, such as board size, firm size, growth opportunities, stock return, accounting return, and industry controls. Excess Comp (in NT$1000s), which measures the NT dollar excess pay, is computed as the estimatd expected compensation substracted from actual diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id compensation. %Excess Comp (in %), which captures excess pay relative to the benchmark, is computed as the natural logarithm of actual compensation minus the natural logarithm of expected compensation. Market-adjusted return is computed as a firm's stock return minus the market return. Jensen's alpha is estimated based on the CAPM. Three-factor-adjusted return is estimated based on the Fama-French three factor model including market, size, and book-to-market factors. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 4 Correlation matrix (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (1) Excess Comp 1.00 *** (2) %Excess Comp (3) Raw returns (4) Market-adjusted returns 0.55 *** 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.83 (5) Jensen's alpha (6) Three-factor-adjusted returns (7) ROA 0.01 0.00 0.07 *** 0.00 -0.01 0.00 0.80 *** 0.69 *** 0.31 0.96 *** 0.83 *** 0.29 0.87 *** 0.26 *** 0.00 0.03 * *** (8) Ln(board size) (9) Percentage of independent directors (10) Ln(assets) (11) Total debt/Assets 0.04 *** *** -0.03 * 0.20 *** 0.00 -0.03 * 0.00 -0.05 *** 0.08 0.03 ** 0.00 0.01 -0.07 -0.07 (12) Managerial ownership (13) Growth rate of sales (14) Foreign institutional ownership 0.04 *** 0.03 ** 0.24 *** *** -0.01 0.10 *** *** *** 0.01 0.09 *** 0.02 0.25 *** 0.03 * 0.00 -0.02 -0.04 -0.01 -0.06 0.07 *** *** *** 0.00 -0.05 -0.02 -0.06 *** *** *** -0.02 0.08 -0.02 0.08 *** *** 0.03 * 0.01 -0.03 * 0.08 *** -0.02 *** 0.26 0.07 *** -0.33 *** 0.12 *** 0.18 0.03 ** 0.29 -0.10 *** -0.03 *** -0.05 ** *** -0.01 0.11 0.26 *** *** 0.25 -0.02 0.12 0.05 *** 0.09 -0.15 *** -0.10 *** 0.10 *** 0.08 *** 0.02 0.41 *** -0.05 *** -0.06 *** 0.06 *** *** *** *** *** This table reports the matrix of Pearson pairwise correlations between the major variables. Variables are defined in Table 3. Superscripts ***, **, and * indicate statistical significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels, respectively. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 5 The effect of excess compensation on future stock returns Raw returns t Constant (1) -5.74 (-0.60) Excess Comp -1 %Excess Comp t-i Excess Comp -2 %Excess Comp t-2 Market-adjusted returns t (2) -8.21 (3) -8.38 (4) -14.60 (5) -0.10 (6) -0.13 (-0.86) (-0.78) (-1.36) (-1.07) (-1.33) 3.51E-05 (1.57) (7) -0.12 (8) -0.18 * (-1.08) (-1.66) 3.51E-07 (1.57) 0.09 9.16E-04 (0.08) (0.08) 9.47E-05 9.47E-07 ** (3.38) (3.38) 0.03 2.59 (2.25) ** Ln(board size) t (2.25) 2.00 1.92 (0.90) -16.65 ** (0.86) -17.14 ** (0.98) -16.60 * (0.92) -16.80 * (0.90) -0.17 ** Return on assets t-i (-2.06) -0.82 (-2.12) -0.09 (-1.77) 9.81 (-1.78) 8.48 Ln(assets) t (-0.08) 0.95 (-0.01) 1.11 * (0.89) 0.94 (0.77) 1.34 * (1.68) -23.19 *** (-4.83) (1.25) -22.51 (1.80) -20.96 *** (-3.85) Proportion of independent directors t Total debt/Assets t (1.43) -23.63 *** (-4.91) 2.37 *** (-4.12) 2.20 ** 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 (0.86) -0.17 ** (0.98) -0.17 * (0.92) -0.17 * (-2.06) -0.01 (-2.12) -9.38E-04 (-1.77) 0.10 (-0.08) 0.01 (-0.01) 0.01 * (0.89) 0.01 (0.77) 0.01 * (1.43) -0.24 *** (-4.91) (1.68) -0.23 *** (-4.83) (1.25) -0.23 *** (-4.12) (1.80) -0.21 ** (-3.85) (-1.78) 0.08 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id -56.13 ** (-2.33) -51.81 ** (-2.17) 5.06 *** 3.69 *** 3.67 *** Foreign institutional ownership t (3.72) -2.69 (3.69) -1.18 (2.76) -3.36 (2.74) -0.46 Adjusted R-squared (-0.40) 0.2488 (-0.18) 0.2490 (-0.42) 0.2653 (-0.06) 0.2654 Managerial ownership t Growth rate of sales t -39.59 * (-1.72) 5.11 *** -37.42 (-1.62) -0.40 * (-1.72) -0.56 ** (-2.33) -0.52 (-2.17) 0.05 *** 0.04 *** 0.04 (3.72) -0.03 (3.69) -0.01 (2.76) -0.03 (-0.40) 0.1432 (-0.18) 0.1437 (-0.42) 0.1616 (2.74) -4.58E03 (-0.06) 0.1617 0.05 *** -0.37 (-1.62) F-statistic 78.5199 78.3128 77.4692 77.2134 40.1202 40.1512 41.8385 41.6925 No. of firms 620 619 608 607 620 619 608 607 No. of obs. 3,979 3,966 3,390 3,377 3,979 3,966 3,390 3,377 This table reports the estimated fixed effect regression using excess compensation measures at time t-1 and t-2 as the independent variables, respectively. The dependent variables are raw returns and market-adjusted returns, respectively. Variables are defined in Table 3. Values of t-statistics based on White (1980) heteroskedasticity robust standard errors are reported in parentheses. ***, **, and * indicate statistical significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels, respectively. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 6 The effect of excess compensation on Jensen's alpha and three-factor-adjusted returns Jensen's alpha t Three-factor-adjusted returns t (1) Constant Excess Comp -2 Proportion of independent directors t Return on assets t-1 (3) 0.05 0.03 (1.25) 3.63E-07 *** (3.33) (0.71) %Excess Comp -2 Ln(board size) t (2) -0.01 (3.59) 1.98E-07 *** (4) 0.12 *** (3.29) (2.63) 0.01 2.53E03 (0.26) -0.07 * (-1.77) 0.13 *** ** 0.01 (2.04) 1.84E-03 0.00 (1.30) 0.00 (0.19) -0.07 * (-1.78) (-0.31) -0.03 (-0.80) (-0.37) -0.03 (-0.82) -0.01 -0.05 -0.05 (-1.16) -1.90E-03 (-1.27) -1.07E-03 (-0.75) -0.07 *** (-0.43) -0.06 *** Total debt/Assets t (-0.24) (-0.33) 1.59E3.08E-03 03 (0.54) (1.05) -0.08 *** -0.08 *** Managerial ownership t (-3.77) -0.18 * (-3.54) -0.16 * (-3.44) -0.17 ** (-3.25) -0.16 * (-1.87) (-1.69) (-2.06) (-1.95) 0.02 *** 0.01 *** 0.01 *** (2.83) -0.02 (2.82) -3.85E-03 (2.93) -0.01 (2.91) -3.85E-03 (-0.50) 0.1632 42.3213 (-0.13) 0.1632 42.1566 (-0.38) 0.0364 9.0109 (-0.14) 0.0354 8.7539 607 608 607 Ln(assets) t Growth rate of sales t Foreign institutional ownership t Adjusted R-squared F-statistic No. of firms 0.02 *** 608 No. of obs. 3,390 3,377 3,390 3,377 This table reports the estimated fixed effect regression using excess compensation measures at time t-1 and t-2 as the independent variables, respectively. The dependent variables are Jensen's alpha, and three-factor-adjusted returns, respectively. Variables are defined in Table 3. Values of t-statistics based on White (1980) heteroskedasticity robust standard errors are reported in parentheses. ***, **, and * indicate statistical significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels, respectively. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 29.53% 30% 26.94% 25 % ft 20% 10.12% 3.03% 4.76% 5% 3.37% QJj s S 15% g ^ 10% 2.35% 0% < -20,000 -20,000 -10,000 -5,000 ~0 ~ 5,000 5,000 ~ 10,000 ~ 20,000 ~ ^ 50,000 ~-10,000 ~ -5,000 0 10,000 20,000 50,000 Excess compensation (in NT$1000s ) 45% -i 39.63% 40% 31.86% 35% 30% 25% a 20% a 15% 12.20% 10.67% Ph 10% 1.37% 5%Figure 1 The 0% <-150% 2.74% 1.52% distribution of excess compensation to the boards of directors and supervisors: -150%— -100%—50% -50%~0% 100% 1999-2008. 0%~50% 50%~100% ^ 100% The upper figure shows the distribution of %Excess excess compensation compensation(in NT$1000s), and the lower figure shows the distribution of excess compensation relative to the benchmark (in %). 800,000 Excess compensation (in NT$1000s) 8,000 7,000 600,000 6,000 400,000 5,000 4,000 200,000 3,000 0 2,000 -200,000 1,000 -400,000 Maximum Minimum diunduh dari: Mean www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Figure 2 The maximum, minimum, and mean values of excess compensation (in NT$1000s) to the boards of directors and supervisors by year. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id THE DESIGN OF SOFTWARE AND WEBSITE BASED FINANCIAL STATEMENT MODEL TO IMPROVE THE TRANSPARENCY AND ACCOUNTABILITY OF AMIL ZAKAT INSTITUTION Imelda Dian Rahmawati.,SE.M.AK.Ak Drs.Musliki.,MM Ika Ratna Indra Astutik.,S.Kom.MT A. INTRODUCTION The financial statement has essential meaning for all organizations because financial statement is the main facility to communicate the financial information to external and internal party. As well as amil zakat institution, financial statement can be made as responsibility media of amil zakat manager to stakeholder and muzzaki. Amil zakat institution is also demanded to always improve the transparency and accountability. The stakeholders of amil zakat institution can use financial statement media to assess a) the service given by amil zakat institution and their ability to continue to give the service; and b) the way how amil zakat managers perform their responsibility and management performance aspect. Government organization, donators, member of organization and community need to know the fund that has been collected by amil zakat institution. Likewise the administrators and managers of amil zakat institution must perform the evaluation of organization’s performance. The requirement of financial statement of amil zakat institution that can improve transparency and accountability is very important to keep the trust level of community. Moreover in the era of openness of information and democracy improvement which occurs within the community so the financial responsibility becomes very important and becomes an urgent demand. Furthermore the existing financial statement model of amil zakat institution is far from transparency and accountability aspects. As financial statement of Amil Zakat Board of Sidoarjo Regency which only reports the acceptance, output and deposit, in every repot listed in its bulletin. As well as Amil Zakat Institution of Muhammadiyah Regional Leader of Sidoarjo that only presents the report of acceptance, output and deposit, given to their donators. The statement like this clearly does not meet the transparency and accountability aspects then the change of financial statement is necessary (Hermawan, 2005). The refereed change is to change the existing responsibility statement format to ideal financial statement that is able to improve transparency and accountability of amil zakat institution. B. Theoretical Review B.1. Management Organization of Zakat Institution The Law No. 38 year 1999 regarding Chapter III management of article 6 and article 7 that zakat management institution in Indonesia consists of two institution groups, namely Amil Zakat Board (BAZ) and Amil Zakat Institution (LAZ). BAZ is formed by government, while LAS is formed by community. LAZ as listed in Law of zakat is zakat institution formed by community. These institutions have regional and national operational scope. The institution is generally formed by political organization, mosque takmir, pesantren, mass media, bank and financial institution and community institution. B.2 Accounting of Baitul Maal and BAZ So far there has been no accounting standard of amil zakat. This is due to amil zakat institutions is a new organization that will continue to experience growth and change. This statement aims to regulate the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of zakat transactions and donations/ alms by PSAK 109. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id In general, accounting principles of LAZ Baitul Maal must meet the accounting standards in general, namely: 1. Accounting means the truth of accountancy must be accountable, because it must be supported by legal and authoritative evidence. 2. Auditable means accountancy can be easily understood by financial statement users, easy to traced and matched. 3. Simplicity means the accountancy is adjusted with practicality, simplicity and can be adjusted with LAZ requirement without changing the principle of financial statement arrangement. B.5. The Purpose of Financial Statement Financial statement purpose of Zakat Management Organization (OPZ) is to provide information regarding the financial position, performance and financial position changes in the collection and distribution activity of zakat which is useful in decision making. A financial statement is useful when the information presented in the financial statements can be understood, relevant, reliable, and comparable. However, we also need to realize that the financial statements do not provide all the information that may be required by the parties concerned with OPZ because in general the financial statements only illustrate the financial effects of past events and are not required to provide non-financial information. However, in some cases OPZ needs to provide information that has financial influence in the future. Referring to these objectives, it can be understood that for LAZ the conformity with Islamic Shari'ah in carrying out various activities is essential. Thus the position of the Shariah Board in a LAZ also plays an important role. Ideally, Shari'ah audit should also be carried. It is an examination conducted by both internal audits (or inspectors commission) and external auditors, to assess all the LAZ activity towards compliance with the principles and provisions of Islamic Shari'ah. Especially if audited by an external auditor may be issued "Opinion of Shari'ah". Quantitative financial information (accounting information) is a main source of information in managing the organization, both business organizations and nonprofit organizations. The objective of financial reporting is as a basis for making this decision must not conflict with the primary objective of financial reporting (zakat purpose), both in conceptual terms, as well as in technical terms. Vices, such as greed and selfishness have no place in Islamic accounting, so the concept of Islamic accounting may avoid damage to the heavens and the earth from the hands of the irresponsible. b.6 Various Types of BAZ Financial Statements According to Widodo & Kustiawan (2001: 91) the principles of recognition, measurement and assessment of financial statements elements which generally accepted, as long as not contrary to the purpose of financial reporting according to Islamic concepts, should still be followed. Conversely, if the principle is contrary to the concept of Islam, then it should be avoided. In a zakat managing organization, it should draw up some kind of primary financial statements, among others: 1. Balance Sheet 2. Statements of sources and uses of funds 3. Statements of utilized funds changes 4. Record of the financial statements . C. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Based on the description above, the Flow Diagram of framework in this study appears in the figure 3.1 below: Ideal Financial Statements Model of Amil Zakat Institution Balance Sheet Report of Source and Use of Funds IAI (+) Recommendatio n Statements of utilized funds changes Record of Financial Statements Software and Web Site Based (-) Figure 1. Framework Flow Diagram: Design of Software and Website Based Financial Statements Model to Improve Transparency and Accountability of Amil Zakat Institution Source: IAI 2009 whichExist modified Do not Exist a. Research Type This type of research uses a qualitative approach. The reason for choosing the Accountability Increased qualitative approachTransparency is in order toand obtain a result closer to reality. In addition, is because researchers have access to the object of research. Researchers also as a means (instrument) of research (Moleong, 2000) because it can conduct in-depth interviews with the policy makers at an object and a full observation. In addition, because this study describes a situation or event and do not seek to explain the relationship, and not to test hypotheses or make predictions. Research Focus The focus of this study is to identify the types of financial statements produced by an organization or amil zakat institution in Sidoarjo Regency and formulate initial ideal model of financial statements to improve transparency and accountability. b. Unit Analysis The unit of analysis of this research is the organization or amil zakat institutions which prepare financial statements as a form of management responsibility of public funds. As Basuki (2011), whom states that the unit of analysis is what is being investigated. This study analyzes the types of financial statements produced by an organization or amil zakat institution in Sidoarjo. c. Key Informants Key informants required in this study are the Amil Zakat Institution or Board or Organization chairman and treasurer, and others who understand the management of zakat. Determination of key informants conducted by researchers and also snowball judgment (Marshall, 2006). Key informants were determined by the judgment of researchers is the organization or amil zakat institution chairman or treasurer. Key informant is specified with snowball are informants who understand the process of preparing the financial statements. d. Collecting Data Method diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Collecting data in this study is done by means of surveys, observation, in-depth interview, for primary data, and documentation used to collect secondary data. 1. Survey and observations made to collect data in order to identify the types of financial statements which have been produced by the amil zakat organization or institution. Survey and observation will be carried out to amil zakat institutions that have been based on a pre-determined categorization. 2. In-depth interviews and documentation undertaken to formulate the initiation of the ideal models of financial statements that can improve the transparency and accountability of amil zakat institutions. e. Data Analysis Analysis of the data in this study followed the qualitative data analysis method of Miles and Huberman (1984), that is doing an analysis during the phase of data collection process. Data analysis was carried out interactively and performed continuously during the process and until the research done completely so the context or situation in the phenomenon is not left behind in the analysis. Data analysis activity during the data collection process includes data collection, data reduction, data display, and conclusion. To support the data analysis, the researchers also conducted validity of data during the data collection process. That is conducted by doing member check to the research subject, cross check the documentation of data, and perform triangulation test. Triangulation test means researchers sought to compare different data (qualitative and quantitative) with different methods (observation and interview) to see the relationships among the data to assess the reliability and validity of the data (Moleong, 2000: 127) This Triangulation test is done by the results of the documentation on the financial accountability procedures will be triangulated with observation and interview to the directly concerned parties. Similarly, with the interviews results will be cross checked with the data documentation and observation. Examination of the validity of the data can also be done by checking members (Moleong, 2000: 181), which is the result of a person interview may be requested a response from the other person. For example, the interview with the treasurer of amil zakat institutions should prompt response to the chairman of amil zakat institutions. D. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION a. Types of Financial Statements Generated By Amil Zakat Institution in Sidoarjo Based on the results of survey research conducted by researchers, amil zakat organizations or institutions in Sidoarjo Regency can be grouped into two kinds, namely branch amil zakat institutions and non-branch amil zakat institutions. The branch Amil zakat institutions means amil zakat institutions domiciled in Sidoarjo but its headquarters is in another city. Amil zakat institutions in such example is the Al Falah Foundation Social Fund (YDSF) Surabaya, Infaq Management Institute (LMI), Surabaya, and Rumah Zakat Indonesia Bandung headquarters. Meanwhile, non-branch amil zakat institutions means amil zakat institutions established by a group of people of Sidoarjo and officially domiciled in Sidoarjo, such as Muhammadiyah Regional Leadership LAZISMU Sidoarjo, LAZ Roudlatul Jannah Pepelegi Waru Sidoarjo, and some amil zakat mosque in Sidoarjo. Grouping these two amil zakat institutions have consequences on the types of financial statements that it generates. At amil zakat institutions that already have a branch or head office, the financial statements produced is better than amil zakat institutions which are formed by society or non-branch amil zakat institution. It can be seen from the types of financial statements that it generates. Some documentation has been obtained by researchers through a website owned by branch amil zakat institutions. However, the financial statements of branch amil zakat institutions can also be subdivided into two, namely audited financial diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id statements and which have not. Thus there are three types of financial statements, the financial statements of amil zakat institutions that have been published on the website and audited on public accounting firms (KAP), the financial statements of amil zakat which has been published on the website but are not audited or simply include the income and expenditure statements, and the financial statements of amil zakat institutions that have not been published on the website, not audited, and only include revenues and expenditures report. a. Financial Statements of Amil Zakat which Already Posted on Website and already audited by KAP These types of financial reports are produced by amil zakat institutions which already professionally managed in financial terms. Amil zakat institutions like this have branches spread all over Indonesia, particularly in Java. Financial reports generated by amil zakat institutions have been audited by KAP. For instance Al-Falah Social Fund Foundation (YDSF) Surabaya, its financial statements of 2011 have been audited by KAP Junaedi, Chaerul, Labib, Subyakto, and Partners, with unqualified (WTP) opinion. Another example is the Rumah Zakat Indonesia Foundation's financial statements have also been audited by Kanaka, Puradiredja, and Suhartono, with unqualified (WTP) opinion. . The SFAS No. 45 requires that nonprofit organizations are required to prepare financial statements, i.e. statements of financial position, statement of activities, statement of cash flows, and notes to the financial statements. It looks like the 2011 YDSF financial statements which have been audited. On the published financial statements for the statement of financial position and statement of cash flows are the same as in SFAS No. 45, but the change fund for financial statements is not in accordance with SFAS No. 45. According to SFAS No. 45 that there was no change in the fund's financial statements, but there are reports of activity. This is the difference of YDSF financial statements which have audited by KAP with SFAS No. 45. Meanwhile, the financial statements of "Yayasan Rumah Zakat Indonesia" has also been audited by Kanaka Puradiredja with the results of the audit (opinion) is unqualified (WTP). On those statements appears that the financial statements are audited and published is the statements of financial position and statement of changes in funds. Statement of financial position is commonly referred to as the balance sheet but in SFAS No. 45 was not mentioned so or remain with the statement of financial position. Furthermore, to report a change of funds is also not in accordance with SFAS No. 45 which requires the activity report instead of an income statement that is prevalent in organizations profit or profit-oriented company. b. Financial Statements of Amil Zakat which Already Posted on Website, Not audited by KAP, and only Lists Statements of Revenues and Expenditures of Fund These types of financial reports as produced by amil zakat institutions which are already evolving, trying to demonstrate transparency and accountability but not yet able to make a standardized financial statements. Transparency and accountability are only shown to have the publication of the Statements of revenues and expenditures in the amil zakat institutions concerned website. But for this type of published financial statements still need to change again. Examples of amil zakat institutions which conducted this thing is Infaq Management Institute (LMI). This institution is only making statements of cash/bank revenue and expenditure, as well as displays them on their websites. Such financial statements are very simple or still far from standard financial statements that should be made. LMI is supposed to prepare financial statements that have been standardized by IAI. At the time prior to the implementation of SFAS No. 109, of Accounting for Zakat and Infaq/Charity, diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id LMI can use SFAS No. 45 as well as YDSF and Yayasan Rumah Zakat Indonesia. That is, LMI in preparing the financial statements that still has to refer to one of the corresponding SFAS. Thus the steps to be taken by amil zakat institutions in this group, such as the LMI is to change the model of financial statements that there has become a financial statements which has been standardized and recommended by the IAI. The IAI recommendation is the use of SFAS No. 109 on Accounting for Zakat and Infaq/Charity. Attempts to change the model of the financial statements must begin with changing the accounting system used. Based on the financial report produced by amil zakat institutions such as these can be certain that the accounting system used is the single entry bookkeeping. This system records only cash revenues and expenditures without noting another aspect as well as the system used by the double entry bookkeeping. Need an attempt to change the single entry bookkeeping system which has been used as double entry bookkeeping system in order to amil zakat institutions in this group can prepare the standard financial statements that is SFAS No. 109. c. Financial Statements of Amil Zakat Which Unpublished on Website, Unaudited, and Just Make Statements of Funds Revenue and Expenditure These types of financial reports are as produced by amil zakat institutions which are established by Sidoarjo local communities. This means that the institution is not affiliated with other institutions and not a branch of any zakat institutions. Model of financial statements produced in the form of Statements of Funds revenues and expenditures only. Such financial statements are still very simple so it certainly can not be audited by KAP. The resulting financial statements have not been published on the website or magazine or if it is published only through its own media. Examples of amil zakat institutions that implement this thing is the Muhammadiyah Amil Zakat and Infaq Institute of Muhammadiyah Regional Leadership (LAZISMuh PDM) Sidoarjo. Although there LAZISMuh in PP Muhammadiyah but it seems there is no synchronization or consolidation which then generate centralized financial statements as well as YDSF and Rumah Zakat Indonesia Foundation. So the use of LAZISMuh name exists in every PDM but has no obligation to report or consolidate it to LAZISMuh Center. 4.2.2. Initial formulation Ideal Financial Statements Model to Improve Transparency and Accountability of Amil Zakat Institution Based on the results of research and discussion about the kind of financial statement generated by amil zakat institutions in Sidoarjo it can be concluded that no one has to prepare financial statements in accordance with accounting standards established by the IAI. As IAI recommendation that the financial statements for amil zakat institution should be prepared by reference to PSAK No. 109. Some amil zakat institution have prepared financial statements based on the provisions of PSAK No. 45. This must be changed based on the provisions of PSAK No. 109. The use of PSAK No. 45 at that time can be understood as not effective valid yet of PSAK No. 109. However, as effective applicability of PSAK No. 109, amil zakat institutions must prepare financial statements based on the PSAK. PSAK No.109 on Accounting for Zakat, Infak / Alms are intended for amil zakat institutions. This PSAK requires amil zakat institutions to prepare financial statements, that is balance sheets, statements of sources and uses of funds, statement of changes in diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id funds utilized, and notes of the financial statements. The following are presented format of financial statements. 1. Balance Description ASSET current assets Cash and cash equivalents financial instrument claim 1. Amil Zakat Institutions "ABC" Balance December 31, 20xx Rp Description LIABILITIES xxx Short-term liabilities xxx The costs still be paid xxx Long-term liabilities Long-term work benefits Non Current Assets Fixed Assets (Non Current Account) xxx xxx Total Asset XXX Total liabilities Fund balance Fund of zakat Fund of donation / charity Fund of amil Fun of non-halal Total fund Total liabilities and Fund balance Rp xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx XXX Report of Sources and Uses of Funds Amil Zakat Institution "ABC" Zakat fund Reports Sources and Uses of Funds Year Ended December 31 2XX2 Description FUND ZAKAT Income Income Acceptance of muzakki muzakki entities individual muzakki placement results total income of zakat fund Part amil zakat on income of funds Total revenue fund after part of amil zakat distribution Fakir-miskin Riqab gharim muallaf Sabili'llah Ibn sabil Total disbursement of zakat Surplus (deficit) initial balance Rp. XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id final balance DANA infak / ALMS Income Donation / alms bound or muqayyadah Donation / charity is not bound or mutlaqah Amil part on receipt of funds donation / charity results management The amount of the receipt of funds donation / charity Distribution Donation / alms bound or muqayyamah Donation / charity is not bound or mutlaqah Allocation utilization of assets under management (eg depreciation and allowance) Total disbursements donation / charity Surplus (deficit) initial balance final Balance DANA AMIL Income Part amil zakat fund Amil part of the donation fund / charity other receipts The amount of the receipt of funds amil Use Emlpoyee expense depreciation expense General and administrative expenses Other Total use of funds amil Surplus (deficit) initial balance final balance The balance amount of zakat, donation fund / charity, funds of amil 2. (XXX) XXX XXX (XXX) XXX XXX (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX (XXX) (XXX) (XXX) XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX Statement of Changes in utilized Fund Amil Zakat Institution"ABC" Zakat Fund Utilized Fund Reports Year Ended December 31 2xx2 Initial Additio reducti Allowa Depreciati balan n on nce on ce account Fund donations / alms - current assets under management (eg revolving receivables) Fund donations / alms - non-current XXX XXX (XXX) (XX) - Final Balance XXX diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id assets under management (eg, hospitals or schools) total 3. XXX XXX XXX XXX (XXX) XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX (XXX) XXX Notes to the Financial Statements This report contains details of activities of organizations that work provides an explanation of this keuangan.Laporan report can be either qualitative or quantitative. Details of record generally contains about: a. General information about the condition of the organization b. The accounting policies used as a basis for the preparation of financial statements c. Explanation of any accounts that still requires explanation d. Events subsequent to the balance sheet date e. Other additional information deemed important 4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Amil zakat institutions in Sidoarjo can be classified into two kinds, namely: institutions zakat zakat branch and non-branch agencies. Examples amil zakat institutions are branches of Al Falah Foundation Social Fund (YDSF) Surabaya, Infaq Management Institute (LMI), Surabaya, and Rumah Zakat Indonesia Bandung Central Office. While the non-branch institution is zakat zakat institution founded by a group of people of Sidoarjo and office domiciled in Sidoarjo, such as Muhammadiyah Regional Leadership LAZISMU Sidoarjo, LAZ Roudlatul Jannah Pepelegi Waru Sidoarjo, and some amil zakat mosque in Sidoarjo. Grouping these two amil zakat institutions have consequences on the types of financial statements that it generates. The consequence is that there are three types of financial statements, the financial statements amil zakat institutions that have been published on the website and the audited public accounting firms (KAP), the financial statements of zakat which has been published on the website but are not audited or simply include the income and expenditure statements, and reports amil zakat financial institutions that have not been published on the website, are not audited, and only include revenues and expenditures report. Suggestion a. All amil zakat institutions should create standardized financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109 for purposes of transparency and accountability to stakeholders. b. The use of various media publications to present its financial statements as a useful performance report form weeks to increase confidence muzakki (donors) to deposit funds ZISnya. c. To add to the transparency of the financial statements produced by LAZ, the financial statements should be audited by an independent KAP. REFERENCES Accounting Principles Board (APB). 1987. Basic Concept and Accounting Principles Underlying Financial Statament of Business Enterprises. APB No. 4. New York. Freeman, Robert. J. dan Croug. D. Shoulders. 1999. Governmental and Non Profit Accounting Theory and Practice. 6th edition. Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersey. USA. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Henke, Emerson, E. 1992. Introduction to Non Profit Organisation Accounting. Fourth Edition. South Western Publishing Co. Cincinati Hermawan, Sigit. 2005. Perubahan Laporan Keuangan Organisasi Nirlaba Menuju Akuntabilitas Publik. Jurnal BETA – Bisnis, Ekonomi dan Akuntansi, Maret, Volume 3, No 2, Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Muhammadiyah Gresik _____. 2007. Reformasi Sektor Publik dalam New Public Management (Kajian Pengembangan Model Anggaran dan Laporan Keuangan). Jurnal BETA – Bisnis, Ekonomi dan Akuntansi, September, Volume 6, No 1, Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Muhammadiyah Gresik Ikatan Akuntan Indonesia (IAI). 2004. Pernyataan Standar Akuntansi Keuangan. PT. Salemba Empat. Jakarta Kaufman, R. 1998. What Can Business Learn from Education ? Who Should be Bechmarking Whom ? International Journal of Education Reform, 7 (1), 13 – 18 Locklear, Alesa. 1997. What's The Impact of SFAS 116 and 117 on Non-Profit Organizations? (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards). Fund Raising Management, April 1997 v28 n2 p18(3) Mardiasmo. 2002. Otonomi Daerah Sebagai Upaya Memperkokoh Basis Perekonomian Daerah. Jurnal Ekonomi Rakyat. Thn 1, No. 4 Jakarta Moleong, Lexy J. 2000. Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif. PT. Remaja Rosda Karya. Bandung Mulyadi. 2001. Sistem Informasi Akuntansi. Penerbit Salemba Empat Jakarta Oneto, Erima dan Sudarma S. 2008. Joomla! Cara Cepat & Mudah Membuat Website. Mediakita. Jakarta Peltrey, Sandra. 1993. SFAS No. 117 and It’s Impact on Not For Profit Colleges and Universities. The Journal CPA Online November 1993. New York State Society of Certified Public Accountant. New York Rosjidi. 2001. Akuntansi Sektor Publik : Sebuah Pengantar. Penerbit Aksara Satu. Surabaya Sabeni, Arifin dan Imam Ghozali. 1997. Pokok Akuntansi Pemerintahan. Edisi Keempat. BPFE. Yogyakarta Syakhroza, Akhmad. 2003. Best Practices Corporate Governance dalam Konteks Kondisi Lokal Perbankan Indonesia. Manajemen Usahawan. No. 06 Th. XXXII. Juni. A Retrograde Movement of Institutional Theory: The Story Behind the Establishment of the First Islamic Bank in Indonesia Noval Adib Mohamad Achsien Aulia Fuad Rahman Background Phenomena of Islamic bank are always interesting to explore considering the attractiveness of its development. Islamic bank had existed more than twenty years ago in Indonesia. During that time, Indonesian Islamic banks had experienced many events shaping their history such as big crises in 1997 and 2008. Various regulations guiding and facilitating the operation of Islamic banks in Indonesia had also been issued. These facts show the workability as well as the resilience of Islamic bank. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Currently the total assets of the Islamic finance industry are around $2.1 trillion worldwide (World’s Islamic Finance Market Place, 2014). In Indonesia, shariah banking has grown rapidly, from just one bank that used shariah as its operational basis in 1992, it has since been followed by many other banks. Some banks entirely reformed their operational basis before emerging with a new name and identity. As at the end of 2014, the assets of Islamic banks in Indonesia totaled 260.366 trillion rupiahs or 20 billion US dollars (Otoritas Jasa Keuangan, 2015). It is equal to 5% of total asset of the entire banks in Indonesia. Besides the success story of the Indonesian Islamic bank, the story behind their birth is also interesting to be explored. Established firstly in the early of 1990s, some issues arise such as “Why Indonesian Islamic bank established firstly in the early of 1990s and not before or after that years?”, or “How came the Indonesian Islamic bank were successfully established in a such capitalistic environment like in Indonesia?” Such questions are interesting to explore further to understand the underlying foundation of Islamic bank in Indonesia. Theoretical Framework Institutional theory is used to provide a theoretical framework for analyzing interaction between organizations with its environment. It considers the processes by which structures, including schemas, rules, norms, and routines, become established as authoritative guidelines for social behavior. It enquiries into how these elements are created, diffused, adopted, and adapted over space and time; and how they fall into decline and disuse (Scott, 2004). According to DiMaggio and Powell (1983, p. 150), “Organizations compete not just for resources and customers, but for political power and institutional legitimacy, for social as well as economic fitness”. Organizations were established by copying the environment, adapting the environment, or warding off the environment (Scott, 1983). Brignall and Modell (2000) state that institutional theory assumes that a primary determinant of organizational structure is the pressure exerted by external and internal constituencies on the organization to conform with a set of expectations to gain legitimacy so as to secure access to vital resources and ensure long-term survival. The Research Question The research question formulated in this research is: How was the dynamics of the establishment of the first Indonesian Islamic bank and what forces shaping and influencing the establishment? The Research Objective The research objectives of this research are: 1. To understand the dynamics of the establishment of the first Indonesian Islamic bank. 2. To understand forces that shape and influence the establishment of the first Indonesian Islamic bank. Contributions of the Study This study seeks provide a new understanding about the dynamics takes place in the process of the establishment of the first Indonesian Islamic bank. As such this study is expected to contribute of the insight about the context of the first Indonesian Islamic bank established. Another contribution of this study is the view of Islamic bank from different perspective, i.e. institutional perspective, rather than conventional perspective that views Islamic bank as a rational institution. From conventional perspective, the existence of Islamic bank typically pivoting around three E’s those are economy, efficiency and effectiveness. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id However, under institutional perspective the existence of Islamic bank comes from gaining legitimacy from constituencies of organization. From practical view, this research is hoped bring new insight to managements about the relationship between company with its environment or its stakeholders, so that they can manage their environment as well as their stakeholders better. Research Methods: Case Study In accounting research, case study has been acknowledged as a powerful method to gain a better understanding of accounting practices within organization. Case study method in accounting research is relatively new phenomena. From the 650 articles published in accounting journal during 1976-1979 reviewed by Tomkins and Groves (1983), only seven used case study approach. The awareness of field study in accounting emerged only from the early of 1980s. Hopwood (1983, 302) commented "how little was known of the accounting endeavour." One year later, Kaplan (1984, 415) commented on researchers' "reluctance to get involved in actual organizations and to muck around with messy data and relationships." Consequently, more case studies in accounting proliferate since 1980s. Ferreira and Merchant (1992) reviewed 82 published case studies in the field of accounting during period 19851992. Case study is viewed as the suitable and appropriate method to gather and generate data in this research. As Chua (1986, p. 615) concludes, case studies is one of the appropriate way beside ethnographic and participant observation, in collecting data of research. Yin (2003) defined case study as a research strategy that is used in many situations, “…including organizational and management studies…and the conduct of dissertations and theses in the social sciences…such as business administration, management science, and social work”. Eisenhardt (1989) depicted case study as a research strategy which focuses on understanding the dynamic present within single settings. Cooper and Morgan (2008) explained that case study approach is useful for research investigating: 1) Complex and dynamic phenomena where many factors (including factors that are not quantifiable) are involved; 2) Actual practices, including the details of significant activities that may be ordinary, unusual, or infrequent (e.g., changes in accounting regulation); and 3) Phenomena in which the context is crucial because the context affects the phenomena being studied (and where the phenomena may also interact with and influence its context). Eisenhardt (1989) further stated that case studies can be used for various purposes i.e. to provide description, to test theory, or to generate theory. Scapens (2004) classified accounting case study as: Descriptive case study, where accounting systems, techniques and procedures used in practice are described. Illustrative case study, where new and possibly innovative practices developed by companies are illustrated. Experimental case study, where accounting researchers develops new accounting procedures and techniques. Exploratory case study, which is undertaken to investigate phenomena in the first time. The result of exploratory case study need to be tested empirically at a later stage. Explanatory case study, which explaining the reasons for observed accounting practices. In the context of this research, case study is an explanatory case study that will explain Data Generation diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Data generation for case studies were taken from many sources of evidence. Yin (2003) named six sources of evidence i.e. documentation, archival records, interviews, direct observation, participant-observation, and physical artifacts. Eisenhardt (1989) stated that case study usually combine data collection methods such as archive, interviews, questionnaires, and observations. The evidences of case study can be qualitative (e.g. words), quantitative (e.g. numbers), or both (Eisenhardt, 1989). The capacity of case studies to capture much information from various data sources create a rich understanding of organizational phenomena than research analysis generated by statistical methods. Data Analysis Huberman and Miles (2000) explain that qualitative data analysis encompasses data reduction, data display, and conclusion drawing/verification. The first step of data analysis is data reduction which is aimed to reduce the potential universe of data in an anticipatory way as the researcher choose a conceptual framework, research questions, cases, and instruments. Data display is the second part of analysis that defined as an organized, compressed assembly of information that permits conclusion drawing and/or action taking. Finally, conclusion drawing and verification involve the researcher in interpretation of displayed data. The ways to conclude include comparison/contrast, noting of patterns and themes, clustering, and use of metaphors. Findings The establishment of Islamic bank in Indonesia is a part of Islamic revival in Indonesia. The relationship between Islam and the state in Indonesia fluctuates during Indonesia modern history. Soon after Indonesia gained independence, Islam was adopted as a foundation of the state. But it was applied only in one day due to a protest from the eastern province of Indonesia which is a non-Muslim majority area. Since then, the role of Islam in Indonesia has been marginalized over the decades. In the early 1990s, the political pendulum swung to Islamic side when Muslim intellectuals from various professions established The Indonesian Muslim Intellectual Association (Ikatan Cendekiawan Muslim Indonesia, ICMI) which was endorsed by the Indonesia government at that time. The birth of ICMI then was proven to be very influential for the next Islamic revival in Indonesia. In 1993, the chairman of ICMI i.e. B.J. Habibie was elected as a vice president of Indonesia. Furthermore, the majority of the cabinet was held by Muslim Intellectuals who are from the ICMI-base background. The establishment of Islamic bank in 1992 is another evidence of Islamic revival in Indonesia. The Islamic bank aimed to make available a distribution channel of interest-free financial transaction for some people who have reservations due to religious reason, to engage with conventional banks. This is completely different with the 70s which Islamic bank was hindered from being established, not because of economical reason, but because there was political stigma about Islam (Effendy, 2000). The antecedents of Islamic bank in Indonesia exist ten years or more before its establishment in the early 1990s. An Indonesian Muslim scholar, Imaduddin Abdurrahim, represent the earliest awareness of Islamic banking idea in Indonesia when he attended a talk on Islamic bank that was held in Kuala Lumpur in 1973. The speaker was Dr. Ahmad Najab, an economist from Egypt who was invited by Tengku Abdurrahman, the Prime Minister of Malaysia at that time. Dr. Najab argued that Islamic finance institution is the only way to enhance economical and social life of the ummah that is marginalized for a long time (Ecip et al., 2002, p. 10). Soon after Imaduddin came back to Indonesia (previously he was a lecturer at one of universities in Malaysia), he discussed the idea with several Indonesian Muslim scholars. He diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id also disseminated the idea of Islamic banking through extra-curricular lecturing in campus. In 1979, he went back abroad due to his conflict with the government. However, in the same year a cooperative that was managed by his students was found, that was called Koperasi Kesejahteraan Mahasiswa Bandung. One year later, his colleagues established another cooperative, Koperasi Jasa Keahlian Teknosa. Both cooperatives were noted as the pioneer of Islamic Financial Institution (IFI) in Indonesia. Soon after the establishment of those IFIs, discourse of Islamic economics flourished in Indonesia. In 1983, the Koperasi Jasa Keahlian Teknosa, in conjunction with Universitas Islam Bandung (Bandung Islamic University) held a seminar on Islamic economics. The seminar was attended by many prominent scholars and the minister of religious affair as the keynote speaker. Following up the seminar, management of Teknosa visited Malaysia to do a comparative study about Islamic banking. Malaysia has established its first Islamic bank nine years earlier in 1983. From the Malaysia visit, the team gained new insights about Islamic banking. They then prepared a feasibility study for establishing an IFI. As the result, in March 1984 Islamic financing was born named Baitul Mal wat Tamwil (BMT). Since it was not possible to establish an Islamic bank at that time in Indonesia, the BMT legal status was as a cooperative organization. The best achievement of the BMT was the value of its total asset reached 1.5 billion rupiahs. However, problems rose among the management in 1988 which had lead decline of the BMT. However, the existence of the BMT proved that the concept of IFI can work well in Indonesia. The success of the BMT then became a motivation to establish ‘a real’ Islamic bank. The experience in operating the BMT gave a sufficient picture how to operate an IFI. However, the initiators of Islamic bank establishment in Indonesia were very aware that, under prevailing political and economical view, extra efforts were needed to establish an Islamic bank. Merely economical approach is not sufficient in establishing Islamic bank in Indonesia. Political supports from the various interest groups were needed. Therefore, the initiators approached and involved many parties such as the government, scholars, and potential investors. Last but not least, they also contacted Islamic Development Bank (IDB) in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. Most of the meetings were facilitated by Indonesia Council of Ulema (Majelis Ulama Indonesia, MUI). Several meetings with those parties (government, scholars, and potential investors) were held in order to convince the stakeholders. The purpose is to explain the feasibility of Islamic banking establishment, both legally and economically. The responses from those parties were very satisfying, especially after the government was convinced. “Take a note that I am as one of founders and shareholders of this bank, in order to my ministers are not reluctant to be shareholder as well”, the president Soeharto said to the initiators (Ecip et al. 2002, pp.98). “I will also invite entrepreneurs to Bogor Palace to gather funds from them”. On 3rd of November 1991, a gathering to obtain funding was held in Bogor Palace, the official residence of the President. The President of Republic of Indonesia as a promoter and endorser at the agenda. Approximately 4000 people attended (Ecip et al. 2002, pp. 104). The participants consist of ministers, entrepreneurs, ulamas, the initiators of the bank, and the general public. The result, 110 billion rupiahs, equivalent of USD 44 million (based on exchange rate of dollar to rupiah at that time) was obtained on the day. Not so long after that, a new Islamic bank operates in Indonesia, to be exact on 1st May 1992. Analysis of the Findings Islamic bank in Indonesia was born in the right time and the right context. It arose when there was change of power domination from secularist to Islamist group. Many parties with many roles were involved within the process of Islamic bank establishment. Those diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id parties are the government, Indonesia Ulama Council, Islamic scholars, Islamic organization and entrepreneurs. Prior to that, the circumstance was not fertile for any Islamic idea in Indonesia. The pressures from institutional forces were too strong to be borne by any Islamic movement since they were occupied by non-Muslim or secularist group (Effendy 2000). The very early role constituting the first Islamic bank in Indonesia is the scholars’ role. They raised the issue of the possibility of Islamic bank operation in Indonesia. Many discussions as well as trial and error of Islamic financial institution implementation were held. The result is the idea of Islamic bank became popular and attracted many more parties. Coincidently, in the same time some prominent Muslim scholars undertook meetings to discuss the future of Islam in Indonesia. The significant result of the meetings was the establishment of the Indonesian Muslim Scholars Association (Ikatan Cendekiawan Muslim Indonesia, ICMI). ICMI was established in 1990 in Brawijaya University, Malang, East Java. Many prominent Muslim scholars as well as bureaucrats joined the ICMI. Even more, President Soeharto himself was appointed as the trustee of the ICMI with the executive director was held by B.J. Habibie that further became the next president of Republic of Indonesia after Soeharto. Consequently, ICMI was very powerful in influencing government policy. There is something interesting with the phenomena of the research if they are viewed from institutional theory. Traditional understanding of institutional theory states that an organization gets pressures from its institutional environment. Thus, in order to survive an organization should adapt the pressures of its environment. There are two ways of organization in facing any pressures from the environment (DiMaggio and Powell 1991). Firstly, an organization attempts to refute such pressures, if it is possible. This way is called decoupling. On the other hand, if it is impossible for an organization to refute pressure(s) from its environment, so it has to accept such pressures. This second way is called isomorphism. However, the phenomenon of the birth of Islamic bank in Indonesia is a unique one. Instead of received pressures from its environment, the establishment of the first Islamic bank in Indonesia was fully supported by its environment. There was a ‘retrograde movement’ of institutional theory in the process of the birth of Islamic bank in Indonesia. Majority of the main institutional powers that exist in the environment such as the government, scholars, ulema and the public supported the process of the establishment of the first Islamic bank. This condition is the result of Islamic revival in Indonesia at that time. Pioneered by students and some Islamic scholars, Islamic revival gained its right moment when the president of Republic of Indonesia fully supported the Islamic revival process in Indonesia. As the president was very influencing and Indonesia was a centralized country at that time, the support of the president to the Islamic bank establishment was quickly followed by his ministers as well as his colleagues. The ministry of finance and the governor of Indonesian central bank (Bank Indonesia), both of them were Christian, gave green light for the establishment of Islamic bank in Indonesia. They said there was no problem with the regulation that would be underlying the establishment of Islamic bank since the regulation allowed the operation of bank with zero per cent of interest rate. However, the minister of finance asked, “if the Islamic banks don’t take profit from interest, then how come they get the profit?” one of scholars then answered, “Islamic bank takes profit from profit-loss sharing scheme” (Utomo, 2014). Moreover, as mentioned above, the president initiatively gathered his colleagues to collect support for the establishment of the first Islamic bank in Indonesia. Interestingly, the minister of finance was one of the first customers of the first Islamic bank. The phenomenon above is somewhat similar with Hambrick et al (2005) finding. Hambrick et al. (2005) found an interesting fact in that isomorphism works in reverse. By still diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id admitting the truth of logic underlying DiMaggio and Powell’s (1983) isomorphism, Hambrick et al. (2005) stated that DiMaggio and Powell failed to predict the retrograde movement of institutional forces. They argued that between 1980 and 2000 several macro social factors in the US all moved in the direction that, according to DiMaggio and Powell’s (1983) theory, diminished the isomorphism pressures on the firm, i.e. goal ambiguity diminished, industries became less structured, the role of the state was diminished, organizations broadened resource dependence, alternative legitimate models proliferated, and managerial background became more diverse. While in the case of the birth of the first Indonesian Islamic bank, the common spirit of Islamic revival among actors within institutional environment made them gave full support for the establishment of the first Islamic bank instead of gave pressures. Conclusion The establishment of Islamic bank in Indonesia brought interesting phenomena if it is viewed from institutional theory. According to institutional theory, an organization receives pressures from external forces within its institutional environment. Consequently, the organization should respond the pressures properly. The response could be resisting the pressures or accepting them. However, instead of giving any coercion, the institutional forces at the time of the first Indonesian Islamic bank establishment fully supported the establishment of the first Islamic bank in Indonesia. Such support is the effect of the wave of Islamic realization that changed the political constellation in Indonesia. References Brignall, S., & Modell, S. (2000). An institutional perspective on performance measurement and management in the ‘new public sector’. Management Accounting Research, 11, 281-306. Chua, W. F. (1986). Radical Development in Accounting Thought. The Accounting Review, LXI(4), 601-632. Cooper, D. J., & Morgan, W. (2008). Case Study Research in Accounting. Accounting Horizons, 22(2), 159-178. DiMaggio, P. J., & Powell, W. W. (1983). The Iron Cage Revisited: Institutional Isomorphism and Collective Rationality in Organizational Fields. American SociologicalReview, 48, 147-160. Eisenhardt, K. M. (1989). Building Theories from Case Study Research. The Academy of Management Review, 14(4), 532-550. Ferreira, L. D., & Merchant, K. A. (1992). Field Research in Management Accounting and Control: A Review and Evaluation. Accounting, Auditing & Accountability Journal, 5(4), 334. Hambrick, D. C., Finkelstein, S., Cho, T. S., & Jackson, E. M. (2005). Isomorphism In Reverse: Institutional Theory As An Explanation For Recent Increases In Intraindustry diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Heterogeneity And Managerial Discretion. Research in Organizational Behavior, Volume 26, 307–350, 26, 307-350. Hopper, T., & Powell, A. (1985). Making Sense of Research into The Organizational and Social Aspects of Management Accounting: A Review of Its Underlying Assumptions. Journal of Management Studies, 22(5), 429-465. Hopwood, A. (1983). On Trying to Study Accounting in the Contexts in Which It Operates. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 8(2-3), 287-305. Huberman, A. M. and M. B. Miles (2000). Data Management and Analysis Methods. Handbook of Qualitative Research. N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln, Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications: 428-444. Kaplan, R. S. (1984). The Evolution of Management Accounting. The Accounting Review, LIX(3). Otoritas Jasa Keuangan, 2015. Siaran Pers OJK dan Perbankan Syariah Gelar Expo IB Vaganza 2015. Ryan, B., Scapens, R. W., & Theobold, M. (2002). Research Method and Methodology in Finance and Accounting (2nd ed.): Thomson. Scapens, R. W. (2004). Doing Case Study Research. In C. Humphrey & B. Lee (Eds.), The Real Liffe Guide to Accounting Research: A Behind-the-Scenes View of Using Qualitative Research Methods (1st ed.): Elsevier Ltd. Scott, W. R. (2004). Institutional Theory: Contributing to A Theoretical Research Program. In K. G. Smith & M. A. Hitt (Eds.), Great Minds in Management: The Process of Theory Development: Oxford University Press. Scott, W. R. (1983). Introduction: From Technology to Environment. In J. W. Meyer & W. R. Scott (Eds.), Organizational Environment: Ritual and Rationality (pp. 13-17). Beverly Hills, California: Sage Publications. Tomkins, C., & Groves, R. (1983). The Everyday Accountants and Researching His Reality. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 8(4), 361-174. Utomo, A. P., G. Subagja, I. Kushartanto and A. I. Zulkarnain (2014). Dua Dekade Ekonomi Syariah: Menuju Kiblat Ekonomi Islam. Gres Publishindo. World’s Islamic Finance Market Place, 2014. 2014 - A Landmark Year for Global Islamic Finance Industry. Yin, R. K. (2003). Case Study Research: Design and Methods (3rd ed.): Sage Publications. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id THE INFLUENCE ACCOUNTING METHOD CHOICE AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE ON INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITY SET Pristiana Widyastuti Lecture of Bachelor Degree Faculty of Economics and Business University of 17 Agustus 1945 Jakarta, 14350, Indonesia E-mail: [email protected] I. Introduction Accounting method will determine the amount of numbers that will be presented in the financial statements of a company. Management can determine the accounting method that best suits for his company. Accounting method can not be separated by the agency theory in which the principal of the company has different interest with the agent as a management or executive of the company. The management needs to determine and apply the most appropriate accounting methods to answer any related interest between principal and agent. One method used in recording financial statements of the company is conservative accounting methods. Conservative accounting method is prudent reaction method for accounting managers to present a statement of revenue and assets of the company, the precautionary principle suggests that managers have to consider the risks and threats that may occur. Weygandt et al., (2005) mentions, the application of the application of conservatism is the use of the lower of cost or market for supplies. Managers of the company will choose the method that does not present too high values of assets and inventories. Watts (2002) describe, conservative accounting is how to solve the problem about asymmetric information in the company. Although the principal and agent separated from financial reporting, this problem will still be occur during the accounting report is to provide information to investors about the managerial performance. This is supported by the result's studies of Lara et al., (2010), method of conservatism, through the recognition of losses in the income statement, is expected to improve the efficiency of investment companies through three main channels through which to mitigate the adverse effects of information asymmetry between shareholders and diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id managers, facilitate monitoring of managerial investment decisions, improve managerial incentives to improve poor performance the previous project and reduce its negative impacts, as well as facilitating access to external financing at a lower cost. The accounting method can not be separated from the interests of investors to assess the performance of a company. The first purpose of this study aims to examine the relationship between conservatism accounting method on investment opportunity set. Based on accounting form of financial statements, investors can assess the financial performance of the company. This assessment will be used as a material consideration investors investment opportunities. Conservatism will reduce the asymmetry of payments that may be experienced investors. Watts (2003) in Sari (2004) stated that conservatism was instrumental in presenting conservative earnings and assets. Conservatism will limit opportunistic behavior manager (for example, creating distortions in the profits) in presenting the financial statements. The second purpose of this study aims to examine the relationship between conservatism accounting method on financial performance. The financial statements will be used by managers and investors to measure the performance of the company, measuring the returns of each asset and the company's profits. Mohammadi (2014) states, the company's financial performance goals to assess how well the company is able to use the assets to generate revenue. Financial performance is also used as a general measure the overall financial health of the company over a period of time, and can be used to compare similar companies in the same industry or to compare between industries.Thus, the third purpose of this study aims to examine the relationship between financial performance on investment opportunity set. Bank in Indonesia plays an important role as country's economy support. Indonesian banks regulated by Bank Indonesia acts as a regulator of the monetary system policy in Indonesia. Banking development are in tandem with the development of the investment climate. Janati et al., (2014) described four important role of bank in Indonesia. First, bank has dominant position in economy system as the economic growth machine. Second, bank shares main for source of company defrayal in the underdeveloped country capital market. Third, bank is fundamental institution in national deposit mobilization. Fourth, banking system liberalization either through privatization or economy deregulation causes bank manager haves larger ones facility in running bank operation. The banking industry is unique compared with other industries. The company's growth is largely determined by internal and external parties such as creditors and investors. So the assessment of the investment opportunities are expected not only to management but the shareholder. II. Literature Review and Hypothesis A. Relationship between investment opportunity set and conservatism accounting method Investment opportunity set (IOS) show an opportunity for a company's investment in the future with regard owned assets. The common assumption of investment opportunity set is making a capital expenditure to produce a new product or expand an existing production line (Kallapur and Trombley, 2001). Capital expenditure of a company is very depend on the amount of internal funds owned by the company as well as external funding in forms of debt. The value of investment opportunities depends on future discretionary investments whereas the value of assets in place does not, (Adam and Goyal, 2007). IOS measurement should be connected to the proxy that is associated with other variables in the company, such as value-based growth companies, the amount of investment companies or variant-based. In this study, IOS is proxied by value-based growth companies. This proxy is based on the assumption that the company's growth prospects partially expressed in the price of stocks, the diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id growing company will has a higher market value relative to assets owned (assets in place) than companies that does not. The ratio used market to book value of assets (MVA / BVA) and market to book value of equity (MVE / BVE). Based on Adam and Goyal (2007), the book value of assets is a proxy for the assets in place, whereas the market value of assets is a proxy for both the assets in place and investment opportunities. Thus, a high (MBA / BVA) ratio indicates that a company has many investment opportunities relative to its assets in place. While (MVE / BVE) reflect the market assess the return on investment companies in the future will be greater than the expected equity returns. Adam and Goyal (2007), the market value of equity measures the present value of all future cash flows to equity holders, from both assets in place and future investment opportunities, whereas the book value of equity represents the accumulated value generated from existing assets only . Therefore, the MBE ratio measures the mix of cash flows from assets in place and future investment opportunities. Roychowdhury and Watts (2006) provides an overview of the relationship between Investment Opportunity Set (IOS) and accounting conservatism. Accounting traditionally do not respond to changes in the value of growth and intangible assets of the company. Acquisitions and changes in value due to impairment of assets are usually not recorded unless externally obtained and can be verified (such as managers and acquisition goodwill). Consequently, if a decline in the value of assets that are not accounted for, then the company can not admit it. This led the company at a low level of conservatism, especially when the value of the company is affected by the value of the growth and value of intangible assets of the company. The company's growth is unobservable because its depend on investment opportunities in the future. Giving incentive as bonus plan in the form of ownership of assets to the manager will provide motivation to the manager to choose accounting procedures that will enhance the company's revenue. Skinner (1993), In fact the case in general, and if the contractual terms of bonus plans provide managers with incentives to make incomeincreasing accounting procedure choices, then I expect that firms with more assets-in-place are more likely to use accounting-based bonus plans, so that their managers are more likely to select income-increasing accounting procedures ex post. Lafond and Roychowdhury (2007) stated that the investment opportunity set (IOS) is a common factor that affects the relationship between managerial ownership and assymetric timeliness of earnings as a proxy of conservatism. Conservatism is one of the efforts made to reduce the agency conflict between managers and shareholders of potential affected by investment decisions. The role of managers in an effort to address the agency problem between managers and shareholders will be influenced by variations managers in setting (IOS) is a constant. Garcia and Garcia (2010), accounting conservatism, through the timelier recognition of losses in the income statement, is expected to increase firm investment efficiency through three main channels: (1) by decreasing the adverse effects of information asymmetries and facilitating the monitoring of investment decisions; (2) by increasing managerial incentives to abandon poorly performing projects earlier and undertake fewer negative net present-value investments; and (3) by facilitating access to external financing at lower cost. The result results suggest that conservatism improves investment efficiency in firms facing financing constraints, reducing under-investment, and also among firms with high free cash flows and low leveraged firms, reducing over-investment. Based on explanation above report of managerial accounting parties will affect the information to be received by shareholders and investors, the less asymetri information that may arise will increase the chances to make investment decisions. Information on the proportion of shareholding clarity will reduce the information asymmetry between diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id shareholders and managers, recording the amount of assets to facilitate monitoring of managerial investment decisions, and the amount of debt information to facilitate access to external financing at a lower cost. In line to Skinner (1993), these results confirm extant results in the literature, that is, they are consistent with the size, debt/equity, and bonus plan hypotheses. Importantly, the evidence indicates that these relations are robust to including measures of the ios and/or accounting performance (ROA) in accounting choice regressions H1: Accounting conservatism variables has significant and positive effect on the investment opportunity set B. The relationship between conservatism accounting method and financial performance The final products of accounting procedure as the financial statements are presented both for financial managers and shareholders. Accounting conservatism is considered to be a quality of the accounting information that makes the financial statements are useful for its consumers. Kordlouie et al., (2014), the main goal of financial reporting is effective depicting economic occurrences on the situation and performance of the business firms for the sake of outsider consumers in the way to help them make-economic decisions. Financial managers use financial statements to analyze performance of the company, while the shareholders use financial statements to analyze the firm value for their welfare. Fridson and Alvarez (2002) described, in the primary goal of financial reporting is the dissemination of financial statements that accurately measure the profitability and financial condition of a company. Park and Chen (2006) explained , financial reports are a means that managers use to communicate operating results and financial conditions of the firm to interested parties external to the firm. This information is used to evaluate the performance and financial condition of the firm for investment decisions, fiduciary purposes, or other uses. Propose a theoretical of firm valuation model suggesting that accounting conservatism plays important roles in firm valuations. In its conceptual framework conservatism as one of the constraints on information usefulness Accounting reports produced by the conservative method is biased and does not reflect reality (Supriyanto and Kiryanto, 2006). This opinion was triggered by the definition of conservative accounting, which recognizes the disadvantages of this method is faster than revenues. Monahan (1999) states that the more conservative accounting, the book value of equity are reported to be increasingly biased. Such conditions indicate that those statements are completely useless because it can not reflect the real value of the company. Beaver (2005), explained conservative behavior lead to choosing smaller and bigger costs when present financial reporting. In addition, this method dictates the choice of losses not gained while undermining the profits not made. However, there are also arguments in favor of the application of this method. The use of conservative accounting method will be able to produce financial statements that pessimistic. It is necessary to counteract excessive optimistic attitude of managers and owners of that company does not always get the same advantages. Thus, in this study will examine the relationship between accounting conservatism in financial statements which are valued at the company's financial performance. Analyze financial statements can be done by calculating financial ratios. Brigham and Houston (2004) said that the financial ratios are designed to help one evaluate a financial statement. Financial ratio analysis selects the relevant information in financial statement data and evaluates it.In this research use profitability ratio such as return on assets (ROA), return on equity (ROE) and net income margin (NIM). Fridson and Alvarez (2002) described is used to measures a firm's productivity of equity and therefore provides an indication of its diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id ability to attract a form of capital that provides an important cushion for the debt holders. ROA is used to evaluate how good the firm uses its assets in its operations. According to Brealey et al. (2011), return on assets measures the income available to debt and equity investors per dollar of the firm's total assets that calculated by after tax interest plus net income per total assets Net profit margin (NPM) shows how much profit of company makes for every dollar it generates in revenue or sales. According to Pandey (2005), net profit margin is formulated by profit after taxes divided by sales. H2: Accounting conservatism has significant and positive effect on the financial performance C. The relationship between financial performance and investment opportunity set Assessment of financial performance required by financial managers and the shareholders of the company to measure how well the company's financial condition. Profitability ratios are calculated in financial performance will show a growth rate of company's profits. High profitability ratio indicates the company will have the opportunity to grow larger in the future, while the growth of the company is directly related to the investment opportunities that benefit companies. This is supported by the opinion of Myers (1977) which states that the value of the company as a combination of income generating assets-in-place and growth opportunities. High profitability signaled the company's growth in the future. H3: Financial performance has significant and positive effect on investment opportunity set The figure bellow is research hypothesis model: Figure 1. Research Hypothesis Model I. Methodology This research uses explanatory research typewhich attempts to explain the relationship between variables through hypothesis testing, whereas the data used generally in the form of numerical values calculated through statistical tests. Reseacher use secondary data for the sample research, there are 41 banking companies in period of 2009-2013 that listed in the Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX). There are some criteria to selecting sample, banking companies that resulted financial report and published and reported the positive profit year by year in Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX) period of 2009-2013 continuosly. The form of the data is gotten from Indonesia Stock Exchange website (www.idx.co.id), the data source includes anual report and financial report. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id There are three variables in this research, two of independent variables and one of dependent variable. The independent variable is a conservatism accounting method which has indicators as bonus plan (proxied by shareholder structure), debt covenant (proxied by debt to equity ratio), political hypothesis (proxied by firm size). Whereas, there are two dependent variables namely financial performance (Y1) and investment opportunity set (Y2). The indicators of financial ferformance (Y1) are return on asset (ROA), return on equity (ROE) and net income margin (NIM), then, the indicators of investment opportunity set (Y2) includes market to book value of asset (MVA/BVA) and market to book value of equity (MVE/BVE). For more details about the relationship of these variables, this is table of operational variable as follows: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 1. Operational Variable Variable Concervatism Accounting Method Choice (X) Financial Performance (Y1) Definition Conservative accounting method is prudent reaction method for accounting managers to present a statement of revenue and assets of the company is the use of the lower of cost or market for supplies. Weygandt et al., (2005) Indicator 1) Firm Size Outstanding share x share price 2) Bonus Plan Shareholder structure 3) Debt to Equity Ratio (DER) DER= J°tal --------- Shareholder Equity Financial performance 1) Return On Asset (ROA) analysis is one of the many tools useful in Net Income valuation because it helps ROA = --------the financial analyst gauge Total Asset returns and risks. (Fabozzi and Peterson, 2003) 2) Return On Equity (ROE) _ _ _ Net Income ROE= -------------- — Shareholder Equity Investment Opportunity Set (Y2) Data Processed 3) Net Income Margin (NIM) assumption 1) Market to book value of asset The common of investment opportunity (MVA/BVA)) Net Income set is making a capital NIM = ----- ---Market Sales Price per Share expenditure to produce a Book Value per Share new product or expand an 2) Market to book value of equity existing production line (Kallapur and Trombley, (MVE/BVE) 2001) Market Price per Share PER = ------ : ---- £— --Earning per Share diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The research's statistical techniques is using partial least square (PLS) data analysis, Smart PLS version 3.0 is used application for running the data. PLS can be used to analyze the variety of independent variable and create it as a variable called latent variables. This study uses a partial least square path modelling approach as a model of data analysis. According to Hair et al., (2011), PLS-SEM is a causal modeling approach aimed to maximizing the explained variance of the dependent latent constructs. PLS-PM is claimed to explain at the best residual variance of the latent variables and potentially. The construct is performed by formative indicator. Vinzi et.al., (2010) explain, "The formative modelling objective is to obtain weights that create the best variety score or construct such that it maximally correlates with the neighboring constructs". Formative indicator model assumes that each measurement is bound affect the latent constructs. Construct is determined by measuring indicators, so that the whole meaning of the composite latent constructs derived from measurement indicators. There are two hypothesis testing using PLS, the outer model and inner model. Outer model measure the relation among indicator and latent variable, Sarstedt et al., (2014), outer model test facilitate the immediate testing of the weights' significance based on the normal distribution instead to running a bootstrapping routine, the bootstraping result will show the significance of the weights may be determined to make the following decisions. Then, inner model measure relationship among latent variable based on subtantive theory. According to Hair et al., (2011) structural model typically referred to as the inner model in the PLS-SEM context which shows the relationships (paths) between the latent constructs. 1) Basic equation model of Outer Model can be written as follows: Model I (Conservatism Accounting) ^ = n^Firm Size+ n^Bonus Plan+ n^DER+ Sx ............(1) Model II (Financial Performance) n 1= n ROA+ n ROE+ n NIM+ Sy1 .........................(2) Model III (Investment Opportunity Set) n 2= nn MVA/BVA + n MVE/BVE + 5y2 ................(3) 2) Inner Model basic equation model can be written as follows: Financial Performance n Conservatism Accounting ^ + Sx .......................................................... (4) Investment Opportunity Set n Conservatism Accounting ^ + Sx + n Financial Performance + sy .............. (5) II. Empirical Result There are empirical result studies discussion, table 2 provide the result of outer model. The outer model showed the indicators which has been proved as indicators of latent variable. The first stage is seeing the result of outer weight, the term of approval indicator if the T-statistic is more than 1.96 (P-Value < 0.05) diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Indicators Firm Size Bonus Plan DER ROA ROE NIM MVA/BVA MVE/BVE Data Processed Table 2 Test of Out ter Weights Original Sample Standart Sample Mean Eror T-Statistic P-Values 0.890 0.050 0.308 -3.190 3.249 0.525 0.622 0.690 2.714 0.089 1.307 1.244 1.368 1.138 1.220 1.917 0.007 0.929 0.191 0.214 0.171 0.255 0.223 0.055 0.660 0.144 0.139 -1.206 1.413 0.294 0.497 0.556 0.328 0.557 0.235 2.564 2.375 0.462 0.510 0.360 Table 2 showed that firm size has path coeficient 0.890, t-statistic more than 1.96 which are significant level 2.714 (p-value < 0.5), it indicates firm size has valid and significant as indicator of conservatism accounting. Thus, bonus plan and DER has path coeficient 0.050 and 0.308, t-statistic less than 1.96 which are insignificant level 0.089 and 1.307 (p-value < 0.5). If these two indicators has t-statistic less than 1.96, for the next step is seeing the result of outer loading. Based on table 3, bonus plan and DER has path coeficient 0.154 and 0.47, the value is less than 0.5. Hairs (2013), the value of outer loading it should be more than 0.5 for measuring indicators which built the construct of latent variable. So that, bonus plan and DER has to be dropped from this model. The path coeficient of ROA and ROE are -3.190 and 3.249, t-statistic 1.244 and 1.369 less than 1.96 (p-value < 0.5). Then, in table 3, the outer loading 0.015 and 0.186 which are less than 0.5. It indicated ROA and ROE has been not valid and insignificant in measuring financial performance. These indicators has to be drooped out of analysis. Whereas, NIM has path coeficient 0.525, value of t-statistic is 1.138 less than 1.96 (p-value < 0.5), the outer loading 0.659 more than 0.5, these indicators has not able to dropped from the model. While, MVA/BVA and MVE/BVE has path coeficient 0.622 and 0.690, the value of t-statistic are 1.220 and 1.917 less than 1.96 (p-value < 0.5). Then, in table 3, the outer loading 0.733 and 0.789 which are more than 0.5, the outer loading 0.659 more than 0.5, these indicators has not able to dropped from the model. Table 3 Test of Outer Loadings Indicators Firm Size Bonus Plan DER ROA ROE NIM MVA/BVA MVE/BVE Data Processed Original Sample 0.951 0.154 0.473 -0.015 0.186 0.659 0.733 0.789 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 3 showed the value of firm size, NIM, MVA/BVA and MVE/BVE has more than 0.5, there are 0.951, 0.659, 0.733 and 0.789, it means that indicators can be accepted. Thus, Bonus plan, DER, ROA and ROE has less than 0.5, there are 0.154, 0.473, -0.015 and 0.186, it means that indicators should be dropped from the model. The acceptance indicators has to be tested for finding the fit model of outer loading. There are result of fit model after testing bellow: Table 4 Fit Model of Outer Mot El Indicators Original Sample Standart T-Statistic P-Values Sample Mean Eror Firm Size 1.000 1.000 0.000 1.000 0.000 NIM 1.000 1.000 0.000 1.000 0.000 MVA/BVA 0.830 0.782 0.218 3.802 0.000 MVE/BVE 0.683 0.676 0.206 3.309 0.001 Data Processed Firm size has path coeficient 1,000 and t-statistic 0,000, it means that firm size has been single indicator in measuring conservatism accounting. NIM has path coeficient 1,000 and tstatistic 0,000, it means that NIM has been single indicator in measuring financial performance. MVA/BVA and MVE/BVE has path coeficient 0.830 and 0683, t-statistic greater than 1,96 with significant level 3.802 and 3.309 (p-value < 0.5). It indicated that MVA/BVA and MVE/BVE has been valid and significant in measuring investment opportunity set. Ta jle 5 Hypothesis Testing of Inner Model Original Sample Standart T-Statistic Sample Mean Eror Conservatism -> IOS 0.370 0.368 0.129 2.873 Conservatism -> FP -0.052 -0.051 0.110 0.471 FP ^ IOS -0.142 -0.142 0.140 1.015 Data Processed Indicators P-Values 0.004 0.638 0.310 Table 5 showed the result of hypothesis testing from this research. The result revealed statistically positive and significant influence between the proxy of conservatism accounting on investment opportunity set. Based on PLS analysis has been known that path coefficient 0.370 and t-statistic 2.873 (p-value < 0.5). This result confirm that conservatism is the efforts to reduce the agency conflict which potential affect investment decisions. Conservatism which proxied by political hypothesis showed how large the firm size by own assets affect investment decission. In line to Skinner (1993), the amount of assets is used to facilitate monitoring of managerial investment decisions. The result revealed statistically negative and insignificant influence among the proxy of conservatism accounting on financial performance. Based on PLS analysis has been known that path coefficient -0.052 and t-statistic 0.471 (p-value < 0.5). Conservatism is proxied by firm size have no affect on financial performance. It means the growth of net income margin of the company has not significant affected by assets in place. This result is opposite to Park and Chen (2006) who revealed that conservatism accounting plays important diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id roles in firm valuation to evaluate the performance and financial condition of the firm for investment decisions. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Thus, the result also revealed statistically negative and insignificant influence among the proxy of financial performance on investment opportunity set. Based on PLS analysis has been known that path coefficient -0.142 and t-statistic 1.015 (p-value < 0.5). Net income margin as profitability ratio which measure financial performance is not continually affect investment decission. However, there are other indicators that are seen by managers and shareholders to determine investment opportunity set. Conclusion Overall, IOS is proxied on the basis of the company's growth assume that the company's growth prospects partially expressed in the prices of stocks, and companies that grow will have a higher market value relative to assets owned. The result of this study revealed statistically significant positive influence between the proxy of accounting conservatism on the investment opportunity set. Accounting conservatism proof how large the firm size by own assets affect investment decission. The selection of the method of accounting used in a positive conservatism will increase investment opportunity set. It receives research Skinner (1993) which states that, bonus plan, debt covenants and firm size effect on corporate investment decision. The banking size on assets in place is expected can improve investment opportunity in the future. The size of company can be seen by investor as height return to the investment. The other hypothesis showed negatif and insignificant relationship, it indicates that acoounting reporting based on conservatism method not continually increasing financial performance of the company, especially profitability ratio. Whereas, investment opportunity sets are influenced by other factors side. Refferences Adam, Tim and Vidhan K. Goyal. 2007. The Investment Opportunity Set And Its Proxy Variables. Hong Kong Research Grant Council Beaver, W. H., & Ryan, S. G. 2005. Conditional and unconditional conservatism: concepts and modeling. Review of Accounting Studies, 10(2-3), 269-309 Brealey, Richard et al,. 2011. Principle of Corporate Finance. Tenth Edition.The MacGrawHill. New York Brigham, Eugene F., and Joel F Houston. 2004. Fundamentals of Financial Management. Tenth Edition. Mason. Ohio Fridson, Martin., and Fernando Alvarez. 2002. Financial Statement Analysis. Third Edition.Wiley & Son Ltd. New Jersey Garcia, Beatriz, Juan Manuel Garcia and Fernando Penalva. 2010. Departament d'Economia de l'Empresa, 1988-7736 Garcia Lara, J., Garcia Osma, B., Penalva, F., 2011. Conditional conservatism and cost of capital. Review of Accounting Studies 16, 247-271 Hair, Joe F. et al., 2011. PLS-SEM: Indeed a Silver Bullet. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice, vol. 19, no. 2 Jannati T et al., 2014. Investment opportunity set: evidence from Indonesian Banking International Journal of Business and Management Invention ISSN (Online): 2319 8028. www.ijbmi.org Volume 3 Issue Kallapur and Trombley. 2001. The Investment Opportunity Set, Determinants, Consequences and Measurement. ManagerialFianance, Vol. 27, No.3, pp 3-15 Kiryanto dan Suprianto,Edy. 2006. Pengaruh Moderasi Size Terhadap Hubungan Laba Konservatisma Dengan Neraca Konservatisma. SNA IX : Ikatan Akuntan Indonesia Lafond, Ryan dan Sugata, Roychowdhury. 2007. Managerial Ownership and Accounting Conservatism.www.ssrn.com. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Lafond, Ryan dan Watts, Ross L. 2007. The Information Role of Conservatism.www.^^rw.cow. Mohammadi, Vahid. 2014. The Relationship Between Conservative Politics And Financial Performance At Companies Listed On The Tehran Stock Exchange. International Journal of Accounting Research Vol. 1, No. 7 Monahan, Steve, 1999. Conservatism, Growth And The Role Of Accounting Numbers In The Equity Valuation Process. (http://www.ssrn.com.), Maret 2012 Park, Yonpae and Kung H Chen. 2006. The Effect Of Accounting Conservatism And LifeCycle Stages On Firm Valuation. Journal of Applied Business Research .Volume 22.Number 3 Roychowdhury, S. dan Watts, R. 2006. Asymmetric Timeliness of Earnings, Market-to-Book and Conservatism in Financial Reporting. Journal of Accounting and Economic. Sari, Dahlia. 2004. Hubungan Antara Konservatisme Akuntansi Dengan Konflik Bondholders-Shareholders Seputar Kebijakan Dividen Dan Peringkat Obligasi. Jurnal Akuntansi dan Keuangan Indonesia Vol. 1, No. 2, pp 63-88 Sarstedt et al., 2014. Partial least squares structural equation modeling (PLS-SEM). Journal of Family Business Strategy Smith, Clifford W. Jr. and Ross L. Watts. 1992 The investment opportunity set and corporate financing, dividend, and compensation policies. Journal of Financtal Economics 32 (1991)263-192 Skinner, Douglas J. 1993. The investment opportunity set and accounting procedure choice. Journal of Accounting and Economics 16 (1993) 407-445 Vinzi, V Esposito et al,. 2010. Handbook Partial Least Square: Concept, Methods and Applications. Springer Heidelberg Dordrecht.London and New York. Watts, Ross L. 2002. Conservatism in Accounting. The Bradley Policy Research Center Financial Research and Policy Working Paper, FR 02-21 Weygandt, Jerry J., Donald E. Kieso and Paul D. Kimmel. 2008. Accounting principle. 7th Edition. Jakarta : Salemba Empat diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Apendix Figure 2. Result of Outer Weight Figure 3. Result of Outer Weight After Fit Model Figure 4. Result of Path Coeficient diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id THE INFLUENCE OF INFORMATION ASYMMETRY, LEVERAGE AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER TURNOVER ON THE EARNINGS MANAGEMENT PRACTICES YuraKarlindaWiasaPutri1 A.A.G.P. Widanaputra2 1 Faculty of Economics and Business, University of Udayana (Unud), Bali, Indonesia e-mail: [email protected] / tel: +6287861156513 2 Faculty of Economics and Business, University of Udayana (Unud), Bali, Indonesia INTRODUCTION Information on corporate profits can help the owner or another party in assessing the performance of the company and the strength of corporate profits in the future. This is in line with the Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts (SFAC) No.1 (1987) (Belkoui, 1993 in Widyaningdyah, 2001), which states that the earnings information becomes the main concern to estimate the performance or accountability of management to the company's financial statements. Information in accounting earnings changes could give a positive signal (good news), and negative signals (bad news) for users of financial statements, especially the investors. Earnings management is a management intervention in the process of preparing the external financial reporting, so as to raise or lower the accounting profit in accordance with the interests of the implementation of the earnings management (Schipper, 1989 in Beneish, 2001).Earnings management actions undertaken by management by affecting the numbers in the financial statements are intended to show the performance of the company in a good shape. Earnings management practices lead to profits reported in the financial statements do not reflect the true state of the company. The information contained in the financial statements are to be biased and can not be used as a basis for decision making for the company's stakeholders. Earnings management is an agency problem that is often triggered by the separation of the role or the difference between the interests of the shareholders with the company management. Based on agency theory, the management and the principal companies have different interests due to differences in objectives, which is referred to as conflict of agency / agency problem (Fama and Jensen, 1983). The principals are motivated to made contract for the welfare of themselves with ever-increasing profitability while from the agent is motivated to maximize the economic needs and psychological, among others, in terms of obtaining an investment, loan, or contractual compensation (Salno and Baridwan, 2000). Earnings management practices lead to profits reported in the financial statements do not reflect the true state of the company. The information contained in the financial statements are biased and can not be used as a basis for decision making for the company's stakeholders. Earnings management practices that gave rise to the case of the accounting reporting scandals have been a lot going on in Indonesia as was the case at PT. Lippo Tbk. and PT. Kimia Farma Tbk.that is involving financial reporting that begins with the detection of manipulation practices (Gideon, 2005). The occurrence of earnings management can be influenced by several factors. One of the factors that influence earnings management is information asymmetry. Information asymmetry is a situation where the manager has access to information on the prospects of companies that are not owned by the parties outside the company. More and more internal information management company owned by the management as compared to the shareholders the more opportunity of the management to manage earnings. These conditions provide an opportunity for the management to use the information he knew to manipulate its finances in an effort to maximize their own welfare (Rahmawati, et al 2006).The more company’s internal information owned by the management compare to the shareholders’ the more opportunity of management to manage earnings. One of the other factors causing profit management is the leverage. Leverage as one of the efforts in the improvement of corporate profits can be measured in seeing the behavior of managers in earnings management activities. High company’s leverage will be the consideration of management to manage earnings because the company is threatened by default, which is not be able to meet paying debt obligations on time (J.C. Shanti and C.Bintang HariYudhanti, 2007). When threatened by default the manager can perform earnings management, that the performance of diunduhsodari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id the company will look good in the eyes of the shareholders (principals) and the public even in a state that the company threatened by default. Other factors that influence earnings management is the change of the chief executive officer (CEO). CEO's performance is said to be successful if it has a good record every year and can achieve a common goal between the principal and the agent. Kaplan and Minton (2006) in the Yasa and Novialy (2010) states that the CEO whohave a risk of losing a job is increasing. The risk arises when the company's profit in one period is not consistent with the objectives of the principal so that the CEO should be responsible for the results obtained. Hazarika et al. (2009) in his study about earnings management that is motivated by the CEO turnover showed evidence that the CEO who will be replaced isproved performing earnings management by income increasing patterns. Income increasing was made by the CEO at the time before the turnover to obtain a great bonus before being replaced. Earnings management is done by the new CEO to earn the trust of the principal in managing the company owned by the principal. In the previous research there has been lot of researchesdone to examine some factors that influence the earnings management practices. As the research conducted by Desmiyawati, et al (2009) who studied the effect of asymmetry of information and the size of the company to the earnings management practices in manufacture companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange of 2005-2006 period. The research results prove that the asymmetry of information and the size of company has a significant and positive effect on earnings management. Research conducted by Agnes Utari Widyaningdyah (2001) concluded that leverage has a significant effect on earnings management. It is similar to research conducted by J.C. Shanti and C.Bintang HariYudhanti (2007) which resulted in financial leverage that is positively related to the level of discretionary accruals (earnings management). Other research conducted by Bengsston et al. (2006) proved that earnings management occurs at the time of the replacement of the CEO and in the years thereafter. Hypothesis formulation obtained based on these descriptions include: H1 : Information Asymmetry has positive effect on earnings management practices. H2 : Leverage haspositive effect on earnings management practices. H3 : Turnover of CEO has negative effect on earnings management practices. RESEARCH METHODS This study was performed on manufacture companies listed in the Indonesia Stock Exchange (BEI) in the period of 2010 to 2013 which can be accessed via www.idx.co.id. The object of this research is the asymmetry of information, leverage, CEO turnover and earnings management of manufacture companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013. The population in this study are all manufacture companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013, amounting to 128 companies observed.To get a research sample, the technique used is the purposive sampling (Sugiyono,2012:68). Considerations that are used in this sample is the manufacture companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange during 2010-2013, which published annual financial report in full during the year of 2010-2013, the company has the data related to the variables used in this study, the companies reported information that is in monetary in units of rupiah currency. Based on the criteria set out above, it is found that the number of manufacture companies that meet the criteria are 56 manufacture companies with four years of observation, so the samples in this study are 56 manufacture companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013. Earnings management proxiedby discretionary accruals using Jones model modified by Dechow et.al (1995) with the following steps: Calculate the actual total accrual with the formula: Calculate total accrual estimated with the OLS (Ordinary Least Square) regression equation with the formula: Calculate non-accrual discretionary with the formula: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Calculate Discretionare total accrual with the formula: Asymmetry in this study will be measured using the Bid-Ask Spread which is the difference in price to buy and sell shares at any given time. Generally, Bid-ask spread is calculated by using the formula of: The leverage showsto which extent the level of assets financed by debt. Degree of leverage can be found out by comparing the total debt to total assets. Substitution of chief executive officer (CEO) of the company can occur due to a decision of the general assembly of shareholders (AGM) or due to a resignation. This variable is measured by a comparison between the CEO of previous period and the CEO of current period. The scale of data measurement using a nominal scale with the criteria, if the change of CEO occur then it is given a value of 1, whereas if there is no change of CEO then it will be rated by 0. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Results of descriptive statistical tests used in this study is to provide information about the characteristics of proxy of research variables.Results of descriptive statistics can be seen in Table 1 as follows. Table 1. Results of Descriptive Statistics Descriptive Statistics N Information 214 Asymmetry 214 Leverage 214 Substitution of CEO 214 Earnings 214 Management Valid N (listwise) Source: Data processed, 2015 Minimum Maximum Mean ,14 ,08 ,00 -,13 ,98 ,90 1,00 ,34 ,6183 ,4286 ,2617 ,0702 Std. Deviation ,20352 ,19173 ,44058 ,07933 Residual normality test goal is to test the distribution whether it is normal or not to the regression model between the free variable and its independent. To test it the Kolmogorov - Smirnov test is used. A model is said to be normal when the residual significance is greater than 0,05. Normal test results of this study, it can be seen that the normality test results showed that regression model has normal distribution is seen from the Asymp.Sig value = 0,317 greater than 0,05. KolmogorovSmirnov test results can be seen in Table 2 as the following. Tabel 2. Nilai Kolmogorov Smirnov N Normal Parameters a,b Mean Unstandardized Residual 214 ,0000000 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Std. Deviation Most Extreme Differences ,02141293 ,340 ,223 -,340 ,967 ,317 Absolute Positive Negative Kolmogorov-Smirnov Z Asymp. Sig. (2-tailed) Source: Data processed, 2015 Multikoliniearitas test goal is to test whether in the regression model it is found a correlation between independent variables. The method used to detect the presence of multicollinearityis by using the tolerance value and the VIF (Variance Inflation Factor) value. Table 3. Results of Multicollinearity Test Collinearity Statistics Model Tolerance VIF 1 Asymmetry of ,970 1,031 Information ,975 1,025 Leverage ,995 1,006 Substitution of CEO a. Dependent Variable: Earnings Management Source: Data processed, 2015 Table 3 shows that there is no independent variable which the tolerance value is less than 0,1 or VIF less than 10, so it is concluded that there is no multicollinearity between the independent variables in the regression model. Heteroskidastitytest is done by using the Glejser test. If Asymp. Sig (p value)> 0,05, it can be concluded that there is no heteroskidastityoccur. Table 4. Results of Heteroskidastity Test Unstandardized Coefficients Model B Std. Error 1 (Constant) ,011 ,004 Information Asymmetry ,000 ,004 Leverage -,016 ,017 Substitution of CEO ,016 ,013 a. Dependent Variable: Abres Source: Data processed, 2015 Standardiz ed Coefficien ts Beta ,007 -,155 ,354 t Sig. 2,839 ,108 -,960 1,232 ,005 ,914 ,617 ,143 Based on Table 4 it can be seen that all variables have Asymp.Sig (p value)> 0,05, which mean that there is no heteroskidastity inregression model. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The purpose of the autocorrelation test is to examine the intruder error in period t with intruder error in period t-1 (previous) in the regression model. Those errors are called the autocorrelation problem. If the significance value is greater than 0,05 then the model is said to be free of autocorrelation. This test is done by using the Langrange Multiplier test. Table 5. Autocorrelation Test Results Model R R Square 1 ,859 Adjusted R Square ,857 Std. Error of The Estimate ,02157 DurbinWatson 2,010 a. Predictors: (Constant), Substitution of CEO, Leverage, Information Asymmetry b. Dependent Variable: Earnings Management Source: Data processed, 2015 Autocorrelation test results of this study showed that the regression model performed in this study escapes from the autocorrelation test viewed from the position of du<d<4-du. Table 6. Result of Multiple Linear Regression Analysis Variable Unstandardized Coefficients B 0,027 0,072 (Constant) Asymmetry of information Leverage 0,065 Substitution of CEO -0,079 R2 = 0,859 Fcount= 427,900 Sig Fcount= 0,000 Source: Data processed, 2015 Standardized Coefficients t Sig. 0,362 0,000 0,000 0,002 Std. Error 0,028 0,004 Beta 0,426 0,914 16,219 0,008 0,003 0,220 -0,745 8,375 -20,269 Regression equations for earnings management practices that performing the turnover of CEO is as the following. Y= + + + +e Y = 0,027 + 0,072 Information Asymmetry + 0,065 Leverage – 0,079 (1) + e Y = -0,052 + 0,072 Information Asymmetry + 0,065 Leverage + e Constant value of earnings management practices which performing the turnover of CEO is of 0,052 which means that if the variable of information asymmetry diunduh and leverage dari: is considered as zero www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id (fixed or no change), then the earnings management practices if of -0,052.The coefficient value of information asymmetry value is of 0,072 which means that if the value of the information asymmetry variable increasesby one unit then the earnings management practices increased by 0,072 by assuming that the leverage variables remain constant. Coefficientvalue of leverage is of 0,065 which means that if the value of the leverage variable increased by one unit then the earnings management practices increased by 0,065 with assumption that information asymmetry variables remain constant. Regression equations for earnings management practices that do not perform the turnover of CEO, is as the following. Y= + + + +e Y = 0,027 + 0,072 Information Asymmetry + 0,065 Leverage – 0,079 (0) + e Y = 0,027 + 0,072 Information Asymmetry + 0,065 Leverage + e Constanta value of earnings management practices that do not perform the turnover of CEO is of 0,027 which means that if the variable of information asymmetry and leverage is considered to be zero (fixed or no change), then the earnings management practices amounted to be 0,027.Coefficientvalue of information asymmetry is of 0,072 which means that if the value of the information asymmetry variable increases by one unit then the earnings management practices increased by 0,072 with the assupmtion that the leverage variables remain constant. Leverage coefficient value is of 0,065 which means that if the value of variable leverage increased by one unit then the earnings management practices increased by 0,065 with the assumption that the information asymmetry variables remain constant. The value of R2 is 0,859. This means that 85,9 percent of the indication variance of earnings management practices in manufacture companies listed in the Indonesia Stock Exchange 2010-2013 is explained by the variance of information asymmetry, leverage and the CEO turnover, while the remaining 14,1 percent is influenced by other factors variance which are not included in the study. The value of sig. Fcount= 0,000 <α = 0,05. This means that the independent variableswhich are the asymmetry of information, leverage and the turnover of CEO is a statistically significant explanatory of the indication of the onset of earnings management practices in manufacture companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013. Asymmetry of information (X1) statistically has positive and significant effect to the earnings management practices of the manufacture companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013. The results of this study are consistent with the previous studies which was the research conducted by Richardson (1998) which shows the result that there is a correlation between the information asymmetry which positively and significantlyinfuencethe earnings management.The managers are more aware of the internal information and future prospects of the company compared to the shareholders and other stakeholders that can lead to the asymmetry of information; it can make managers to do things that are useful to improve its utility.Asymmetry of information will encourage the management to present information that is not true, especially regarding the management performance measurement. Leverage (X2) statistically has positive and significant effect to the earnings management practices of the manufacture companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 20102013.Results of this study was supported by a previous study conducted by Widyaningdiah (2001) which states that the leverage has positive effect to the earnings management.Leverage is one of the company's efforts to increase its profit.Companies that have a high leverage ratio will tend to perform earnings management because the company was threatened to fail to meet its debt agreements (default). CEO turnover (X3) statistically has negative and significant influence in the earnings management practices of the manufacture companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013.Results of this study are supported by previous studies conducted by Bengtsson et al. (2006), Jin et al. (2010), Feng Yu (2012), Wells (2002) which states that earnings management occurs at the time of the replacement of the CEO and the year after. Turnover of CEO encourages the management to perform earnings management practices.This was done as a strategy to be able to show the performance of the company in a good condition at the tenuredari: of the CEO. Companies diunduh www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id that do not perform the turnover of CEO tend to do earnings management practices to obtain high bonuses, while companies that perform the turnover of a new CEO tend to be willing to take action of taking a bath, with the purpose to gain maximum profit in a particular period. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS There is a positive and significant impact of information asymmetry (X1) to the earnings management practices of the manufacture companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013. This means, if the level of information asymmetry is high, the higher the indication of earnings management practices, nor vice versa. There is a positive and significant effect of leverage (X2) on the earnings management practices of the manufacture companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013. This means that high leverage ratio is shown to affect the company to do earnings management, the greater the debt the company the more likely the companies doing earnings management practices in order to avoid a breach of contract debts all at once to make it easier for companies to obtain loans from creditors. There is a negative and significant influence of the CEO turnover (X3) on earnings management practices of the manufacture companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2010-2013. This means that the companies that experienced CEO turnover will tend to perform earnings management practices by reducing profit (taking a bath) so as to maximize profit in future periods while companies that did not change the CEO will tend to perform earnings management practices by increasing profit to get a bonus at the end of CEO’s tenure. Results of research produces the influence of information asymmetry, leverage and turnover of CEO to the earnings management practices. It is expected that the companies engaged in the manufacturing sector listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange need to consider those several factors in order to minimize the possibility of earnings management practices. It is expected that future studies will examine other factors that may affect the earnings management practices. In order that research results can be used generally and broadly, then for future researchers, the research subjects are not limited only to the company engaged in the manufacturing sector, which is listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange. REFERENCE Agnes Utari Widyaningdyah, 2001, Analisis Faktor-faktor Yang Berpengaruh Terhadap Earnings Management Pada Perusahaan Go Public di Indonesia. Jurnal Akuntansi & Keuangan,November 2002, Vol. 3 No. 2. Bengtsston, Kristian, Class Bergstrom, dan Max Nilsson. 2006. Earnings Management and CEO Turnovers. Working Paper, School of Economics, Sweden. Dechow, P. M., Sloan, R. G., and Sweeney, A. P. 1995. Detecting Earnings Management. The Accounting Review, 70(2): h:193-225. Desmiyawati, dkk. 2009. Pengaruh Asimetri Informasi dan Ukuran Perusahaan terhadap Manajemen Laba pada Perusahaan Manufaktur yang terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia. Pekbis Jurnal, 1(3): h:180-189. Fama, Eugene F and Jensen, M.C. 1983. Agency Problems and Residual Claims. Journal of Law & Economics, Vol. XXVI. Feng Yu- Chia.2012. CEO Turnover, Earnings Management, and Big Bath. Gideon S.B., Boediono. 2005. Kualitas Laba: Studi Pengaruh Mekanisme Corporate Governance dan Dampak Manajemen Laba dengan Menggunakan Analisis Jalur. Majalah SNA VIII Solo, h:172-194. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Hazarika, Sonalia, Jonathan M. Karpof, dan Rajariishi Nahata. 2009. Internal Corporate Governance, CEO Turnovers, and Earnings Management. Social Science Research Network. J.C., Shanti dan C. Bintang Hari Yudhanti. 2007. Pengaruh Set Kesempatan Investasi dan Leverage Finansial terhadap Manajemen Laba. Jurnal Ekonomi Bisnis dan Akuntansi Ventura Vol 10 No 3 Desember 2007 hal.49-70. Jin, Lianhua., Jung-Hwa, Lee & Zhi Hua, Zhang. 2010. CEO Behaviour Regarding Pre-Turnover Earnings Management. Kaplan, Steven N. dan Bernadette A. Minton 2006. How has CEO Turnover Changed? Increasingly Performance Sensitive Boards and Increasingly Uneasy CEOs.Working Paper, University of Chicago. Rahmawati, dkk.2006. Pengaruh Asimetri Informasi terhadap Praktik Manajemen Laba pada Perusahaan Perbankan Publik yang terdaftar di Bursa Efek Jakarta.Simposium Nasional Akuntansi IX., Padang. Richardson, V.J. 1998. Information Asymmetry and Earnings Management: Some Evidence. Salno, H.M. dan Baridwan. 2000. “Analisis Perataan Penghasilan (income Smoothing): Faktorfaktor yang Mempengaruhi dan Kaitannya dengan Kinerja Saham Perusahaan Publik di Indonesia”. Jurnal Riset Akuntansi Indonesia, 3 (1):17-34. Schipper, K. 1989. Earnings management. Accounting Horizons, 3(4): h:91-102. Sugiyono. 2012. MetodePenelitianBisnis. Bandung :CV. Alfabeta. Watts, RL. Dan J.L. Zimmerman. 1986. Positive Accounting Theory. Prentice Hall: NJ. Widyaningdyah, Agnes Utari. 2001. Analisis Faktor-Faktor yang Berpengaruh Terhadap Earnings Management pada Perusahaan Go Publik di Indonesia. Jurnal Akuntansi Keuangan Vol. 3, No. 2, hal. 89-101. Wells, P. 2002. Earnings Management Surrounding CEO Changes. Accounting and Finances. Volume 42. Yasa G.W, Novialy yulia. 2012. Indikasi manajemen laba oleh CEO baru pada perusahaan yang terdaftar di pasar modal Indonesia. Jurnal Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Udayana, Denpasar. The Relation between Cash Holdings and Earnings Persistence Yuto Yoshinaga Hitotsubashi University diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Author Note Yuto Yoshinaga, Graduate School of Commerce and Management, Hitotsubashi University. This research is supported by Makoto Nakano and Yusuke Takasu at Hitotsubashi University and at Yokohama National University. We thank Behnaz Quigley, David Veenman, and participants at the 26th Asian-Pacific Conference on International Accounting Issues and at the 38th European Accounting Association Annual Congress 2015 for helpful comments and suggestions. Correspondence concerning this article should be addressed to Yuto Yoshinaga, Graduate School of Commerce and Management, Hitotsubashi University. Contact: [email protected] Relation between Cash Holdings and Earnings Persistence In the international studies on accounting and finance, Japanese industrial firms are known as one of the most “cash-rich” firms in the world (cf. Pinkowitz et al. (2006), Guney et al. (2007), and Chen (2012)). In addition, corporate cash holdings in Japan have been increasing recently. Though stockholders can criticize “cash-rich” firms for failing to use investors’ funds efficiently, why are many Japanese firms are eager to hold so much cash? What are the benefits of this? For the first question, existing literatures highlight four motives for cash holdings by firms. The second question is the main focus of this paper. We focus on the effects of cash holdings on earnings persistence in this study, different from many existing literatures that discuss the effects on corporate behaviors. Accounting researchers regard earnings persistence as one of the measures of earnings quality (Dechow et al. (2010)) and practitioners like Chief Financial Officers (CFOs) think that it is one of the favorable features of earnings (Dichev et al. (2013), Kagaya (2013)). So our research is the attempt to evaluate whether corporate cash holdings can benefit firms through improving earnings persistence. Based on the research design of Dichev and Tang (2009), we investigate the relation between cash holdings and earnings persistence. The result of our basic test shows that cash holdings has a positive relation with earnings persistence. Next, we move on to the further analysis. We test whether this relation holds after controlling for earnings volatility because Dichev and Tang (2009) find a negative relation between earnings volatility and earnings persistence. We observe the positive relation between cash holdings and earnings persistence only for firms with high volatility of earnings. In contrast, the positive relation cannot be seen among firms with stable earnings. These results suggest that cash holdings benefit firms with volatile earnings. This study proceeds as follows. In the next section, we outline the trends in the cash holdings of listed firms in Japan. After that, we review the existing literatures on cash holdings. Next, we show our research design and the empirical results. In the final section, we conclude this study. Trends in the cash holdings of Japanese firms Previous research indicates that Japanese industrial firms have more cash than comparable firms in other countries. Pinkowitz et al. (2006) point out that Japanese firms are the most “cashrich” out of firms in 35 countries. They find that the cash-to-assets ratio of Japanese firms (16%) is almost four times higher than that of the U.S. firms (4.4%). Descriptive statistics given by Guney et al. (2007) also confirm the position of Japanese firms as the “cash-rich” firms comparing the average cash-to-assets ratio of the firms in five developed countries (Japan, the U.S., the U.K., France, and Germany). In their sample, Japanese firms are the richest in cash on average. Chen (2012) proposes the average cash holdings of firms in 23 countries respectively and shows the same facts as Pinkowitz et al. (2006) and Guney et al. (2007). These studies support that Japanese firms hold so much cash. In addition, there is still an upward trend in the cash holdings of Japanese industrial firms. As we check the trend in our sample period (from 1995 to 2013), the average cash-to-assets ratio is gradually increasing since 2001, even though Japanese firms have faced severe economic shocks over this period.dari: For example, financial diunduh www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id crisis following the collapse of Lehman Brothers strongly hurt many Japanese firms in 2009. In 2011, the Great East Japan Earthquake occurred and many Japanese firms were damaged by the disaster in direct or indirect ways. Despite these shocks, the average cash-to-assets ratio for Japanese industrial firms has continued to increase. In 2013, the end of our sample period, the ratio reached its highest point. These upward trends in the cash holdings can also be seen in the U.S. firms. Bates et al. (2009) investigate the average cash-to-assets ratio for the U.S. industrial firms and find that the ratio approximately doubled from 10.5% in 1980 to 23.2% in 2006. Gao et al. (2013) find a similar trend using more recent financial data on the U.S. firms. They report that the cash-to-assets ratio increased from 13.53% in 1995 to 20.45% in 2011. Prior literatures on cash holdings Motives for cash holdings Why do some firms want to hold more cash in reserve instead of investing in projects or paying dividends? Bates et al. (2009) propose four motives to hold cash, as identified in the existing literatures. The first motive is the transaction motive. Firms with this motive want to hold cash so that they are able to pay day-to-day expenses in cash. In short, firms want to use cash as the main source of capital for ordinary operation such as buying raw materials. The second motive is the precautionary motive. Firms save cash so as not to run short of funds to invest in the future. Opler et al. (1999) find that firms with greater difficulty in obtaining external capital tend to hold more cash as a buffer against a lack of funds. Shinada and Ando (2013) note that this precautionary motive is supported by pecking order theory. According to this theory, in the presence of severe asymmetry of information between borrowers and lenders of funds, firms prefer internal capital to external capital because the agency costs of internal capital are lower than those of external capital. The third motive is the tax motive, as explained by Foley et al. (2007). Foreign earnings of multinational firms located in Japan are taxable in the U.S. or in Japan. However, the tax burdens against those earnings can be deferred until earnings are repatriated. Thus, multinationals can lower their effective tax rate by holding cash abroad. Foley et al. (2007) indicate that higher tax costs promote larger cash holdings in multinational firms. The fourth motive is the agency motive. When firms lack investment opportunities with a positive net present value, their managers have an incentive not to return funds to stockholders and instead to hold cash. Dittmar et al. (2003) observe differences between various countries in cash holdings. They find that corporations in countries where shareholders rights are less protected hold more cash than in countries with greater shareholder protections. This occurs because in the latter countries, shareholders force managers to pay out more cash. Bates et al. (2009) conclude that the precautionary motive plays an important role in the increase in cash in the U.S. firms. Shinada and Ando (2013) find a positive effect of the standard deviation of cash flow on cash holdings and argue that Japanese firms hold much cash due to the precautionary motive. Their findings are consistent with Bates et al. (2009). Therefore, the precautionary motive is likely to be the main motive in the U.S. and Japan. The benefits and problems of cash holdings Now we will move on to the benefits and problems of cash holdings. First, having ample cash reserves may encourage firms to spend and invest. These activities will contribute to improving the firm value if they are appropriate. Thus, prior literatures focus on whether firms use cash to increase their firm values. Denis and Sibilkov (2010) suggest that cash holdings are valuable for financially constrained firms because they can use cash to encourage prospective investments. Brown and Petersen (2011) show that firms likely to face financing frictions can use cash to smooth R&D expenditures. In addition, Wang and Gu (2012) indicate that R&D has a negative effect on earnings uncertainty. These studies support that cash holdings will benefit financially constrained firms. On the other hand, there are researchers and stockholders that criticize “cash-rich” firms for failing to use investors’ funds efficiently. This criticism is largely due to agency diunduh dari: problems. It can be www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id supposed that holding too much cash causes excessive investments or overspending. Harford (1999) and Harford et al. (2008) suggest that cash-rich firms can engage in excessive investments such as acquisitions and capital investments, and thereby they can reduce their firm values. In Japan, stockholders of cash-rich firms grow to push for greater payouts. In 2014, the year-over-year growth of the sum of payouts is expected to be 22%, while that of the net income is anticipated to be 3% in Japan according to “the Nikkei2”. As seen above, empirical results on whether cash holdings improve or reduce the firm values are still mixed. In order to contribute to the discussion of the merits and drawbacks of cash holdings, we investigate whether and how cash holdings are related with earning persistence. Earnings persistence is thought to be one of the measures of earnings quality in accounting studies (Dechow et al. (2010)). In addition, not only the accounting researchers but also CFOs regard earnings persistence as the favorable features of earnings. Dichev et al. (2013) present results from a survey of CFOs of public companies in the U.S. which asks about important features of highquality earnings. According to their results, 80.5% of CFOs think that sustainability is an important feature of high-quality earnings. Kagaya (2013) also sends the same questionnaire survey to CFOs in Japanese firms. His questionnaire results are consistent with those of Dichev et al. (2013). These studies show that earnings persistence is thought to be an important earnings quality by both researchers and business people. Empirical research Sample selection Our sample is obtained from Nikkei NEEDS Financial QUEST 2.0, a database of financial data of Japanese firms. Our sample period covers from 1995 to 2013. We limit the sample to Japanese firms that are listed on stock exchanges in Japan and adopt the Japanese Accounting Standard. We further limit the sample to firms with a fiscal year end of March, which is the most common fiscal year end for Japanese public firms. Financial firms (e.g. banks, insurance companies, brokerages, and asset management companies) are excluded because they have financial data that is qualitatively different from that of industrial firms. The sample is further restricted to firm/year observations that have non-missing data to construct the variables we use. To diminish the influence of outliers, we then exclude observations with values in the top and bottom 1% of each variable described in the descriptive statistics in Table 1. Our final sample comprises the 29,005 firm/year observations meeting all of these requirements. The definitions of variables in this study are as follows. is net profit gained during the period t. is cash and cash equivalents plus short-term investment securities at the end of fiscal year t. These two variables are scaled by total assets at the previous fiscal year end (at the period t-1). is the standard deviation of net profit deflated by total assets at the end of the previous year over the recent five years. Descriptive statistics for the full sample are presented in Table 1. Empirical distributions and pairwise correlations of the variables are shown in Panel A and B respectively. Basic analysis In line with many existing literatures, we define the coefficient in the auto-regressive regressions of current on lagged earnings ( ) as earnings persistence. If this estimate has a high value, we can regard the earnings of the observation ( ) as highly persistent. Our basic analysis focuses on the link between cash holdings and earnings persistence. At first, we partition the full sample into quintiles according to . In classifying firm/year observations, we subdivide the quintiles by industry because what industry a firm belongs to can have a large influence on its financial data and its characteristics. To check the 2 The sum of the payouts last year is the highest, 13 trillion yen. Listed firms are utilizing the funds: improving performances, expanding investments, and raising wages and salaries (in Japanese). (2015, April 5). the Nikkei diunduh dari: (Morning Paper), p.1 www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id difference between industries, we calculate the average of cash-to-assets ratio by industry in 2013. The average cash-to-assets ratio between firms in the electricity supply industry is the lowest (2.3%) and that in the service sector is the highest (25.7%). Since the difference between the top and the bottom is substantial (23.4%), we divide the sample in the following way. We order firm/year observations, , in each industry according to the value of . In our model, is the industry code and formula below. is calculated for each firm/year observation from the We define as the group composed of firm/year observations following requirement. that satisfy the Here, is the “Cash holdings Ranking” of the group, where a smaller value means that the members of the group have relatively more cash. We can then describe as follows. Aggregating the above groups according to , we form the subgroups, , that contain all with the same value of . In the next stage, we estimate and compare earnings persistence in every . In the basic analysis, we estimate earnings persistence in each of the quintiles formed on the basis of in order to identify the relation between corporate cash holdings and the two characteristics of earnings. Table 2 shows the results from estimating the auto-regressive for each quintile formed on . Out of all the groups, for group is the largest and those for group is the smallest. In addition, is decreasing from top quintile to bottom quintile. This gradation of indicates that there is a positive relation between cash holdings and earnings persistence. Namely, the more cash firms hold, the more persistent their earnings are. In other words, the earnings of cash-rich firms are highly persistent. Further analysis Dichev and Tang (2009) find a strong negative relation between earnings volatility and earnings persistence. So, our next question is whether this relation can remain after controlling for earnings volatility. This section covers the further analysis, which looks at the effects of earnings volatility on the positive relation between cash holdings and earnings persistence. In this test, we divide the sample into 25 groups according to cash-to-assets ratio and earnings volatility. We order firm/year observations, , in each industry according to the value of and independently. In the model, is an industry code. firm/year observation using the formulas below. and are calculated for each diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id We define following condition: as the group composed of firm/year observations that satisfy the Here, indicates “Cash holdings Ranking (lower values of indicate higher cash holdings)”. indicates “Volatility of earnings Ranking (lower values of indicate lower volatility). We can then describe in the following way. We classify all observations according to cash-to-assets ratio and earnings volatility by industry. We then aggregate these groups according to the pairings of and . Through these operations, we make 25 groups. We estimate and compare earnings persistence in every . The results are shown in Table 3. First, let us take a look at each row in Table 3. The two columns on the right ( ) indicate the earnings persistence of the groups composed of observations with high earnings volatility. In these columns, the top cells ( =1) have the largest estimated coefficient (earnings persistence) and the bottom cells ( =5) have the smallest values for the coefficient. In addition, is generally decreasing from the top row to the bottom row. Thus, we can see that the gradation in can be seen in high earnings volatility groups. In contrast, in the left two columns ( ), such gradation cannot be seen. These results indicate that when earnings are highly volatile, holding more cash is related with higher earnings persistence. But, when firms have stable earnings, we cannot observe a positive relation between cash holdings and earnings persistence. Now, the coefficients are basically decreasing from left to right in Table 3. These results confirm the negative relation between earnings persistence and earnings volatility. Therefore, our results are consistent with those of Dichev and Tang (2009). Conclusion This paper investigates the relation of cash holdings with earnings persistence. Our basic analysis explored this relation and the results show that there is a positive relation between them. Next, we examine whether this positive relation remains after considering the negative relation between earnings volatility and earnings persistence. Our results show that the positive relation between cash holdings and earnings persistence remains only when earnings are highly volatile. Recently, stockholders criticize Japanese firms for holding too much cash and they require increasing the amount of payouts. However, our results suggest that cash holdings should not be quickly regarded as the evidence that the firms do not use their capital efficiently. diunduh dari: Cash holdings www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id should be assessed together with earnings volatility. For example, stockholders probably should not require more payouts against the firms whose earnings are highly volatile. If they do not demand payouts, they will expect more persistent earnings of those firms. Our study has some limitations. First, there is not a clear explanation as to why there is a positive relation between cash holdings and earnings volatility if firms gain volatile earnings. Second, we do not gain enough evidence to prove the causation. It is possible that cash holdings have a positive effect on earnings persistence of the firms whose earnings are volatile. Cash holdings can give them the opportunities of valuable investments. But, persistent earnings can make firms rich in cash. These questions will be addressed in future research. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id References Bates, T. W., Kahle, K. M., & Stulz, R. M. (2009). Why do US firms hold so much more cash than they used to?. The Journal of Finance, 64(5), 1985-2021. Brown, J. R., & Petersen, B. C. (2011). Cash holdings and R&D smoothing. Journal of Corporate Finance, 17(3), 694-709. Chen, N. (2012). Corporate Thrift And Economic Growth: A Comparative Study Of Developing And Developed Countries. Journal of International Development, 24(2), 167-184. Dechow, P., Ge, W., & Schrand, C. (2010). Understanding earnings quality: A review of the proxies, their determinants and their consequences. Journal of Accounting and Economics, 50(2), 344401. Denis, D. J., & Sibilkov, V. (2010). Financial constraints, investment, and the value of cash holdings. Review of Financial Studies, 23(1), 247-269. Dichev, I. D., & Tang, V. W. (2009). Earnings volatility and earnings predictability. Journal of accounting and Economics, 47(1), 160-181. Dichev, I. D., Graham, J., Harvey, C. R., & Rajgopal, S. (2013). Earnings quality: Evidence from the field. Journal of Accounting and Economics.56(2-3), Supplement 1, 1-33 Dittmar, A., Mahrt-Smith, J., & Servaes, H. (2003). International corporate governance and corporate cash holdings. Journal of Financial and Quantitative analysis, 38(1), 111-134. Foley, C. F., Hartzell, J. C., Titman, S., & Twite, G. (2007). Why do firms hold so much cash? A taxbased explanation. Journal of Financial Economics, 86(3), 579-607. Gao, H., Harford, J., & Li, K. (2013). Determinants of corporate cash policy: Insights from private firms. Journal of Financial Economics.109(3), 623-639 Guney, Y., Ozkan, A., & Ozkan, N. (2007). International evidence on the non-linear impact of leverage on corporate cash holdings. Journal of Multinational financial management, 17(1), 45-60. Harford, J. (1999). Corporate cash reserves and acquisitions. The Journal of Finance, 54(6), 19691997. Harford, J., Mansi, S. A., & Maxwell, W. F. (2008). Corporate governance and firm cash holdings in the US. Journal of Financial Economics, 87, 535-555. Kagaya, T. (2013) . The exploration of innovation in empirical accounting research. (in Japanese). Briefing Paper, 72th Conference on Japanese Accounting Association Opler, T., Pinkowitz, L., Stulz, R. M., Williamson, R., (1999).The determinants and implications of corporate holdings. Journal of Financial Economics 52(1), 3–46. Pinkowitz, L., Stulz, R., & Williamson, R. (2006). Does the contribution of corporate cash holdings and dividends to firm value depend on governance? A cross‐country analysis. The Journal of Finance, 61(6), 2725-2751. Shinada, N & Ando, K. (2013). Cash Holdings of Japanese Firms (in Japanese). Securities Analysts Journal. 51(6), 6-16 Wang, W., & Gu, F. (2012). The Effect of R&D Investment on Future Earnings Uncertainty: New Evidence. Working Paper. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 1. Descriptive statistics is net profit scaled by total assets. is cash-to-assets ratio. and is the standard deviation of earnings scaled by total assets over the recent five years. Panel A: Empirical distributions Mean SD Min 25% Med 75% Max N 0.017 0.044 -0.241 0.004 0.018 0.038 0.171 29,005 0.159 0.120 0.009 0.074 0.127 0.209 0.746 29,005 0.024 0.026 0.002 0.009 0.016 0.030 0.244 29,005 Panel B: Pairwise Pearson (Spearman) correlations below (above) the diagonal 0.271 0.243 -0.200 -0.098 0.123 0.154 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 2. Results of the basic analysis. (earnings persistence) is estimated for the group and all are significant at the 1% level. The group is classified by the value of (“Cash holdings Ranking”). Smaller values of indicate higher cash-to-assets ratio for firm/year observations in . is net profit scaled by total assets. is cash-toassets ratio. is the standard deviation of earnings scaled by total assets over the recent five years. (Persistence) Adj R2 N 0.625 0.378 5,890 0.550 0.280 5,871 0.484 0.215 5,876 0.480 0.207 5,871 0.407 0.157 5,886 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 3. Results of the further analysis The value in each of the 25 cells indicates (earnings persistence) estimated for the group and all are significant at the 1% level. Adjusted R squared values are indicated in parentheses. The group is classified by the value of (“Cash holdings Ranking”) and (“Volatility of earnings Ranking”). Smaller values of indicate higher cash-to-assets ratio for firm/year observations in . Smaller values of indicate lower earnings volatility for firm/year observations in . is net profit scaled by total assets. is cash-to-assets ratio. and is the standard deviation of earnings scaled by total assets over the recent five years. 0.879 (0.534) 0.878 (0.375) 0.892 (0.328) 0.925 (0.223) 0.929 (0.234) 0.816 (0.488) 0.782 (0.302) 0.816 (0.294) 0.840 (0.333) 0.765 (0.199) 0.794 (0.500) 0.681 (0.342) 0.706 (0.283) 0.663 (0.256) 0.580 (0.201) 0.670 (0.441) 0.641 (0.333) 0.561 (0.255) 0.537 (0.229) 0.471 (0.180) 0.524 (0.299) 0.431 (0.225) 0.350 (0.161) 0.354 (0.154) 0.309 (0.128) Does Size Affect Loan Portfolio Structure and Performance of Domestic-Owned Banks in Indonesia? Apriani D.R Atahau3* and Tom Cronje** School of Economics and Finance Curtin Business School Curtin University, Australia Introduction Domestic owned banks (DBs) represent the largest number of banks in the Indonesian banking industry. Nonetheless, they play insignificant role as financial intermediaries in Indonesia. Data retrieved from the Bank Indonesia annual reports sourced from the Indonesian Banking Directory *The author would like to thank Indonesian Government for providing DIKTI Scholarship. Apriani is a PhD Student at School of Economics and Finance, Curtin University and is based at Satya Wacana Christian University, Salatiga Corresponding Author: **Tom Cronje, GPO Box U1987 Perth, Western Australia, Tel: +61 8 9266 3416, Fax: +61 8 9266 3026, Email: [email protected] diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id indicate that although representing almost 40% of the overall number of banks in Indonesia, the DBs had the lowest market share (25%) in the loan market over the period 2003 to 2011, therefore DBs in Indonesia were the minor loan providers over this period. The total amount of loans provided by DBs in 2011 was only one fourth of that of the total industry (Bank Indonesia, 2011). One of the reasons may their general smaller size compared to government- and foreign-owned banks. While previous studies compare DBs with FBs (La-Porta et al. (2002), Barth et al. (2004), Sapienza (2004), Berger et al. (2005a) and Taboada (2011)), no such research considers the effect of size differences between DBs on their performance and loan portfolios. The only previous research which found that bank loan portfolios are determined by bank characteristics, such as ownership and size, was conducted by De-Haas et al. (2010). They did not specifically refer to DBs but indicated that large banks in general possess a comparative advantage in lending to large customers as they are able to exploit economies of scale in evaluating the “hard-information” borrowers. In contrast, small banks may not be able to lend to large borrowers because of size limitations and regulatory lending limit constraints, but they are better in dealing with “soft information” borrowers such as consumers and small and medium size enterprises (SMEs). The objective of this study is to use bank level information to determine the extent to which large and small DBs differ in terms of their loan portfolio structures (composition and concentration), risk and performance. Findings from this research show that the economic sector (EHHI) loan portfolio concentration of the large and small DBs differ over the total study period with small DBs being more concentrated. Small DBs have more focused loan portfolios but experience slightly higher risk and higher return. These findings support the corporate finance theory, according to which banks should implement focus strategies to reduce agency problems and exploit their management expertise in certain sectors. The findings do not support the traditional banking and portfolio theory that banks should diversify their loan portfolio to reduce risk (Hayden et al., 2006). Literature Review Bank loan portfolio diversification strategies are based on the modern portfolio theory of Markowitz (1952), and largely followed by experts in financial institutions (Winton, 1999). According to the idiosyncratic risk hypothesis, diversification eliminates the specific (idiosyncratic) risk which enable banks to reduce their monitoring efforts and therefore lower their operating costs, which ceteris paribus should lead to higher cost efficiency (Rossi et al., 2009). Furthermore, the benefit of diversification stems from economies of scope across inter alia economic sectors and geographic areas (Laeven and Levine, 2007). Researchers like Hayden et al. (2006), Berger et al.(2010) and Tabak et al. (2011) all indicate that risk reduction and performance improvement are advantages of diversification whilst agency problems are common associated disadvantages. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, Tabak et al. (2011)4 also indicates that diversification increases the risk in the Brazil and Italian banking sectors and reduces the performance of the banks in China, Germany and small European countries. This viewpoint, that diversification does not always reduce risks and improve returns, is also supported by other researchers like Winton (1999) and Acharya (2002). Some of the regulations governing central banks like maximum lending limits that apply to banks, promote diversification, whilst other regulations pertaining to aspects like branching, entry, and diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id asset investments often encourage focus strategies (Berger et al., 2010). However, the existence of regulations that instigate diversification may increase monitoring costs and reduce cost efficiency due to large numbers of individual customers and industries (Rossi et al., 2009). Furthermore, given that managers are risk averse, they may incur additional costs in their search for high quality loans to apply diversification. These factors may reduce diversification risk-return efficiency. A focus strategy opposed to a loan portfolio diversification strategy is effective when banks face information asymmetry (Acharya et al., 2002), Kamp et al. (2005),Berger et al. (2010),Tabak et al. (2011)) and it serves as a contributing determinant of differences between banks in terms of their loan concentration in sectors (Dell'Ariccia and Marquez, 2004). Re-allocation of loans (commonly known as flight to captivity) to sectors where greater adverse selection problems exist may happen when banks face mere intrinsic overall competition from other outside lenders entering the market. It means that more lenders may target borrowers in the same sectors subject to low information asymmetries. Therefore, existing informed lenders may have to deal with more captured (but also higher risk) borrowers that did not previously form part of their market in such sectors (Dell'Ariccia and Marquez, 2004).5 Bank size can be regarded as another determinant of bank loan portfolio composition. Researchers such as De-Haas et al. (2010) investigated bank size performance differences. Their findings show that bank size, bank ownership, and legislation that protect the rights of banks as creditors are important determinants of the loan portfolio compositions of banks. According to Carter et al. (2004) the lending performance of small banks may be better than that of large banks due to factors such as structure performance (SP), information advantage (IA), and relationship development (RD) theories. The SP theory relates to the industry or market structure in which banks operate. When operating in smaller markets with a limited number of competitors, small banks may experience higher interest income (Gilbert, 1984). The IA theory refers to the information accessibility and organisational structures of banks. Nakamura (1993, 1994) and Mester et al. (1999) point out that small banks have the advantage of credit information accessibility. Their flat organisational structures also allow better delegated borrower monitoring (Carter et al., 2004). Finally, the RD theory contrasts the relationship lending conducted by small banks using “soft information” about borrowers with arms-length lending by large banks using “hard information of borrowers (Berger et al., 2005b). Small banks have the advantage of serving the “soft information” borrowers due to their ability to maintain a close relationship with the borrowers. Differences in the organisational structures and exposure to asymmetric information between small and large banks may result in different loan portfolio compositions (Degryse et al., 2012) and differences in lending technology and innovation capability (Berger et al., 2005a). In view of the aforementioned characteristic differences between bank sizes that researchers identified, it is hypothesized that differences exist in the loan portfolio composition and loan repayment default risk of different sizes of DBs. As a result their returns may also differ. A Brief History of Domestic-owned Banks in Indonesia Based on Banking Act No. 14/1967 (Republik Indonesia, 1967), banks in Indonesia were classified into groups using the ownership and functions of the banks as the primary classification criteria. Classification based on ownership consisted of the following: national government banks; regional development banks; private (domestic and foreign) banks; and cooperative banks6. 5 Flight to captivity implies that banks re-allocate their portfolio towards more captive borrowers when shocks to their balance sheet, or from their competitive environment, force them to alter their lending patterns 6 Local government-owned banks were regional development banks at the provincial level that were established in terms of Law No.13/1962. Private-domestic banks were banks with shares owned by Indonesian diunduh dari:citizens and/or Indonesian legal entities, which were owned and governed by Indonesian citizens, based on Minister of Finance Decree No. www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The 1988 package relaxed numerous bank establishment regulations to foster competition in the banking industry. As a result, the Indonesian banking industry experienced an accelerated increase in the number of banks. During the 1988-1991 period, 58 new banks were established. The 61 banks that existed in 1988 increased to 119 by 1991. Domestic-owned bank branches increased dramatically, from 559 in 1988 to 2,639 at the end of 1991 (Pangestu, 2003). These domesticowned banks were able to perform intermediary functions better than government-owned banks. Government-owned banks no longer dominated the market. Indonesian banks engaged in risky lending practices following the deregulations. Governmentowned banks provided politically motivated loans, whereas domestic-owned banks engaged in intra-group lending. In many cases, there were inadequate loan assessments (Bennet, 1999). Domestic-owned banks primarily made loans to affiliated companies, which led to high-risk exposure arising from highly correlated risk between the bank and the borrowers, all of which were in the same corporate groups. These banks used various means to fund affiliated companies in excess of the lending limit regulations. The types of credit support provided by such domesticowned banks to their affiliates included direct loan guarantees and more sophisticated financial instruments such as total return swaps and credit default swaps, under which the risks of the loans were passed from an unrelated third-party lender to the affiliated bank. In many cases, inadequate loan assessment was conducted (Bennet, 1999). Banking Act No. 7/1992 limited bank lending activities by imposing new maximum lending limits. Capital requirements were increased for the establishment of new domestic banks (five times the original capital requirements) and for joint venture banks (double the original capital requirements) in October 1992 (Republik Indonesia, 1992) in an effort to temper the increase in bank numbers (Pangestu, 2003). Concentration existed in bank sizes. 75% of total bank assets were held by 16 banks, including 10 non-government-owned domestic banks and 6 government-owned banks (Pangestu, 2003). The ownership concentration for both government-owned and non-government-owned domestic banks created conflicts between majority shareholders (families or company groups) and minority shareholders (Pangestu, 2003). In addition, banks did not always provide accurate information disclosure as required by the supervisor. The problem worsened because of the weak capacity and capability of supervisors, who engaged in collusive practices and political interference (Pangestu, 2003). The vulnerability of banks triggered a banking crisis when Indonesia experienced a currency crisis following the implementation of a free-floating exchange rate for the IDR on August, 14 1997 (Batunanggar, 2002). The condition exerted further pressure on small domestic-owned banks as customer confidence in the small banks deteriorated. For safety reasons, the customers began to transfer their deposits from the small domestic-owned banks to government-owned banks and foreign-owned banks (Batunanggar, 2002). Sixteen banks were closed in November 1997. On January 27, 1998, in an effort to address the country’s financial crisis, the government established the Indonesian Banking Restructuring Agency (IBRA)7, under Presidential Decree No. 27/1998, to supervise the bank restructuring process Kep/603/M/IV/12/1968. Some of these banks were foreign exchange banks that were allowed to conduct foreignexchange transactions (buying and selling foreign exchange and overseas collection and transfers including letters of credit (L/C) activities). Privately owned foreign banks were branches of foreign banks or banks of which the shares were owned jointly by foreign and Indonesian entities, based on Minister of Finance Decree No. Kep/034/MK/IV/2/1968. Cooperative banks were the banks for which funds originated from cooperative groups, based on Minister of Finance Decree No. Kep.800/MK/IV/II/1969. diunduh dari: 7 IBRA then was closed on 27 February 2004 (Alijoyo et al, 2004) www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id (Alijoyo et al., 2004). The restructuring of the banking sector that followed took the form of bank liquidations, bank mergers, bank closures, and bank recapitalisation at a substantial cost to the government (Alijoyo et al. (2004) and Batunanggar (2002)). Research Methodology 3.1 Sample, Types and Sources of Data All Indonesian DBs that operated over the 2003 to 2011 period were included in this research. This constitutes a total observation of 415. The mean of total assets is used as the cut-off point of bank size which resulted in 69 observations of large DBs and 346 observations of small DBs for 9 years. This research utilised secondary data from The Indonesian Central Bank Library, Infobank magazine and the library of The Indonesian Banking Development Institute (LPPI). The central bank library provides individual bank ownership data and financial statements whereas Infobank magazine provides loan allocation data based on loan types and economic sectors. Information from LPPI also supplements loan allocation data and loan interest income not provided by Infobank magazine. 3.2 Variable Definition and Measurement Table 3.1 reflects all the variables, their definitions and how they are measured. Table 3.1 Variables Definition and Measurement Variable Definition 1 Loan Portfolio The risk arising from an Concentration uneven distribution of (CONC) counterparties in credit or any other business relationships or from a concentration in business sectors or geographical regions which is capable of generating losses large enough to jeopardise an institution’s solvency (Deutsche Bundesbank, 2006) 2 Loan Portfolio A different risk inherent to Payment each industry, region or Default Risk product of a bank(Cronje, (RISK) 2013) 3 Loan Portfolio The net income obtained Return from bank’s loan portfolio (RETR) Interest Rate 4 The money paid by a (INT.RATE) borrower (debtor) for the use of money that they borrow from a lender (creditor) GDP 5 The market value of all (GDP) officially recognized final goods and services produced Measurement Remarks HHI= Hirschman Herfindahl Index Q = the percentage of credit to each sector = 10 for E-HHI and 3 for THHI (Substandard+ Doubtful+Loss)/ Total Loans Loan Interest Income/ Average Total Loans 1-month SBI Rate The end of year SBI Rate is obtained from www.bi.go.id The end of year GDP is obtained from www.bi.go.id diunduh dari: Constant GDP www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 6 7 within a country in a year, or other given period of time Equity Ratio Book value of shareholder Total (EQTY) funds (Hogan et al., 2004) Equity/Total Assets Liquidity Ratio Ability to convert an assets Total Loans/Total (LQDT) into cash readily (Hogan et Deposits al., 2004) The dependent variable in this research is the loan portfolio return of DBs measured by the ratio of loan interest income to average total loans. Three independent variables are used: bank size, loan portfolio concentration and loan repayment default risk. Interest rate and GDP serve as the macroeconomic variables. The control variables representing bank-specific characteristics in this study are: bank equity and bank liquidity. Bank equity is measured by the ratio of Total Equity to Total Assets and the liqudity is measured by the ratio of Total Loans to Total Deposits. Banks are categorised into two groups based on size namely large DBs and small DBs. The categories were established by using the means of all domestic-owned banks as a cut-off point, with dummy variables (1 for large DBs and 0 otherwise) to identify the two sizes. The loan portfolio concentration was measured using the Hirschman Herfindahl Index (HHI). It was also used by Winton (1999), Acharya et al. (2002) and Hayden et al. (2006).8 For this research, two types of HHI’s are applied, namely Economic Sector HHI (E-HHI) and Loan Type HHI (T-HHI). The loan repayment default risk is measured by the ratio of non-performing loans (NPLs) to total loans. 3.3 Data Analysis All research data is numerical, therefore quantitative data analysis was undertaken. Firstly, descriptive statistics of the variables (means and standard deviations) were calculated to determine data tendency and deviations. Secondly, univariate statistics in the form of the test of mean were used to find the differences in loan portfolio composition, risk and return of small and large DBs. The Mann-Whitney non-parametric test was applied since the data was not normally distributed. Thirdly, to determine the impact of bank size, loan portfolio composition and loan repayment default on portfolio returns, the following panel data regression equation was used: …..…(3.1) , 8 = loan portfolio return for bank i in year t = size dummy = economic sector loan portfolio concentration = loan type portfolio concentration = macroeconomic variables year t = control variables for bank i at year t = loan portfolio default payment risk for bank i at year t = regression coefficients; and = the disturbance term The Indonesian economic sectors to which banks can lend are 10. Central bank classification as follows: Agriculture, hunting and agricultural facilities; Mining; Manufacturing; Electricity gas and water; Construction; Trade, restaurants and hotels; Transportation, warehousing and communications; Business services; Social services; Others. The loan types aredari: three, namely: working capital, diunduh investment, and consumption. www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id This was followed by a re-run of the panel data regression to capture the interaction effect of size and loan portfolio concentration and risk. This research employed fixed-effect panel data regression since the Breusch & Pagan Lagrangian Multiplier test showed the rejection of the null hypothesis of pooled OLS. In addition the Hausman test showed a significant P-value, which means fixed effects should be used instead of the random effect model (The Hausman test assessed the null hypothesis that the coefficients estimated by the efficient random effects estimator are the same as the ones estimated by the consistent fixed effects estimator). Findings Descriptive Statistics Table 4.1 details the summary statistics for the variables in the equation 3.1. The first part presents the descriptive statistics regarding loan allocation based on economic sectors and loan types. The variation for loans allocated to each sector (standard deviation of EHHI) is higher than that for loan types. The standard deviation for loan allocation to each sector is higher than that of loan types. The average gross NPL percentage of small DBs of 3.65% is slightly higher than the average gross NPL percentage of large DBs of 3.56%. By analyzing the mean and the standard deviation of HHI as concentration measure, it can be seen that loan portfolios based on economic sectors are less concentrated than portfolios based on loan types for both small and large DBs. It cannot be compared directly since there are only three loan types compared to the ten different identified economic sectors. However, both measures show that overall the loan portfolios of large DBs seem to be more diversified than that of the small DBs. Table 4.1 shows that although small DBs have the highest concentration risk based on sectors and loan types, they have slightly higher loan repayment default risk and higher returns. Focusing on specific segments may create concentration risk, as stated by Deutsche Bundesbank (2006). Based on risk-return relationship, higher risk may result in higher return. Table 4.1 Descriptive Statistics of Research Variables Variables I. LOAN PORTFOLIO STRUCTURE: COMPOSITION Based on Economic Sectors: Agriculture Mining Manufacturing Electricity, Gas and Water Constructions Trade, hotel, and restaurants Transportation and Communication Business Services Social Services Others Based on Loan Types: Large DBs (N=69) Std. Mean Dev 0.0398 0.0103 0.1480 0.0078 0.0608 0.2327 0.0347 0.1529 0.0100 0.3030 0.0409 0.0152 0.0853 0.0216 0.0489 0.1116 0.0234 0.1156 0.0181 0.2409 Small DBs (N=346) Std. Mean Dev 0.0246 0.0066 0.1361 0.0019 0.0458 0.2990 0.0394 0.1226 0.0381 0.2859 0.0685 0.0237 0.0997 0.0104 0.0661 0.1851 0.0517 0.1121 0.1267 0.2380 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Working Capital Investment Consumption II. LOAN PORTFOLIO STRUCTURE: CONCENTRATION By Economic Sector (EHHI) By Loan Types (THHI) III. LOAN PORTFOLIO RISK Payment Default Risk (RISK) IV. RETURN (RETR) Gross Interest Income Ratio V. BANK-SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS Equity Ratio Liquidity Ratio 0.4479 0.2237 0.2779 0.1862 0.2741 0.2420 0.5901 0.1690 0.2410 0.2581 0.1743 0.2332 0.2944 0.1682 0.4957 0.1581 0.3525 0.5868 0.1619 0.1786 0.0356 0.0359 0.0365 0.0728 0.1270 0.0501 0.1586 0.0552 0.0855 0.0345 0.6888 0.1777 11.4212 61.5573 0.7695 0.2683 Loan Portfolio Concentration and Composition: Small and Large Domestic-owned Banks Loan Portfolio concentration that represents the extent to which banks apply and focus on loan diversification is measured by the Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (HHI). The loan portfolio concentration of small and large DBs based on economic sectors (EHHI) and loan types (THHI) is graphically depicted in Figures 4.1 and 4.2. Economic Sector Bank Loan Portfolio Concentration (EHHI) Differences exist between the EHHI of small and large DBs with small DBs being the most concentrated and showing a decrease in concentration over the period 2003 to 2011. In contrast, the EHHI concentration levels of large DBs tend to be more fluctuated over the research period (Figure 4.1). Figure 4.1 Loan Portfolio Concentration Based on Economic Sectors: Small and Large Domestic-owned Banks Loan Type (THHI) Bank Loan Portfolio Concentration The average loan type concentration levels (THHI) of small and large DBs are depicted in Figure 4.2. From 2003 to 2011, the THHI levels of both small and large DBs show a tendency to increase diversification. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Figure 4.2 Loan Portfolio Concentration Based on Loan Types: Small and Large Domesticowned Banks Loan Portfolio Composition: Small and Large Domestic-owned Banks In terms of loan allocation, small DBs are the major players in providing loans to trade and unspecified others (last category of the economic sectors that primarily refers to consumers). The exposures to these sectors are volatile and change significantly from year to year. Loan allocation to these two sectors dominate the loan portfolio composition of small DBs with exposures ranging from 25% to 35% for each of the sector. Figure 4.3 Percentage Loan Portfolio Allocation to Different Economic Sectors for Small vs Large Domestic-owned Banks Figure 4.3 provide evidence that both small and large DBs focus on similar sectors but they differ in tendency. Large DBs focus primarily on the same sectors as small DBs but with a sharp declining trend for trade sectors and an increasing trend for others. The loans allocated to unspecified others represent more than 35% of the total loans of large DBs in 2011. Small DBs provide relatively smaller portions of their loans to other sectors. In this regard the highest loan allocation by the small DBs is around 30% to the trade sector in 2011. Figure 4.4 Percentage Loan Portfolio Allocation Based on Loan Types for Small and Large Domestic-owned Banks diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Both large and small DBs become more involved in short-term financing of different business sectors with working capital becoming their most prominent type of finance as confirmed in Figure 4.4. However, small DBs seems to be more concentrated on single types of loans compared to large DBs. It is evident from Figure 4.4 that large DBs are more diversified than small DBs with regard to loan types. Loan Portfolio Performance (Risk and Return) of Large vs Small Domestic-owned Banks According to Cronje (2013) loan portfolio risks are classified into two broad categories namely intrinsic, and concentration risk. Within the context of this study intrinsic risk refers to the risk inherent to each sector, and each loan type of a bank. Intrinsic risk cannot be measured in this study since comparative risk information like loan defaults for each sector and each loan type is not available. Only loan repayment default information, provided in the form of NPLs for the total loan portfolio is available for individual banks and is used as proxy of overall bank loan portfolio risk. In this research, the ratio of gross NPLs to Total Loans (TLs) is used as the proxy for loan repayment default risk (See Figure 4.5). The higher the NPL percentage, the higher the loan portfolio risk. Figure 4.5 Loan Repayment Default o Risk of Small and Large Domestic-owned Banks for the period 2003 to 2011 The NPLs of the small and large DBs differ the most from each other in 2007, but the differences decrease with minor NPL differences remaining in 2011. The gross NPLs of large DBs are higher than that of the small DBs in most of the years during the research period. It is interesting to note that the NPLs of small DBs exceed those of large DBs during the GFC period (2007-2009). However, small DBs experience a decrease in gross NPLs at the end of research period in 2011. Overall, the NPLs for both the small and large DBs show a decreasing trend from 2003 to 2011. It indicates that the overall credit risk of banks decreases and that the quality of their loan portfolios improved over the nine-year study period. Figure 4.6 Loan Portfolio Return of Small and Large Domestic-owned Banks diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id To measure the loan portfolio return, the ratio of loan interest income to average total loans is used in this research since in the broader sense it reflects the comparative pricing applied by banks. Figure 4.6 depicts the loan interest income ratios for small and large DBs over the period 2003-2011. In general, both small and large DBs experience a downward trend in their loan interest income from 2006 to 2011. This is due to changes in the central bank interest rate9 (from 12.75% in 2005 to 6% in 2011). It affects all banks but notwithstanding such changes, banks still apply different rates based on inter alia their specific market segments and supply and demand for the loans that they provide. Small DBs show the highest loan interest income in all years. Considering this situation, small DBs in general have a higher average return than large DBs over the nine year research period. In addition, the result is in line with the findings of Carter et al. (2004) that small banks earn higher returns than large banks due to their performance structure, information advantage and development of relationships with customers. However, the findings of Carter et al. (2004) is based on the risk adjusted yield of return whereas this research uses the loan interest income to average total loans ratio. Differences in the Loan Portfolio Structure and Performance of Small and Large Domestic-owned Banks Table 4.2 displays the results of the Mann-Whitney test performed to verify the descriptive statistics findings presented in the previous section of this paper with regard to the differences in the loan portfolio structure and performance of small and large DBs. Table 4.2 Univariate Statistics for the Loan Portfolio Structure and Performance of Small and Large Domestic-owned Banks Large Banks (n=69) EHHI THHI Risk Return 9 0.2944 0.4957 0.0356 0.1270 Small Banks (n=346) 0.3525 0.5868 0.0365 0.1586 Difference -0.0581*** -0.0911*** -0.0009*** -0.0316*** Mann-Whitney Test Z 4.78 3.373 -6.368 3.959 Prob> Z 0.0000 0.0007 0.0000 0.0001 Central bank rate serves as the reference rate since 2005, hence no data available prior to 2005. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Legend: The Mann-Whitney tests are conducted for testing the loan portfolio structure and performance median differences between the small and large DBs over the nine-year study period. Statistically significant differences at 1%, 5%, and 10% significance levels are respectively indicated by ***, **, and *. The Mann-Whitney test shows that there are statistically significant differences in the EHHI and THHI loan portfolio concentration and in the loan portfolio performance (risk and return) of small and large DBs. It therefore confirms that size does matter in explaining the loan portfolio structures and the performance of DBs in Indonesia. Empirical Results Table 4.3 presents the fixed effect panel data regression used to determine the relationship between DB sizes; their EHHI and THHI loan portfolio concentration levels; and their loan repayment default risk (loan portfolio risk) and loan portfolio returns. Table 4.3 Relationship between Bank Size; Loan Portfolio Structures; and Loan Portfolio Risk with Loan Portfolio Return Loan Portfolio Return CONSTANT Coefficient t-Statistic P-value SIZE EHHI Coefficient 0.295 Coefficient Coefficient P-value Coefficient t-Statistic P-value Coefficient t-Statistic P-value GDP -0.0142 P-value t-Statistic INT.RATE 0.000 -1.05 P-value NPL 8.03 t-Statistic t-Statistic THHI 0.2138 Coefficient t-Statistic P-value -0.0789 -2.86 0.004*** 0.0814 4.00 0.000*** 0.0005 1.60 0.110 0.0000 0.01 0.989 -0.0000 -2.96 0.003*** diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id EQUITY Coefficient t-Statistic P-value LQDT Coefficient t-Statistic P-value 0.0000 0.87 0.387 -0.0004 8.03 0.000*** 415 Number of observations Legend: This table present the fixed effect panel data regression of equation 3.1. The dependent variable is Loan Portfolio Return (Loan Interest Income - Intinc). The independent variables are bank sizes (small and large DBs), loan portfolio concentration based on economic sector (EHHI) and based on loan types (THHI), and loan repayment default (NPL), interest rate, GDP, equity and liquidity. Definitions of variables are provided in Table 3.1. ***, **, and * respectively correspond to 1%, 5%, and 10% significance levels. The negative coefficient of the size dummy regressors in Table 4.3 shows that the loan portfolio returns of large DBs smaller than that of small DBs, however the result is insignificant. Although the impact of size differences on loan portfolio returns is evident in the univariate analysis, the multivariate analysis gives evidence that the effect of other variables such as loan portfolio concentration (EHHI and THHI) are more significant. The negative coefficient of EHHI contradicts the findings of Hayden et.al (2006) regarding Germany banks where diversification resulted in lower return. The relationship between bank liquidity and loan portfolio returns also shows a significant negative relationship in this study. It means DBs with high liquidity ratios experience lower loan portfolio returns. Finally, the positive and significant relationship between GDP and loan portfolio return represents the impact of economic cycles on the portfolio return from market segments that banks conduct business with. To further examine the effect of size on the relationship between the independent variables and the loan portfolio returns, the interaction effect fixed effect panel data regression results are contained in Table 4.4. Table 4.4 Relationship between Bank Size; Loan Portfolio Structures; and Loan Portfolio Risk with Loan Portfolio Return (Interaction Effect) Loan Portfolio Return CONSTANT Coefficient t-Statistic P-value SIZE EHHI Coefficient 0.2280 6.24 0.000 -0.0661 t-Statistic -0.90 P-value 0.369 Coefficient t-Statistic P-value -0.0810 -1.91 0.061* diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id THHI Coefficient t-Statistic P-value NPL INT.RATE GDP Coefficient 0.469 Coefficient -0.23 P-value 0.821 Coefficient Coefficient 0.0000 2.52 -0.0004 Coefficient Coefficient -2.37 0.021** 0.0446 0.74 0.461 -0.0232 t-Statistic -0.36 P-value 0.721 Coefficient t-Statistic P-value Coefficient t-Statistic P-value Coefficient t-Statistic SIZE*EQUITY 0.004*** Coefficient P-value SIZE*GDP -3.03 0.015** t-Statistic SIZE*INT.RATE -0.0000 P-value P-value SIZE*NPL -0.0002 t-Statistic t-Statistic SIZE*THHI 0.0006 P-value t-Statistic SIZE*EHHI 0.021** -0.73 P-value LQDT 2.38 t-Statistic t-Statistic EQUITY 0.0864 -0.0028 -2.33 0.024** 0.0014 0.65 0.518 0.0000 1.92 P-value 0.060** Coefficient -0.5845 t-Statistic -1.29 P-value 0.202 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id SIZE*LQDT Number of observations Coefficient -0.0002 t-Statistic -0.27 P-value 0.785 415 Legend: This table present the interaction effect of fixed effect panel data regression in equation 3.1. The dependent variable is Loan Portfolio Return (Loan Interest Income Intinc). The independent variables are bank sizes (small and large DBs), loan portfolio concentration based on economic sector (EHHI) and based on loan types (THHI), and loan repayment default (NPL), interest rate, GDP, equity and liquidity. Definitions of variables are provided in Table 3.1. ***, **, and * respectively correspond to 1%, 5%, and 10% significance levels. Based on the information in Table 4.4, the only significant size interaction effect exists for NPL; the negative relationship between NPL and loan portfolio returns is more significant for the small DBs. This result indicates that higher risk loan portfolios provide higher loan portfolio returns for the small DBs relative to that of the large DBs. Conclusions Previous research like that of De-Haas et al. (2010) indicates that bank size is one of the bank loan portfolio determinants, as it may affect the market segment focus of banks. This paper attempts to determine whether large and small DBs differ in terms of their loan portfolio composition, risk and performance. The findings support the hypotheses that small and large DBs differ with regard to loan portfolio composition, risk and return. The loan portfolios of small DBs are more concentrated with focus on trade and the consumer sector whereas large DBs have more diversified loan portfolios with more exposure to the unspecified others (consumption loans). The prominent consumption sector exposure of large DBs indicates their intention to enter a higher priced and safer market segment. The gross NPLs of large DBs is higher than that of the small DBs during most of the years in the research period but overall the NPLs of both small and large DBs show a decreasing trend from 2006 to 2011. Regulation PBI 2/11/PBI/2000 jo PBI 15/2/PBI/2013 of the Central Bank that implemented a 5% standard for the net NPL ratio of banks may have prompted all DBs to adjust their credit risk assessment and/ or qualifying criteria for loans. The decrease in the overall NPLs of Indonesian banks may also result from the prudential regulations like productive asset quality and loan loss provision (Indonesian Banking Booklet, 2003 and 2011). On the other hand, it may also be complimented by external economic factors not researched in this study. Univariate analysis shows differences in the loan portfolio concentration, risk and returns of small and large DBs. However, multivariate analysis for size effect on loan portfolio returns does not provide significant results. Other variables such as loan portfolio concentration (EHHI and THHI) are the variables with significant impact on loan portfolio returns whilst bank size is insignificant. The negative coefficient of EHHI contradicts the findings of Hayden et.al (2006) regarding Germany banks where diversification resulted in lower return. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The multivariate analysis for size interaction effect shows that only NPL relates significantly with bank sizes. The negative relationship between NPL and loan portfolio returns is more significant for small DBs. This result indicates that riskier loan portfolios provide higher loan portfolio returns for small DBS relative to the large DBs. Focusing on trade segments increase the risk of small DBs loan portfolios but provides small DBs with a better return. The findings support the corporate finance theory according to which banks should implement focus strategies to reduce agency problems and exploit their management expertise in certain sectors. The findings do not support the traditional banking and portfolio theory according to which banks should diversify their loan portfolio to reduce risk (Hayden et al., 2006). The findings reported in this paper may be of considerable interest to Indonesian Central Banks with regard to the formulation of optimal policies regarding the impact of size differences of DB on loan portfolio concentration and performance in Indonesia. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id REFERENCES ACHARYA, V. V., HASAN, I. & SAUNDERS, A. 2002. Should Banks be Diversified? Evidence From Individual Bank Loan Portfolios. Bank for International Settlements ALIJOYO, A., BOUMA, E., SUTAWINANGUN, T. M. N. & KUSADRIANTO, M. D. 2004. Corporate Governance in Indonesia. Forum for Corporate Governance Indonesia. BANK INDONESIA 2011. Direktori Perbankan Indonesia. Jakarta: Bank Indonesia. BARTH, J. R., CAPRIO, G. G. & LEVINE, R. 2004. Bank Regulation and Supervision: What Works Best? Journal of Financial Intermediation, 13, 205-248. BATUNANGGAR, S. 2002. Indonesia's Banking Crisis Resolution: Lessons and The Way Forward. Bank of England. BERGER, A. N., CLARKE, G. R. G., CULL, R., KLAPPER, L. & UDELL, G. F. 2005a. Corporate Governance and Bank Performance: A Joint Analysis of the Static, Selection, and Dynamic Effects of Domestic, Foreign and State Ownership. World Bank Policy Research Paper, 3632. BERGER, A. N., HASAN, I. & ZHOU, M. 2010. The Effects of Focus versus Diversification on Bank Performance: Evidence from Chinese Banks. Journal of Banking & Finance, 34, 1417-1435. BERGER, A. N., MILLER, N. H., PETERSEN, M. A. & RAJAN, R. G. S., JEREMY C. 2005b. Does Function follow organizational form? Evidence from the lending practices of large and small banks. Journal of Financial Economics, 76, 237-269. CARTER, D. A., MCNULTY, J. E. & VERBRUGGE, J. A. 2004. Do Small Banks Have an Advantage in Lending? An Examination of Risk-Adjusted Yields on Business Loans at Large and Small Banks. Journal of Financial Services Research, 25, 233-252. CRONJE, T. 2013. Bank Lending. Australia: McGraw Hill. DE-HAAS, R., FERREIRA, D. & TACI, A. 2010. What Determines the Composition of Bank's Loan Portfolios? Evidence From Transition Countries. Journal of Banking and Finance. DEGRYSE, H., HAVRYLCHYK, O., JURZYK, E. & KOZAK, S. 2012. Foreign Bank Entry, Credit Allocation and Lending Rates in Emerging Markets: Empirical Evidence from Poland. Journal of Banking and Finance, 36, 2949-2959. DELL'ARICCIA, G. & MARQUEZ, R. 2004. Information and bank credit allocation. Journal of Financial Economics, 72, 185-214. DEUTSCHE BUNDESBANK 2006. Concentration Risk in Credit Portfolios. Germany: Deutsche Bundesbank. GILBERT, R. A. 1984. Bank Market Structure and Competition: A Survey. Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 16, 617-645. HAYDEN, E., PORATH, D. & VON WESTERNHAGEN, N. 2006. Does Diversification Improve the Performance of German Banks? Evidence From Individual Bank Loan Portfolios. Deustche Bundesbank HOGAN, W., AVRAM, K. J., BROWN, C., DEGABRIELE, R., RALSTON, D., SKULLY, M., HEMPEL, G., SIMONSON, D. & SATHYE, M. 2004. Management of Financial Institutions. Second Edition ed.: John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd. KAMP, A., PFINGSTEN, A. & PORATH, D. 2005. Do banks diversify loan portfolios? A tentative answer based on individual bank loan portfolios. Deutsche Bundesbank. LA-PORTA, R., LOPEZ-DE-SILANES, F. & SHLEIFER, A. 2002. Government Ownership of Banks. Journal of Finance, LVII, 265-301. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id LAEVEN, L. & LEVINE, R. 2007. Is There a Diversification Discount in Financial Conglomerates? Journal of Financial Economics, 331-367. MARKOWITZ, H. 1952. Portfolio Selection. The Journal of Finance 7, 77-91. PANGESTU, M. 2003. The Indonesian Bank Crisis and Restructuring: Lessons and Implications for other Developing Countries. G-24 Discussion Paper Series. New York and Geneva: United Nations REPUBLIK INDONESIA 1967. “Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 14 Tahun 1967 (14/1967) Tentang Pokok-Pokok Perbankan”[Indonesian Government Act Number 14/1967 on Banking]. Jakarta, Indonesia. REPUBLIK INDONESIA 1992. “Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 7/1992 Tentang Perbankan” [Indonesian Government Act Number 7/1992 on Commercial Banks]. Jakarta, Indonesia. ROSSI, S. P. S., SCHWAIGER, M. S. & WINKLER, G. 2009. How Loan Portfolio Diversification Affects Risk, Efficiency and Capitalization: A Managerial Behavior Model for Austrian Banks. Journal of Banking and Finance, 33, 2218-2226. SAPIENZA, P. 2004. The Effects of Government Ownership on Bank Lending. Journal of Financial Economics, 357-384. TABAK, B. M., FAZIO, D. M. & CAJUEIRO, D. O. 2011. The Effects of Loan Portfolio Concentration on Brazilian Banks' Return and Risk. Journal of Banking and Finance, 35, 3065-3076. TABOADA, A. G. 2011. The Impact of Changes in Bank Ownership Structure on The Allocation of Capital: International Evidence. Journal of Banking and Finance, 35, 25282543. WINTON, A. 1999. Don't Put All Your Eggs in One Basket? Diversification and Specialization in Lending. University of Minnesota. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id THE INFLUENCE OF CORPORATE DEBT FINANCING ON EARNINGS QUALITY CHRISTINE LEONARDI Trisakti School of Management [email protected] IRWANTO HANDOJO Trisakti School of Management [email protected] Introduction As profitable organizations, companies need to sustain in a competitive, rapid technological change along with the development of business. In this condition, firms should have adequate financing, which can be obtained from different funding sources. One way to fulfill the needs is debt financing. Before granting any loan to a company, creditors need to know the solvency of the company. In assessing it, creditors need high quality information in the firms’ financial statement. Sometimes, to convince the creditors, the company deliberately manipulates the financial statement to conceal its real financial condition. Therefore, the financial statement will not be fairly presented. The capital structure of a company may consist of different debt levels, either low or high. These lead to contrary views about each influence on earnings quality. According to Ghosh and Moon (2010) as well as Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011), companies with low debt financing tend to report their earnings transparently because the risk of violating debt covenants is low. Therefore, managers are likely to present high-quality earnings in order to reduce the borrowing cost (Diamond, 1991 in Ghosh and Moon, 2010). In this case, low debt financing is expected to have positive influence on earnings quality. Boulton et al. (2011), as cited in Sutopo (2012), stated that earnings quality in Indonesia is still lower than developed countries such as the United States and Australia. One of the most influencing factors of earnings quality is debt. The usage of corporate debt financing in Indonesia is increasing year by year, which consequently inflates the principal and interest payment. The higher the debt financing level, the higher the risk of violating debt covenants (Valipour and Moradbyegi, 2011). Consequently, creditors may increase the borrowing cost and ask for rapid payments. Therefore, companies tend to manage their earnings by using discretionary accruals to convince the creditors in granting loan (Sweeney, 1994). In this condition, high debt financing is expected to have negative influence on earnings quality (Ghosh and Moon, 2010). The motivation of this research is to prove the contrast views about the influence of different levels of corporate financing on earnings quality in firms listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange. In addition, the objective of this research is to examine the relationship between variables and obtain the empirical evidence about the influence of debt (low debt, high debt), operating cycle, firm size, sales volatility, cash flow volatility, losses, cost of debt, and Z-score on earnings quality. The development of variable model for this research is a replication of the research made by Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011). The reason behind the replication is because earnings quality has not been a common topic in Indonesia, so there are only a few researches about this. The uniqueness of this research compared with the previous one is different research object and samples used (non-financial firms excluding service sector listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange while Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011) used non-financial firms excluding capital investment sector listed in Tehran Stock Exchange). diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Agency Theory Agency theory is a contract under which one or more persons (the principal) engage another person (agent) to perform some service on their behalf which involves delegating some decision-making authority to the agent. One issue in agency theory is conflict between debt holders and shareholders, where managers are assumed to act in the best interest of shareholders’ or become a shareholder himself (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). When a firm chooses debt as majority for its capital, the owner-manager will have a strong incentive to engage in high return-high risk investments (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). Debt holders can limit the managerial behavior by including several covenants in the provisions of indenture which incur barriers on management’s decisions such as dividends, future debt issues, and maintenance of working capital or certain financial ratio (Jensen and Meckling 1976). Information Asymmetry As agents, managers are more aware of internal information and prospects of the company in the future than the owners (shareholders). Therefore, the manager is responsible to provide information about the company’s financial position to the owner. However, sometimes the information submitted is not fairly stated compared to the actual condition of the company. This condition is known as information asymmetry between management (agent) with the owner (principal), which can provide an opportunity for managers to manage the earnings (Mediaty, 2013). Pagalung and Sudibdyo (2012) argued that one way to reduce the information asymmetry is by revealing the qualified information. Ball and Shivakumar (2008) stated that “publiccompany investors, lenders and other financial statement users are at greater “arm’s length” than in a private company, and consequently demand higher quality reporting to resolve the information asymmetry”. Chaney and Lewis (1995) in Linck et al. (2013) suggest that discretionary accruals can be used as a signal includes who show that when there is information asymmetry between investors and managers, the strategic management of reported earnings can reveal information about the firm. Earnings Quality Earnings quality is a major dimension of the financial reporting quality, as earnings constitute a premier source of firm-specific information (Francis et al., 2005). Furthermore, Dechow et al. (2010) stated that “higher quality earnings provide more information about the features of a firm’s financial performance that are relevant to a specific decision made by a specific decision maker”. When reported earnings help the users to take better decisions, then the quality of earnings is better. Obviously, the earnings quality is high when there isn’t any earnings management (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). In relation with debt, Watts and Zimmerman (1990) stated that earnings play an important role in contracting being used in both debt covenants and compensation agreements. Furthermore, these uses may motivate managers manipulate financial disclosures for reasons such as avoiding the violation of debt covenants (DeAngelo et al., 1994 and Sweeney, 1994). This action reflects lower earnings quality since earnings quality is inversely related to earnings management (Ghosh and Moon, 2010; Kieso et al. 2011, 145–146). Debt Debt is an obligation that must be paid when it comes due. Debt includes all borrowing incurred by a firm, including bonds, and is repaid according to a fixed schedule of payment (Gitman and Zutter 2011, 266). Debt is as an example of pre-commitment or bonding device (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). Debt contracts create an incentive for some corporate managers to manage earnings in order to avoid the violation of these contracts. Because debt affects managerial incentives and reporting choices, the linkages between debt and earnings quality depend on accruals quality (Ghosh and Moon, 2010). diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Ha1 : Debt has influence on earnings quality. Debt holders demand higher quality information, especially earnings, to assess the continued creditworthiness of borrowers (Grossman and Hart, 1982; Jensen, 1986 in Ghosh and Moon, 2010). For low debt, companies have expected to cut fewer restrictions in order to reduce violating of debt obligations. Managers are also less likely to manipulate earnings to report the quality of earnings at low level, when the risk of violating commitment is low. Since debt reduces various agency conflicts, managers have few reasons to conceal the economic performance using their accounting discretion (Jensen, 1986; Stulz, 1990 in Ghosh and Moon, 2010). Thus, debt has a ‘positive influence’ on earnings quality through its effect on accruals. H1a Low debt has positive influence on earnings quality. In contrast, a firm with high level of debt will have ‘negative influence’ on earnings quality. High levels of or changes in debt ratios may indicate high likelihood of violating debt covenants and accordingly strong incentives to overstate earnings in order to convince the creditors (Sweeney, 1994). This will lead the opportunistic managers to use accounting methods that reduce the likelihood of debt covenant violations (Watts and Zimmerman, 1990). Therefore, accounting numbers may not faithfully represent the future economic performance because of the aggressive use of accruals to manage earnings in an effort to avoid covenant violations (Sweeney, 1994; DeFond and Jiambalvo, 1994 in Ghosh and Moon, 2010). H1b High debt has negative influence on earnings quality. Operating Cycle Gitman and Zutter (2011, 604) defined the operating cycle as the time from beginning of the production process to collection of cash from the sale of finished product. Dechow (1994) stated that firms with longer operating cycles are expected to have larger working capital requirements for a given level of operating activity. Thus, the length of the operating cycle is an economic determinant of the volatility of working capital. Longer operating cycle lead to more estimation and error, therefore will result in lower earnings quality. H2 Operating cycle has influence on earnings quality. Firm Size The large companies often offer greater collateral guarantees, and the lower risk, since they tend to be more diversified (Titman and Wessels, 1988). Large companies have larger operational activities than small firms, so the needs of large corporate debt will be higher than smaller companies. Moreover, the larger the firm size, the more transparent the disclosure of company performance to outsiders, so it will be easier for large companies to get a loan because creditors put higher trust on them. The operational sustainability in large firms will improve the financial performance so that companies do not need to manipulate their earnings (Dira and Astika, 2014). H3 Firm size has influence on earnings quality. Sales Volatility Melumad and Nissim (2009) stated that revenue recognition is particularly vulnerable to manipulation. They argued that different types of transactions require different revenue recognition rules, while it is common for firms to use more than one revenue recognition method. Since management’s discretion varies for each method, the relative magnitude of revenue recognized may inform about the potential for earnings management. In addition, Dechow and Dichev (2002) verified that sales volatility indicates a delicate operating environment and the greater estimations, which will result in lower earnings quality. H4 Sales volatility has influence on earnings quality. Cash Flow Volatility diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Dechow and Dichev (2002) argued that the volatility of operations is systematically related to the propensity to make estimation errors. Theoretically, they stated that “high cash flow volatility causes low accrual quality because of large forecast errors in volatile environments, and the effect of this causal variable should not be excluded from the empirical construct.” Therefore, high cash flows volatility will have lower quality of earnings because there will be more estimation error regarding high uncertainty. H5 Cash flow volatility has influence on earnings quality. Losses Conservatism holds an important role related with losses (Šodan, 2012). Timely loss recognition increases efficiency of debt contracting and improves quality of accounting information that is useful to creditors in context of corporate governance and loan agreements. Hayn (1995) suggested that firms whose earnings are expected to fall just below the zero earnings point engage in earnings manipulations to help them cross the ‘red line’ for the year. In addition, managers of troubled firms that are close to a debt covenant violation have incentives to conduct income-increasing to avoid or defer the costs of a breach (Watts and Zimmerman, 1990; Sweeney, 1994). Earnings management such as income-increasing actions indicates low earnings quality. H6 Losses have influence on earnings quality. Cost of Debt According to Šodan (2012), lenders should offer lower interest rates to those borrowers who have more conservative financial reporting, for example timely loss recognition. It improves debt agreement efficiency by sending a timelier signal of default risk to debtholders and by allowing them to take protective actions. Diamond (1991) in Ghosh and Moon (2010) also argued that debt holders should offer lower borrowing costs for demanding higher quality information, especially earnings, to assess the creditworthiness of borrowers. This implies the negative relationship between cost of debt and earnings quality. H7 Cost of debt has influence on earnings quality. Z-score Altman (1968) found that companies with Z-scores above 3.0 are unlikely to fail, while those with Z-scores below 1.81 are very likely to fail. Z-scores are used by banks for loan evaluation. Altman (1968) stated that “insolvency in a bankruptcy sense occurs when the total liabilities exceed a fair valuation of the firm's assets with value determined by the earning power of the assets”. In addition, managers of the troubled firms that are close to a debt covenant violation and default risk have incentives to take income-increasing actions (DeAngelo et al., 1994). This means that financial distress is declining the earnings quality. H8 Z-score has influence on earnings quality. Research Methods The statistics population of this research is non-financial companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX) from 2007 to 2013. This research uses purposive sampling method to obtain the sample that meets the criteria in Table 1. For the purpose of homogeneity of the sample, companies should not be in service sector (sector 6–9 in IDX Fact Book). Furthermore, excluding service sector is needed in order to consistently measure the operating cycle of companies, which require the information about cost of goods sold and inventory. The type of data used in this research is secondary data, which obtained from publicly available information. Data needed in this research is provided in financial statement of listed companies from 2007 to 2013. Data are obtained from the observed company’s website and Indonesia Stock Exchange website (IDX): http://www.idx.co.id. Table 1 Sample Selection Procedure diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Criteria Description Non-financial companies excluding service sector that consistently listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange from 2007 to 2013 Companies’ financial statement closing date is not December 31 from 2007 to 2013 Companies’ reporting currency is not in Rupiah from 2007 to 2013 Companies that are not reporting the variables needed from 2010 to 2013 Total companies that are used as the sample Number of Companies Number of Data 145 435 (4) (12) (31) (93) (27) (81) 83 249 Residuals are measured as a reverse proxy of earnings quality. In measuring earnings quality as the dependent variable, the Kothari et al. (2005) model is used. This model uses discretionary accruals. Following the definition of earnings developed by Dechow (1994), total accruals (TAC) for firm i in year t are calculated as follow: Where: TACi,t = total accruals in year t for firm i NIi,t = net income in year t for firm i OCFi,t = operating cash flow in year t for firm i Discretionary accruals are obtained by excluding non-discretionary accruals from total accruals. Kothari et al. (2005) developed a following model: Where: TACi,t = total accruals in year t for firm i TAi,t-1 = total assets in year t-1 for firm i ΔSALESi,t = revenues in year t less revenues in year t-1 for firm i ΔARi,t = accounts receivable in year t less accounts receivable in year t-1 for firm i PPEi,t = gross property, plant, and equipment in year t for firm i ROAi,t = return on assets in year t for firm i, computed by dividing net income in year t by total assets in year t , , , = coefficients = error term The discretionary accruals are obtained as residuals from the model above. Since earnings quality is inversely related to discretionary accruals, the higher the residuals, the lower the earnings quality (Ghosh and Moon, 2010). Debt (DEBT) is computed by dividing total debt (both short term and long term) by total assets (Weygandt et al. 2011, 675; Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). Debt to total asset uses ratio scale. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Low debt financing (LOWDEBT) is debt ratio between scopes of 0 to 50 percent, measured using dummy variable. The value of 0 means the company has high debt ratio (greater than 0.5), while the value of 1 means that it has low debt ratio (range from 0 to 0.5). High debt financing (HIGHDEBT) is debt ratio greater than 50 percent, measured using dummy variable. The value of 0 means the company has low debt ratio (range from 0 to 0.5), while the value of 1 means that it has high debt ratio (greater than 0.5). Operating cycle (OC) is measured as log of the sum of days of accounts receivable and days of inventory outstanding (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). Operating cycle uses ratio scale. OC = log (Days of Accounts Receivable + Days of Inventory Outstanding) Where: 360 / ( Days of Inventory Outstanding = 360 / ( Firm size (SIZE) is the logarithmic formulation of the average of the beginning and ending total assets (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). Firm size uses ratio scale. Sales volatility (SALESσ) is the standard deviation of sales scaled by average total assets (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). Sales volatility uses ratio scale. Where: = from 2011 to 2013 Cash flow volatility (OCFσ) is the standard deviation of operating cash flow scaled by average total assets (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). Sales volatility uses ratio scale. Where: Standard Deviation of OCF = from 2011 to 2013 Losses (LOSSES) are proportion of firm-years with negative earnings from year t-4 to year t (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). Losses use ratio scale. Where: t = year 2011, 2012, and 2013 Cost of debt (COD) is interest expense deflated by average total debt (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011). Finance costs are used as a proxy of interest expense (Kieso et al. 2011, 147–148). Cost of debt uses ratio scale. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Where: Average Total Debt = 2 Z-score (Z-SCORE) is measured as a proxy of financial distress with the following formula (Valipour and Moradbeygi, 2011): Where: WC = Working Capital = Current Assets – Current Liabilities TA = Total Assets RE = Retained Earnings EBIT = Earnings before Interest and Taxes MVE = Market Value of Equity = Market Price per Share Outstanding Shares TL = Total Liabilities There will be three regression models to test the hypotheses as follows: Residuals = β0 + β1DEBT + β2OC + β3SIZE + β4SALESσ + β5OCFσ + β6LOSSES + β7COD + β8Z-SCORE + ε (1) Residuals = β0 + β1LOWDEBT + β2OC + β3SIZE + β4SALESσ + β5OCFσ + β6LOSSES + β7COD + β8Z-SCORE + ε (2) Residuals = β0 + β1HIGHDEBT + β2OC + β3SIZE + β4SALESσ + β5OCFσ + β6LOSSES + β7COD + β8Z-SCORE + ε (3) Research Results And Discussions The result of descriptive statistics tests are shown in the tables below: Table 2 Descriptive Statistics Variable DEBT LOWDEBT HIGHDEBT OC SIZE SALESσ OCFσ LOSSES COD Z-SCORE Residuals Minimum 0.000417 0 0 1.686593 10.637239 0.009145 0.003407 0.000000 0.004274 -3.811858 -0.26077 Maximum Mean 0.915571 0.29044187 1 0.86 1 0.14 2.756778 2.11442188 14.296959 12.22087047 0.782340 0.17510723 0.222615 0.05247470 1.000000 0.13306122 0.479522 0.09003436 19.702951 3.68800948 0.24745 0.0001601 Std. Deviation 0.191213509 0.351 0.351 0.206392361 0.710740998 0.142965741 0.038428800 0.255610841 0.058713219 4.018897801 0.08182333 Table 3 LOWDEBT Frequency Table Variable HIGHDEBT LOWDEBT Total Frequency 35 210 245 Percent 14.3 85.7 100.0 Valid Percent 14.3 85.7 100.0 Cumulative Percent 14.3 100.0 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 4 HIGHDEBT Frequency Table Variable LOWDEBT HIGHDEBT Total Frequency 210 35 245 Percent 85.7 14.3 100.0 Valid Percent 85.7 14.3 100.0 Cumulative Percent 85.7 100.0 The t-test result of model 1, 2 and 3 are shown in the tables below: Table 5 t Test Result Model 1 Variable Coefficient Significance 0.134 0.002 DEBT 0.011 0.704 OC -0.019 0.039 SIZE 0.005 0.908 SALESσ -0.240 0.091 OCFσ -0.067 0.007 LOSSES 0.061 0.517 COD 0.001 0.627 Z-SCORE 2 Adjusted R 0.043, F8.236 2.381, Sig. 0.017 Table 6 t Test Result Model 2 Variable Coefficient Significance -0.054 0.002 DEBT 0.016 0.591 OC -0.012 0.175 SIZE 0.025 0.553 SALESσ -0.174 0.209 OCFσ -0.069 0.007 LOSSES -0.007 0.935 COD -0.002 0.198 Z-SCORE 2 Adjusted R 0.042, F8.236 2.322, Sig. 0.020 Table 7 t Test Result Model 3 Variable Coefficient Significance 0.054 0.002 DEBT 0.016 0.591 OC -0.012 0.175 SIZE 0.025 0.553 SALESσ -0.174 0.209 OCFσ -0.069 0.007 LOSSES -0.007 0.935 COD -0.002 0.198 Z-SCORE 2 Adjusted R 0.042, F8.236 2.322, Sig. 0.020 In model 1, debt has significance level of 0.002, which is below α (0.05). Thus, Ha1 is accepted, means that debt has influence on earnings quality. This result is consistent with Ghosh and Moon (2010), and Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011), but is not consistent with the research from Sutopo (2012) with control variables. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The result shows that in model 2, low debt has significance level of 0.002, which is below α (0.05), means that low debt has influence on earnings quality. In addition, low debt has coefficient value of -0.054, means that each increase of one unit of low debt as the independent variable will decrease the Residuals as the dependent variable for 0.054, assuming all remaining independent variables are fixed. Since earnings quality is inversely related with the Residuals, the low debt has positive influence on earnings quality. Therefore, H1a is accepted. This result is consistent with the researches of Ghosh and Moon (2010), Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011), and Sutopo (2012) without control variables. The result shows that in model 3, high debt has significance level of 0.002, which is below α (0.05), means that high debt has influence on earnings quality. In addition, high debt has coefficient value of 0.054, means that each increase of one unit of high debt as the independent variable will increase the Residuals as the dependent variable for 0.054, assuming all remaining independent variables are fixed. Since earnings quality is inversely related with the Residuals, the high debt has negative influence on earnings quality. Thus, H1b is accepted. This result is consistent with the researches of Ghosh and Moon (2010), Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011), and Sutopo (2012) without control variables. Operating cycle variable has significance level of 0.704 in model 1 and 0.591 in both model 2 and 3, which are below α (0.05). Thus, Ha2 is rejected. It means operating cycle has no influence on earnings quality in all regression models. This result is consistent with Pagalung and Sudibdyo (2012), but is not consistent with Dechow and Dichev (2002), Francis et al. (2005), Ghosh and Moon (2010), as well as Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011). Size variable has significance level of 0.039 in model 1, which is below α (0.05). It means that size has influence on earnings quality when it is regressed with debt as a whole. This result is consistent with Dechow and Dichev (2002), Francis et al. (2005), Moses (1987) in Dechow et al. (2010), Ghosh and Moon (2010), Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011), and Sutopo (2012). However, in model 2 and 3, size variable has significance level of 0.175, which is above α (0.05). It means that size has no influence on earnings quality when it is regressed with both low and high debt. This result is consistent with Pagalung and Sudibdyo (2012). Sales volatility variable has significance level of 0.908 in model 1 and 0.553 in both model 2 and 3, which are above α (0.05). Thus, Ha4 is rejected. It means sales volatility has no influence on earnings quality in all regression models. This result is not consistent with Dechow and Dichev (2002), Francis et al. (2005), Ghosh and Moon (2010), Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011), Chang et al. (2012), as well as Pagalung and Sudibdyo (2012). Cash flow volatility variable has significance level of 0.091 in model 1 and 0.209 in both model 2 and 3, which are above α (0.05). Thus, Ha5 is rejected. It means cash flow volatility has no influence on earnings quality in all regression models. This result is not consistent with Dechow (1994), Dechow et al. (1998), Dechow and Dichev (2002), Francis et al. (2005), as well as Ghosh and Moon (2010). Losses variable has significance level of 0.007 in all regression models, which is below α (0.05). Thus, Ha6 is accepted. It means losses have influence on earnings quality in all regression models. This result is consistent with Hayn (1995), Dechow and Dichev (2002). Cost of debt variable has significance level of 0.517 in model 1 and 0.935 in both model 2 and 3, which are above α (0.05). Thus, Ha7 is rejected. It means cost of debt has no influence on earnings quality in all regression models. This result is consistent with Ghosh and Moon (2010), but is not consistent with Francis et al. (2005), Liu et al. (2010) in Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011), and Šodan (2012). Z-score variable has significance level of 0.627 in model 1 and 0.198 in both model 2 and 3, which are above α (0.05). Thus, Ha7 is rejected. It means Z-score has no influence on earnings quality in all regression models. This result is not consistent with Ghosh and Moon (2010), diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011), as well as Kim et al. (2011) in Valipour and Moradbeygi (2011). Conclusion Based on the hypothesis testing, debt and losses have influence on earnings quality. Directionally, low debt has positive influence and high debt has negative influence on earnings quality. Firm size has influence on earnings quality when it is regressed with whole debt. Meanwhile, it has no influence when it is regressed with low and high debt. Sales volatility, cash flows volatility, cost of debt and Z-score have no influence on earnings quality. This research period is relatively short, which is only three years and the research sample is focused only on listed non-financial companies excluding service sector, so the result cannot be generalized for the overall industries. Some recommendations that can be used for the future research, which are lengthen the period research to get more accurate result and enlarge the research population. References: Altman, Edward I. (1968). Financial Ratios, Discriminant Analysis and the Prediction of Corporate Bankruptcy. The Journal of Finance vol. 23 no. 4, pg. 589–609. Ball, Ray and Lakshmanan Shivakumar. (2006). The Role of Accruals in Asymmetrically Timely Gain and Loss Recognition. Journal of Accounting Research vol. 44 no.2, pg. 207– 242. http://www.jstor.org/stable/3542439 (accessed December 1, 2014) Burgstahler, David and Ilia D. Dichev. (1997). Earnings Management to Avoid Earnings Decreases and Losses. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 24, pg. 99–126. Chang, Shen-Ho, Shaio Yan Huang, An-An Chiu, and Mei-Ting Huang. (2012). Construction of Investment Risk Measure by the Dispersion Degree of Estimation Errors of Working Capital. Journal of Applied Finance & Banking vol. 2 no. 1, pg. 171–195. Cheng, C.S. Agnes, Joseph Johnston, and Cathy Zishang Liu. (2013). The Supplemental Role of Operating Cash Flows in Explaining Share Returns: Effect of Various Measures of Earnings Quality. International Journal of Accounting and Information Management vol. 21 no. 1, pg. 53–71. DeAngelo, Harry, Linda DeAngelo, and Douglas J. Skinner. (1994). Accounting Choice in Troubled Companies. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 17, pg. 113–143. Dechow, Patricia M. (1994). Accounting Earnings and Cash Flows as Measures of Firm Performance: The Role of Accounting Accruals. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 18, pg. 3–42. ———, S. P. Kothari and Ross L. Watts. (1998). The Relation Between Earnings and Cash Flows. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 25, pg. 133–168. ——— and Ilia D. Dichev. (2002). The Quality of Accruals and Earnings: The Role of Accrual Estimation Errors. The Accounting Review vol. 77, pg. 35–59. ———, Weili Ge, and Catherine Schrand. (2010). Understanding Earnings Quality: A Review of The Proxies, Their Determinants and Their Consequences. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 50, pg. 344–401. Dichev, Ilia D., John R. Graham, Campbell R. Harvey, and Shiva Rajgopal. 2013. Earnings Quality: Evidence from The Field. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 56, pg. 1–33. Dira, Kadek Prawisanti and Ida Bagus Putra Astika. (2014). Pengaruh Struktur Modal, Likuiditas, Pertumbuhan Laba, dan Ukuran Perusahaan pada Kualitas Laba. E-Jurnal Akuntansi Universitas Udayana 7.1, pg. 64–78. Francis, Jennifer, Ryan LaFond, Per Olsson, and Katherine Schipper. (2005). The Market Pricing of Accruals Quality. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 39, pg. 295–327. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Ghosh, Aloke (Al) and Doocheol Moon. (2010). Corporate Debt Financing and Earnings Quality. Journal of Business Finance and Accounting vol. 37, pg. 538–559. Ghozali, Imam. (2013). Aplikasi Analisis Multivariate dengan Program IBM SPSS 21, Edisi 7. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro. Gitman, Lawrence J. and Chad J. Zutter. (2011). Principal of Managerial Finance, 13 th edition. Boston, MA: Pearson International. Hair, Joseph F., William C. Black, Barry J. Babin, and Rolph E. Anderson. (2010). Multivariate Data Analysis, 7th edition. New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc. Hayn, Carla. (1995). The Information Content of Losses. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 20, pg. 125–153. Jensen, Michael C. and William H. Meckling. (1976). Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behaviour, Agency Cost, and Ownership Structure. Journal of Financial Economics vol. 3 no. 4, pg. 305–360. Kamel, Hany and Said Elbanna. (2009). Assessing the Perceptions of The Quality of Reported Earnings in Egypt. Managerial Auditing Journal vol. 25 no. 1, pg. 32–52. Kieso, Donald E., Jerry J. Weygandt, and Terry D. Warfield. (2011). Intermediate Accounting vol. 1, IFRS edition. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Kothari, S. P., Andrew J. Leone, and Charles E. Wasley. (2005). Performance Matched Discretionary Accrual Measures. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 39, pg. 163–197. Linck, James S., Jeffry Netter, and Tao Shu. (2013). Can Managers Use Discretionary Accruals to Ease Financial Constraints? Evidence from Discretionary Accruals Prior to Investment. The Accounting Review vol. 88 no. 6, pg. 2117–2143. Mediaty. (2013). The Impact of Information Asymmetry Towards The Quality Of Accrual Earnings With Good Corporate Governance (GCG) As Moderating Variable. IOSR Journal of Economics and Finance (IOSR-JEF) vol. 1, issue 4, Sep.–Oct. 2013, pg. 1–51. Melumad, Nahum D. and Doron Nissim. (2009). Line-Item Analysis of Earnings Quality. Foundations and Trends in Accounting vol. 3 nos. 2-3, pg. 87–221. Momenzadeh, Nahid and Mohammad Reza Abbaszadeh. (2013). Comparing the Earning Quality Methods of The Companies Accepted in Tehran Stock Exchange. Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research in Business vol. 5 no. 6, pg. 529–541. Pagalung, Gagaring and Bambang Sudibdyo. (2012). The Determinant Factors of Earnings Quality and Economic Consequences. Ekuitas: Jurnal Ekonomi dan Keuangan vol. 16 no. 1, pg. 105–122. Šodan, Slavko. (2012). Conditional Conservatism and the Cost of Debt: Evidence from Central and Eastern Europe. Croatian Operational and Research Review vol 3, pg 245–255. Sutopo, Bambang. (2012). Utang dan Kualitas Laba. Jurnal Akuntansi dan Manajemen vol. 23 no. 2, pg. 79–86. Sweeney, A. P. (1994). Debt Covenant Violations and Managers’ Accounting Responses. Journal of Accounting and Economics vol. 17, pg. 281–308. Titman, Sheridan and Roberto Wessels. (1988). The Determinant of Capital Structure Choice. The Journal of Finance vol. 43 no. 1, March 1988, pg. 1–19. Valipour, Hashem and Medhi Moradbeygi. (2011). Corporate Debt Financing and Earnings Quality. Journal of Applied Finance and Banking vol.1 no. 3, pg. 139–157. Watts, Ross L. and Jerold L. Zimmerman. (1990). Positive Accounting Theory: A Ten Year Perspective. University of Rochester. The Accounting Review vol. 65 no. 1, Januari 1990, pg. 131–156. Weygandt, Jerry J., Paul D. Kimmel, and Donald E. Kieso. (2011). Financial Accounting, IFRS Edition. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id THE RELEVANT VALUE ACCOUNTING INFORMATION ON THE ADOPTION OF THE IFRS IN THE CAPITAL MARKET: EVIDENCE IN THE BANKING INDUSTRY Ishak Ramli Management Department, University of Tarumangara [email protected] INTRODUCTION Liberalization is an ideological or philosophical view which is based on the understanding that liberty and equality are the most important values. In general, liberalization aspire to a free society and characterized freedom of thought for the individual. Liberalization reject the restrictions, especially for trade and investment. In recent years, the development of the world economy connected to liberalization and in the accounting world, this is then closely connected to the adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) which is a warm and emerging issues debated in various countries. Financial reporting standard IFRS is prepared to as a solution due to the different local standards in various countries. The IFRS accounting standards is a product of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), and the purpose of establishing the IASB is in order to prepare a high quality international financial reporting standards ( Ball, 2006). This is in line with the mandate of the meeting of the G-20 summit in London on April 2, 2009, to have a single set of high-quality global accounting standards in order to provide quality financial information on international capital markets. The obligation to use the IFRS for companies listed on the stock exchange (listed companies) is one of the most significant changes in the history of accounting regulation (Daske et al., 2008). There has more than one hundred countries have adopted IFRS or decide to use IFRS as their standard in the future. IFRS was first applied by the European Union countries which are then followed by Australia, Brazil, Singapore, New Zealand and some countries in the world including Indonesia. The companies listed on the Stock Exchange Countries in the European Union began to adopt IFRS for their consolidated financial statements since January 1, 2005. Australia, Singapore, the Philippines and Hong Kong also adopted IFRS from January 1, 2005, while New Zealand adopted it since 2007, with the recommended voluntary adoption since 1 January 2005. Since 2007, the SEC also have to allow the companies listed on the US exchanges to use the IFRS without reconciling to the US GAAP. Regulators hope that the use of IFRS may increase the comparability of financial statements, increasing the transparency of the company, and the quality of financial reporting that benefits investors. There is an ongoing debate whether IFRS can improve the quality of accounting information (Bart et al., 2008; Daske et al., 2008; Karampinis and Hevas, 2011; Alali and Foote, 2012). There is the argument that IFRS can improve the quality of accounting information for the use of fair value over the company so it can reflect economic conditions. In addition, the application of IFRS also hypothesized can limit opportunistic action management (Barth et al., 2008). According to Van der Meulen (2007) restrictions on managerial discretion in choosing the method of measurement can reduce the ability of management to be able to provide more accounting information that can describe the economic condition of the company. In addition, the flexibility of the principles-based standards may provide greater opportunities for companies to do earnings management. Several studies show empirical evidence of the benefits of IFRS in improving the quality of accounting information. Bartov et al research (2005), Liu and Liu (2007), Barth et al., (2008), and Alali and Foote (2012) showed that the accounting information that has been prepared in accordance with IFRS is diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id more qualified than the accounting information compiled by previous accounting standards. Hung and Subramanyan (2007) examined the effects of the adoption of the SAI to the financial statements of companies in Germany. The results of the study provide evidence that the relevance of book value of equity is higher than that applying German IAS accounting standard, and there was no significant difference in revenue and net income are based on the International Accounting Standards and Accounting Standards Germany. Instead the results of Van der Meulen (2007); Karampinis and Hevas (2011) show empirical evidence to the contrary. They showed no significant improvement in the quality of accounting information after the adoption of IFRS. One of the financial communication media between the management of a company and the stakeholders is the financial statements. According to the Financial Accounting Standards issued by Indonesian Accountant Board (IAI), the purpose of a financial report is to provide information concerning the financial position, performance and changes in financial position of an enterprise that is useful for a large number of users in decision making. Suharli and Rachpriliani (2006) stated that the financial statements are useful to investors and potential creditors and other users in making investment decisions, credit and similar decisions are rational. Therefore, the information provided by management should be informative and open to all the information that is contained in a financial statement. Timeliness of financial statements is proportional to the relevance and reliability of the financial statements. The longer a company publishes its financial statements, the more increasingly irrelevant and unreliable financial statements it would provide. So that the benefits of the financial statements will be reduced if the report is not available at the time. The Chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission Securities and Exchange Commission issued a decision attachments Decree No. 80 / PM / 1996 which requires each issuer and public companies to deliver the company's annual financial statements and the independent auditor's report to the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the date of the annual company report. However, since September 30, 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission regulations tightened with the issuance of Decree attachment Chairman of Bapepam Number: Kep-36 / PM / 2003 stated that the financial statements accompanied by the auditor's report with unqualified opinion should be submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than the end of the third month (90 days) after the date of the annual financial statements. Indonesia has made a full adoption of IFRS from 1 January 2012, but the application of IFRS has started gradually, with the application of SFAS 50 and 55 from 1 January 2010 for the banking company. IFRS adoption is one of the Indonesian government agreement as a member of the G-20. As in other countries, are still being debated and important research question whether the application of IFRS in Indonesia can improve the quality of accounting information. The findings of previous studies show conflicting evidence whether IFRS implementation can improve the quality of accounting information. So that the effect of the application of IFRS in order to improving the quality of accounting information is still an important research issue. This study aimed to test whether the adoption of IFRS that have been started in 2010 for the banking company can improve the quality of accounting information in the Indonesian banking company. For regulators this study can be taken into consideration when standard setters want to see how far the influence of accounting information value relevance of financial statements before and after the adoption of IFRS on stock prices and whether it should be applying IFRS. The question to be discussed in the study is whether there are any influence and why the value relevance of accounting information, especially financial statements (book value, net income, and operating cash flow) on the stock prices of the listed banks in the IDX in the period before the adoption of the IFRS ( 2007-2009 ), and after the adoption ( 2010-2012 ). diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id LITERATURE REVIEW 1.The IFRS international accounting standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The International Accounting Standards was compiled from the four world's major organizations : the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), Commission of the European Communities (EC), the International Organization Capital Markets (IOSOC), and the International Accounting Federation (IFAC). International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), which was formerly the International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC), an independent agency to develop accounting standards. The organization has a goal to develop and encourage the use of global accounting standards that are of high quality, understandable and comparable (Choi et al., 1999). Most of the standards that are part of the previous IFRS International Accounting Standards are (IAS) (Natawidyana, 2008). IAS published between 1973 to 2001 by the IASC. In April 2001, the IASB adopt all IAS and continued development of standards is done. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) include: a. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) - standards issued after 2001. b. International Accounting Standards (IAS) - standards issued before 2001. c. Interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) - After 2001. d. Interpretations issued by the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC) - Before 2001. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), a single standard accounting reporting which gives emphasis on assessment (revaluasion) professionals with a clear and transparent disclosures regarding the economic substance of the transaction, the explanation to reach certain conclusions. This standard appears due to the demands of globalization, which requires business people in a country participating in the cross-country business. It required an international standard that applies equally in all countries to facilitate the reconciliation process business. There are two major differences in national implementation of IFRS with GAAP is the application of fair value at the national GAAP IFRS while using the historical cost basis. Historical cost concept that has been widely applied in the financial statements based on national GAAP has lost its relevance in measuring the economic reality of historical cost because they only measure the transaction has been completed and did not recognize the real changes that occur. The use of historical cost accounting practice has been criticized as a cause of low relevance for reliability-centered. The second difference is conservatism. Conservatism is the immediate reaction to admit or consider the costs or losses uncertainties and risks in the accounting recognition but not vice versa. Uncertainty of income or profit shall be suspended until realized. The asymmetry of this treatment resulted in the balance sheet figures are often so low that it does not describe the conditions actually means (Kusuma, 2007). IFRS detected more use will affect the fair value at the balance sheet reporting. Recognition of fair value will affect the recognition of the unrealized gains and losses. Thus the concept of conservatism becomes blurred in the accounting recognition. But behind all of the IFRS also led to fewer income smoothing and IFRS also requested the inclusion of off-balance-sheet items to balance and ask for more disclosure, especially with regard to the considerations and assumptions (Pacter, 2005). The main difference of the IFRS with the applicable standards in Indonesia lies in the application of the revaluation model, that the possibility of using the fair value valuation of the assets, so that the financial statements are presented on the basis of 'true and fair'. Adopting IFRS means using the global financial reporting language, which will make the company can be understood by the world market (global market). In adopting IFRS, there are several variations: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id a. IFRS is used as the national standard, with the addition of a material explanation. b. IFRS is used as a national standard with the addition of its own national standards with topics that are not included in the IFRS. c. National standards of accounting constructed separately, but based and have the same relevant to IFRS, the national standards generally provide additional explanation of material. d. National accounting standards built separately but based and generally equal to the IFRS in some cases. e. There are no national standards are set, not officially adopted IFRS but always used. According to Roberts et al., (2005) the benefits of using an internationally accepted standards (IFRS): a. The decrease in costs. b. Decrease risk of uncertainty and misunderstanding. c. More effective communication with investors. d. Comparison with subsidiaries and parent companies in different countries can be done. e. Comparison of contractual terms such as lending contracts and bonuses for performance management. IFRS supporters claim that by adopting the same international standards expected countries can lower the cost of information processing and auditing so as to lower the cost of equity capital (Barth, 2008). The adoption of IFRS is also expected to improve the quality of financial statements because the IASB restrict the allowed alternative accounting practices such as in stock assessment, the LIFO method is not allowed. IFRS also provides a consistent approach to accounting measurement. 2. Theory Agency (Agency Theory) Agency theory is a form of game theory, which is a contractual model between two people (party) or more that explains the relationship between the agent (management of a business) with the principal (owner). Where the difference in interest between the agent and the principal may spark conflict that can harm both parties. In the case manager as an agent who holds the power of the principal usually tend to perform behaviors that are not supposed to (dysfunctional behavior). This was done because of the asymmetry of information in the financial statements. Scott (2009) states that if several parties involved in the business transaction has more information than the other party, then the condition is said to be the asymmetry of information. The existence of information asymmetry is considered as one of the causes of earnings management. Scott (2009) argues that there is a systematic relationship between the level of information asymmetry with earnings management. The existence of information asymmetry will encourage managers to present information that is not true, especially if the information relates to the measurement of the performance of managers. So the principal find the value of the financial statements information that is more relevant to assess the performance of management such notice of cash flow, income, or equity firm. 3. Earning Management the Explanation of the concept of earnings management using agency theory approach diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id (agency theory) states that earnings management practices are influenced by conflicts of interest between the agent and the principal that arises when each party seeks to achieve or maintain a level of prosperity that pleases. In an agency relationship management have information asymmetry to external parties such as investors and creditors. Asymmetry of information occurs when the principal as the owner can not directly monitor the daily management activities to ensure management work in accordance with the wishes of the owner, or in other words the principal does not have enough information about the performance of agents. While management as agents have excess capacity and environmental information about the work of the company as a whole. The assumption that individuals act to maximize itself, lead management utilizing the asymmetry of information they have to hide some information that is not known to the owner, especially if the information relates to the measurement of performance management. There are several forms of earnings management that manager can do, among others (Scott, 2009): a. Taking a bath Taking a bath is done by acknowledging the existence of costs in future periods and loss for the period that requires management to impose future cost estimates, resulting in earnings next period will be higher. b. Income minimization Done when the company experienced a high level of profitability that if profits are expected to fall sharply next period can be overcome by taking profit of the previous period. c. Income maximization Performed at the time of declining profits. Action on income maximization aims to report higher net income for purposes of the larger bonuses. d. Income smoothing It is done by way of leveling the reported earnings so as to reduce too large fluctuations in earnings since investors generally like a relatively stable earnings. Schipper (1989) defines earnings management as "Management of disclosure in the sense of a purposeful intervention in the external financial reporting process, with the intent of obtaining some private gain". It can be seen as an attempt of manager to taking personal gain. Earnings management can be done by manipulation of pure accruals that is the discretionary accrual that has no effect on cash flows directly called accrual manipulation. Accrual earnings management is done at the end of the period when the manager knows the earnings, to be engineered in order to achieve profit targets. 4. Relevance of Accounting Information Value of Financial Statements Literature mentioned (Liu and Liu, 2007; Van der Meulen, 2007; Barth et al, 2008; Karampinis and Hevas, 2011; Alali and Foote, 2012) the quality of accounting information in the financial statements proxied by relevance value. Francis and Schipper (1999) defines the value relevance of accounting information financial statements as the ability of accounting numbers to summarize the information underlying stock price, so the value relevance indicated in a statistical relationship between financial information and stock prices or returns. In line with the Margani Pinasti (2004) the value relevance is the ability to explain (explanatory power) of accounting information of the financial statements to the stock price or return. Research on the value relevance is designed to establish the benefits of accounting values of the financial statements of the company's equity valuation. The relevance of the value of a reporting accounting numbers that have a prediction model with regard to the values of the securities market. The concept of relevance value can not be separated from the relevant criteria of financial accounting standards for a number of accounting numbers would diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id be relevant if the amounts shown reflect the information that is relevant to the valuation of a company. Hypothesis 1a: The relevance value of accounting information, especially financial statements (book value, net income, and operating cash flow) in the period before the adoption of IFRS affect stock prices. Hypothesis 1b: The relevance value of accounting information, especially financial statements (book value, net income, and operating cash flow) in the period after the adoption of IFRS affect stock prices. 5. The relationship of Accounting Earnings and Book Value Share Price Annual profit contains information that can lead to changes in investors' reaction to the distribution of cash flows in the future, which will lead to changes in stock prices. Changes in stock prices around the announcement date expected to be greater when compared with the change in stock price beyond the date of the announcement. At Indra research and Fazli (2004) gives the result that the response coefficient R2 of books value has increased significantly and positively related to the share price. This indicates that investors use accounting earnings information to assess the performance of the company during the period of the observation. Indra and Fazli (2004) concluded accounting earnings information has a positive influence to the stock price. While Alali and Foote (2012) states that if the company make losses, the market behaved as if believing in the book value of equity resulting in a decrease in the slope coefficients are losing profits due to a shift in the value relevance of accounting earnings to equity book value. Hypothesis 2a: The relevance value of accounting information of financial statements in particular (book value) in the period before the adoption of IFRS affect stock prices. Hypothesis 2b: The relevance value of accounting information of financial statements in particular (book value) in the period after the adoption of IFRS affect stock prices. Hypothesis 3a: The relevance value of accounting information of financial statements in particular (net income) in the period before the adoption of IFRS affect stock prices. Hypothesis 3b: The relevance value of accounting information of financial statements in particular (net income) in the period after the adoption of IFRS affect stock prices. 6. The Relationship Operating Cash Flow and Stock Price. Cash flow statement information is useful to assess the company's ability to generate cash and cash equivalents, as well as allowing users to develop models to assess and compare the present value of future cash flows from a variety of companies. Triyono and Jogiyanto (2000) states that unexpected cash inflow and cash outflow from operating activities during the period will affect stock prices through its effect on cash flow. Indra and Fazli (2004) stated cash flow data outside the accounting profit only provide weak support for investors, this shows that the data does not have the cash flow information content when viewed influence on stock prices. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Hypothesis 4a: The relevance of accounting information value of financial statements particularly (operating cash flow) in the period before the adoption of IFRS affect stock prices. Hypothesis 4b: The relevance of accounting information value of financial statements particularly (operating cash flow) in the period after the adoption of IFRS affect stock prices. 7. Adoption of IFRS Institutional Environment in Indonesia. Karampinis and Hevas (2011) hypothesized and provide empirical evidence that it is not enough to improve the quality of accounting information only by using accounting standards factor alone (including IFRS). Daske et al., (2008); and Ball et al., (2003) argued that it is the institutional environment in preparation of financial statements, instead of the standard, that determines the quality of accounting information. This is an important issue because of the orientation of IFRS is for institutional environment with a common law tradition. IFRS is based on a conceptual framework similar to the conceptual framework of accounting standards common law countries (Barth et al., 2008). Therefore, the benefits of IFRS for countries with a tradition of law code remains an important research question. Code law countries generally have a model of a financial system that is more oriented to the stakeholders (stakeholder-oriented model). Accounting standards prepared by regulatory agencies controlled by the state through legislation that detail to achieve uniformity. Funding for the company is very dependent factor on the banking system, capital market became the second option (Karampinis and Hevas, 2011). The government intervention in the preparation of accounting standards and the dominance of banks in financing companies cause more oriented financial reporting (creditors and tax-oriented financial reporting). Instead financial system common law of the countries tend to be oriented to shareholders (shareholderoriented). Accounting standard setting body handed over to private professionals who are accepting the practices generally acceptable as the main basis for the standards development process. The capital market has a major role in financing the company so that public disclosure is mandatory prerequisite for a financial reporter. In the international business literature, Indonesian classified in cluster code law countries (Djankov, 2008). Countries in cluster code law generally have a weak level of investor protection and the legal system is not running well. Weak protection of investors led to concentrated ownership (concentrated ownership). This is consistent with the findings of Siregar and Main (2008) which shows the magnitude of the percentage ownership of the majority shareholder. Countries in cluster code of law generally has the function of banking is more dominant than the capital markets in order to meet its financing needs. Various characteristics of the institutional environment that led to the need for public disclosure (public disclosure) becomes less important in code law countries than common law. This can hinder the adoption of IFRS purposes to improve the quality of accounting information. Karampinis and Hevas (2011) showed that the adoption of IFRS in a less appropriate institutional environment caused insignificant increase in the quality of accounting information after the adoption is done. This supports the argument Badshaw and Miller (2007) and Alali and Foote (2012) that the accounting depends on the specific factors of each country (country-specific factors). Hypothesis 5: The relevance of accounting information value of financial statements particularly (Book value, net income, and operating cash flow) influence on stock prices bigger in the period after the adoption of IFRS than before. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 8. Researches Accomplished Research on the value relevance of accounting information financial statements before and after the adoption of IFRS on stock prices have been carried out by researchers earlier some of which are: Agoglia et al., (2011) conducted research experiments on the preparation of financial statements in US, treatment-treated with rule-based and principle-based accounting standards associated with compliance with accounting and reporting standards for the 20072009 period. Research results showed that treatment-treated preparation of financial statements show compliance with of the principle-based better than using a rule-based accounting standards and the results reported that the preparation of financial statements were more precise. Hung and Subramanyam (2007) conducted a study comparing the effects of IAS with German accounting standards for financial reporting period 1998-2006. The research results showed that the German accounting standards are more emphasis on the principles and income smoothing, whereas IAS more emphasis on fair value on the balance sheet and valuation. In addition, IAS significantly increase the book value and also improve the value relevance of book value itself and to improve the timeliness of accounting information. Christensen et al. (2008) compared construct accounting quality (level of earnings management and timely loss recognition) between companies that voluntarily adopt IFRS prior to 2005 with companies that adopt IFRS is mandatory in 2005 in Germany for the period 1999-2008. Accounting quality increased only in companies that adopt voluntarily in the period before when the mandatory adoption of IFRS required, but there was no evidence of increase in accounting quality in the period after 2005 when the company is required to adopt IFRS. Companies that voluntarily adopt IFRS had an incentive benefit from the adoption of IFRS, but it did not happened in the company that was forced to adopt IFRS or when IFRS has been required. Daske et al. (2008) conducted a study on the economic consequences of the adoption of IFRS when IFRS is mandatory in the whole world the 1998-2007 period. Daske observe the impact of IFRS adoption on market liquidity, cost of capital and assessment of the equity with a large sample of firms in 26 countries around the world. Research results showed that there were average increase in market liquidity around the adoption of IFRS, the cost of capital companies will be lower, and there were evidence an increase in the value of equity. Capkun et al. (2010) conducted a study with a sample of the whole country from 2002 to 2008 period by differentiating the sample into three groups, early adopters, adopters and late adopters mandatory. There were an increased accrual earnings management in companies in countries that do not allow adopting IFRS until the enforced compulsory (mandatory adopters), but a decline in the company allowed to adopt IFRS before 2005 (early adopters). Thus there can not be concluded that whether IFRS may increase or decrease the rate of accrual earnings management in companies regardless of when adopting IFRS. Carlo and Jarne (2010) identifies the effect of IFRS adoption on earnings management in particular discretionary accruals on non-financial companies listed on the stock market the EU 11 for the 2002-2008period. The results showed that increasing discretionary accruals in the period after the adoption of IFRS by controlling variable firm size, leverage, investor protection and law enforcement legislation. Barth et al. (2008) examined the relationship with the IAS accounting quality proxied by the level of earnings management, relevance and recognition of the value of losses for the company in Europe the 1999-2008 period. The results show that companies that are adopting the IAS accounting quality has higher accounting quality than those who did not adopt IAS. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The level of earnings management in this study was measured by the level of income smoothing (income smoothing). Bart et al., (2008) argued that a principles-based IFRS standards could further enhance the value relevance of accounting information. This is due to the fair value measurement is to describe the position and the company's economic performance. So as to assist investors in making investment decisions. Nevertheless Barth et al., (2008) also states competing hypothesis that IFRS can actually decrease the value relevance of accounting information financial statements. This is due to restrictions on managerial discretion in the choices of measurement can reduce the ability of management to describe the economic position of the company. In addition, the influence of the components of the financial reporting system in addition to its own standards can reduce the quality of IFRS accounting information. This can happen if the enforcement and litigation of the application of IFRS is less strong. Similarly, Barth et al. (2008), Aussenegg et al. (2009) revealed that there is a significant reduction in the level of earnings management in the companies in France and in Germany for the 2002-2008 period. He compared when companies adopt a local GAAP with when adopting IFRS. English and Ireland and Northern European countries have lower levels earnings management in the period before the adoption of IFRS compared with other European countries. The argument that the IFRS may not necessarily be able to increase the value relevance of accounting information financial report also stated by Van der Meulen (2007) study for 19982007 period for European companies. Meulen (2007) states that it is still being debated by the IASB's standard-setting process through due process has not been good. In addition, enforcement of IFRS is not as restrictive as US GAAP. So that the IASB accounting standards drafted the general nature and lack of detail is different from the rule-based standards detailed in the rules of disclosure. Van der Meulen (2007) states it is debatable whether more stringent rules that can generate accounting information that is more relevant to the financial statements. Karamanou and Nishiotis (2009) conducted a study to see the impact of the company's decision to adopt IAS on firm value. The sample used in the study are of international companies from 2002 to 2008 period. The results of his research, shows that there is a strong positive abnormal returns around the announcement of the adoption of IAS and then continued in the period following the announcement. Paglietti (2009) conducted a study on the value relevance of accounting information research on 960 companies in Italy the period 2000-2008 before and after the adoption of IFRS is mandatory. Research results showed that an increase in the quality of accounting information after the adoption of IFRS compare to when before the adoption of IFRS. Gebhardt and Farkas (2011) examines the implications of mandatory IFRS adoption on the quality of accounting information in the banking industry in the 12 member states of the European Union from 2002 to 2010 period. Research results showed that significantly decrease the ability of the bank to perform income smoothing. In addition there are also researchers from Indonesia, Rahmellia (2009) and Hutagaol (2010) for the period 2002-2008 Asian company their results also showed a significant difference in the value relevance of earnings management and earnings before and after the period of adoption of IFRS. Earnings management after the adoption of the period is lower than the period before the adoption, and the value relevance of earnings after a period of adoption is higher than the period before the adoption of IFRS. Maruli (2010) analyzed the approach of fair value and historical value in the assessment of biological assets for the company in Indonesia for 2008-2010 periode. The results showed no significant difference in the value and the volatility of assets, revenues, profits, and income smoothing ROA index (ISI) between agricultural companies that use the fair value approach diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id and that uses historical value approach, and The study did not found a different effect of the volatility between the use of fair value approach and the historical value approach. The description shows that it is still unclear whether the value relevance of accounting information financial statements give before and after the adoption of IFRS on rise of the stock prices. Although there is still disagreement on this research, in theory and of some arguments that are built by previous research IFRS tends considered capable of increasing in the value relevance of accounting information of financial statements by reducing the accrual earnings management practices. This can be seen from the purpose of preparing the IASB IFRS, that was based on the failure of the rule-based standards in the United States to provide a higher quality of financial reporting. Enron is the biggest case that occurred in the United States then become the world's attention. Given the United States is the mecca of accounting standards, the standards of the accounting profession and the world capital markets, they are not able to maintain the quality of the financial reporting standards that they have (the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards / SFAS) compiled by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). RESEARCH METHODS A. Operationalization of Variables Using the share price data of total of 23 banking companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX) for the period of January 2007 up to 2012, as proxy of the value relevance to the financial information of the financial statement, the study test whether the accounting information of the financial statement ( the book value, earning per share, and the operation of the company) have a value relevance to the stock price (value of the firm). Factors that affect the stock price is the book value of the company, earnings per share when earned income, the level of risk of earnings projections, the proportion of corporate debt to equity, cash from operating activities, as well as the dividend policy. Other factors that may affect the stock price movements are external constraints are such economic activities in general, changes in financial reporting standards, taxes and the state of the stock market. Stock prices in this study measured by closing price on the day (or after) the financial statements published each period. The closing price for the period after the price reflects the company's financial statements have been published. Anggriyani (2011) found that the performance of the banks that have adopted IFRS better than that have not adopted IFRS based on the stock price, earnings per share and market capitalization. This is because IFRS is a high-quality accounting standards for reporting and accounting framework based on principles that include a strong professional assessment with a clear and transparent disclosure of the economic substance of the transaction, the explanation to reach certain conclusions, and accounting related to the transaction. So that users of financial statements can easily compare the entity's financial information between countries in different parts of the world. The predictor variables are: a. Book value Book value is proxied of equity book value of net assets (total stockholders' equity) owned by shareholders per share. The equity book value per share is total equity divided by the number of shares outstanding. b. Net Income Net Income is proxied of the value of net income to the number of shares or income earned in one period for each share outstanding. Income per share is one of the factors that affect stock price fluctuations. The higher net income / share is generated, the higher the price of the stock will increase. Having regard to the growth of net income / share, it can be seen in the company's growth prospects for the future. Barth et al., (2008) found that the net income / diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id share which is positively related to the share price in accordance with the theory that there is a relationship between changes in income with the changes stock price. c. Operating Cash Flow Operating Cash Flow is proxied by the value of operating cash flow in the log. Definition from operating activities in accordance with SFAS No. 2 are the principal revenue-producing activities of the company and other activities that are not investing activities rather than financing activities. SFAS No. 2 states that the amount of cash flows arising from operating activities is an indicator that determines whether the operation of the company can generate sufficient cash flows to repay loans, maintain the operating capability of the company, pay dividends and make new investments without relying on funding sources of the main income earning activity of the company. Using 23 of 33 banking companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX) data for the period of last six years (2007-2012) prior to the study of which influence the value relevance of accounting financial statements before and after the adoption of IFRS on stock prices in the Indonesia Stock Exchange. Secondary data from the annual reports, financial statements and stock prices were obtained from the official website of the Stock Exchange Indonesia http // www. Idx.co.id, a data base of capital markets Capital Market Information Center (PIPM) Faculty of Economics UNTAR Jakarta and the official web site of the company. The data were analyzed by simple and multiple linear regression for the period before and after the adoption of IFRS. 1. Research Model a. Before IFRS adoption period (for the 2007 -2009 period) Y1 = βo11 + β11X1 + εi1 Y1 = βo12 + β21X2 + εi1 Y1 = βo13 + β31X3 + εi1 Y1 = βo1 + β1X1 + β2X2 + β3X3 + εi1 Which are: Y1 = Stock Prices βo1- βo13 = Constant β1-β3, β11-β31 = Coefficient of regression X1 = Book value X2 = Net income X3 = Operating cash flow εi1 = error b. After IFRS adoption period (for the 2010-2012 period) Y2 = βo21 + β12X1 + εi2 Y2 = βo22 + β22X2 + εi2 Y2 = βo23 + β32X3 + εi2 Y2 = βo2 + β13X1 + β23X2 + β33X3 + εi2 Which are: Y2 = Stock Prices. βo2- β23 = Constant β13-β33, β12-β32 = Coefficient of Regression X1 = Book value X2 = Net income X3 = Operating cash flow εi2 = error diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The difference value relevance of accounting information of the financial statements will be tested by using the data of the sample financial statements and the stock prices of the firms (consistently over 4 years) in order to control factors that may affect the characteristics of the company's internal validity of the study results. Based on the adjusted R square from the model of the book value, the net income and, the operating cash flow to the stock price on both period, the impact of the book value, the net income, and the operating cash flow be investigated by single and multiple regression analysis, in order to have empirical evidence on the impact of the IFRS to the quality of the accounting information of the financial statements on the stock price. RESULT AND DISCUSSION Before the adoption of the IFRS Based on Table 4.1, the descriptive Statistics Before the adoption of the IFRS period there were found: a. The minimum value of the banking company's stock price before the adoption of the IFRS period was Rp 50.- with the maximum of Rp 6,900. - and the average value of Rp 1,244.-. The varies value of the banking company's stock price before the adoption of the IFRS giving information that banking sector in the IDX vary in size and value, from low, moderate to higher valuable banking company stocks during the crisis period 2007-2009, before adoption of the IFRS. This may conclude that banking sector in the IDX needs a quality report. Since they are vary in value, investors have to have a better look to the report and use more method in order to careful and appropriate value the stock prices. b. The minimum banking company’s book value before the adoption of IFRS was Rp.84.- with the maximum of Rp 2,273.- and the average value of Rp 669.- The varies value of the banking company's book value before the adoption of IFRS period giving information that banking sector in the IDX vary in size and value, from low, moderate to higher valuable banking company’s book value during the crisis period 2007-2009, before the adoption of IFRS. Since the book value of the bank industry in the IDX were below the market value, moreover there were zero net income, and negative cash flow, the quality of the book value report need best inform the value of the bank. c. The minimum banking company’s net income before the adoption of IFRS was Rp 0, - with the maximum of Rp 609.- and the average of Rp. 96.- The moderate varies value of the banking company's net income before the adoption of IFRS period giving information that banking sector in the IDX was moderate, and vary in net income. There were from low to moderate banking company’s net income during the crisis period 2007-2009, before the adoption of IFRS. Since there were zero net income of the bank industry in the IDX, the investors need to know what exact book value the bank has, as an alternate method of valuing the stock price. The quality of the report of the bank industry in the IDX should best inform the book value of the bank. d. The minimum banking company’s operating cash flow before the adoption of IFRS period was Rp -7.27 with the maximum of Rp 7.38 and the average value of Rp. -.62 The operating cash flow of the banking company was not vary before the adoption of IFRS period giving information that banking sector in the IDX was not vary in operating cash flow during the crisis period 2007-2009, before adoption of IFRS. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Since there were negative cash flow of the bank industry in the IDX, the quality of the report of the bank industry in the IDX should best inform the book value of the bank. Table 4.1 Descriptive Statistics of The Stock Prices, The Book Value, The Net Income, and The Operating Cash Flow Before the Adoption of The IFRS (Period 2007-2009) N Stock Price BV NI O.CF Minimum Maximum Mean Deviation Std. 69 50.0 6900.0 1244.159 1504.7078 69 84.0 2273.0 669.174 626.3252 69 .0 609.0 96.623 136.4255 69 -7.2709208 7.3799620 -.618604339 5.779524484 2 69 Valid N (list wise) Source: Data processed by SPSS The relevant value of the accounting information of the financial statement to the stock price model ( Table 4.2) : Y1 = βo + β1X1 + β2X2 + β3X3 + εi Y1 = 34.686 + 1.240X1 + 3.868X2 – 9.895X3 + εi a. The constant value of 34.686 state that other factors quite enough predicted the stock price of the bank industry especially for the stock with minimum stock price. The relevant accounting information value of the financial statement do impact the stock price of the stock with minimum stock price but there were some factors predict bigger the stock price. The investors need more information in order to value the stock for the period 2007-2009, before the adoption of the IFRS. b. The predicted stock prices are contributed by 1.240 times of the Book Value for the period 2007-2009, before the adoption of the IFRS. c. The predicted stock prices are contributed by 3.868 times of the Net Income for the period 2007-2009, before the adoption of the IFRS. d. The predicted stock prices are negatively contributed by 9.895 times of the Operating cash flow. Table 4.2 The Relevant Value Of The Accounting Information Of The Financial Statement To The Stock Price Model before the adoption of the IFRS (period 2007-2009) diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Variable Reg. coef. (Constant) 34.686 t Stat Sig-t Hypotheses test BV 1.240 3.244 0.081 Ho accepted NI 3.868 2.204 0.002 Ho not accepted O.CF -9.895 -0.576 0.567 Ho accepted F Statistic 55.089 Sig F 0.000a Adj R Square Ho not accepted 0.705 Dependent Variable : Stock Price 5% error (α= 0.05) Source: Data process by SPSS The relevance value of accounting information, especially financial statements (book value, net income, and operating cash flow) significantly influence on the stock prices, before the adoption of the IFRS. The IDX is efficiently in weak form react to the bank accounting information through the changing in the stock prices. The quality of the relevant accounting information value was quite good, since the stock prices were significantly influenced by the information given by the financial statements. The investors are still using the financial statements in order to value the stock prices of the bank listed in the IDX at the time the financial statements were published.. They value the stock price by the current finance position of the bank. Moreover the model is quite good fit with 70.5% of adjusted R square. The net income of the banks positively significant influence on the stock prices, but their book value positively not significant influence on the stock prices. Before the adoption of the IFRS the in vestor do not use the book value in order to value banking firm stocks, since the book value were historical cost value. Though some of the net income of the bank were zero and negative, the investor did not value the stock prices by the book value of the bank. They used some other factors in order to value the stock prices. The accounting information then were not relevant anymore in giving the effective quality report. The operating cash flow of the listed bank in the IDX negatively not significant influence on the stock prices. The investors in the period were not buy the stock of the bank based on the operating cash flow of the bank, since some of the bank’s cash flow were negative. Table 4.3 The Model Summary of The Before Adoption of The IFRS Model Summaryb Model Adjusted R Std. Error of DurbinR R Square Square the Estimate Watson dimension0 1 .847a .718 .705 817.6920 1.038 a. Predictors: (Constant), O.CF, BV, NI b. Dependent Variable: Stock Price The Adjusted R Square of the model (before the adoption of IFRS) was .705 (Table 4.3). There were 29.5% of the stock prices affected by other factors than book value, net income and operating cash flow information. Literature mention that the firm size and leverage, investor protection, the organization of the laws, insider trading, and other economic factors ( Jarne Carlo, 2010), and on top of that ROA and income smoothing index (ISI) ( Maruli, 2010) can affect the stock price After the adoption of the IFRS diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Based on Table 4.4, the descriptive Statistics Before the adoption of the IFRS period there were found: a. The minimum value of the banking company's stock price after the adoption of IFRS period was Rp 91.- with the maximum of Rp 11,400.- and the average value of Rp 2,184.90.-. The varies value of the banking company's stock price after the adoption of the IFRS period giving information that banking sector in the IDX still vary in size and value, from low, moderate to higher valuable banking company stocks during the period 2010-2012, after the adoption of the IFRS. This may conclude that banking sector in the IDX needs a quality report. Since they are vary in value, investors have to have a better look to the report and use more method in order to careful and appropriate value the stock prices. b. The minimum banking company’s book value after the adoption of the IFRS period was Rp.82.- with the maximum of Rp 4,627.- and the average value of Rp 936.64.The varies value of the banking company's book value after the adoption of the IFRS period giving information that banking sector in the IDX still vary in size and value, from low, moderate to higher valuable banking company’s book value during the period 2010-2012, after the adoption of the IFRS. Since the book value of the bank industry in the IDX were below the market value, moreover there were negative net income and cash flow, the quality of the book value report need best inform the value of the bank. c. The minimum banking company’s net income after the adoption of IFRS was Rp -8.0 with the maximum of Rp 956.- and the average of Rp. 162.61 The moderate varies value of the banking company's net income after the adoption of the IFRS period giving information that banking sector in the IDX was moderate, and vary in net income. There were from negative to positive Rp. 956 the banking company’s net income during the period 2010-2012, after the adoption of IFRS. Since there were negative net income of the bank industry in the IDX, the investors need to know what exact book value the bank has, as an alternate method of valuing the stock price. The quality of the report of the bank industry in the IDX should best inform the book value of the bank. d. The minimum banking company’s operating cash flow after the adoption of the IFRS period was Rp -7.57 with the maximum of Rp 7.67 and the average value of Rp. 1.31. The operating cash flow of the banking company was not vary after the adoption of the IFRS period giving information that banking sector in the IDX was not vary in operating cash flow during the period 2010-2012, after the adoption of the IFRS. Since there were negative cash flow of the bank industry in the IDX, the quality of the report of the bank industry in the IDX should best inform the book value of the bank. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics of The Stock Prices, The Book Value, The Net Income, and The Operating Cash Flow After the Adoption of The IFRS (Period 2010-2012) N Minimum Maximum Mean Stock Price 69 91.0 11400.0 2184.899 BV 69 82.0 4267.0 936.638 NI 69 -8.0 956.0 162.609 O.CF 69 -7.5708760 7.6676180 1.311961064 Valid N (list 69 wise) Source: Data processed by SPSS Deviation Std. 2749.9732 946.4518 217.5190 6.0550262868 The relevant value of the accounting information of the financial statement to the stock price model ( Table 4.5) : Y2 = βo2 + β12X1 + β22X2 + β32X3 + εi Y2 = 92.912 + .878X1 + 7.829X2 – 2.549X3 + εi 1. The constant value of 92.912 state that other factors than accounting information quite enough predicted the stock price of the bank industry especially for the stock with minimum stock price. The relevant accounting information value of the financial statement do small impact in predicting the stock price of the stock with minimum stock price and there were some factors predict bigger the stock price. The investors need more information in order to value the stock for the period 2010-2012,after the adoption of the IFRS. 2. The predicted stock prices are contributed by .878 times of the Book Value for the period 2010-2012. 3. The predicted stock prices are contributed by 7.829 times of the Net Income for the period 2010-2012. 4. The predicted stock prices are negatively contributed by 2.549 times of the Operating cash flow for the period 2010-2012, after the adoption of the IFRS. Table 4.5 The Relevant Value Of The Accounting Information Of The Financial Statement To The Stock Price Model diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Variable Reg. coef. (Constant) 92.912 t Stat Sig-t Hypotheses test BV 0.878 2.161 0.001 Ho not accepted NI 7.829 4.406 0.074 Ho Accepted O.CF -2.549 -0.105 0.567 Ho Accepted F Statistic 98.75 Sig F 0.000a Adj R Square Ho not Accepted 0.812 Dependent Variable : Stock Price 5% error (α= 0.05) Source: Data process by SPSS After the adoption of the IFRS, the relevant value of the accounting information of the financial statements (book value, net income, and book value) significantly influence on the stock prices of the bank listed in the IDX. As happened before the adoption of the IFRS the stock prices of the bank listed in The IDX were affected by the accounting information. But what interesting happened in the IDX after the adoption of the IFRS, when the investor buy the stock they value the stock significantly based on the book value. The book value of the bank has been the fair value since the adoption the IFRS, and the investors used that quality report in order to value the stocks. The net income positively not significant influence on the stock prices and the operating cash flow negatively not significant influence on the stock prices. The investors not significantly based their stock prices decision on the net income and operating cash flow, since the net income and the operating cash flow were negative. Table 4.8 The Model Summary Of The After Adoption of The IFRS Model Summaryb Model R dimension0 1 .906 a R Square Adjusted Square .820 .812 R Std. Error of Durbinthe Estimate Watson 1193.1050 1.231 a. Predictors: (Constant), O.CF, BV, NI b. Dependent Variable: Stock Price The Adjusted R Square of the after the adoption of the IFRS model was .812 , better than the adjusted R Square prior to the adoption of the IFRS. The Adjusted R Square of the model increase by 10% after the adoption of the IFRS from .705 to .812 . This proof that the relevance of accounting information value of financial statements particularly (Book value, net income, and operating cash flow) influence on the stock prices bigger in the period after the adoption of IFRS than before. The relevance of accounting information value of financial statements particularly (Book value, net income, and operating cash flow) influence on stock prices bigger in the period after the adoption of IFRS than before. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 1. The Effect of The Relevance of Accounting Information Value of The Financial Statements (Book Value, Net Income, Operating Cash Flow) on the Share Price. The investors are looking for an appropriate assessment method on valuing the performance of the management in running the company. Investors' assessment of the value relevance of financial statement information is inseparable from the existence of information asymmetry between the principal and the agent. The value relevance of accounting information in the financial statements is based on the ability of the value accounting numbers summarize the information underlying the stock price, so the value relevance indicated with a statistical relationship between accounting or the financial information and the stock prices or returns. In-depth explanation can be seen from the direction of movement of the Adjusted R Square showed for the period after the adoption of IFRS. The adjusted R increased by 10.70% from .705 for the model of the period before the adoption of IFRS to .812 for the period after the adoption of the IFRS. While the direction of the movement of the Adjusted R Square for the period of 2007-2008, 2009-2010, and 2011-2012 also increased. The Adjusted R Square All (book value, net income, and operating cash flow on the stock prices) in Figure 4.1 were increasing from the first period (2007-2008) 70.9% to 76.3% in the the second period (2009-2010) to 86.7% in the third period (2011-2012). The influence of the book value, net income, and operating cash flow on the stock prices increased after the adoption of the IFRS. It showed that the quality of the accounting information were increasing. These results contrast with what the Van der Meulen (2007) did. He states that the preparation of standards by the IASB has not been through the good due process. In addition, the enforcement of the IFRS is not as restrictive as of the US GAAP. So that the IASB accounting standards just drafted the general nature and lack of detail, it is different from the rule-based standards that detailed in the rules of disclosure. In contrast to Van der Meulen (2007), the results of the study are consistent with Barth et al., (2008) which states that a principles-based IFRS standards could further enhance the value relevance of accounting information. This is due to the fair value measurement could describe the company's position and the economic performance. So that it could assist the investors in making investment decisions. In addition there are also researchers from Indonesia, Rahmellia (2009) and Hutagaol (2010) their results also showed a significant difference in the value relevance of earnings management and earnings before and after the period of the adoption of IFRS. Earnings management after the adoption of the period is lower than the period before the adoption, and the value relevance of earnings after a period of adoption is higher than the period before the adoption of IFRS. The results of Gebhardt and Farkas (2011) stated that the performance of the banks that have adopted IFRS better than that have not adopted IFRS in explaining stock price by using, earnings per share and market capitalization. This is because the IFRS is a high-quality accounting standards for reporting and accounting framework based on the principles that include a strong professional assessment with a clear and transparent disclosure of the economic substance of the transaction, the explanation to reach certain conclusions, and accounting related to the transaction. So that investors can easily read and analyze the financial statements, and the information obtained by the investor is a quality information that could not mislead the subsequent investors in making decisions on the information that investors get. Figure 4.1 Adjusted R Square All Graph diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 2. The Effect of Information Value Relevance of Financial Statements (Book Value) on the Share Price. Based on the results of the tests the book value influence on the stock price after the period of the adoption of IFRS. The direction of movement of Adjusted R Square of the book value on the stock prices for the periods 2007-2008, 2009-2010, and 2011-2012 were increasing. The Adjusted R Square of Book Value on the stock prices were 68.1 % in the first period (2007-2008) 75.6% in the second period (2009-2010) , and 77.1% in the third period (2011-2012). The Adjusted R Square of Book Value on the stock prices were increasing from 68.1%, to 75.6%, to 77.1%. The investors have already noticed that the book value of the company, the financial statements of accounting information is used to assess the company's stock price. Book value that is currently the focus on investors' assessment of the company due to the adoption of new financial reporting standards that are more stressed IFRS reporting focuses on fair value hedge on increasing the value relevance of book value information. These results are consistent with the Hung and Subramanyan (2007) that examined the effects of the adoption of the SAI to the financial statements of companies in Germany. The results of the study provide evidence that the relevance of book value of equity is higher on IAS than that applying German accounting standard. Figure 4.2 The Adjusted R Square Of The Book Value On The Stock Prices. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 3. Effect of Information Value Relevance of Financial Statements (Net Income) on Share Price. Based on the results of the tests the net income does not give effect to the stock price for the period after the adoption of IFRS. The direction of movement of Adjusted R Square for the periods 2007-2008, 2009-2010, and 2011-2012 were decreasing. Figure 4.2 The Adjusted R Square Of The Book Value On The Stock Prices The Adjusted R Square of Net Income on the stock price were 87.3% in the first period (2007-2008), 70.1% in the second period (2009-2010), to 66.2% in the third period (2011-2012). The Adjusted R Square of the net income on the stock price were decreasing, the investors gradually decrease in using the net income to value the stock price. The investors has reduced its focus attention on the value of the company's net income, due to the financial statements of accounting information is often used for activities of management earnings due to the asymmetry of information. This indicates diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id that the investors are no longer overconfidence on the value relevance of net income reported by the agent on the financial statements since the agent could do the earnings management practices in order to get the bonus that based on a certain level of net income. These results are consistent with the results of Hung and Subramanyan (2007) that examined the effects of the adoption of the SAI to the financial statements of companies in Germany. The results of the study provide evidence that the relevance of net income has no significant differences in income than that are based on the International Accounting Standards and Accounting Standards Germany. 4.The Effect of Information Value Relevance of Financial Statements (Operating Cash Flow) on Share Price. Based on the results of the tests the operating cash flow does not give effect to the stock price of both the period before the adoption of IFRS and the period after the adoption of IFRS. The direction of movement of Adjusted R Square for the periods 2007-2008, 20092010, and 2011-2012 had not reached a significant influence on the share price. Figure 4.3 The Adjusted R Square Of The Operating Cash Flow On The Stock Prices The Adjusted R Square of the operating cash flow on the share price were -1.9 in the first period (2007-2008), -2.3 in the second period (2009-2010), and - .6 in the third period (2011-2012). The Adjusted R Square of the operating cash flow on the stock price increased to -0.6%. The investors are starting to pay attention to the value of operating cash flow of the company, but investors are more on net income in the period before the adoption of IFRS and on the book value during the period after the adoption of IFRS. These results differ from the results of Triyono and Jogiyanto (2000) that the unexpected cash inflow and cash outflow from operating activities during the period will affect stock prices through its effect on cash flow. While the results of the study are consistent with the results of Indra and Fazli (2004) that the cash flow data outside the accounting profit just provide weak support for investors. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id REFERENCES Agoglia, C.P., T.S. Doupnik, and G.T Tsakumis. 2011. Principles-based versus rules-based accounting standards: The influence of standard precision and audit committee strength on financial reporting decisions. The Accounting Review. Alali, F.A., and Foote, P.S. 2012. The Value Relevance Of International Financial Reporting Standards: Empirical Evidence in an Emerging Market. The International Journal of Accounting. Anggrayani, D. P., P. Rukmi., S.R. Handayani., T. Oswari. 2011. Analisis Kinerja Perbankan yang Mengadopsi IFRS Berdasarkan Harga Saham, Laba Per Saham dan Kapitalisasi Pasar. Media Akuntansi, Jakarta. Aussenegg, W., Petra Inwinkl, and Georg Schneider. 2009. Earnings Management and Accounting Standards in Europe. Proceedings of the 2009 MFA Annual Meeting. Badshaw and Miller. 2007. Have Financial Statements Lost Their Relevance?. Journal Accounting Research. Ball, R. 2006. Internasional Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): Pros and cons forinvestors. Accounting & Business Research, International Accounting Policy Forum. Ball, R., A. Robin, and J.S Wu, 2003. Incentives versus Standards: Properties of Accounting in Four East Asian Countries. Journal of Accounting and Economics. Barth, M.E., W.R. Landsman, and M.H. Lang. 2008. International Accounting Standards and Accounting Quality. Journal of Accounting Research. Bartov, E., Goldberg, S. and Kim, M. 2005. Comparative Value Relevance Among German, U.S. and International Accounting Standards: A German Stock Market Perspective. Journal of Accounting. Capkun, V., Daniel W. Collins and Thomas Jeanjean. 2011. Does Adoption of IAS/IFRS Deter Earnings Management. Finance Working Paper. Carlo, S., dan Jarne, J. 2010. Have IFRS Affected Earnings Management in The European Union?. Journal of Accounting in Europe Vol. 7. Choi and Meek. 2005. International Accounting, Edisi 5. Journal of Accounting. Choi, F., D.S.Frost, Carol A. and Meek, Gary K. 1999. International Accounting. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, NY. Christensen, H.B., M. Walker, and E. Lee. 2008. Incentives or Standards: What Determines Accounting Quality Changes Around IFRS Adoption?. Working Paper. Daske, H., L. Hail, C. Leuz, and R. Verdi. 2008. Mandatory IFRS Reporting around the World: Early Evidence on the Economic Consequences. Journal of Accounting Research. Djankov. 2008. Pengaruh Konservatisme Laporan Keuangan Terhadap Earnings Response Coefficient. Jurnal Riset Akuntansi Indonesia. Francis, J. and Schipper, K. 1999. Have Financial Statements Lost Their Relevance. Journal of Accounting Research. Gebhardt, and Farkas. 2011. Macroeconomic Influences On The Stock Market. Journal of Economics and Finance. Ghozali. 2001. Aplikasi Analisis Multivariate dengan Program SPSS, Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro, Semarang. Hung, M., and K. Subramanyam. 2007. Financial Statement Effects of Adopting International Accounting Standards: the case of Germany. Review of Accounting Studies. Hutagaol, A. 2010. Hubungan Pengadopsian IFRS dengan Kualitas Laba Akuntansi. Universitas Gadjah Mada. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Indra, and Fazli, 2004. Hubungan Laba Akuntansi, Nilai Buku, Dan Total Arus Kas Dengan Market Value : Studi Akuntansi Relevansi Nilai, Simposium Nasional Akuntansi VII, 2-3 Desember 2004. Karamanou. I, and Nishiotis. G.P. 2009. Disclosure and the Cost of Capital: Evidence from the Market's Reaction to Firm Voluntary Adoption of IAS. Jurnal of Business Finance & Accounting. Karampinis, N., and Hevas, D. 2011. Mandating IFRS in an Unfavorable Environment: The Greek Experience. The International Journal of Accounting. Kusuma, I.W. 2007. Pengadopsian International Financial Reporting Standards: Implikasi untuk Indonesia. Universitas Gadjah Mada. Liu, J., & Liu, C. 2007. Value Relevance Of Accounting Information In Different Stock Market Segments: The Case of Chinese A-,B- and H-shares. Journal of International Accounting Research. Maruli. 2010. Problematika Konvergensi Standar Akuntansi. Media Akuntansi, Jakarta Natawidyana. 2008. IFRS Hanya untuk Cross Border Listing. Media Akuntansi, Jakarta. Pacter, P. 2005. What exactly is convergence?. International Journal Accounting, Auditing and Performance Evaluation. Paglietti. 2009. Costs of Equity and Earnings Attributes. The Accounting Review. Pandji, and Piji. 2003. Analisa Harga Saham. Media Akuntansi, Jakarta. Pinasti, M., 2004. Faktor – Faktor Yang Menjelaskan Variasi Relevansi – Nilai Informasi Akuntansi : Pengujian Hipotesis Informasi Alternatif. Simposium Nasional Akuntansi VII, 2-3 Desember 2004. Prastowo, D. & Rifka. 2002. Analisa Harga Saham. Media Akuntansi, Jakarta. Rahmellia, A.S. 2009. Earnings Management dan Nilai Relevansi Laba sebelum dan setelah Pengadopsian IFRS. Universitas Gadjah Mada. Roberts, D.A., A. Dey, and T.Z. Lys. 2005. Incentives or Standards: What Determines Accounting Quality Changes Around IFRS Adoption?. Financial Accounting and Reporting Section (FARS) Paper. Santoso, S. 2001. Statistik Parametrik dan Nonparametrik, Konsep dan Aplikasi dengan SPSS. PT. Elex Media Komputindo, Jakarta. Santoso, S. 2002. Buku Latihan SPSS Statistik Parametrik, (ed 3). PT. Elex Media Komputindo, Jakarta. Santoso, S. 2008. Statistik Parametrik dan Nonparametrik, Konsep dan Aplikasi dengan SPSS, (ed 5). PT. Elex Media Komputindo, Jakarta. Schipper, K. 1989. Commentary on earnings managements. Accounting Horizons. Scott, W.R. 2009. Financial Accounting Theory. Fifth Edition. Canada Prentice Hall. Siregar, and Utama. 2008. The Impact of Mandatory IFRS Adoption on Foreign Mutual Fund Ownership: The Role of Comparability. Jurnal of Accounting and Economics. Suharli, and Rachpriliani. 2006. Studi Empiris Faktor yang Berpengaruh Terhadap Ketepatan Waktu Pelaporan Keuangan. Jurnal Bisnis dan Akuntasi. Triyono, and Jogiyanto. 2008. Akuntansi Perbankan Transaksi dalam Valuta Rupiah edisi ketiga.Yogyakarta. Van der Meulen, S., Gaeremynck, A., and Willekens, M. 2007. Attribute Difference Between US GAAP and IFRS Earnings: An exploratory studdy. The International Journal of Accounting. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id THE INFLUENCE OF LIQUIDITY, CAPITAL STRUCTURE, PROFITABILITY AND CASH FLOWS ON THE COMPANY’S FINANCIAL DISTRESS MUHAMMAD REZA FAHLEVI KAP Osman Bing Satrio dan Eny, Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, Indonesia. [email protected] AAN MARLINAH Trisakti School of Management [email protected] The Research Background Europe's economic crisis in 2008 has a comprehensive impact to various sectors until now. This crisis has globalized to other countries outside the European Union, many countries are also feeling the significant impact. In Indonesia, the impact is not directly suffered. The indirect impacts felt through China since China is the largest importer of Indonesia. Nowadays, the countries around the world are still continuing to improve themself to recover from the crisis. The declining confidence level of investment can be seen from the decline in JCI (Jakarta Composite Index) when the crisis occurs, of positions 2,971 to 2,514. The Indonesian capital market is depended with foreign investment, thus the global issue will probably attack economic condition in Indonesia. Likewise, the Indonesian manufacturing sector has been affected by such condition, considering that the manufacturing sector has a large portion in the formation of JCI value. This is also reflected from the threat of non-oil trade deficit, when import is rising day to day and export performance is slacking. Consequently, the inflation price of raw material due to rupiah weakened is inevitable, from around 9,300 at the beginning of January and ended around 11,500 at the end of December 2008. This situation is getting worse until 2015 when the foreign exchange hits 13,000 for the first time in history. Therefore, it is important for all sectors, especially manufacturing companies, to evaluate their survival rate at the time of crisis and years after the crisis. The declining profit and performance suffered by the companies are irresistible results. This issue should be dealt seriously by stakeholders. Companies that are not able to improve their performance will experience financial distress and eventually goes to bankruptcy (Hapsari, 2012). Financial distress can happen either by external factors or internal factors. External factors, such as global economic crisis, is a major aspect beyond company’s control. Whereas internal factors such as poor management, unwise business expansion, fierce competition, high debt financing, and unfavorable contracts are aspects under company’s control (Emery et al., 2007 in Juniarti, 2013). Accordingly, both internal and external factors will bring out deterioration in company’s operation. There are many notions related to financial distress, but financial distress can be generally stated as unhealthy phased facing by the company. A healthy company should not have any problems with its activities, especially financial problems. Financial distress can begin from liquidity problem (short-term) which is the lightest level of financial difficulties, up to the declaration of bankruptcy which is the most severe difficulties. So that financial distress can be seen as a long continuum rather than temporary problem (Saleh and Sudiyanto 2013). Financial distress can be seen as a phase just before the bankruptcy and occur when the company bears net loss from year to year (Hapsari, 2012). Symptoms of financial distress diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id can begin integrally when there is early impairment of revenue for more than 20%, deterioration when profit decreased more than 20%, and finally cash flow problem when operating cash flow becomes negative (Pranowo, 2010). Furthermore, based on Brahmana (2007) in Hidayat and Meiranto (2014), a company can be categorized into financial distress condition if has negative operating profit, negative net income, negative book value of equity, and exercise merger. Therefore, to determine whether a company in the condition of financial distress or not, it is quite difficult to judge from one perspective. For instance, financial distress is multidimensional problem and complicated situation. Financial distress has become a topic that continues to be studied through years. Many models have been developed to analyze the condition of financial distress. The popular multivariate model (discriminant analysis) had been developed by Altman (1968). This model is widely known as Altman Z-score model. Under this method, sets of required financial ratio is collected to obtain the prediction model. After prediction model is obtained, it is becoming easy to determine the condition of a company. If the value of Z-score falls under 1.81, then the company is classified into the distress zone. If the value of Z-score falls over 2.99, then the company is classified into safe zone. Whereas the value of Z-score falls between 1.81 and 2.99, then the company is classified into grey zone. Altman had discovered several financial ratios which can be used as indicators of bankruptcy prediction in his model, the ratios are: working capital to total assets, retained earnings to total assets, earnings before interest and taxes to total assets, market value of equity to book value of total debt, and sales to total assets. Other popular multivariate model is logit model or binary logistic model. This model uses predictor variable to determine any influence against dependent variable. Based on Kasgari et al. (2013), logit model is the development of multiple regression in dependent variable where variables are not linked. Logit model is probable logarithm where the financial distress or non-financial distress events may happen. The result of logistic regression is the possibility if predictor variable changes, does it affect the change of dependent variable or not. Ohlson (1980) had developed this model by using nine independent variables, namely size of company, total liabilities to total assets, working capital to total assets, current liabilities to total assets, net income to total assets, operating cash flow to total liabilities, changes in net income, and two dummy variables. Although many predictions model have been developed year to year, the main purpose is to recover the company’s condition immediately. The ultimate benefit in analyzing company’s financial distress is to take corrective actions to restore company’s going concern. The early warning system must be developed to identify and restore the company’s condition (Almilia, 2006). In addition, early warning system facilitates stakeholders to make quick responses to reduce the cost of bankruptcy (Endri, 2009). The other potential useful of bankruptcy prediction, besides internal business consideration or credit evaluation, is to screen out undesirable investment (Altman, 1968). Hypothesis Development Analysis of liquidity can be carried out to see the company's ability to survive in the short term period. Liquidity is the ability to convert assets into cash or to obtain cash to meet current liabilities (Subramanyam and Wild, 2009, 528). Financial distress is used to reflect the existence of these liquidity problems. Based on Hapsari (2012), financial distress is a severe liquidity problem and company cannot solve it, but it does not require changes in operating size or company’s structure. In other words, the liquidity problem is the initial estimates to detect the financial distress condition. Therefore, the first hypothesis of this research can be inferred as follows: H1 Liquidity can influence the company’s financial distress. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Furthermore, capital structure or financial leverage is another important factor in assessing the condition of financial distress. When a company is relying more on debtfinancing rather than shares (equity-financing), the risk of repayment difficulties will occur in the future. This happens because the bankruptcy is usually preceded by the occurrence of default, so that the greater the amount of debt, the higher the probability of companies experiencing financial distress (Pasaribu, 2008). Therefore, the second hypothesis of this research can be inferred as follows: H2 Financial leverage can influence the company’s financial distress. Moreover, the settlement of both current and long-term debt can be perceived by how much profit is generated. The higher the rate of return, will cause the better signal for all parties. The companies will have more ability to repay their obligations, while investors and creditors are given a sense of security. Analysts often use profitability base as a reliable test to measure effectivity of company’s operation (Weygandt et al., 2013). Thus, the profitability of the company is the next factor which is associated with the company's financial distress. Therefore, the third hypothesis of this research can be inferred as follows: H3 Profitability can influence the company’s financial distress. Finally, the last factor which contributes to detect the company’s financial distress is cash flow. Cash flow gives a vivid description of the short-term corporate health condition. Cash flows explain the availability of cash to repay obligations. According to Atieh (2014), operating cash flow gives a better picture about the quality of the company's profit because it does not involve revenues and expenses, which calculated on an accrual basis and involved subjective assumptions. Therefore, operating cash flows has a close relationship in assessing the condition of financial distress. Therefore, the last hypothesis of this research can be inferred as follows: H4 Cash flows can influence the company’s financial distress. Based on the explanations above, we can conclude that there are four basic elements which may cause the occurrence of financial distress. Those variables are common elements in almost journals related to financial distress condition or bankruptcy prediction. Previous Research The previous research, which become a cornerstone of this research, had been predicting financial distress by using 24 financial ratios. The study was carried out by Alkhatib and Al-Horani (2012) using a sample of firms listed on the Amman Stock Exchange (Jordan) and taking period since 2007 to 2011. The results of this study show that the ratio of return on assets and return on equity are influential in predicting financial distress. In addition, this study also compared the discriminant analysis and logistic regression method. The results suggest that both methods can be used to predict the company's financial distress. This study is a replication of the previous study by reducing the number of independent variables and using only single method, logistic regression. There are differences from previous studies in the addition of two new independent variables. The two new independent variables are cash flow ratio and operating cash margin (Atieh 2014 and Pasaribu 2008). Research Methods The type of this research is causality research (causal study). The study period is from 2011 to 2013, three years of study periods. The sample is manufacturing companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange since 2009 to 2013 with purposive sampling method as sample selection technique. The criteria used in the selection of the sample are as follows: 1. The company is listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange during the period 2009 through 2013. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 2. The financial statements are presented in Rupiah currency. 3. The financial statements have fiscal year at December 31. The dependent variable in this research is financial distress which is dummy variable. In this study, financial distress is measured by average earnings per share for three years, or equals to study periods. Specifically, the companies that are experiencing financial distress if has an average earnings per share over the last three years is under one. Whereas for a successful company or non-financial distress if has an average earnings per share over the last three years is greater than one (Al-khatib and Al-Horani, 2012). According to Bodroastuti (2009) in Saleh and Sudiyanto (2013), earnings per share is the most widely ratio used by the shareholders to assess the future prospects of the company in comparison to other financial ratios. If the earnings per share has a tendency to decrease or negative from year to year in the study period, it will probably reflect the company's internal financial problems so that earnings per share is not as big as expected. Thus, average earnings per share can be a reliable indicator to determine company’s financial distress because of three years duration to derive this amount, since as stated before, the financial distress can be seen as a prolonged problem rather than short-term problem (Almilia and Kristijadi, 2003). The independent variables are encompassed into four aspects. The liquidity aspects are represented by current ratio and working capital ratio. The capital structure aspects are represented by debt to asset ratio and current liabilities to assets ratio. For profitability aspects, the return on assets, return on equity, net profit margin, and the total asset turnover are used. The last aspects of cash flows are represented by cash flow ratio and operating cash margin. Thus, this study uses 10 independent variables and single dependent variable which are explained in the greater detail as follows: No. Name Measurement Explanation Dependent variable If the value is less than Financial Distress 1 one, the company suffers (Average EPS) financial distress. Independent variables It measures the net Working capital 2 liquidity relatives to total ratio capitalization It evaluates the level of 3 Current ratio liquidity to meets current liabilities. It measures how many debt-financing occurs in 4 Debt to assets ratio company (financial leverage) It measures financial Current liabilities 5 leverage based on short to assets ratio term standpoint It measures overall 6 Return on assets profitability relatives to total assets. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 7 It measures profitability based on common equity. Return on equity 8 Net profit margin 9 Total assets turnover 10 Cash flow ratio 11 Operating cash margin It indicates the net profitability over the sales for one operation cycle. It indicates how much assets can generate sales. It measures the availability of operating cashflow to fulfil short term liabilities. It measures how much net operating cashflow can be generated from its sales. This research is using logistic regression as analytical method. Logistic regression and discriminant analysis is actually similar. Both methods are used if we want to test whether the probability of the dependent variable can be predicted by the independent variables. Logistic regression analysis does not require the assumption of normality on the variables (Ghozali, 2013). This research also involves several sets of analytical test associated with logistic regression method which explained later. Analysis and Results After the sampling process, the sum of companies that meet the criteria for the study are 90 companies. The results of the sample selection can be seen in the following table. No 1 Criteria Manufacturing companies which are listed in Indonesian Stock Exchange from 2009 until 2013. 2 Manufacturing companies which do not use December 31 as their fiscal year. 3 Manufacturing companies which do not use Rupiah as their original currency. Total sample selected Sum of the companies 116 Sum of the data 348 (4) (12) (22) (66) 90 270 Descriptive statistics table for the independent variables can be used see the number of samples, the minimum value, maximum value, average value (mean) and standard deviation. Descriptive statistical analysis is used to provide an overview and description of the data in the study. Here is the presentation of the descriptive statistics result with SPSS. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Variable Working Capital Ratio Current Ratio Debt to Total Asset Current Liabilities to Total Asset Return on Asset Return on Equity Net Profit Margin Total Asset Turnover Cash Flow Ratio Operating Cash Margin Total data 270 270 270 Minimum Maximum Mean -0.7208 0.2130 0.0372 0.8133 247.4441 3.0807 0.208734 3.304404 0.523530 Standard Deviation 0.2719778 15.07441716 0.4043972 270 0.0025 1.5486 0,336357 0,2136365 270 270 270 270 270 270 -0.7558 -7.6848 -9.3959 0.0150 -2.0369 -4,4232 0.4162 3.2463 0.8187 2.9577 82,4697 0,4635 0.060092 0.078678 -0.033303 1.113190 0.613319 0,008333 0.1216698 0.6345298 0.6819871 0.5622440 5,0321982 0,3661721 Meanwhile, to see the percentage of successful and financial following table can be used. No Company’s condition 2011 2012 2013 1 Financial distress 12 12 19 2 Non-financial distress 78 78 71 Total 90 90 90 distress companies, the Total 43 227 270 Percentage 15.93% 84.07% 100% ¬2 Log Likelohood test is used to determine if the independent variable is added into the model, does it significantly improve the model fit or not (Ghozali 2013, 341). -2 Log Likelihood test result is shown below. -2 Log Likelihood Block Number: 0 236.757 Block Number: 1 69.588 Based on the table, the magnitude of the difference in -2 log likelihood value in both blocks is 167.169. The declining value that occurred from block number: 0 to block number: 1 indicates that the addition of independent variables in the model will improve the model fit. Therefore, the logistic regression model is fit for use in further testing. Nagelkerke R2 analysis is performed to assess the variability of the dependent variable that can be explained by the independent variables. Nagelkerke R2 analysis results can be seen by the following SPSS output. Step -2 Log Likelihood Cox &Snell R Square Nagelkerke R Square 1 69.588 0.462 0.791 2 Nagelkerke R value is amounting 0.791. This value indicates that the variation in the dependent variable, the condition of the company's financial distress, which can be explained by the ten independent variables is 79.1%. The remaining 20.9% is explained by other factors that are not included in the model. This test was conducted to test whether the regression model is according to the observational data. In other words, this test proves that there is no difference between model and observational data research. The result of Hosmer and Lemeshow Goodness of Fit test can be seen by the following SPSS output. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Step Chi-Square Df Sig. 1 1.575 8 0.991 Based on the above data, the Sig. amounted to 0.991. Value Sig. is greater than 0.05, which means that the regression model is acceptable. Thus, the regression model is able for prediction or in accordance with the value of its observations. Test of the prediction accuracy level is made to calculate an estimate of the right and wrong of the variables in the study. The result of the prediction accuracy level can be seen on the following SPSS output. Predicted Financial Distress NonFinancial Financial Percentage Observed Distress Distress Correct Step 1 Financial Non-Financial 220 7 96.9 distress Distress Financial 10 33 76.7 Distress Overall Percentage 93.7 Based on the results of SPSS output, it can be seen that there are 43 data that are experiencing financial distress. However, the exact prediction by the model only 33 data. The level of classification accuracy was 76.7%. The remaining 10 data are improperly predicted by the model. This amount is equivalent to 3.7% and referred as type 1 error. Similarly, SPSS output result also shows that there are 227 data that are not experiencing financial distress (successful company). However, the exact prediction by the model is only 220 data. The level of classification accuracy was 96.9%. The remaining 7 companies are improperly predicted by the model. This amount is equivalent to 2.59% and referred to the error type 2. Overall, the level of prediction accuracy model is amounting to 93.7%. Coefficient significance test is conducted to test whether any impact of independent variables to the dependent variable. In other words, this test represents decision on acceptance or rejection of Ha. Coefficient significance test results can be seen through the SPSS output as follows. Variable Coefficient (B) Sig. Decision WCR -4.727 0.064 Ha rejected CR 0.664 0.007 Ha accepted DTA -1.210 0,239 Ha rejected CLA 0.194 0.940 Ha rejected ROA -52.248 0.000 Ha accepted ROE -0.951 0.239 Ha rejected NPM 0,170 0.943 Ha rejected TATO -1.671 0.141 Ha rejected CFR -1.984 0.007 Ha accepted OCM 0.277 0.878 Ha rejected Constant -0.013 0,991 Based on the above data processing, the logistic regression equation can be formed into: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Ln (P/1-P) = – 0.013 – 4.727 WCR + 0,664 CR – 1.210 DTA – 52.248 ROA – 0.951 ROE + 0.170 NPM – 1.671 TATO – 1.984 CFR + 0.277 OCM + e Variable current ratio (CR) with sig. of 0.007 indicates that the current ratio has an effect to the financial distress. This decision was taken because the sig.value is less than 0.05, so that Ha is accepted. Positive coefficient value of 0.664 indicates that the current ratio has positive influence to financial distress. According to the results above, the higher the value of the current ratio indicates the higher possibility of companies will be experiencing financial distress. This can happen when a company has much current assets rather than fixed assets. The quality of current assets is also illiquid. Some illiquid current assets are inventories of merchandise that is difficult to sold, trade receivables that are difficult to billed, excessive prepaid expenses, and quickly impaired short-term investments. Therefore, not all current assets can be converted into cash quickly and will cause the difficulty to meet the demands of short-term creditors, in other words, the possibility of financial distress will arise if company has much current assets (Pranowo et al., 2010). Variable return on assets (ROA) with sig. of 0.000 indicates that the return on assets has an effect the company's financial distress. This decision was taken because the sig. value is less than 0.05, so that Ha is accepted. The negative coefficient of 52.248 indicates that the return on assets has a negative effect on the company's financial distress. According to the results above, the higher the value of return on assets indicates the lower possibility of financial distress. This situation happens since the higher return on assets will make the companies more efficient and effective in managing their assets (Hapsari, 2012). Decision to spend funds into productive assets will create higher profit for the company. If the company's management make a decision to spend their fund into non-productive assets, such as investments in bonds when the company is expanding, it is unwise decision. Whereas, it is wiser to spend the fund in the form of buildings, equipment, or machinery, in order to support the development of the company expansion. Proper asset management will cause the decreasing expense and lead the company to earn a lot of savings. This would make the lower likelihood of financial distress. Cash flow ratio (CFR) with sig. 0.007 indicates that the cash flow ratio has an effect to the company's financial distress. This decision was taken because the sig. value is less than 0.05, so that Ha is accepted. The negative coefficient of 1.984 indicates that the cash flow ratio has negative effect to the condition of financial distress. According to the results above, the higher value of the cash flow ratio will cause the company's financial distress is getting lower. Companies with high cash flow ratio, means that the company has earn positive operating cash flow to meet its short-term debt. Operating cash flow is cash flow sourced from the company's daily activities that reflects the availability of daily cash. Positive operating cash flow reflects the excess operating cash inflow after deducting cash disbursement. Therefore, the higher operating cash flow indicates the company's ability to create resources to meet the demands of short-term creditors so that the possibility of financial distress can be minimized (Atieh, 2014). Conclusions The results of the study showed (1) working capital ratio, debt-to-assets ratio, current liabilities to assets ratio, return on equity, net profit margin, total asset turnover, and operating cash margin do not significantly affect the condition of financial distress; (2) Current ratio, return on assets, and cash flow ratio significantly affect the company's financial distress condition. Specifically, the current ratio has the positive influence, while return on assets and cash flow ratio have negative influence to the financial distress condition. This study has some limitations that may affect the results. These limitations as well as recommendations for further research are as follows (1) The sample in this study is only diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id manufacturing company listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange, so that the results cannot be generalized to all group companies; (2) Testing factors or independent variables only consist of working capital ratio, current ratio, debt-to-assets ratio, current liabilities to assets ratio, return on assets, return on equity, net profit margin, total asset turnover, cash flow ratio and operating cash margin, so that the results would be different if the number of variable is augmented. For further research, good corporate governance or intellectual capital can be used as independent variable; (3) This research is only done for three years from 2011 to 2013 and using sample companies which is listed consecutively in the Indonesia Stock Exchange during 2009 to 2013. The results will be more accurate if the study period is extended; (4) This study is only used sample of 90 companies or 270 financial statement data. This amount is only a small fraction of the companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange. References: Al-khatib, Hazem B. and Alaa Al-horani. (2012). Predicting Financial Distress of Public Companies Listed in Amman Stock Exchange. Europian Scientific Journal, July edition Vol. 8, No. 15, ISSN: 1857-7881. Almilia, Luciana Spica. (2006). Prediksi Kondisi Financial Distress Perusahaan Go-Public dengan Menggunakan Analisis Multinomial Logit. Jurnal Ekonomi dan Bisnis, Vol. 12, No.1, ISSN: 0854-9087. Almilia, Luciana Spica and Emanuel Krsitijadi. (2003). Analisis Rasio Keuangan untuk Memprediksi Kondisi Financial Distress Perusahaan Manufaktur yang Terdaftar di Bursa Efek Jakarta. Jurnal Akuntansi dan Auditing Indonesia, Vol. 7, No. 2, ISSN: 1410-2420. Atieh, Sulayman H. (2014). Liquidity Analysis Using Cash Flow Ratios as Compared to Traditional Ratios in Pharmaceutical Sector in Jordan. International Journal of Financial Research, Vol.5, No. 3, ISSN: 1923-4023. Endri. (2009). Prediksi Kebangkrutan Bank untuk Menghadapi dan Mengelola Perubahan Lingkungan Bisnis: Analisis Model Altman’s Z-Score. Perbanas Institute Repository, Vol. 2, No. 1, ISSN: 1978-9017. Ghozali, Imam. (2013). Aplikasi Analisis Multivariate dengan Program IBM SPSS 21 Update PLS Regresi. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro. Hapsari, Evanny Indri. (2012). Kekuatan Rasio Keuangan dalam Memprediksi Kondisi Financial Distress Perusahaan Manufaktur di BEI. Jurnal Dinamika Manajamen Universitas Negeri Semarang, Vol. 3, No. 2: 101-109, ISSN: 2086-0668. Hidayat, Muhammad Arif and Wahyu Meiranto. (2014). Prediksi Financial Distress Perusahaan Manufaktur di Indonesia. Diponegoro Jurnal of Accounting, Vol. 3, No. 3: 1-11, ISSN: 2337-3806. Juniarti. (2013). Good Corporate Governance and Predicting Financial Distress Using Logistic and Probit Regression Model. Jurnal Akuntansi dan Keuangan, Vol. 15, No. 1: 43-50, ISSN 1411-0288. Kasgari, Ahmad Ahmadpur, Seyyed Hasan Salehnezhad, and Fatemeh Ebadi. (2013). A Review of Bankruptcy and its Prediction. International Journal of Academic Research in Accounting, Finance, and Management Sciences, Vol. 3, No. 4: 274-277. ISSN: 2308-0337. Ohlson, James A. (1980). Financial Ratio and the Probabilistic Prediction of Bankruptcy. Journal of Accounting Research, Vol.18, No.1: 109-131. Pasaribu, Rowland Bismark Fernando. (2008). Penggunaan Binary Logit untuk Prediksi Financial Distress Perusahaan yang Tercatat di Bursa Efek Jakarta. Jurnal Ekonomi, Bisnis, dan Akuntansi Ventura, Vol. 11, No. 2: 153-172), ISSN: 1410-6418 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Pranowo, Koes, Noer Azam Achsani, and Nunung Nuryartono. (2010). Determinant of Corporate Financial Distress in an Emerging Market Economy: Empirical from the Indonesian Stock Exchange 2004-2008. International Research Journal and Economics, ISSN: 1450-2887. Saleh, Amir and Bambang Sudiyanto. (2013). Pengaruh Rasio Keuangan untuk Memprediksi Probabilitas Kebangkrutan Pada Perusahaan Manufaktur yang Terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia. Dinamika Akuntansi, Keuangan, dan Perbankan, Vol. 2, No. 1: 82-91, ISSN: 1979-4878 Subramanyam, K. R. and John J. Wild. (2009). Financial Statement Analysis. New York: McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. Weygandt, Jerry J., Paul D. Kimmel, and Donald E. Kieso. (2013). Financial Accounting IFRS Edition. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id EFFECTIVENESS OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING IN INDONESIA ISLAMIC BANKING RINI UIN Syarif Hidayatullah Jakarta [email protected] Introduction When conventional banking crash due to the global financial crisis, Islamic banks instead experienced a significant advantage, even predicted growth will be doubled. According to Governor of the Central Bank of Bahrain, Rasheed Mohammed Al Maraj, the Islamic finance industry is more resistant than conventional in the face of the global financial crisis first phase (2007-2009), because Islamic banking was not invested in harm financial products. Singapore's Trade and Industry Minister who is also the Chairman of the Monetary Authority of Singapore, Lim Hang Kiang in the opening of the World Islamic Banking Conference Asia Summit in 2010, also said the Islamic banks increasingly widely accepted and has appeal as a more ethical investment, making this industry grow twice fold compared to conventional (Arif, 2010). In 2013 slowdown in world economic growth. World Bank lowered its economic growth prediction in 2013 and 2014 for the state of China and some developing countries of East Asia. World Bank cites China's economic slowdown and falling commodity prices can hit exports and investment in several countries including Indonesia. East Asia continues to be the engine of economic growth, contributing for 40% of world economic growth (Rendra, 2013). Otherwise, International Monetary Fund (IMF) lowered its forecast for world economic growth to 3.3 percent and 3.4 percent in 2013 and 2014. Senior Economist Mandiri Securities, Aldian Taloputra said the downward trend of world economic growth forecast this will be good but the recovery would ramp. Aldi explained until now the European economy contraction still occurs because small countries such as Spain and Greece are to make savings and unemployment rate in Europe was 10.9 percent (Berita Lampung, 2013). However, the growth of Islamic banking in the world, and in Indonesia in particular, in 2013 still continues to rise. In Indonesia alone, it is indicated by an increase in the number of bank branches by 8% compared to 2012. Meanwhile, the total assets of the Islamic banking penetration, an increase in the number of outstanding countries: Malaysia 200%, the United Arab Emirates and Qatar (100 %), and Indonesia 55% (Hamzah, 2014). The rapid growth of Islamic banking requires supervision. Board commissioner in his capacity as a supervisor at the same operating company acts as a supervisor and consider the interests of stakeholders. To carry out its role as a supervisor, the board formed a special committee. One of the special committee be formed board of commissioners is the audit committee. Elbanon (2009) reveals the effectiveness of the audit committee who is one of the mechanisms of corporate governance is to improve the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Opinions Elbanon supported by Teamnuay and Sapleton (2009) which divides the role of the audit committee of the role in relation to 1) the external audit; 2) the internal audit; 3) external financial reporting; 4) other functions; 5) the quality of financial reporting. Bank Indonesia Deputy Governor Halim Alam in discussions on banking efficiency award ceremony 2011 on June 22, 2011 declared a bank in Indonesia should learn from the case of Barings Bank. Barings Bank is one of the oldest banks in London (England), but the bank finally collapsed in 1995's due to the loss of up to $ 1.3 billion due to employees made speculative investments in futures contracts. Barings Bank case that occurs in the absence of equitable distribution of responsibilities, weak internal controls and a lack of supervision of diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id the top management. Cases which occurred abroad also occur in Indonesia. In Indonesia, more or less that does not happen is the implementation of SOP and internal controls are good. In addition, the lack of supervision of the peak or top management. Furthermore Halim said the summit had done surveillance but not uncommon procedure of a general nature and the simple fact is found not conducted on a regular basis (Purnomo, 2011). Jos Luhukay, observers from the Strategic Indonesian Banking in the discussion "Banking Crime" states that in several cases banks that occurred lately become a lesson for the banking industry in order not to experience the same thing. Mode of banking fraud is not only a question of fraud (fraud), but weak oversight of the bank's internal control of human resources is also a point gap banking crimes. Internal control becomes a major problem banks. To overcome this Bank Indonesia should set the standard operating procedure (Dwiantika, 2011). With a strict supervision, the crime can be minimized so that the interests of investors and customers protected (Sutaryono, 2011). Tabel 1. The Islamic Banking Cases in Indonesia Related to Internal Control Problem Year, Bank’s Name Cronological 2002, BSM & BNI Bank Syariah Mandiri (BSM) and BNI (Sharia Unit) joint in sindication Syariah (UUS) financing to Indosat Multimedia Mobil (IM3) project and got interest for that financing 19% pa. Islamic Bank may not use Interest concept, so the revenue of this financing could not be reported in to income statement. 2011, BRI Syariah Case of granting credit fictitious Attack BRI Syariah Rp 212 billion involving 5 people. Deni Kurniawan demanded two years in prison and a fine of Rp 50 million. Amir Abdullah criminal defendant sentenced to 6 years in prison. The defendant Muhammad Sugirus, sentenced to 4 years in prison. Both defendants also imposed fines amounting to Rp 150 million, a subsidiary of three months confinement. They are also required to pay compensation of Rp 79.4 billion to be paid one month after the verdict. Wijaya Dedih defendant sentenced to 4 years. While Asry Ulya sentenced to 6 years in prison, together with his demands. They are engaged in loan application engineered and without verification, BRI disbursed Rp 212 billion. 2012, Bank Jateng Defrauding Bank of Central Java with tekdakwa Yanuelva Etliana. Mode is used in question is to ask tens of fictitious work orders from several government agencies submitted that the accused, to obtain credit in the Bank of Central Java by conventional Rp14,2 billion, and Bank Syariah Unit Semarang Central Java Rp29 billion. The defendant also gave money amounting to Rp250 million to the former Head of the Regional Disaster Management Agency (BPBDs) Java Priyanto Jarot Nugroho has also been declared as a suspect and is undergoing the same process of the trial cases. 2013, Bank Developer (Iyan) applying for a loan amounting to Rp1 billion to BSM Syariah Mandiri Bogor. Iyan and three employees of BSM Bogor then create fake diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id customers for facilities eligible for mortgage financing. They manipulate a number of documents, such as land certificate, ID card, and so on, and did not undergo the procedure that should be in the filed of banking credit. Three employees of BSM Bogor also receive a gift from the debtor Rp3-4 billion in cash, and no one received a car. 2013, BRI Syariah Since 2010, Butet interested in the promotion of investment products such as gold pawn sharia. According to the lawsuit, the product was in the form of gold investment gold pawn Islamic products offered by the loan contract funds (qardh) and leasing (ijara). The customer signed a pledge certificate sharia (SGS) with a period of 120 days. The contract may also be extended by making the back as from the signing of the contract agreement deed. However, in early 2012, when et al Butet want to extend the loan contract and lease, BRI Syariah rejected. BRI Syariah even asked Butet et al sell gold that has been pledged by reason of a Bank Indonesia Circular Letter No. 14/7 / DPBS on gold-backed surveillance qardh products in Islamic banks and Islamic Business Unit. Plaintiff surprised and shocked with this circular. Because the product offered at the time of this pledge, BI has allowed marketing to the public and there is a safe guarantee of BRI Syariah. Butet has mortgaged 4.89 kg of gold, while M. Widodo 2.5 kg, 4 kg Hardianto TL, Beautiful Sulistyawati 9137 grams, Elsje Hartini 2 kg, 5 kg Sugiharto Robert and Selly Dull Goddess as much as 900 grams. Plaintiff BRI Syariah judge actions that forced selling of gold as collateral or the option to repay the loan principal is very detrimental to the client. Butet loss reached USD 1.5 billion, while the total loss of six other customers Rp 11.2 billion. According to him, the sale without auction mechanism is contrary to Islamic principles and the principles of propriety. Butet cs confirms BRI Syariah have committed acts against the law because it does not provide true and honest about the condition and security of goods. Source: Compiled from some various business news from 2002 – 2013. Director of PT Bank Rakyat Indonesia Syariah, Ventje Rahardjo, in an interview with Business Daily Indonesia on 17 April 2011 said that Islamic banks use the momentum embezzlement scandal to improve client internal controls. Majority of cases involved internal parties concerned bank (Banjarnahor, 2011). Cases - cases which demonstrate the importance of the company's internal control and supervision does not only happen in Indonesia. In the United States due to a wave of business failures and corporate scandals that began with Enron in 2001, the United States Congress issued the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX) in July 2002, Section 404 of SOX were issued in June 2003, requires management to assess the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (ICOFR) and require independent auditors to report on management's assessment and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting companies (Deloitte & Touche LLP et al., 2004). diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Internal control over financial reporting is effective is essential for the proper recording of transactions and preparation of reliable financial statements. An effective internal control process should be comprehensive and involve people at all levels in the company (Deloitte & Touche LLP et al., 2004). The importance of internal control and the need for effective internal control can help to ensure the company's operational and financial goals are fulfilled permanently (Kinney, 2001; Kinney, Maher & Wright, 1990). To ensure that Islamic banks in accordance with the sharia, each bank must have a supervisory board of sharia (Karim, 1990b; Abdallah, 1994; Briston and El-Ashker, 1986). Karim (1990b) argues sharia supervisory board are also involved in the accounting policies. It is supported by Abdallah (1994) which states sharia supervisory board is responsible for running the audit ex ante and ex post to justify the extent to which Islamic banks operating in accordance with sharia. Aspects of compliance with sharia (shari'a compliance) is a major and fundamental aspects that distinguish between Islamic banks with conventional banks. Bank Indonesia research results along with several research institutes in the public universities about the potential of Java, preferences, and behavior of society towards Islamic banks in the island of Java in 2000, showed that one of the main reason why people choose Islamic banks are halal products and services as well as the bank system in accordance with the Islamic sharia principles. The study also concluded that one of the main reasons customers stop being customers of Islamic banks because of doubts about the consistency of Islamic banks in applying the principles of sharia. To ensure that the operations of Islamic banks has met the principles of sharia, the Islamic bank should have an independent internal institutions specialized in monitoring compliance with the sharia sharia supervisory board (Antonio, 2001). Agustianto, Secretary General of the Association of Islamic Economics is an economic expert said that the role of sharia sharia supervisory board is still not optimal in supervising Islamic banks (October 2008). Though Shariah supervisory board is an independent institution in Islamic banks whose main function is to supervise the compliance of sharia in Islamic banking operations. Duties and functions of the supervisory board as well as the existence of sharia in Islamic banks have a good legal basis of the jurisprudence and legislation - Indonesia's banking laws. DPS very decisive role in overseeing the operations of Islamic banks to keep fulfilling the principles of sharia. DPS should actively and regularly monitoring the Islamic banks. Bank Indonesia also said there were indications that sharia violations committed by Islamic banking institutions in operational practice. Because of the weak role of the Shariah Supervisory Board, it is often the case management irregularities committed Shari'ah Shari'ah bank. Shariah banks are still a lot of practice forbidden usury. Though ideally Islamic banks who became an anti-usury locomotive financial institutions, but instead of that Shariah banks are the practice of usury (Agustianto, 2008). Suprayogi (2008) states that there are three reasons DPS has an important role in Islamic banks, among others: 1. determines the level of credibility of Islamic banks 2. key elements in creating a sharia compliance assurance (shari'a compliance assurance) 3. one of the main pillars in the implementation of good corporate governance (GCG) Islamic banks Islamic banks must ensure that all transactions comply with sharia, not only formally and legally, but also a more important social and economic substance based on the objectives of sharia (Dusuki, 2008). Therefore the presence of DPS to provide an opinion on the level of adherence to the rules of the institution of sharia (Alexakis, and Tsikouras, 2009). Accounting and Auditing Organization for Islamic Financial Institution requires sharia supervisory board diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id and financial auditors of Islamic banks to report on compliance with the rules of sharia (AAOIFI, 2004). AAOIFI standards explicitly state sharia supervisory board is intended to investigate the suitability of Islamic banks with the principles and rules of Shariah in all his activities. Investigations including examination of banks and memorandum of association rules, contracts, financial statements and other reports (Burn, 2002). Karim (1995) emphasized the authority of sharia supervisory board together with the external auditors. Based on phenomenomn on above, resumed that the center of this research is effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was guessed at Islamic banking will be Achieved well if sharia supevisory role of the board and the audit committee is Implemented well. So that, the problem formulation in this research was how the role of the audit committee and the supervisory board sharia influence effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting at Indonesian Islamic Bank? Theoretical Framework and Hypothesis Research conducted by Krishnan (2005) concluded that the independence and a deep understanding of the financial statements of the audit committee is closely related to their ability to solve problems the company's internal control. Beasley and Salterio (2001) found that firms that voluntarily form an audit committee member who has expertise and experience in financial reporting, has a number of more members from outside the company. Cohen, et.al (2007) said the process of communication between the audit committee, auditors, and the board of commissioners may affect the quality of financial reporting, internal control, environmental control, and performance of auditors. Zhang, Yan; Jian Zhou and Nan Zhou (2006) suggested there is a relationship between audit committee quality, auditor independence, and internal control weaknesses. If audit committees have less financial expertise, then there will be an influence on the internal control weaknesses. Teamnuay (2010) states there are some roles of the audit committee, including: role in reporting and role in relation to internal control. Rezaee (2003) and Mohammed (2005) also raised the importance of the role of the audit committee. Furthermore DeZoort (1988) also tested whether the experience of the company in evaluating the impact of internal control of its operation as an audit committee. The study supports the theory of the experience factor is one important factor in supporting the effectiveness of the audit committee. Research results of the audit committee experience effect on internal control. Suprayogi (2007) found that 1) the control of Sharia compliance based on trust between DPS and management, 2) there are two levels of compliance with sharia to be implemented in the operations of banks, namely on a fatwa DSN compliance and adherence to the rules and principles of Islamic law, and 3) DPS conducting a review of passive and acted as a media management consultancy sharia rather than as a reviewer of sharia compliance control. One of the alternatives to maximize the role and function of DPS is to create a DPS function integration and the internal audit function in the Bank Islam. Alexakis, Christos and Alexandros Tsikouras (2009) Islamic Financial Institutions should have the DPS to provide an opinion on the level of institutional adherence to the rules of sharia. Dusuki, AW (2008) Stakeholder Islamic bank is benefiting from the social and ethical goals rather than the mechanism of operation. This implies that Islamic banks must ensure that all transactions comply with Sharia, not only formally and legally, but also a more important social and economic substance based on the objectives of sharia. Based theoretical framework be noticed above, hypothesis in this research was: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Ha: role of audit committee and sharia supervisory board influence effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting simultaneously and partially. Research Method In this section, a survey instrument was used and data collection procedures are discussed. Data collection used questionnaire. A total of 51 questions covering 15 attributes of audit committee’ role (Teamnuay and Stapleton, 2009), 12 attributes of sharia supervisory board’ role (Garas and Pierce, 2010; Regulation from Central Bank of Indonesia No.12/13/DPbS, 2010) and 24 attributes of financial reporting quality (Jonas and Blanchet, 2000). Using a five - point Likert scale, respondents were asked to indicate their frequency with each statement (1 as never to 5 as always frequency). The survey was distributed at Islamic Bank in both the firm (BUS) and group/division (UUS). Data analysis used multiple regression with SPSS software. The preliminary test contain quality data test (validity and reliability) and classic assumption test (normality, heteroscedasticity and multicolinearity). Analysis test used determination coefficient test, F test and t test. Data Analysis and Discussion All questionnaires were personally distributed to a group of 245 respondents (accounting employee, internal auditor, sharia supervisory board member, audit committee member, group head and division head) at 34 unit Islamic Bank. 179 responses were received and 173 usable responses that originated from 11 unit Islamic Bank Firm (BUS) and 22 unit Islamic Bank Group/Division (UUS) Data analysis with SPSS software described some results. Quality data test (validity and reliability) and classic assumption test (normality, heteroscedasticity and multicolinearity) complied with requirements (see appendices). Furthermore we explained the results of determination coefficient test, F test dan t test. Table 2. Resume of Statistics Test Adjusted R Square F – test t – test F .718 41.733 Sig .000a Sig - ACR .679 Sig - SSB .000 a. Predictors: (Constant), ACR, SSB b. Dependent Variable: EIC Based on the test results of the first hypothesis; there is the influence of the role of the audit committee and the role of sharia supervisory board of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting either simultaneously or partially. Statistical analysis showed there is the influence of the role of the audit committee and the role of sharia supervisory board of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting both simultaneously. Partially, there is the influence of the role of sharia supervisory board of the effectiveness of diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id internal control over financial reporting, but statistically insignificant role of the audit committee. These findings do not support the research conducted Krishnan, 2005; Rezaee et.al, 2003; Mohammed, 2005; Hoitash, 2008; McMullen et. al, 1996; DeZoort & Salterio, 2001; Tengamnuay, 2009 and Elbanon (2009) also states that the effectiveness of the audit committee is one of the corporate governance mechanism to improve the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The results of the study the researchers concluded there are significant role of the audit committee of the effectiveness of internal control. These results also do not support the theory that states the audit committee is part of the company's internal control (Arens, 2012). Yet the implementation of the audit committee's role in supporting the effectiveness of internal control, presumably because Islamic banks in Indonesia that is largely a business unit sharia audit committee incorporated with conventional banks. UUS is a business group of conventional banks. So the role of the audit committee in UUS not by the audit committee on the BUS. The findings of this study also proves the truth of the Qur'an Surah Al Araf verse 181 stated as follows: And of those whom We have created are a people who guide with the truth and thereby they do justice. Furthermore, in Qur’an Surah Al-Isra' verse 36, it is stated And follow not that of which you have not the knowledge; surely the hearing and the sight and the heart, all of these, shall be questioned about that. So even with Qur’an Surah An-Nahl verse 43 which supports the need for control by the experts. And We did not send before you any but men to whom We sent revelation-- so ask the followers of the Reminder if you do not know. The importance of the role which financial experts and auditing in realizing the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the quality of financial reporting also stated in the hadith the prophet Muhammad SAW. This is seen in the hadith of Bukhari which reads as follows: Abu Hurairah R.A said, "When the Messenger of Allah. in an assembly was talking to a people, there came a village and say, 'When is the Hour?' Prophet continued to talk, and most people said, 'He heard what was said by him, but he hated what he was saying.' And some of them said, 'He does not hear.' So, when he finished speaking, then he said, 'Where the hell people are asking about the end?' He said, 'Here I am, O Messenger of Allah.' He said, 'If a mandate was being wasted, then wait for the apocalypse.' He said, 'How can waste it?' He said, 'If the case (affair) submitted (mentioned in the history of the: leaning) to other than an expert, then wait for the apocalypse." Furthermore, there is the influence of the role of sharia supervisory board of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. This result means that the greater diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id the role of sharia supervisory board, the internal control over financial reporting more effective. These results support the theory of internal controls on financial institutions declare sharia sharia supervisory board has important role in realizing effective internal control (Chapra & Khan, 2000). In the role of Islamic banks sharia supervisory board, the better it can be seen from the more frequent sharia supervisory board attended the meeting held companies. This indicates that the implementation of sharia supervisory board's role in supporting the effectiveness of internal control, the better. These findings also support research conducted Garas and Pierce, 2010; Rosly, 2010; Dusuki, 2008; Karim 1995, which states the importance of the role of sharia supervisory board in realizing the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. These results consistent with the theory put forward by Algoud (1999) and Chapra (2000) and Arens, et al (2012). The thinker is stating the importance of the role of the board of the company (the sharia supervisory boards of Islamic banks) in realizing the effectiveness of internal control. The findings of this study also proves the truth of the Qur'an Surah Fussilat verse 33 And who speaks better than he who calls to Allah while he himself does good, and says: I am surely of those who submit? The role of sharia supervisory board is also supported by several other verses. Some of these verses are: Qur’an Surah 9:122; 2:283; 8:27; 23:8; 70:32; and 5:8. 1. Qur’an Surah At-Taubah verse 122 (QS 9:122) And it does not beseem the believers that they should go forth all together; why should not then a company from every party from among them go forth that they may apply themselves to obtain understanding in religion, and that they may warn their people when they come back to them that they may be cautious? Sharia supervisory board are people who remind jurists muamalah management of Islamic banks to always go according to sharia. This is consistent with the concept proposed by Shin and Pierce (2010), there are two roles sharia supervisory board is in this case, namely: 1) oversee the activities or operations of Islamic banks and 2) overseeing the product to be launched by Islamic banks. 2. Qur’an Surah Al-Baqarah verse 283 (QS 2:283) And if you are upon a journey and you do not find a scribe, then (there may be) a security taken into possession; but if one of you trusts another, then he who is trusted diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id should deliver his trust, and let him be careful (of his duty to) Allah, his Lord; and do not conceal testimony, and whoever conceals it, his heart is surely sinful; and Allah knows what you do. 3. Qur’an Surah Al-Anfaal verse 27 (QS 8:27) O you who believe! be not unfaithful to Allah and the Messenger, nor be unfaithful to your trusts while you know. 4. Qur’an Surah Al-Mukminun verse 8 (QS 23:8) And those who are keepers of their trusts and their covenant, 5. Qur’an Surah Al-Maarij verse 32 (QS 70:32) And those who are faithful to their trusts and their covenant 6. Qur’an Surah Al Maidah ayat 8 (QS 5:8) O you who believe! Be upright for Allah, bearers of witness with justice, and let not hatred of a people incite you not to act equitably; act equitably, that is nearer to piety, and he careful of (your duty to) Allah; surely Allah is Aware of what you do. The results of this study also supports Hadith of Bukhari above, that the control should be left to people who are experts. The audit committee and the supervisory board of sharia should actually apply his role so well that the Islamic banks internal control aimed at, among others, to achieve compliance with the rule and the reliability of financial statements. It supports research Dusuki (2008) who found that people pay more attention to the fulfillment of aspects of sharia in Islamic banks than financial performance. It would require a large role of sharia supervisory board on the control aspects of sharia. They shall keep and remind the management in implementing the company's operations (to increase value for shareholders and other interested parties), do not engage in activities that violate sharia, such as the financing of the concept of interest and derivative securities trades that have been done by some Islamic banks in early 2000s. Not significantly role of the audit committee, causing the need to increase their role in order to minimize financial fraud in Islamic banks. Conclusion, Implication, Suggestions and Limitations This study was designed to investigate the effect of audit committee and sharia supervisory board role on effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting at Islamic bank in Indonesian. A data resources originated from questionnaire was distributed to employee (internal auditor, accounting staff, division head, group head), sharia supervisory board and audit committee member. Furthermore, role of audit committee and sharia supervisory board at Islamic banking were also investigated. Finally, the key attributes used by Islamic bank in creating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting were also examined. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The general conclusions which can be derived from this study are role of audit committee and sharia supervisory board influenced effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting simultaneously. Role of sharia supervisory board influenced effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, but role of audit committee not significant statistically. This finding proved importance these organs to bring Islamic banking toward objective of Islamic accounting attainment. Implication of this research was urgency role of audit committee and sharia supervisory board. They should applied tightly control, in order to ensure transaction comply with Islamic law. Role of audit committee must increase, in order to prevent fraud in Islamic Banking. It also need honesty many parties in Islamic bank, such as managements, employees and customers. This research unrevealed all variables related with effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Next study can explore others variables, such as: internal auditor role, management commitment, and corporate governance. Future research can use secondary data. There was limitations in this study. The limitations were 1) Some Islamic bank did not provide financial statement and annual report completely, 3) Many disclosure items that be required some previous research not available in annual report of Islamic bank. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id REFERENCES Agami, Abdel M. 2006. Reporting on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. The CPA Journal, November, 76, 11: 32–34. Agustianto. 2008. Optimalisasi Dewan Pengawas Syariah. www.niriah.com diakses tanggal 11 Juli 2012. Alexakis, Christos & Alexandros Tsikouras. 2009. Islamic Finance: Regulatory Framework – Challenges lying Ahead. International Journal of Islamic and Middle Eastern Finance and Management, Vol. 2, No. 2: 90-104. Algoud, LM. & Lewis MK. 1999. Corporate Governance in Islamic Banking: the Case of Bahrain. International Journal of Business Studies, 7 (1): 56–86. Altamuro, Jennifer and Anne Beatty. 2010. How does Internal Control regulation affect financial reporting? Journal of Accounting and Economics 49 (1-2): 58-74. Antonio, Muhammmad Syafii. 2002. Bank Sharia: Dari Teori ke Praktek. Jakarta: Gema Insani Press. Archer, S. & Karim, R. A. A. 1997. Agency Theory, Corporate Governance and The Accounting Regulation of Islamic Banks. Research in Accounting Regulation. Supplement 1: 97–114. Arens, Alvin A., Elder, Randa J., Beasley, Mark S. 2012. Auditing and Assurance Services: An Integrated Approach. 14th Edition. New York: Prentice Hall Inc. Arif, Johar. Perbankan Sharia Indonesia Urutan Keempat di Dunia. www.republika.co.id 11 November 2011 diakses tanggal 18 maret 2011. Bakar, M.D. 2002. The Sharia supervisory board and issues of Sharia rulings and their harmonisation in Islamic banking and finance, dalam Islamic Finance: Innovation and Growth (editor) S. Archer and R. A. A. Karim, Euromoney Books and AAOIFI, London, pp. 74-89. Banjarnahor, Donald. 2011. BRI Sharia Tingkatkan Pengawasan Internal. Harian Bisnis Indonesia tanggal 17 April 2011. http://www.bisnis.com/ finansial/perbankan /20433-bri-sharia-tingkatkan-pengawasan-internal. Diakses tanggal 5 Mei 2011. Beasley, M.S dan S.E Salterio. 2001. The Relationship between Board Characteristics and Voluntary Improvements in Audit Committee Composition and Experience. Contemporary Accounting Research. Vol.18: 539-570. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Bédard, J., Chtourou, S. and Courteau, L. 2004. The effect of audit committee expertise, independence, and activity on aggressive earnings management. Auditing: A Journal of Practice and Theory, Vol. 23, No.2: 13-35. 1. Berita Lampung. 2013. proyeksi pertumbuhan ekonomi dunia 20132014. http://www. beritalampungonline.com/2013/05/proyeksipertumbuhan-ekonomi-dunia-2013. html. Accessed on August 3rd, 2014. Berkowitz, Steven J. 2005. Assessing and Documenting Internal Control over Financial Reporting. The Journal of Government Financial Management, Vol.54, No.3: 42–48. Briston, R. & El-Ashker, A. 1986. Religious Audit: Could It Happen Here? Accountancy, October: 120-1. Chapra, U.M & Ahmed, H. 2002. Corporate Governance in Islamic Financial Institutions. Occasional Paper No. 6. Jeddah: Islamic Research and Training Institute, Islamic Development Bank. Chapra, M. Umer & Thariqullah Khan . 2000. Regulation and supervision of Islamic bank Occasional paper No.3. Jeddah: Islamic Development Bank & Islamic Research and Training Institute DeZoort, F. Todd dan Steven E. Salterio. 2001. The Effect of Corporate Governance Experience, Financial Reporting and Audit Knowledge on Audit Committee Members’ Judgments. Auditing A Journal of Practice & Theory, Vol. 20, No. 2. Dusuki, Asyraf Wajdi. 2008. Understanding the Objectives Islamic Banking: A Survey of Stakeholders’ perspectives. International Journal of Islamic and Middle Eastern Finance and Management, Vol. 1, No. 2: 132-148. Elbannan, Mohamed A. 2009. Quality of internal control over financial reporting, corporate governance and credit ratings. International Journal of Disclosure and Governance Vol. 6, 2, 127–149 Garas, Samy Nathan and Chris Pierce. 2010. Sharia Supervision of Islamic Financial Institution. Journal of Financial Regulation and Compliance, Vol 18, No.4, pp.386-407. Hamzah, Muhammad Zilal. 2014. Perbankan Syariah 2014. http://www.investor.co.id/ home/perbankan-syariah-2014/75386. Accessed on June 10th, 2014. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Hoitash, Rani dan Udi Hoitash. 2008. The Role of Audit Comittee in Managing Relationship with External Auditors after SOX. Managerial Auditing Journal. Vol. 24 No. 4: 368-397. Ikhsan, Arfan dan M. Rizal Hasibuan. 2004. Aspek Religiusitas dan Independensi Auditor Eksternal serta Dewan Pengawas Syariah pada Bank Syariah di Indonesia. Makalah. Simposium Nasional Sistem Ekonomi Islam II, PPBEI-FEUB, Malang, h.381-393. Karim, R. A. A. 1990a. Standard Setting for the Financial Reporting of Religious Business Organizations: The Case of Islamic Banks. Accounting and Business Research, Vol.20, No.80, pp.299-305. ___________. 1990b. The Indepence of Religious & External Auditors: the case of Islamic Banks. Auditing, Accounting and Accountability Journal. Vol.3, No.3, pp.34-44. ____________. 1995. The Nature and Rationale of a Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting by Islamic Banks. Accounting and Business Research, Vol. 25, No. 100, pp. 285-300. Klein, A. 2002. Audit Committee, Board of Director Caracteristics and Earnings Management. Journal Accounting and Economics (33), hal. 375-400. Krishnan, Jayanthi. 2005. Audit Committee Quality and Internal Control: An Empirical Analysis. The Accounting Review; Apr, 80, 2; pg. 649 Mardiana and Dedi. 2012. Pembobol BRI Syariah Dituntut 2 Tahun. Harian Satelit News. 20 Maret 2012. http://satelitnews.co.id/pembobol-brisharia-dituntut-2-tahun/. Access on June 3rd 2012. Mc Mullen, Dorothy A., Raghunandan K, dan Rama D. 1996. Internal Control Reports and Financial Reporting Problems. Accounting Horizons, Dec; 10,4; Pg. 67 Michelman, Jeffrey E. 2008. Improving Internal Control over Financial Reporting. The CPA Journal, April,78,4: 30–34. Mohammed, Ehab dan Md. Mostaque Hussein. 2005. The Role of Audit Committee in Enhancing a Transparant Corporate Reporting. Humanomics. Vol.21 No.1/2: 30-47. Olach, Tom & Shayamini Weeramantri. 2009. How COSO has Improved Internal Controls in the United States. Internal Auditing. Nov/Dec, 24, 6: 3-12 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Prasetyo, Brian A. 2005. Peran Dewan Pengawas Syariah dalam Bank Syariah. Buletin Hukum Perbankan dan Kebanksentralan. Vol.3, No.1: 45-60. 2. Rendra, 2013. World Bank Pangkas Proyeksi Pertumbuhan Ekonomi Cina & Asia Timur. http://www.topgrowthfutures.com/2013/10/worldbank-pangkas-proyeksi-pertumbuhan-ekonomi-cina-asia-timur/. Accessed on August 3rd, 2014. Rezaee, Zabihollah, Kingsley O. Olibee, dan George Minmier. 2003. Improving Good Corporate Governance: the Role of the Audit Committee Disclosure. Managerial Auditing Journal, 18/6/7: 832-858. Rittenberg, Larry E. 2007. Internal Control: No Small Matter. The Internal Auditor, Oct, 63, 5: 16–17. Rosly, Saiful Azhar. 2010. Sharia Parameters Reconsidered. International Journal of Islamic and Middle Eastern Finance and Management, Vol. 3, No. 2: 132-146 Sekaran, Uma and Roger Bougie. 2010. Research Method for Business: A Skill Building Approach. John Wiley and Sons. Sihotang, Erichson, dkk. Kasus-kasus Perbankan di Indonesia. Harian Seputar Indonesia. 26 April 2010. Suprayogi, Noven. 2007. The Internal Sharia Supervision Activities in Islamic Bank : A Case Study at BPRS Bakti Makmur Indah Sidoarjo, Indonesia. Makalah. IIUM International Conference on Islamic Banking and Finance (IICiBF 2007), Kuala Lumpur, 23 April 2007. Sutaryono, Paul. 2011. Saatnya Pengawasan Bank menjadi Panglima. http://www.infobanknews.com/2011/05/saatnya-pengawasan-bankmenjadi-panglima/. Diakses tanggal 5 Mei 2011. Syafei, Ade Wirman. 2010. The Responsibility and Independence of Sharia Supervisory Board of The Indonesian Islamic Banks. Paper. The Third International Conference on Islamic Banking & Finance: Risk Management, Regulation & Supervision. Jakarta, 23-24 Februari 2010. Syahatah, Husein. 2001. Pokok-pokok Pikiran Akuntansi Islam. Translated by Husnul Fatarib. Jakarta: Akbar Tengamnuay, Kwansagool & Pamela Stapleton. 2009. The Role of the Audit Comittee in Thailand: a Mature monitoring mechanism or an envolving process? Journal of Management Governance, 13:131 – 161. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Appendixes Table 3. Operationalization of Variables Variable Dimension ACR = Audit 1.Role related to committee financial role reporting Beasley et.al, 2000; Rezaee et.al, 2003; Mohammed, 2005; Hoitash, 2008; McMullen et.al, 1996; Dezoort & Salterio, 2001; Tengamnuay & Stapleton, 2009 2.Role related to effectiveness of internal control SSB =Sharia supervisory Board Brishton, 1986; Algoud, 1999; Archer & Karim, 1997; Ikhsan & Indicator 1.A. To ask information about accounting policy change and B. appaised it comply with accounting standard. 2. To review transaction disclosure that caused conflict of interest. 3.To review properiety some accruals, allowances, and estimations. 4.To review disclosure on assets impairment. 5.To appraise risk that caused overstated or understated in financial statement. 6.To review disclosure on financial intrument. 7.To ensure information in annual report and other reports not be in contradiction. 8.To review disclosure in segment report. 9. To review evaluation and recommendation from external auditor that be done by management. 10. To review management respond to internal control recommendation by external auditor. 11. To review internal control system feasibility. 12. To monitor complied with rule by law. 13. To review accounting policy and practice. 14. To review changes in accounting policy and practice. 1. Monitoring 1. To ask explaination about objectives, process of new characteristics, and agreement (akad) that be used in product new product will be launching. development 2. To examine wheter agreement (akad) be used in new product had get approval by fatwa DSN MUI (2 questions). 3. To review system and procedure new product will diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Hasibuan, 2004; Suprayogi, 2007; Dusuki, 2008; Syafei, 2010; Surat Edaran Bank Indonesia No.12/13/DPbS, 2010; Garas & Pierce, 2010 2. Monitoring bank activity Preventiv EIC=Effectiveness 1. of Internal e Control Control over Financial Reporting Berkowitz, 2005; PCAOB, 2004; COSO, 2006; 2. Detective Agami, 2006; Control Michelman, 2008; Olach, 2009; Rittenberg, 2007; Elbannan, 2009. be launching. 4. To give sharia opinion on new product. 5. To analysis management report. 6. To determine amount of transaction samples that will be examined. 7. To examine transaction documents as sampling. 8. To do inspection, observation, confirmation, or Melakukan inspeksi, pengamatan, konfirmasi atau information request. 9. To review standard operating procedure about sharia aspects. 10. To give sharia opinion on banking activity. 11. To report monitoring output to baord of director and board of commissionaire. 1. All assets owned by the company is legal. 2. All the transactions that have been recorded in accordance with all laws. 3. Documentation for internal control, all transactions and other significant events are ready to be examined. 4. All of the company's assets are protected against fraud and abuse. All transactions have been recorded 6. The financial information contains all the required disclosures. 7. All financial information in the right format. 8. All obligations must be paid legally recorded. 9. All existing assets and liabilities have been recorded. 10. All assets, liabilities and transactions have been reported. 11. All the assets and liabilities reported on the appropriate value. 5. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Result of Statistics Test ANOVAb Sum of Squares Model 1 Df Mean Square Regression 451.304 2 225.652 Residual 162.211 30 5.407 Total 613.515 32 F Sig. 41.733 .000a a. Predictors: (Constant), SSB, ACR b. Dependent Variable: EIC Model Summary Model R R Square 1 .858a Adjusted R Square .736 Std. Error of the Estimate .718 2.325 a. Predictors: (Constant), SSB, ACR b. Dependent Variable: EIC Coefficientsa Unstandardized Coefficients Model 1 B (Constant) Standardized Coefficients Std. Error 1.475 5.421 ACR .041 .098 SSB .929 .143 Beta T Sig. .272 .787 .053 .418 .679 .821 6.508 .000 a. Dependent Variable: EIC Reliability and Validity for All Variables 1. Audit Committee Role Reliability Statistics Cronbach's Alpha .882 Cronbach's Alpha Based on Standardized Items .886 N of Items 15 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Summary Item Statistics Minimu m Maximum Mean Range Maximum / Minimum Variance N of Items Item Means 4.263 4.000 4.424 .424 1.106 .018 15 Inter-Item Covariances .124 -.070 .312 .383 -4.459 .004 15 2. Sharia Supervisory Role Reliability Statistics Cronbach's Alpha Cronbach's Alpha Based on Standardized Items N of Items .819 .819 11 Summary Item Statistics Minimu Maximum m Maximum Range / Minimum Variance N of Items Mean Item Means 4.408 4.152 4.697 .545 1.131 .028 11 Inter-Item Covariances .102 -.038 .248 .286 -6.550 .004 11 3. Effectiveness of Internal Control Reliability Statistics Cronbach's Alpha .895 Cronbach's Alpha Based on Standardized Items N of Items .895 11 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Summary Item Statistics Mean Minimu Maximum / m Maximum Range Minimum Variance N of Items Item Means 4.466 4.333 4.727 .394 1.091 .012 11 Inter-Item Covariances .142 .043 .334 .292 7.844 .004 11 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id RISK MANAGEMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF CONVENTIONAL BANKING IN INDONESIA SUTRISNO Management Departement – Faculty of Economics Universitas Islam Indonesia [email protected] BACKGROUND In accordance to Law No. 10 Year 1998 about banking, which explain the bank is an entity that collects funds from the public in the form of deposits, and distribute it to the public in the form of credit or other forms, in order to improve people's lives. Thus the bank serves as a financial intermediary between people who have excess funds to people who need funds. The source of the majority of bank’s funds is from public, so the government has an obligation to protect the public from banking practices which is inadvertent. Therefore, banking is a company that is highly regulated by the government. Monetary authorities regulates the bank capital, credit, non perform loans, bank liquidity, and the bank's operations. Even to be bank manager need permission from Financial Services Authority through fit and proper test. The bank's managements is not only demanded by owners to improve profitability, but also to be able in managing the risks which are faced by banks. Risks that must be managed by the bank include capital risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, management risk, operating risk, and market risk. Capital risk is measured by its capital adequacy ratio (CAR), the amount set by Bank Indonesia at a minimum of 8% in accordance to the regulations Banking International Settlements (BIS). The bigger the CAR showed healthier the bank, so it is expected there is an improvement in its performance. Research conducted by Almazari (2014) and Gul et.al (2011) and Lelissa (2014) measures capital risk by capital adequacy ratio (CAR). Banking is a business of trust, which means in order to be trusted the bank should be able to provide sufficient funds, thus when the customer decide to do the withdrawal at any time the funds are always available. Banks are also required to provide credit, so it is necessary to provide sufficient funds to complete loan commitments. Policy to provide fund for withdrawal at any time and fullfil credit commitments is referred to liquidity management. In this study, loan to deposit ratio (LDR) is used to measure the liquidity policy, LDR is the ratio between a given loans and the third party funds. The bigger LDR means the higher credit given therefore it is increasing profits, but it also increasing the risk. Hutangalung et.al (2011) and Margaretha and Zai (2013) using LDR to measure of liquidity risk, as well as Gul et.al (2011) and Javaid et.al (2011). The main income from the conventional banking is from given loans, it means more loans the greater bank earning is. However, with the increasing credit can also raise the potential for non perform loans. Therefore, bank management must be able to manage credit risk is problematic. Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013) diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id and Hutagalung et.al (2011) measure credit risk with non performing loan (NPL), it is similar to the research by Frederick (2014) and Ongore and Kusa (2013). The bank's management are also required to raise the level of efficiency, so that the cost can be reduced which ultimately able to increase profits. Efficiency is indicated by a comparison between the operating expense and the operating income (BOPO). Operating risk occurs if the bank in less efficient operations so that BOPO increases, because the higher the BOPO will degrade the performance of the bank. Hutagalung et.al (2011) and Margaretha and Zai (2013) use as a proxy BOPO for operating risks. Similarly, frederick (2014) and Indris (2011) also uses BOPO as variables that affect the performance of the bank. Bank efficiency is also measured by the ability of banks to manage risk management as measured by the net interest margin (NIM), which is the ratio between the interest income on loans. The higher NIM indicates more efficient in operation. Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013), Hutagalung et.al (2011) and Margaretha and Zai (2013) using the NIM as a proxy efficiency policies. Similar to research Ongore and Kusa (2013) and Frederick (2014) also use NIM as a measure of efficiency policy. PREVIOUS STUDY Idris et.al (2011) conducted a study in Malaysia find a positive and significant influence between liquidity which is measured by the LDR and the firm size on the performance of the bank. But the capital risk (CAR) and BOPO is not significant effect. While Abera (2012) who conducted a study on the bank's performance in Eutopia found a significant relationship between capital and the size of the company on the performance of the bank, while the credit risk (NPL) and BOPO have a significant and negative effect, but the liquidity risk does not significantly effect the bank's performance. Frederick (2014), who examined the factors that affect the performance of banks in Uganda found that NIM has a positive and significant effect on the performance of bank, while the CAR and NPL have significant and negative effect on the performance of the bank. Tabari et.al (2013) found the effect of liquidity and credit risk have a significant and negative effect on the performance of the bank, while the capital risk (CAR) has a significant and positive effect. Almazari (2104) who studied Arabic banks and Nigerian banks found that in Arab capital risk and liquidity risk have significant effect on the performance of banks, whereas in Negeria liquidity (LDR) and credit risk (NPL) as well as the firm size significantly affects the bank's performance. While Gul et.al (2011) found the LDR and firm size have influence on the performance of the bank, while the capital (CAR) does not affect the performance of the bank. Ongore and Kusa (2013), which examines banks in Kenya found the CAR and NIM positive effect while the LDR and the NPL does not affect the bank's performance. Setyorini (2012) found that banking in Indonesia, capital risk (CAR) has a negative and significant effect and liquidity risk (LDR) significantly positive effect on the bank performance, while the credit risk does not the effect significantly. Javaid et.al (2011) found the size of the company has significant influence but negatively on the performance of the bank, while the CAR and LDR has a significant positive effect on the performance of the bank. Instead Lelissa diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 2014) found the CAR does not affect the bank's performance. While Hutagalung et.al (2011) who studied banking in Indonesia find NIM positive significant effect on banking performance, while LDR significantly and negative effect, but CAR and NPL does not affect the bank's performance. Margaretha and Zai (2013) found a significant and positive effect among CAR, NPL, LDR and NIM on the performance of banks in Indonesia. While Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013) found that variables that significantly positive effect on bank performance is NIM, while BOPO and NPL significant and negative affect same as CAR and LDR which not affect the bank performance. HYPOTHESIS DEVELOPMENT 1. Capital risk and bank’s performance The function of capital in the banking system is not only giving funds needed by bank in order to sustain the expansion of credit, but also to back up the bank's losses. Bank’s capital is regulated by banking authorities and measured by the capital adequacy ratio (CAR), decided with minimum value of 8%. The higher the CAR means the better bank. But if the bank has too high CAR indicates banks are less efficient because the fund distributed more than the bank's capital, thereby reducing the performance of the bank. Margaretha and Zai (2013) who studied banking in Indonesia found a positive effect between the CAR with the performance of the bank. Frederick (2014) also find on the banks in Uganda CAR positive effect on the performance of the bank. Similarly, Javaid (2011) and Ongore and Kusa (2013) also found the same thing. There are some researchers, among others Hutagalung et.al (2011), Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013) and Idris et.al discovered CAR is not significant effect to the performance of the bank. H1: Risk capital measured by CAR positively effect on the performance of banks 2. Liquidity risk and bank’s performance The bank's business is trust, thus must be able to provide sufficient funds in order to the withdrawal of funds by the public could be served at any time. Banks also need to provide funds to meet commitments approved credit. Bank liquidity risk can be measured by the two measuring devices the minimum reserve requirement (GWM) intended to meet community decision at any time, and loan to deposit ratio (LDR) to meet credit commitments to customers. LDR shows the amount of loans granted compared with public funds, for example, the greater the greater the LDR loans so as to increase interest income which will ultimately improve profitailitas. Tabari et.al (2013) and Margaretha and Zai (2013) found LDR positive and significant effect on the performance of the bank. Javaid et.al (2011), Gul et.al (2011), and Almazari (2014) also found a positive effect between LDR with the performance of the bank. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id H2: Liquidity risk is measured by the LDR positively effect on the performance of banks 3. Credit risk and bank’s performance On one side the amount of credit granted will increase interest income but on the other side if the loans were not analyzed properly would pose a risk in the form of increased credit risk that the troubled loans or non-performing loan (NPL). Management should be able to maintain the NPL does not exceed regulations imposed by Bank Indonesia, namely a maximum of 5%, due to higher NPL will reduce the level of profitability. Tabari (2013) found a significant and negative effect between the NPL and the bank's performance. Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013) also found in commercial banking in Indonesia NPL significant and negative effect on the performance of the bank. Similarly, Frederick (2014), Gul et.al (2011) and Idris et.al (2011) also found a negative and significant influence between the NPL with performance. However Hutagalung et.al (2011) and Ongore and Kusa (2013) found no significant relationship between the performances of the bank NPL. H3: Credit risk measured by NPL negative effect on the performance of banks 4. Managements risk and bank’s performance Bank management has to strive to work efficiently so they can widen the spread between interest rates on loans with interest rates on savings. Bank management ability in order to earn interest on credit is called the net interest margin (NIM). Therefore, risk management is often proxied by net interest margin (NIM) which is the ratio between the interest incomes to total loans. The higher NIM greater the level of profit the bank, so that if the bank in the operation can reduce its overhead costs, the performance of banks will be increased. Margaretha and Zai (2013) found in the Indonesian banking NIM significant and positive impact on the performance of the bank. Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013) and Hutagalung et.al (2011) also found the same thing. Similarly, the Ongore and Kusa (2013) which done research in Kenya also found NIM positive effect on the performance of the bank. H4: Management risk that proxied by NPM positively effect on the performance of banks 5. Operating risk and bank’s performance In the operation,beside interest to be paid to depositors, banks also have to spend other expenses are referred to as overhead costs. Interest expense and overhead costs is called by operating expenses. The higher operating expense further reduced the profitability of banks, thus bank's management must be able to control the operating exxpense. Operating risk is measured from the ratio of operating expenses to operating income (BOPO). Banks should be able to press BOPO in order to improve its performance. Research on banking in Indonesia by Margaetha and Zai (2013), Purwoko and Sudiyanto (2014) diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id and Hutagalung et.al (2011) found a significant and negative effect among BOPO with ROA. Similarly, Frederick (2014), Obamunyi (2013), and Ongore and Kusa (2013) also found a significant and negative effect among BOPO and the performance of the bank. H5: Operating risk is measured by BOPO negative effect on the performance of banks RESEARCH METHOD 1. Data and Samples The research population is the banking industry that has been registered in the Indonesia Stock Exchange. While samples taken as many as 16 commercial banks with purposive sampling method. The data required in this research is financial statements of the banks into the sample. Sources of data obtained from a sample bank's website and also the website of Bank Indonesia. 2. Variables and Variables Measurement In this research there is one dependent variable in the form of banking performance as measured by return on assets (ROA), and 5 independent variables consisting of capital risk (CAR), liquidity risk (LDR), credit risk (NPL), management risk (NIM), and operating risk (BOPO). The measurement and formulation variables as follows: No Table 1: Variable Measurement Variable Measurement 1 Return on Assets (ROA) Net Income/Total Assets 2 Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) Total Equity/Weigthed Assets by Risk 3 Loan to Deposit Ratio (LDR) Total Credit /Third Fund Party 4 Non Performing Loan (NPL) Credit non perform/Total Credit 5 Net Interest Margin (NIM) Interest Income/Total Credit diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 6 Operating Expense to Operating Income (BOPO) Operating Expense / Operating Income 3. Analysis Tools This research is to investigate the influence of independent variables on the dependent variable. The analysis tool used is multiple regressions with regression equation as follows: ROA = β0 + β1CAR + β2LDR + β3NPL + β4NIM + β5 BOPO Where: ROA = return on assets CAR = capital adequacy ratio LDR = loan to deposit ratio NPL = non performing loan NIM = net interest margin BOPO = Operating Expense/Operating Income RESEARCH RESULTS 1. Descriptive Data From a sample of 16 conventional banks listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange, after being processed using SPSS 17.0 descriptive statistics obtained as follows: N Table 2 Descriptive Statistics Minimu Maximu m m Mean Statistic Statistic Statistic Statistic Std. Error Std. Deviation Statistic diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id ROA 98 .01 .05 .0209 .00115 .01141 LDR 98 .57 1.10 .8589 .01120 .11084 CAR 98 .12 .24 .1654 .00264 .02617 NPL 98 .01 .05 .0201 .00098 .00969 NIM 98 .03 .09 .0543 .00158 .01560 BOPO 98 .60 .94 .7790 .00972 .09624 Valid N (listwise) 98 Bank performance measured by ROA represents an average of 2.09% with a maximum of 5% and a minimum of 1%. Liquidity (LDR) the banking average of 85.89% is comparatively low due to less than ideal about 95%, even minimum lending only 57%. Capital adequacy ratio (CAR) is still reasonable because the average indicates the number of 16.54%, while non-performing loans as measured by the NPL figures show that relatively small with an average of 2:01% is far below the stipulated maximum of 5%. Net interest margin on average 5:43% and BOPO in the category of great as it could on average 77.90%. 2. Hypothesis Testing Result To test whether there is an effect of the independent variable on the independent variable used multiple regression equation. By using SPSS 17.0, obtained the following results of hypothesis testing Table 3 Hypothesis Test Result Unstandardized Coefficients Model 1 B Std. Error (Constant ) .049 .010 LDR .019 .006 CAR -.019 NPL NIM BOPO Standardize d Coefficients Beta t Sig. 4.798 .000 .181 2.954 .004 .028 -.044 -.680 .498 -.089 .072 -.075 -1.240 .218 .265 .050 .362 5.275 .000 -.069 .008 -.579 -8.952 .000 a. Dependent Variable: ROA diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id From Table 3, it can be known the influence of each independent variable on the dependent variable. Liquidity risk is measured by the LDR generates a significance level of 0.004 is smaller than that required of 0.05, meaning LDR significant and positive impact on the performance of conventional banks. Capital risk measured by CAR figures showed a significance of 0.498 is greater than the specified significant level of 5%, meaning CAR not significant effect on the performance of the bank. The result of credit risk as measured by the NPL shows a significance value of 0.218 is greater than the required significance level of 5%. This reveals that the NPL effect is not significant to the performance of the bank. While risk management is measured by the NIM result a significance level of 0.000 is smaller than required so that NIM was significant and positive effect on the performance of the bank. Similarly, operating risk measured by BOPO has a significance value of 0000 is smaller than the significance level, so BOPO significant and negative effect on the performance of the bank. DISCUSSION Hypothesis testing of liquidity risk which is measured by measured by the LDR showed significant results and positive means higher LDR increasing the performance of the bank. LDR is an indicator of the amount of credit granted, so the higher LDR showed higher loans, and the higher loans would provide the advantage of high interest income, thus encouraging high profitability. These results are consistent with research Margaretha and Zai (2013) who found LDR significant positive effect on the performance of the bank. Similarly, Javaid et.al (2011) who studied banking Pakistan and Alamzari (2014), and Albera (2012) also found the same thing. Obamuyi (2013) also find on the banking in Negeria. From the hypothesis test the risks of capital which is measured by using CAR shows there is no significant effect on the performance of the bank, meaning that the level of CAR does not affect the performance of the banking system. Thus the hypothesis is not proven. This is possible because bank capital is a major aspect that is assessed by the banking authority, so the banks should be able to control the CAR in order to always meet the minimum requirement of 8%. Descriptive statistics can be seen that the CAR is relatively safe with an average of 16.54% with a maximum of 24% and a minimum of 12%. This shows that the banks are very cautious in managing risk capital. These results are consistent with findings Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013) who studied commercial bank in Indonesia. Similar to Gul et.al (2011) also found a negative influence but not statistically significant. The variable that is most feared by the bank management is problem loans or non-performing loan (NPL). NPL is a risk faced by banks in providing credit. Therefore, bank management should try to control over problem loans. But the results of this study indicate NPL does not affect the performance of the bank. This result is understandable, because the banks are very cautious in giving credit, it is proved on average only about 2.20% NPL is much smaller compared with a maximum of 5%. This result was also possible because NPLs value is not too varied, which means that the effect is not significant. This finding is consistent with research results Hutagalung et.al (2011), Setyorini (2012) and Margaretha diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id and Zai (2013) who conducted research on commercial bank in Indonesia. Similarly, the Ongore and Kusa (2013) who conducted the research in Kenya banking also found no significant effect between the NPL, the bank's performance. Tabari et.al (2013), and Javaid (2011) also found the same thing. The results also found that risk management is measured by NIM showed no positive and significant effect on the performance of the bank. This implies that the better management in managing the bank further improves the bank's performance. Results of this study was supported by research Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013) and Hutagalung et.al (2011) who found a significant and positive effect between the NIM with the performance of commercial banks in Indonesia. Similarly, Margaretha and Zai (2013) and Ongore and Kusa (2013) also found the same thing. Test the hypothesis of the influence of operating risk is proxies by BOPO the performance of the bank showed a significant and negative effect. This result means that the higher the BOPO will degrade the performance of the bank. Therefore, control of the amount of operating costs is needed in order to improve the performance of the bank. Frederick (2014) in Uganda, Tabari et.al (2013) in Malaysia, and Obamunyi (2013) who conducted research in Negeria also found a significant and negative effect among BOPO with the performance of the bank. Similarly, Purwoko and Sudiyatno (2013) and Hutagalung et.al (2011), which conducts research in Indonesia also found that exhibited significantly and negatively influence the performance BOPO the bank. CONCLUSION From the results of the study of theory, hypothesis testing and discussions can be concluded that risk management is needed in managing banks, because banks managing public funds if bankruptcy resulted in a national impact. Banking risk which significantly and positively affect the performance of banks is liquidity risk (LDR) and management risk (NIM). While the operating risk (BOPO) also significantly affect the performance but the negative effect, meanwhile capaital risk (CAR) and credit risk (NPL) is not significant effect. The operating risks also significantly affect the performance but the negative effect. The capital risk and and credit risk is not significant effect to banking’s performance. Management of banks is expected to manage the risks of banking by promoting the prudencal principle. To improve the performance of the bank's management can increase the LDR to some extent so as to improve its profitability, in addition, it also must be able to manage the risk by lowering raio of operating expense to operating income (BOPO) in order to improve the performance of the bank. REFERENCE Abera, Amdemikael. 2012. Factors Affecting Profitability: An Empirical Study on Ethiopian Banking Indutri. Thesis. Addis Ababa University diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Almazari, Ahmad Aref. 2014. Impact of Internal Factors on Bank Profitability: Comparative Study between Saudi Arabia and Jordan. Journal of Applied Finance & Banking, vol. 4, no. 1 Frederick, Nsambu Kijjambu. 2014. Factors Affecting Performance of Commercial Banks in Uganda: A Case for Domestic Commercial Banks. Proceedings of 25th International Business Research Conference. 13 - 14 January, 2014, Taj Hotel, Cape Town, South Africa Gul, Sehrish., Faiza Irshad and Khalid Zaman. 2011. Factors Affecting Bank Profitability in Pakistan. The Romanian Economic Journal. Vol 14. No. 39. 61-87 Hutagalung, Esther Novelina., Djumahir dan Kusuma Ratnawati. 2011. Analisa Rasio Keuangan terhadap Kinerja Bank Umum di Indonesia. Jurnal Aplikasi manajemen. Vol 11 No 1. 122-130 Idris, Asma’ Rashidah, et.al, 2011, Determinant of Islamic Banking Institutions’ Profitability in Malaysia, World Applied Sciences Journal, Vol 12, 1-7 Javaid, Saira., Jamil Anwar, Khalid Zaman dan Abdul Gafoor. 2011. Determinants of Bank Profitability in Pakistan: Internal Factor Analysis. Mediterranean Journal Of Social Sciences. Vol. 2, No. 1. 59-78 Lelissa, Tesfaye Boru. 2014. The Determinants of Ethiopian Commercial Banks Performance. European Journal of Business and Management. Vol.6, No.14. 52-62 Margaretha, Farah dan Marsheily Pingkan Zai. 2013. Faktor-Faktor Yang Mempengaruhi Kinerja Keuangan Perbankan Indonesia, Jurnal Bisnis dan Akuntansi, Vol 15. No. 2. 133-141 Obamuyi, Tomola Marshal. 2013. Determinants Of Banks’ Profitability In A Developing Economy: Evidence From Nigeria. Organizations And Markets In Emerging Economies. Vol. 4, No. 2. 97-111 Ongore, Vincent Okoth., dan Gemechu Berhanu Kusa. 2013. Determinants of Financial Performance of Commercial Banks in Kenya. International Journal of Economics and Financial Issues. Vol. 3, No. 1 .237-252 Purwoko, Didik dan Bambang Sudiyatno. 2013. Faktor-Faktor Yang Mempengaruhi Kinerja Bank (Studi Empirik Pada Industri Perbankan Di Bursa Efek Indonesia). Jurnal Bisnis dan Ekonomi (JBE), Vol. 20, No. 1. 25 – 39 Setyorini, Winarti., 2012, Analisis Faktor-Faktor Yang Mempengaruhi Kinerja Keuangan Pada Industri Perbankan Di Bursa Efek Indonesia (Periode Tahun 2007-2010), Jurnal Ilmu Sosial Sosioscienta, Vol 4 (1), 179-186 Tabari, Naser Ail Yadollahzadeh., Mohammad Ahmadi and Ma'someh Emami., 2013, The Effect of Liquidity Risk on the Performance of Commercial Banks, International Research Journal of Applied and Basic Sciences, Vol, 4 (6) diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id FIRMS' RESPONS ON TAX REFORM: EVIDENCE FROM INDONESIAN CAPITAL MARKET Vierly Ananta Upa Accounting Lecturer Accounting Department Universitas Pelita Harapan Jln. Jenderal Ahmad Yani No. 288 Surabaya 60234 vierly.ananta@uphsurabaya. ac.id 1. INTRODUCTION Earnings management is management interference in preparation of external financial reporting in order to achieve a certain profit level. The opportunity to distort earnings arises because the method of accounting provides an opportunity for management to involve subjectivity in preparing estimates. Managers can also distort profits by shifting costs and revenue recognition period. One thing that can trigger managers to conduct earnings management is the desire to minimize the political risk (Scott, 1997:303). Earnings management in order to minimize the political risk is known as the political cost hypothesis. Political cost hypothesis states that the companies tend to reduce its profits in order to minimize the political costs on them (Scott, 1997:303). Political costs include all costs to be borne by the company related to political actions, such as antitrust, regulation of state subsidies, taxes rate, labor demands, and so forth. Many researchers support the political cost hypothesis by examining indications of earnings management actions undertaken by the manager related to changes in tax policy (Mo and Yue 2008, Lu, Lin, and Zhang 2007, Lin, Lin, and Tsai 2004, Wulandari, Kumalahadi, and Prasetyo 2004, and Subagyo and Octavia, 2010). In 2007 Indonesian government has made changes in taxation law. One of the new tax regulation is Act No. 36 of 2008 regarding income tax. This regulation includes 24 chapters. One form of such changes is related to the taxation of business property and real estate. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id In Act No. 36 of 2008 Article 4 Paragraph 2 described that the income derived from real estate business is final taxable income. The implication of this regulation is the amount of income tax for real estate based on any sales made. This condition is different from previous years where the income tax of real estate based on net income. The new regulation stated that the income tax rate for property and real estate business is 5% of the transaction gross amount. This new regulation will be very beneficial for real estate companies because the company's effective tax rate becomes smaller. If managers seek to maximize firm value by minimizing the tax burden, this regulation will benefit for managers (Subagyo and Octavia, 2010). Setiawati in Saputro and Setiawati (2004) revealed that managers tend to postpone recognition of income prior to the enactment of new tax rates in order to minimize the amount of taxes paid. Many researchers have done studies on earnings management actions undertaken by the manager related to changes in tax policy. Mo and Yue (2008) conducted research related to earnings management actions undertaken by Chinese companies in anticipation of a decline in corporate income tax rates. In their research, Mo and Yue (2008) concluded that companies in China convicted of earnings management to report smaller profits prior to imposition of tax rate reduction. In addition, Lu, Lin, and Zhang (2007) conducted a study related to the same thing. Lu, et al. (2007) tested the effect of changes in income tax rates on earnings management. Lu, et al. (2007) found that companies in China conducted earnings management before income tax rate reduction. Lin, Lin, and Tsai (2004) also conducted a similar study in Taiwan. Lin, et al. (2004) examined earnings management related to tax rate changes in Taiwan. The results of this study found that companies in Taiwan conducted earnings management in the early years of the implementation of new tax rate. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id In Indonesia, research on associational between earnings management with changes in tax policy have been made by Wulandari, Kumalahadi, and Prasetyo (2004). Wulandari et al. (2004) examine earnings management actions undertaken by the company related to tax rate reduction. The results of these studies indicate that the management of companies tends to transfer their earnings after the new tax regulation is implemented because at this period income tax rate has declined so that companies can obtain tax savings. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) also conducted research related to indications of earnings management before the implementation of changes in tax rates. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) examine earnings management undertaken by the company related to income tax rate reduction. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) found that the profit manufacturing companies tend to conducted earnings management. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) also found that earnings management is influenced by the tax incentives and non-tax incentives. Based on the description above, this study intends to reexamine whether the company conducted earnings management in response to changes in taxation policies stipulated in Act No. 36 of 2008. In addition, this study also examined and analyzed the effect of tax and non-tax factors on earnings management undertaken by property and real estate companies in Indonesia. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 2. LITERATUR E REVIEW 2.1 Empirical Findings Many researchers have done studies on earnings management undertaken by the manager related to changes in tax policy. Mo and Yue (2008) conducted research related to earnings management actions undertaken by Chinese companies in anticipation of reduction in corporate income tax rate. By using discretionary accruals, Mo and Yue (2008) tested the effect of tax variables, shareholder control structures, and net income. In their research, Mo and Yue (2008) concluded that companies in China conducted earnings management to report low profits before income tax rate reduction. In addition, Lu, et al. (2007) conducted a study related to the same thing. Lu, et al. (2007) also tested the effect of changes in income tax rates on earnings management action. In contrast to Mo and Yue (2008), Lu, et al. (2007) used discretionary current accruals as earnings management parameters. In addition, Lu, et al. (2007) using a variable effective tax rate, share ownership, Return on Equity (ROE), expected long-term growth, the level of corporate profits, total assets, and cash flow from operating activities as an independent variable. Lu, et al. (2007) found that China companies conducted earnings management. Companies that perform earnings management is more likely done by private companies. Lin, et al. (2004) also conducted a similar study in Taiwan. Lin, et al. (2004) examined earnings management actions related to changes in income tax rates in Taiwan. By using discretionary accruals as an earnings management parameters, Lin, et al. (2004) examine the effect of variable effective tax rates, the size of the company, the company's longterm debt ratio, standardized prediction errors, and the book value of share ownership by directors. The results of this study found that companies in Taiwan conducted earnings management in the early years of diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id the implementation of the new tax rate. Companies that perform earnings management is more likely done by private companies. In Indonesia, research on correlation earnings management with changes in tax rates has been done by Wulandari, et al. (2004). Wulandari et al. (2004) examine earnings management undertaken by the company related to tax rate reduction. In detecting the presence of earnings management Wulandari et al. (2004) use discretionary accrual approach. The results of these studies indicate that discretionary accrual after the implementation new tax rate is higher than the previous period. This means that the management of companies tends to transfer their earnings in the period after the implementation new tax rate because at this period income tax rate has declined so that companies can obtain tax savings. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) also conducted research related to similar things. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) examine earnings management undertaken by the company related to income tax rate reduction. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) divide research samples into two groups, profit firms and loss firms. They examined the effect of tax incentives and non-tax incentives on earnings management behavior by manufacturing companies in order to respond to changes in tax rates. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) using discretionary accruals in detecting earnings management and found empirical evidence that the profit manufacturing companies conducted earnings management in order to respond to changes in tax rates. In addition, Subagyo and Octavia (2010) also found evidence that earnings management is influenced by tax incentives and non-tax incentives. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 2.2 Hypothesis Development In 2009 Indonesia government imposed a new tax policy for income tax on property and real estate business through Act No. 36 of 2008 Article 4 Paragraph 2 and PP No. 71 of 2008 Article 4 Paragraph 1. In this regulation the income tax rate of property and real estate business is 5% and shall be final. With this provision, the property and real estate companies will benefit significantly. If the management of company seeks to minimize the tax burden, the change tax rate will provide benefits to the company. According to the theory of positive accounting, the political cost is one of earnings management motivation. Income taxation is one of form political cost motivation (Ujiyantho, 2004). Several previous studies revealed that the company is likely to do earnings management in anticipation of reduction in income tax rates (Mo and Yue, 2008; Lu, et al., 2007; Lin, et al., 2004). Wulandari et.al (2004) revealed that the management of companies tends to transfer their earnings in the period after the implementation of new tax rate because at this period income tax rate has declined so that companies can obtain tax savings. Based on this description the property and real estate companies will conduct earnings management before and after the enactment of Act No. 36 of 2008. H1: Property and real estate companies indicated to conduct earnings management before and after the implementation of Act No. 36 of2008. Research conducted by Subagyo and Octavia (2010) examined the effect of tax factors on earnings management. By doing a replication of research Yin and Chen (2004) they argue that efforts to minimize corporate tax payments are influenced by tax planning. Tax planning is a systematic analysis of the actions of the tax options in order to minimize tax liabilities. Subagyo and Octavia (2010) found that earnings management by profit firm is influenced by tax planning. H2a: Tax planning has positive influence on earnings management undertaken by the property and real estate companies. According to Lin, et al. (2004) before the company has decided to conduct diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id earnings management, they will evaluate the costs and benefits of earnings management. For companies that have high tax rates before application of the new tax rate, the wealth of shareholders will be higher if the company shifts its income before tax. In their research, Lin, et al. (2004) found that the effective tax rate has positive and significant impact on discretionary accruals. H2b: Effective tax rate has a positive influence on earnings management actions undertaken by the property and real estate companies. In addition to the influence of the tax factor, Subagyo and Octavia (2010) argue that earning management is also influenced by non-tax factors, namely: a. Debt ratio The decision to conduct earnings management is closely associated with corporate debt levels. According to positive accounting theory is one of the motivations of earnings management are debt agreements. The higher the debt ratio of a company and the greater the probability of covenant violations, encourage managers to use accounting methods that can increase income (Belkaoui, 2004:448). Several previous studies show that corporate debt levels have a significant effect on earnings management (Widyaningdyah, 2010; Damayanthi, 2008; Astuti, 2008). H2c: Debt ratio has a positive influence on earnings management undertaken by property and real estate companies. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id b. Firm size Firm size is a measure of the value of assets owned by the company. Zimmerman in Handayani and Rachadi (2009) suggested to use a company size in terms of motivation research related political costs. Watts and Zimmerman in Handayani and Rachadi (2009) revealed that large firms more attention from various parties, including financial analysts and government. Consequently reporting earnings that striking will be the focus of governmental institutions, especially the consequences of tax and other social costs. Watts and Zimmerman (1990) reveals that some researchers succeeded in proving that the political process has an impact on the selection of accounting procedures by companies. Handayani and Rachadi (2009) found that medium and large firms tend to engage in earnings management to avoid reporting losses. H2d: Firm size has a positive influence on earnings management undertaken by property and real estate companies. c. Managerial ownership Managerial ownership is ownership of a company owned by the company management. According to agency theory the conflict between the taxpayer and government that cause information asymmetry can lead to earnings management. Lin et al (2004) and Antonia (2008) found that firms with high managerial ownership are more likely to conduct earnings management. Companies with a high level of managerial ownership tend to have negative discretionary accruals to obtain tax advantages (Subagyo and Octavia, 2010). H2e: Managerial ownership has a positive influence on earnings management undertaken by property and real estate companies. 3. METHODOLOGY 3.1 Population and Sample The population of this study is property and real estate companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange. The sample selection is based on purposive sampling in order to obtain samples diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id in accordance with the purpose of research. Some of the criteria established to obtain the sample include: 1. Companies engaged in property and real estate sector 2. Companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2007 until 2010. 3. Company published annual financial statements have been audited during the period 2007 to 2010. 4. The data on the variables to be studied are available in the company's financial statements from 2007 until 2010. 3.2 Variable Identification and Measurement Dependent variable in this study is management earnings (ML). Earnings management is the selection of accounting policies by managers to achieve certain goals (Scott, 2006:344). This study used discretionary accrual approach to detect earnings management. Discretionary accrual is calculated by subtracting the total accrual (TACC) and nondiscretionary accrual (NDACC). The calculation of discretionary accruals in this study used the Modified Jones model. The calculation of discretionary accruals can be described as follows: a. Calculating the total accrual Based on the modified Jones model total accrual is calculated by subtracting net income with cash flow from operating income. This can be formulated as follows: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id TACCit = NIit - CFOit ................ (1) Where: TACCit : total accrual NIit : net income CFOit : cash flow from operation b. Calculate the non-discretionary accrual Non-discretionary accrual is can be formulated as follows: TACCit/TAit-1= a1(1/TAit-1) + P1 ((AREV it-ARECit)/T Ait-1) + P2(PPEii/TAit-0 ................................................................................................................... (2) After getting the value of the coefficient, the normal accrual rate can be calculated by the following formula: NDAit = a1(1/TAit-1) + P1 ((AREV it-ARECit)/T Ait-1) + P2(PPEit/TAit1) ........................................................................................................................................ (3) Where: TACCit : total accrual TAit-1 : total assets last year AREVit : difference between revenue last year with this year ARECit : difference between the receivables this year with last year PPEit : total assets this year c. Calculating the discretionary accruals This can be formulated as follows: DAit=TACCit/TAit-1-[a1(1/TAit-1)+P1((AREVit-ARECit)/TAit1)+P2(PPEit/TAit-1)] .......................................................................................................... (4) The independent variable is the tax planning (TAXPLAN), effective tax rate (ETR), the level of debt (debt), firm size (SIZE), and managerial ownership (MGTOWN). Here is a description relating these variables: a. Tax planning (TAXPLAN) Tax planning is a systematic analysis of the actions of the tax options in order to minimize tax liabilities. Based on research conducted by Subagyo and Octavia (2010) tax planning is calculated using the following formula: ',30 %.PTI~CTE diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id TAXPLAN = ' ..................... ...... (5) ^2003 Where: TAXPLAN : tax planning PTI : Pre-tax income CTE : Current portion of total tax expense b. Effective tax rate (ETR) Effective Tax Rate is the tax rate applicable to a company. This variable is a dummy variable, namely: 1 = If a company has a tax rate before the implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008 is higher than the new tax rates. 0 = If the company has a tax rate before the application of Act No. 36 of 2008 is lower than the new tax rates. c. Debt ratio (DEBT) Debt ratio is the level of the company's ability to repay the loan company. Debt ratio used in this study is leverage. Leverage is the ratio of total liabilities to total assets beginning of year. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id d. Firm size (SIZE) Firm size is the value of assets owned by the company. Firm size variable in this study were measured by the natural logarithm of assets. e. Managerial ownership (MGTOWN) Managerial ownership is ownership of a company owned by the company management. Managerial ownership is measured by the percentage ownership of the board of directors of the total shares outstanding. 3.3 Data Analysis This study used the paired sample T-Test with SPSS version 16. In addition, this study also uses panel data regression analysis with Eviews version 4. H1 was tested using paired sample T-test. H2a to H2e used panel data regression model: DAit = a + btTAXPLANit + b2ETR + c2DEBTit + c3SIZEit + c4MGTOWNit Where: TAXPLAN : Tax planning ETR : Effective tax rate DEBT : Debt ratio SIZE : Firm size MGTOWN : Managerial ownership This model is intended to provide an understanding of how the behavior of earnings management by property and real estate companies in response to changes in tax rates. 4. RESULT AND DISCUSSION 4.1 Sample Selection Population used in this study is the property and real estate company which has been listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange (BEI) in 2007 to 2010. The sampling method is purposive sampling. There are 37 companies used in this study. Based on purposive sampling method there are five companies that are removed from the sample. Thus, 32 companies are being sampled in this study. ** insert Table 1 here ** diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id 4.2 Descriptive Statistic Analysis Discretionary accrual (Y) In Table 2 shows the descriptive statistic of discretionary accruals during 2007-2010. ** insert Table 2 here ** Based on table 2 the lowest discretionary accruals occurred in 2009 and the highest discretionary accruals occurred in 2007 and 2008. This shows that in 2009 the property and real estate company has negative discretionary accruals. In 2007, 2008, and 2010 these companies have the positive discretionary accruals. Tax planning (X1) Table 3 shows the descriptive statistic of tax planning during 2007-2010. ** insert Table 3 here ** Based on table 3 the lowest tax planning occurred in 2008 and the highest tax planning occurred in 2009. This indicates that the property and real estate companies tend to do more tax planning in 2009. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Effective tax rate (X2) Table 4 shows the descriptive statistic of Effective Tax Rate. This variable is a dummy variable, namely: 1 = If a company has a tax rate before the implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008 is higher than the new tax rates. 0 = If the company has a tax rate before the application of Act No. 36 of 2008 is lower than the new tax rates. ** insert Table 4 here ** Table 4 shows companies that have higher tax rate before the implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008 more numerous than companies that have lower tax rates before the implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008. Debt ratio (X3) Table 5 shows the descriptive statistic of debt ratio. ** insert Table 5 here ** Based on table 5, the lowest debt ratio occurred in 2008 and the highest debt ratio in 2007. During 2007-2008, debt ratio of property and real estate companies are relatively constant. Firm size (X4) Table 6 shows the descriptive statistic of firm size. ** insert Table 6 here ** Based on table 6, the lowest firm size occurred in 2007 and the highest firm size in 2010. During 2007-2010, firm size of property and real estate companies are relatively increased. Managerial ownership (X5) Table 7 shows the descriptive statistic of managerial ownership. ** insert Table 7 here ** Based on table 7 the lowest managerial ownership occurred in 2010 and the highest managerial ownership occurred in 2008. During the years 2007-2010, managerial ownership of property and real estate companies are relatively decreased. 4.3 Indications of Earnings Management Before and After Implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008 Through paired samples t-test discretionary accruals has significant difference between before and after implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008. Based on table 8 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id discretionary accruals after the implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008 was lower than before the implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008. Thus first hypothesis is accepted. This means that property and real estate companies are indicated conducted earnings management before and after implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008. Discretionary accruals before income tax rate reduction showed positive values and value discretionary accrual after income tax rate reduction shows a negative value. This suggests that property and real estate companies are conducted earnings management by delaying its earnings in the period after the enactment of tax policy changes. Based on these two H1 accepted. The result of this study is consistent with research conducted by Wulandari et. al. (2004). Wulandari et. al. (2004) found that there were significant differences between the discretionary accrual between before and after the implementation of Act No. 17 of 2000. Discretionary accrual after the implementation of Act No. 17 of 2000 is higher than discretionary accrual before the implementation of Act No. 17 of 2000. This suggests that the reduction in tax rates encourage earnings management. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id ** insert Table 8 here ** 4.4 The Influence of Tax Factor and Non-Tax Factors on Earnings Management After testing indications of earnings management by property and real estate companies by using paired sample t-test, we was testing the influence factors of tax and nontax on the earnings management by using panel data regression. This testing was conducted using the Eviews version 4. Before testing the influence factors of tax and non-tax on earning management, we conducted F test (Chow test) and Hausman test as a basis in selecting the best regression model. The models are the PLS (pooled least squares), FEM (fixed effect model) and REM (random effects model). Based on the results of Chow test F value is 1.74571. While the F table value is 1.5774. It can be concluded F value is greater than the F table where the fixed effect model selected. Hausman test is then performed to select whether the fixed effect model or random effects model to be used. Based on the results of Hausman test chi-square value is 4.5433. While the chi-square table value is 11.071. It can be concluded chi-square value is smaller than the chisquare table value where the random effects model is used. Based on panel data regression model which can be concluded that the independent variables of tax planning (TAXPLAN), effective tax rate (ETR), debt ratio (DEBT), firm size (SIZE), and managerial ownership (MGTOWN) can predict or describing the variable discretionary accruals (DA) of 45.3%. While 54.7% is influenced by other variables. In the regression model also shows that tax planning (TAXPLAN), effective tax rate (ETR), debt ratio (DEBT), firm size (SIZE) and managerial ownership (MGTOWN) has a positive influence on discretionary accruals (DA). This means that if these variables increase, the discretionary accruals of property and real estate companies on the Indonesian diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Stock Exchange will also increase. The testing of influence of tax planning (TAXPLAN), effective tax rate (ETR), debt ratio (DEBT), firm size (SIZE) and managerial ownership (MGTOWN) partially conducted by t-test (t-stat). T-stat test results on tax planning variables (TAXPLAN), effective tax rate (ETR), the debt ratio (DEBT), firm size (SIZE), and managerial ownership (MGTOWN) is as follows. **insert Table 9 here ** The table 9 shows that the tax planning (TAXPLAN), effective tax rate (ETR), debt ratio (DEBT), and managerial ownership (MGTOWN) have a significant influence on discretionary accruals (DA) because it has a probability (prob.) is smaller than 5%. Firm size (SIZE) does not have significant influence on the discretionary accruals (DA). The probability of firm size is greater than 5%. Based on the results of random effect model earnings management on property and real estate companies are affected by tax factors and non-tax factors. Tax factors have significant influence on earnings management of property and real estate companies. This tax factors includes tax planning and the effective tax rate. Tax planning and effective tax rate have positive and significant impact on discretionary accrual of property and real estate companies. Based on these result H2a and H2b are accepted. This suggests that earnings management actions undertaken by property and real estate companies are affected by tax factors. This is consistent with positive accounting theory presented by Watts and Zimmerman (1990). The theory was revealed that one of the motivations of earnings management actions are political costs. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id These results are consistent with research conducted by Subagyo and Octavia (2010) and Lin et al (2004). Subagyo and Octavia (2010) found that earning management is influenced by tax planning. This indicates that if tax planning increase, earnings management also increasing. Lin et. al. (2004) found that the effective tax rate affect the discretionary accrual of Taiwanese companies. In their study Lin et. al. (2004) reveals that companies that have tax rates higher than the new tax rate is proved to have earnings management ahead of the imposition of new tax rates. Non-tax factors are shown have positive and significant influence on earnings management action by property and real estate companies. This non-tax factor includes the debt ratio and managerial ownership. Based on these result H2c and H2e are accepted. This suggests that earnings management actions undertaken by property and real estate companies are affected by debt ratio and managerial ownership. This is consistent with positive accounting theory presented by Watts and Zimmerman (1990). The theory was revealed that one of the motivations of earnings management actions is debt agreements. However, this condition is not consistent with research conducted by Subagyo and Octavia (2010) and Lin et. al. (2004). In their research Subagyo and Octavia (2010) and Lin et. al. (2004) found that debt ratio has no significant influence on earnings management actions undertaken by companies. Meanwhile, according to research conducted by Widyaningdyah (2010), Damayanthi (2008), and Astuti (2008) corporate debt ratio have a significant effect on earnings management. Managerial ownership variables also have a positive and significant influence on earnings management action by property and real estate companies. This is consistent with agency theory which states that the practice of earnings management is affected by the conflict of interest between management (agent) and owner (principal) that arises when each party trying to achieve and maintain a desired level of prosperity. Consequently the greater the diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id managerial ownership in a company likelihood increase earnings management at the company. These results are consistent with research conducted by Lin et. al, (2004) and Antonia (2008) who found that firms with high managerial ownership are more likely to do earnings management. However this is not consistent with research conducted by Subagyo and Octavia (2010). In his research Subagyo and Octavia (2010) find that managerial ownership has positive and insignificant influence. This is due to the research Subagyo and Octavia (2010) the managerial ownership of manufacturing companies in Indonesia most of below 1%. These conditions show low managerial ownership in manufacturing firms that become the object of research Subagyo and Octavia (2010). Non-tax factor that has no significant effect on earnings management of property and real estate companies is firm size. Based on these result H2d is rejected. This shows that both large companies and small companies conduct earnings management. The rejection of this hypothesis is consistent with research conducted by Subagyo and Octavia (2010) and Lin et al (2004). Subagyo and Octavia (2010) found that firm size had no significant effect of earnings management actions undertaken by the company. 5. CONCLUSION This study aims to examine and analyze the indications of earnings management by property and real estate companies in Indonesia. In addition, this study also aims to examine and analyze the influence factors or factor taxes and taxes on non-profit management actions undertaken by the property sector companies / real estate in Indonesia. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Based on the result paired sample T-Test property and real estate companies in Indonesia indicated conducted earnings management before and after the implementation Act No. 36 of 2008. This earnings management is conducted by delaying the recognition of income in the period before the implementation of new policies. The condition was describe by the value of discretionary accruals are lower in the period before the tax rate reduction than the period after the decline in tax rates. This supports the hypothesis proposed previously. Earnings management actions undertaken by the property and real estate companies are affected by factors and non-tax factors. The tax factors affecting earnings management is tax planning and the effective tax rate. This supports the hypothesis proposed previously. While nontax factors that significantly influence earnings management property and real estate companies are debt ratio and managerial ownership. This also supports the hypothesis proposed previously. Non-tax tax factor that had no significant influence on earnings management action is firm size. This suggests that both small and large companies conduct earnings management. REFERENCE Antonia, Edgina 2008, Analisis Pengaruh Reputasi Auditor, Proporsi Dewan Komisaris Independen, Leverage, Kepemilikan Manajerial dan Proporsi Komite Audit Independen Terhadap Manajemen Laba, Master's degree Thesis, Universitas Diponegoro e-prints. Astuti, Dewi Saptantinah Puji 2008, 'Analisis Faktor-faktor yang Mempengaruhi Motivasi Manajemen Laba di Seputar Right Issue', JurnalIlmiah Akuntansi dan Bisnis, vol. 3, no. 1, viewed 5 Juni 2011, http://eiournal.unud.ac.id/abstrak/dewi%20saptantinah%20puii%20astuti.p df. Belkaoui, & Ahmed Riahi 2004, Accounting Theory, Fifth Edition, Thomson Learning, Great diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Britain. Damayanthi, I. G. A. Eka, 2008, 'Perbedaaan Pengaruh Besaran Perusahaan dan Leverage Terhadap Manajemen Laba Pada Perusahaan yang Memiliki Komite Audit dan Diaudit oleh Auditor Berkualitas', Jurnal Ilmiah Akuntansi dan Bisnis, vol. 3, no. 1, viewed 5 Mei 2011, http://ei ournal .unud.ac.id/abstrak/ok_eka.pdf Handayani, RR Sri & Agustono Dwi Rachadi 2009, 'Pengaruh Ukuran Perusahaan terhadap Manajemen Laba', Jurnal Bisnis dan Akuntansi, vol. 11 no. 1, pp. 33-56. Indonesia Goverment 2008, Peraturan Pemerintah No. 71 Tahun 2008 Perubahan Ketiga Atas Peraturan Pemerintah Nomor 48 Tahun 1994 Tentang Pembayaran Pajak Penghasilan Atas Penghasilan dari Pengalihan Hak Atas Tanah Dan/Atau Bangunan, Author, Indonesia. Indonesian Goverment 2008, Undang-undang Nomor 36 Tahun 2008 Tentang Perubahan Keempat atas Undang-undang Nomor 7 Tahun 1983 tentang Pajak Penghasilan, Author, Indonesia. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Lin, Suming, Tzong Huei Lin, & Yann-Ching Tsai 2004, 'Earning Management in Taiwan's Imputation Tax System', Taiwan Accounting Review, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 1-22. Lu, Rui, Bingxuan Lin, & T. Jeffrey Zhang 2007, Change in Tax Policy and Earning Management: Evidence for Chinese Market, viewed 22 February 2011, http://aaahq.org/AM2010/display.cfm?Filename=SubID 2608.pdf&MIMEType=applica tion/pdf. Mo, Bai, & Fu Yue 2008, Anticipated Reductions in Tax Rates and Earning Management of Listed Companies: Evidence from China, viewed 22 February 2011, www. seiofbluemountain. com/seacrh/detail.php?id=4463. Saputro, Julianto Agung & Lilis Setiawati 2004, 'Kesempatan Bertumbuh dan Manajemen Laba: Uji Hipotesis Political Cost', Jurnal riset Akuntansi Indonesia, vol. 7, no. 2, pp 251 263. Scott, W.R 2006, Financial Accounting Theory, Prentice-Hall, Toronto, Canada, Subagyo, & Octavia 2010, 'Manajemen Laba sebagai Respon atas Perubahan Tarif Pajak Penghasilan', paper presented at the Simposium Nasional Akuntansi XIII, 13 Oktober 2010, viewed 15 July 2011, http://www.mediafire.com/download/8i7868mtoj2fq8s/SNA13+Perpajakan. rar. Ujiyantho, Moh. Arief 2004, Asimetri Infromasi dan Manajemen Laba: Suatu Tinjauan dalam Hubungan Keagenan, viewed 22 February 2011, www.freewebs.com/stiemuhpekl/asimetri%20informasi. doc. Yin, Jennifer, & Agnes Cheng 2004, Earnings Management of Profit Firms and Loss Firms in Response to Tax Rate Reductions, Review of Accounting and Finance, vol. 3, pp. 67 92. Watts, Ross L., & Jerold L. Zimmerman 1990, Positive Accounting Theory: diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Ten Year Perspective, The Accounting Review, vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 131-156. Widyaningdyah, Agnes Utari, Analisis Faktor-faktor yang Berpengaruh Terhadap Earnings Mangement Pada Perusahaan Go Public di Indonesia, viewed 6 April 2011, http://puslit2.petra.ac.id/ejournal/index.php/aku/article/viewFile/1568 2/15674. Wulandari, Deni, Kumalahadi, & Januar Eko Prasetyo 2004, 'Indikasi Manajemen Laba Menjelang Undang-undang Perpajakan 2000 pada Perusahaan Manufaktur', paper presented at the Simposium Nasional Akuntansi VII, 2-3 Desember 2004, viewed 15 July 2011, http://www. mediafire. com/download/8i 7868mtoj2fq8s/SNA7+Perpajakan. rar. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id TABLES Table 1. Sample Selection Criteria 1. Companies listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2007 until 2010 2. Company published annual financial statements have been audited during the period 2007 to 2010. 3. The data on the variables to be studied are available in the company's financial statements from 2007 until 2010. TOTAL Table 2. Descriptive Statistic of Discretionary Accruals Statistic Year 2007 2008 2009 Mean 0,27382 0,27382 -0,04662 Maximum 1,30188 1,30188 0,05653 Minimum -0,35309 -0,35309 -0,15496 Std. Deviation 0,42659 0,42659 0,05231 Table 3. Descriptive Statistic of Tax Planning Statistic Year 2007 2008 Mean 0,00466 0,00108 Maximum 0,02807 0,02059 Minimum -0,02853 -0,05689 Std. Deviation 0,01179 0,01497 2009 0,01350 0,07004 -0,02790 0,01917 Table 4. Descriptive Statistic of Effective Tax Rate Category Year 2007 2008 2009 Effective Tax Rate (ETR) Value 0 9 13 6 Effective Tax Rate (ETR) Value 1 23 19 26 Table 5. Descriptive Statistic of Debt Ratio Statistic 2007 2008 Total 37 (1) (4) 32 2010 0,02488 0,37096 -0,12045 0,09940 2010 0,01280 0,04301 -0,01987 0,01469 2010 6 26 Year 2009 2010 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Mean Maximum Minimum Std. Deviation 0,40113 0,80153 0,00495 0,23951 0,33160 0,76986 0,04145 0,21499 0,33600 0,81329 0,00039 0,22832 0,37698 0,71154 0,00848 0,20900 diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Table 6. Descriptive Statistic of Firm Size Statistic Year 2007 2008 Mean 27,86364 28,04648 Maximum 30,55248 30,92024 Minimum 25,19792 25,49652 Std. Deviation 1,36911 1,47573 2009 27,99648 30,12650 25,50392 1,36325 2010 28,09827 30,46800 25,48800 1,43523 Tab e 7. Descriptive Statistic of Managerial Ownership Year 2007 2008 2009 2010 Mean 1.6377 2.6136 1.3473 1.3381 Maximum 23.3300 30.8300 30.8300 30.8300 Minimum 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 Std. Deviation 5.7145 7.9413 5.6609 5.6038 Statistic Table . Result of Paired Sample T-Test Mean Sig (2-tailed) Discretionary Accrual before implementation of 0,2738234 Act No. 36 of 2008 .037 Discretionary Accrual -0,0091131 after implementation of Act No. 36 of 2008 Table 9. The Result of Random Effect Model Model Variable SE t-statistic Coefficient TAXPLAN 4.108073 1.607929 2.554884 ETR 0.121819 0.061435 1.982890 DEBT 0.311701 0.114540 2.721329 SIZE 2.751501 8.131502 0.337861 MGTOWN 0.015195 0.003841 3.956190 Prob. 0.0119 0.0496 0.0075 0.7360 0.0001 Description Significant Significant Significant Not Significant Significant diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id RELEVANSI INDIKATOR KEUANGAN DENGAN METODE GENERAL PRICE LEVEL ACCOUNTING DAN CURRENT COST ACCOUNTING Ni Made Vita Indriyani 1 Made Gede Wirakusuma 2 1 Faculty of Economy and Bussiness Udayana University (Unud), Bali, Indonesia e-mail: [email protected]/telp: 082145172579 2 Faculty of Economy and Bussiness Udayana University (Unud), Bali, Indonesia INTRODUCTION Inflation is an economic circumstances caused by the increase in prices of goods and services in general and continuously. Based on the Consumer Price Index (CPI) in the calculation of annual inflation in the Badan Pusat Statistik, the percentage of inflation in Indonesia in 2013 amounted to 8.38%. This percentage has increased greater than in 2012 amounted to 4.30%. While not reaching double digits, but inflation of 5% can be said to be high. This shows that an increase in prices of goods and services caused by consumer’s purchasing power and price changes in the industrial sector. Therefore, this study used the year 2013 as the year of observations because the inflation rate has risen dramatically by 95%. Badan Pusat Statistik (BPS) noted that in July 2013 due to inflation the highest by foodstuffs in the amount of 5.46% and food, beverages, cigarettes and tobacco by 1.55%, while for groups other than food and beverages below 1%. The increase in prices of goods and services to make changes in purchasing power will affect the company's financial statements. Financial statement with the application of Historical Cost method will not show changes in consumer purchasing power due to the financial statements based on Historical Cost method assumes that the financial statements are prepared based on the monetary unit at a stable price level, while the prices of goods and services that occur will cause instability price level. The relevance of financial statements and financial indicators during the period of inflation based on the existence of a significant difference to the historical financial statements with financial statements that have been converted (Meythi and Seffie, 2012). Standard-setting elaborate Board makes the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) should follow the procedures for making decisions (Brown and Feroz, 2009). FASB in the USA in the statement no. 33 states that companies are required to establish the presentation of additional information in the form of general price level accounting and current cost accounting. However, in a statement no. 89 states that the additional information in the form of general price level and current cost accounting should be presented, but not required. Pernyataan Standar Akuntansi Keuangan (PSAK) 63 in the second paragraph explained that the restatement of Historical Cost report presented at the end of the reporting period using the unit of measurement at fair value (IAI, 2010). With such uncertainty, this research needs to be done to see the importance of conversion and by what method should be used. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id The financial statements are the end result of the accounting process that contains financial information for the purposes of the various stakeholders (stakeholder or shareholder). Harahap (2007) stated that the financial statements as a form of corporate responsibility. Their prices tend to fluctuated make historical financial statements become irrelevant with the assumption that the use of the value of money stable (Nature, 2006). Silalahi (2010) states that inflation accounting as an accounting process in order to obtain information by calculating the level of price changes. This means that if the company's earnings decline, the company tends to do the conversion (Feroz, 1987). The purpose of this study as follows: 1) To know the difference between the value of the financial indicators General Price Level Accounting methods and Historical Cost. 2) To know the difference between the value of the financial indicators Current methods of Historical Cost Accounting and Cost. Research conducted by Meythi and Seffie (2012) describes the GPLA has an influence on the financial statements and financial ratios historical cost. This influence occurs primarily on retained earnings statement and income statement. Influences that occur in every report due to a significant difference between the general price level with historical value. Therefore, it is important to adjust the general price level in times of inflation. Research conducted by Purwanti (2012) describes a company that has compiled historical financial statements, the information can be trusted. Kodrat (2006) adds the event of inflation greater than the return on net capital, the amount of total assets and lower capital turnover, hence the need for an adjustment to the general price level. H₁: There is a difference between the value of the financial indicators of general price level method and historical cost accounting. Hendriksen (1993) in Suryaputri (2007) describes the accounting policies is the process of choosing the method of reporting, measurement and disclosure. Research conducted by the Fuel and Julia (2007) aimed to compare with the historical cost method and the cost is currently in the assessment of zakat. Explained that the current cost accounting method is more relevant additional information used when the change in consumer purchasing power caused by inflation. However, the results of this study states that there is no clear answer for the use of relevant method, the company is expected to establish the best method to increase the company's credibility. Effiong, Udoayang and Asuquo (2011) states that the CCA as well as the base method, must be measured and reported after the capital of the company has been maintained. H₂: There is a difference between the value of the financial indicators of current methods of cost accounting and historical cost RESEARCH METHODS Design research on this study is a comparative design. This study used a single variable like Historical Financial Indicators, Financial Indicators General Price Level Accounting and Financial Indicators of Current Cost Accounting. Research was conducted on consumer goods industry sector food and beverage diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id sub-sectors listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange (BEI) by access the IDX website at www.idx.co.id. The object of this study is the company's annual financial indicators Sector Consumer Goods Industry on Food and Beverages subsector listed in the Indonesia Stock Exchange and the consumer price index contained in the Central Bureau of Statistics. The sample used in this study are 15 (Fifteen) companies in 2013 period. The sample are show on the table below: Table 1. List of Samples Code ADES AISA ALTO CEKA DAVO DLTA ICBP INDF MLBI MYOR PSDN ROTI SKBM SKLT ULTJ Name of Company PT. Akasha Wira International, Tbk PT. Tiga Pilar Sejahtera Food, Tbk PT. Tri Banyan Tirta, Tbk PT. Cahaya Kalbar, Tbk PT. Davomas Abadi, Tbk PT. Delta Djakarta, Tbk PT. Indofood CBP Sukses Makmur, Tbk PT. Indofood Sukses Makmur, Tbk PT. Multi Bintang Indonesia, Tbk PT. Mayora Indah, Tbk PT. Prashida Aneka Niaga, Tbk PT. Nippon Indosari Coporindo, Tbk PT. Sekar Bumi, Tbk PT. Sekar Laut, Tbk PT. Ultrajaya Milk Industry and Trading Company, Tbk Source: www.sahamok.com access date January 2, 2015 Data on this study is secondary data that is cross-sectional analysis of financial indicators of the industrial sector of food and beverages subsector listed in the Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2013. This study used a non-participant observation that observed by researchers without taking part in the activities observed as a method of data collection and data analysis using the t test (Wilcoxon) with the aim to test two paired samples and the average difference between the sample groups. Data analysis techniques on this study is Wilcoxon used as samples in this research are 15 companies, which is the sample are less than 30, so that research data is nonparametric. In testing the significance of the data analysis technique, used SPSS 17.0 for Windows with a significance level used was 5% or 0.05. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Descriptive statistics between HCA and GPLA method showed that the value of the financial indicator current ratio had the highest average value compared to the value of other financial indicators in the amount of 68.3860 before the conversion and increased after conversion to 74.1140 with a standard deviation of each are 257.39837 and 278.96050. The minimum value and a maximum value of current ratio has a very long interval is 0.98 and 998.82 before conversion and after conversion of 1.06 and 1082.49. This means that the current ratio greatly affects the occurrence of a difference before and after the conversion. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id To return on assets arelow because it has an average value of the lowest among other financial indicators are 0.1340 before conversion and 0.1440 after conversion. This is because the minimum value held also low at 0.01 and does not change the time of the conversion, but the test is based on the hypothesis that the ROA remained significant value to be used as one of the financial indicators converted while inflation. Descriptive statistics between HCA with CCA method is almost the same results with a comparison between the methods of HCA with GPLA. The average yield of the highest current ratio is equal to 68.3860 and 794.6000 with a standard deviation of 257.39837 and 2990.84647, but the HCA to CCA, the value of the indicator quick ratio is also high at 48.0447 and 558.250 with standard deviation of 180.84367 and 2101.32921. The lowest value indicated on the minimum value of ROA is 0.01 before and 0.09 after conversion with an average value of 0.1340 and 1.5460. Hypothesis test used was t-test (Wilcoxon). Wilcoxon was used to test whether there is a difference between the value of the financial indicators GPLA and CCA with HCA before and after the conversion is done. The alternate hypothesis is accepted if there is a significant difference with a significance value of less than or equal to 0.05 (≤0,05) and was rejected with a significance value greater than 0.05 (>0.05). The recapitulation of the data processing below: Table 2. Results recapitulation p-value SPSS Ratio Current Ratio Quick Ratio Inventory Turnover Total Assets Turnover Total Debt to Total Assets Total Debt to Total Equity Return On Assets Return On Equity HCA vs GPLA 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,005 0,001 HCA vs CCA 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 Source: Output SPSS, 2015 Data Table 2 p-value result of financial indicators HCA GPLA smaller than equal to 0.05 (≤0,05) which means that there is a difference between the values of financial indicators GPLA method with HCA. This means that H₁ are accepted and H0 are rejected. Anda also the p-value result of financial indicators HCA than CCA are smaller and equal to 0.05 (≤0,05) which means that there is a difference between the values of financial indicators CCA method with HCA. This means that H₂ are accepted and Hₒ are rejected. Data Table 2 p-value shown that the comparison between HCA with GPLA method has the result that almost the same significance in every financial indicator, however positive ranks on the second group of GPLA sample value are greater than the HCA first group and has a number of different ties in the form of diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id financial indicators such as return on assets (ROA), return on equity (ROE) and total debt to total assets (TDTA) so that the number of average (mean ranks) generated have differences. In contrast to the p-value between HCA comparison with GPLA, comparison between HCA method with CCA have the same significance of the result is equal to 0.001. Results from the Z value (-3.408) are the same in every financial indicators and have the same positive ranks by 15 the number of average (mean ranks) of 8.00. Positive ranks at 15 with a sample or N numbered 15 means that the sample with the second group CCA value higher than the value of the first group HCA. Relevant financial statements are needing by any participant for making decisions. Financial statements used by the company is the historical financial statements. The existence of historical financial statements when the price changes made irrelevant historical financial statements used while inflation. This is caused by the assumption that the value of money stable used (Nature, 2006). When the price changes, inflation accounting as an accounting process in order to obtain an information by calculating the level of price changes. The approach used when the inflation is the Current Cost Accounting and General Price Level Accounting taking into account the prevailing price when the price increases (Surya, 2010). The hypothesis that there are significant differences between the values of financial indicators historical cost accounting and general price level is accepted. This is indicated by sig. (2-tailed) below 0.05. These results show a significant difference is caused by the consumer price index also changing the time of inflation. This difference was highly significant occurred in consumer goods industry sub-sectors of food and beverages for the food and beverage industry is strongly influenced by price changes. Calculation results between historical cost accounting and general price level based on the consumer price index for current and base year so that the significance value different from one another. However, according to the results obtained that the financial statements of general price level accounting methods are very relevant to use the time of inflation. The hypothesis that there are significant differences between the values of financial indicators historical cost and current cost accounting is accepted. This is indicated by sig. (2-tailed) below 0.05. Calculation results between historical cost and current cost accounting is based on the consumer price index and the number of years now the consumer price index by month so the significance value obtained at any financial indicator is the same. This means that financial indicators with the current method is very relevant cost accounting is used when the inflation. Based on the results obtained, the current approach is more relevant cost accounting is used when the inflation compared to general price level accounting approach. This is because the consumer price index used by the current-cost accounting method is more specific than the general price level accounting methods that are more common to all industrial goods. So, while inflation, indispensable application of the financial indicators with the conversion method primarily in the consumer goods industry sub-sectors of food and beverages for conversion method not only as a supplement report, but financial indicators should be presented for the sake of long-term decision making. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Results of this study had different results with previous research by Purwanti (2012) which examined the accounting treatment and presentation of inflation in the financial statements using the GPLA and CCA (case study at PT Catur Putra Sanjaya Brebes), where the results of this study concluded that less irrelevance of historical value is used when the price increases occur, and therefore needed a method GPLA and CCA. However, the method GPLA only shows the value of earnings in the financial statements that are changing the actual value, while the CCA method only served as additional financial statement and only show that profit as the number of resources that can be distributed over a specified period by tax considerations are ignored and physical capital are maintained. Thus, according to research conducted by Purwanti (2012) that the conversion method only as a supplementary report to analyze the current financial situation of inflation. In addition, more GPLA methods are recommended for use because it is easier to do calculations compared with CCA method. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Based on the results on this study, the conclusion is there are a difference between the value of the financial indicators with a method of general price level as well as the historical cost accounting and there is a difference between the value of the financial indicators with the current method of cost accounting and historical cost. The results showed that the alternative hypothesis (H₁ and H₂) are accepted and significant. A significant result means that the conversion method GPLA and CCA are relevant to used while there are the increase in the price of goods or services continuously or inflation. FASB Statement in the USA on the statement no. 33 that the company is required to establish the presentation of additional information in the form of general price level accounting and current cost accounting. However, in the statement no. 89 states that the additional information in the form of general price level and current cost accounting should be presented, but not required. This makes the uncertainty in the application of the conversion method. PSAK 63 states that the restatement of Historical Cost report presented at the end of the reporting period using the unit of measurement is based on fair value. Therefore, with this study, the conversion method must be presented when inflation occurs. Conversion method is indispensable for companies in the consumer goods industry sub-sectors of food and beverages. Consumer goods industry sub-sectors of food and beverages is influenced by rising or falling prices. Presentation of financial indicators that have been converted, interested parties will easily make decisions, especially long-term decisions. This is because the user can predict the effect of inflation in the future. In accordance with the conclusions, the suggestions can be provided below: 1) The financial statements with the conversion method that is GPLA and CCA should have presented so the users can easily take long-term decisions. However, it is advisable to use a conversion method such as diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id CCA even if the calculation is more complicated than GPLA methods, but the results obtained more relevant. 2) For further research, suggested the addition of the study period and the number of samples used to be more accurate and are advised to examine the company other than the consumer goods industry sub-sectors of food and beverages to determine the relevance of the relevant conversion method is also applicable to companies other than the consumer goods industry sub-sectors food and beverage. REFERENCES Badan Pusat Statistik. http://www.bps.go.id. Diakses tanggal 20 Desember 2014. Bakar, Nur Barizah Abu dan Julia Mohd Said. (2007). Historical Cost versus Current Cost Accounting. Journal of Business and Accounting. Malaysia. Brown, L. D. dan E. H. Feroz. Dipublikasikan 1 Mei 2009. Corporate Influence on FASB Decision Making: The Case of GPLA. Journal of Accounting. New York: City University. Bursa Efek Indonesia. http://www.idx.co.id. Diakses tanggal 20 Desember 2014. Effiong, S. A., J.O. Udoayang dan A.I Asuquo. (2011). Correlational and Differential Influence of Historical Cost and Current Cost Profits on the Operating Capabilities of the Firm. International Journal of Financial Research, Vol. 2, No. 1. Nigeria: Calabar University. Feroz, Ehson. (1987). Corporate Demands and Changes in GPLA. Journal of Business Finance and Accounting, Vol. 14 No. 3. New York: City University. Harahap, Sofyan Safri. (2007). Teori Akuntansi. Edisi Revisi. Jakarta: PT Raja Grafindo Persada. Http://www.sahamok.com/emiten/sektor-industri-barang-konsumsi/sub-sektormakanan-minuman.html. Diakses tanggal 2 Januari 2015. Ikatan Akuntan Indonesia. (2010). Standar Akuntansi Keuangan. Jakarta: Salemba Empat. Kodrat, David Sukardi. (2006). Studi Banding Penyusunan Laporan Keuangan dengan Metode Historical Cost Accounting dan General Price Level Accounting pada Masa Inflasi. Jurnal Akuntansi dan Keuangan, Vol. 8, No. 2. Surabaya: Universitas Ciputra. Meythi dan Seffie Teresa. (2012). Historical Cost dan General Price Level Accounting: Analisis Relevansi Indikator Keuangan. Jurnal Akuntansi, Vol. 4 No. 2. Bandung: Universitas Kristen Maranatha. Purwanti, Suci. (2012). Perlakuan dan Penyajian Akuntansi Inflasi pada Laporan Keuangan dengan menggunakan Metode GPLA dan CCA (Study Kasus pada PT Catur Putra Sanjaya di Brebes). Jurnal Ekonomi dan Bisnis. Semarang: Universitas Dian Nuswantoro. Silalahi, Dorlan Patiaraja. (2010). Fairness of Financial Report in PT Bentoel Tbk (Study Conversion Historical Cost Accounting Into General Price Level Accounting). Journal of Economy. Depok: Universitas Gunadarma. Surya, Fidelisman. (2010). Perbandingan Penyusunan Laporan Keuangan dengan Menggunakan Metode Historical Cost dan Metode General Price Level diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id Accounting pada masa Inflasi 2008-2009. Rangkuman Skripsi. Surabaya: Sekolah Tinggi Ilmu Ekonomi Perbanas. Suryaputri, Rossje V. (2007). Analisis Faktor-Faktor yang Berpengaruh pada Pemilihan Metode Depresiasi. Media Riset Akuntansi, Auditing, dan Informasi, Vol. 7 No. 2. Jakarta: Universitas Trisakti. diunduh dari: www.multiparadigma.lecture.ub.ac.id